HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

L I B R A K Y

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

V ^ ^-3. S \

SEP

RKCORDS

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

EDITED BY THE CURATOR

Vol. VI.

F'RINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES.

R. ETHERIDGE, Junr., J.P.,

(Cttx-ator*

SYDNEY, 19G5— 1907

A

CONXENT^S.

No. 1.
Published 15th Jane, J 905,

Page
The Breeding habits of tlie Paradise Fish. By Edgar R. Waite ... 1

Description of the Miitihited Cranium of a large Fish from the Lower

Cretaceous of Queensland. By R. Etheridge, Junr. ... ... 5

Studies in Australian Araneidic No. 4. By W. J. Rainbow ... ... 9

An addition to tlie Lacertilian Fauna of the Solomon Islands. By Edgar

R. Waite 13

The Fiu'ther Discovery of Dugong Bones on the Coast of ]S^ew South

Wales. By R. Etheridge, Junr ... 17

On an Insular Form of Melithreptus brerirostnx, Vigors and Horsfield.

By Alfred J. North 20

Notes on tlie Architecture, Nesting Habits, and Life Histories of Austra-
lian Araiieida', based jn Speciuiens in the Australian Museum. By
W. J. Rainbow 22

Notes on the Varied Honey-Eater. By Alfred J. North 29

Opal Pseudomorphs from White Cliffs, N.S.W. Bv C. Anderson, M.A.

B.Sc., and H. Stanley Jevons, M.A., B.Sc. ...' 31

Occasional Notes —

I. Climbing Habits of an Australian Snake. By Edgar R. Waite, 38

II. Pxpudaphri/is urvil/ii, Cuv. & Val., a Fish new to Western
New South Wales. Hy Fd gar R. Waite, F.L.S

IV RICCOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

No. 2.
Published 1 5th September, 1905,

Arollusc-a from One Hundred and Eleven Fathoms, East of Cape Bvron,

New South Wales. Bj Charles Hedlej. ... ... ... ... -) I

Notes on Fishes from Western Australia, No. 3. Bv Edgar K. Waite 55

Mineralogical Notes, No. 2. — Topaz, Barite, Anglesite, Cerussite and

Zircon. By C. Anderson, M.A , B So. ... .. ... ... ii'S

On a Large Example of Megalatracius 'iruanus, L. By Cliaries Hedley. 98

Notes on Australian Siphonaptera. By W. J. Kainbow ... ... 101

TJie Osteology of tlie New Guinea Tvu-tle. By Edgar K, Waite 110

Occasional Notes —

III. Western Australian Prawns and Sponges. By T. Wliitelegge. .11'.}

No. 3.
Published 1 9th June, 1906.

On Two Karly Australian Ornithologists. \',y Alfred J. North 121

The Cranial Buckler of a Dipnoan Fish, from the Devonian Beds of tlie .
Murrumbidgee River, N.S.W. By R. Etlieridge, Junr. ... .. 129

]\lineralogical Notes: No. 3. — Axinite, Petterdite, Crocoite, and l)afi']ite.

By C. Anderson, M.A., B.Sc 133

A Synopsis of Australian Acarina. By W. J. Rainbow ... ... ... 145

Description of and Notes on some Australian and Tasmanian Fishes. By

Edgar E. Waite, .'.194

Mollusca from Three Hundred Fathoms, off Sydney. Bv C. Hedle\-, aiui

W F. Petterd ' " ... 211

Studies in Australian Shark.^, No. 3. By Edgar E. Waite 226

Ona \ nrieiy oi Gov.ra coronata. By Alfred J. North ... ... ... 230

Occasional Notes —

V\ . Crustacea new to \ustralia. Bv Allan E. McCiilloch ... ... 231

COXTKN'TS. V

No. 4.

Published 23rd January, 1907

Aborij^iiial WVirkshups ou ihe Oo.ist of New South Wales, and their Con-
tents. J3y R Etheridge, Junr, and Thomas Whitelegge ... ■ ^-^^

On the Oligoclueta from the Blue Lake, Mount Koseiusko. Bv Prof. W.

B. Benliam, D.Sc, M.A. " 251

Mineralogical Xotes : No. 4. -Ortlioehise in Xco' South Wales. By C.

Anderson, .M. .\., B.Sc. ... ... .. . 2(55

The Re-sults of Deep Sea Investigation in the Tiisman Set. I. Tlie Ex-
pedition of II.M.(;.S. '• Miner."

1. Introductory Note osi tlie First Deep-t^ea Cruise. Bv Prof.

W. A . Haswell, M. A., D.Sc. and C. Hedley ..'. .271

2. Tlie Colonial Radiolaria of the Tasman Sea. By Prof. W.

A. Haswell, M. A., D.Sc 273

3. Mollusca from Eighty Fathoms off Xarrabeen. By C. Hedley 283

J-. Koraminiieral Sand Dredged Twenty-two Miles east of
Sydney at a Depth of Eighty Fathoms. By E. J. Goddard,
B.A./B.Sc ■ ■ 305

Note upon Mas tompsoni, Ramsay. By Allan R. McCullocli ... 312

Two New Species of Ct;//e?MAoZa. Bj W. J. Rainbow .. ... .313

Occasional Notes —

V. The Gi-eneric Name C/'e/?iV/o^a.9<e/'. By Edgar R. Waite ... 315

VI. Note on an Unusual Set of Stone Plover's Eggs. By .1. J. North 315

No. o.

Published 1 8th July, 1907-

Lower Cretaceous Fossils from the Sources of tlie Barcoo, Ward and

Niva Rivers, South Central Queensland. By R. Etheridge, Junr. ... 317

Notes on the Architecture of Australian Arcineida>. Part 6, Entelegynaj.

By W. J. Kainbow 330

Additions to the .\-vi-Fauna of the County of Cumberland. By Alfred

J Nortli * 339

VI RECORDS OF THK ACSTKAMAX MUSKUM.

Results of Deep-Sea Investigation in tlie 'I'asnian Sea. 11. The
Expedition of the " S.S. Wo_v Woy."

1. Fislies and Crustaceans from Eiglit Huinh-ed Fathoms. Bv

Allan R. McCulloch ".345

Mollusca from Eiglit Hundred Fathoms, Thirty-five Miles
East of Sydney. By Charles Hedley. .. .. 356

?(ovt]i Queensland Etlinograph\ . Bulletin No. 9. Hurial Ceremonies

and Disposal of the Dead. ■ Hy Walter E. Koth 365

Mineralogieal Notes : Xo 5. — Ca-siterite, Cerussite, Zeolites and other

Australian Minerals. By C. Anderson, M yV., B.Se. .. .. 404

Occasional Notes —

VTT. Elytra oi ('ircoiii'iiifis iiis/if^n/fiis. {i^ini\i\. Hy A. J. North ... 423

No. 6.
Published 20th March, 1908

Title Page and Index.

LIST OF THE CONTRIIU TOPvS.

With Reference to fhe Articles contributed by each.

Anderson, Chas —

Puare
Miticralof^it-al Nolu:^, No. IF.— T<)))az, Barite, An^lesite, Ceriissiteinui

Zircon 83

Xo. III. — Axinite, Petterdite, Crocoite, and Datolite .

Xo. IV. — Ortlioflaife in New South Wales

No. V. — Cassiterite, Cevussitc, Zeolites and other Aus
tralian Minerals

133
265

404

Anderson, Chas-, and H S- Jevons —

Opal PseiidoiiK.r])lis from WliiteClitfs, X.S.W 31

Benham, W B -

On the Oligoclia'ta from ihe Uliie Lake, Mount Kuseiusko ... 251

Etheridge R , lunr. —

Description of the Mutilated Cranium of a large Fi?li from the

Lower Cretaceous of Queensland . . ... . . ... 5

The Further Discovery of Dugong Bones on the Coast of Xew South

Wales ■ 17

The Cranial Buckler of a Dipnoan Fi^h, from tlie Devonian Beds of

the Murrnnibidgee River, X.S.W. ... ... ... ... 129

Lower Cretaceous Fossils from the Sources of the Barcoo, Ward, and

Xive Rivers, South Central Queensland . . ... .. 317

Etheridge, R , Junf. and Thos Whitelegge —

Aboriginal Workslio])s on the Coast of Xew South Wales, and their

Contents ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... 233

^1" RRCOKDS OF Till-; AUSTUALIAX MUSEUM

Goddard, E. J —

Foraminifei-al Sand Dredged Twenty-two Miles eiist of Sydney at a

Deptli of Eiglitv Fatlioms ... " " ... 3o5

Haswell, W. A -

TIu- C'uloni;il Eiidiolnrin of the 'I'a^niaii Sea ... ... ... .. 278

Haswell, W. A. and Chas- Hedley—

Introductory Note on the rirst Deej) Sea Cruise ... ... 271

Hedley, Charles —

MoUusca from One Hundred and Eleven Fathoms, East of Cape

Byron, New South Wales ... ... ... ... ... 41

On -A l^ar^ti TLxAmple of .1/egn/a/rirctit.s- arKariii.i ... ... ... 98

.Mollusea from Eighty Fathoms off Narrabeen ... ... ... 283

Mollusca from Eight Hundred Fatlioms, Tliirty-five Miles East of

Sydney. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 85(i

Hedley Chas- and W- F- Pettctd—

Mollusea from Tliree Hundred Fathoms, off Sydney .. .. ... 211

McCuIIoch, Allan R.—

Crustacea new to Australia ... ... ... ... ... 231

'Note \i\:)on 31 iix fompsoni. Rfimsay ... ... ... ... ... 312

Fishes and Crustaceans from Eiglit Hiuidred Fathoms, thirty-five

miles East of Sydney ... . . , ... ... ... 345

North, A. J.^

On an Insular Form of Melithreplia hrevirostrit, Vigors and Hors-

field 20

Notes on the Varied Honey -Eater ... ... ... ... ... 29

On Two Early Australian Ornithologists ... ... ... ... 121

On a Variety of Go»ra eoro««!^rt ... . ... 230

Note on an Unusual Set of Stone Plover's^ Eggs .. ... 315

Additions to the Avi-Fauna of the County of Cumhei'land ... ... 339

Eggs of Cacowaw//.'.- i^.v/ie^'a^^M*, Gould ... ... ... ... 423

LIST OF THE CONTRIBUTORS. IX

Ratnbow, W. I —

Studies ill Australian Ai'cineida-, No 4.... ... ... ... ... 9

Note.s oil tiie Airliitecture, Nesting Habits, and Life Histories of
Australian .A.raneida% based on Specimens in the .Australian

^ruseuin ... ... ... .. ... 22

Notes on Australian Siplionaptera .. ... . ... inl

A Synojjsis of Australian Acarina ... . . . . ... ... 1 45

Two New Speeies of ''o//e>H/>o/'f ... ,., ... ... 313

Notes on the Airhiteeture of AustiMJian .\i'aiieid!e, Part (i. Entele-

gynse ... ... ... 330

Roth, Walter E.—

North Queensland Ethnography. Bulletin No 9. Burial Ceremonies

and I)is)3osal of the Dead . ... ... 365

Waite. Edgar R.—

'i'he Breeding habits of the Paradise Fish ... ... . I

An Addition to the Laeertilian Fauna- of the Solomon Islands ... 18

Climbing Habits of an Australian Snake ... .. .. ... 38

Pseudaphriti^ urvillii, Ciiv & Val., a Fish new to Western New

South Wales 38

Notes on Fishes from Western Australia, No. 3 ... ... . . 55

The Osteology of the New Guinea Turtle ... ... ... ...IIU

Description of and Notes on some Australian and Tasnianian Fishes 194

Studies in Australian Sharks, No. 8 ... ... ... ... ... 226

The Generic Name CrepUlopaxter ... ... ... .. ... 315

"Whitelegfge, T- —

Western Au-tialian Prawns and Sponges ... ... ... ... 119

LIST OF THE PLATES.

PART J.

I-II. Ichlliyodectts marathonensis.

III. Portion of web of Amanrobiiix socialis.

IV. Portion of rib of Halicore diiqotiff.
V. Mdithrcpins hreciros-tris.

Melithreptus nioqn irosfris.
Nest and Eggs of Ptilotia versicolor.
VI. Opal Pseudouiorplis.
VII. Glauberite Crystals and Opal Pseudomorplis

PAKT 11

VIII.

iSi/,iu(lii-s .stiffen f 111.

tj i/iioff/oss-i'x hroinllni I'sli.

IX.

Terapoii /iiniier/i/ix.

X

NeafiipKH uhliquHS.

XI.

dhij'fodon assarius.

Dipi(/ifs crecKS.

XII.

Hi^psi/p ops micro Irp is .

XIII.

Psendoluhrus punctulati's.

XIV.

Bram ichthi^s icoodivfirdi.

XV.

Patreciis wacii/afiix.

XVI.

Pseudomonacatithus ffitlii.

XVII.

Ch(Ftodermis maccHllochi.

XVI II.

Topaz.

XIX.

Topaz.

Earite.

Aligelsite.

XX

Ceriissite.

Zircon.

'CXI. -XXII. Meqalatractiin aruanus.

XXI T I

EcJiidnophaga amhii/nns.

XXIV.-

X XV IT . Carettocheltis inscn 1 pta

RKCOHDS (JF THE AUSTRALIAN' MISEUM.

xxvria

XXVI II
XXIX-XX
X VXI.

XX. VII.
XXXIII.
XXXIV

XXXV.
XXXVI.

XXXVII

XXXVITI

XXXIX.
XL.

XLI.

PAET III.

\Iuial I'alilct ill St. James Cliurch, Sydney, erecteJ in i;iemoiy of
John Gilbert, Oniitlidlogist.

Giniurhynchus sussmilchi. Eth. fil.

X. Axinite.

Axinite, Pettfi-dite, and Crocdite.

Petiei-flite (Miuietite).

Datolite

Peltorharnph ii %• hKxsenxi-s.

nil otn boftolea lU^xoidcs.

ClieUohra-'chns vufux.
Crepidoijasiier spatula.
Diplocre/i is purripinnix,

,, cardinalin,

Bleiniins faxmaniamts.
Op/iiuch''iv» i/aljrif^Ii.

„ ffraciUx.

JJoni/ea oleacea.
li Issoa Jiloci icta.
Bathi/toma agnata.
Cerithiopsis caciiminatus.
Pleurotoma casearia.
Murex liciiiun
Emayginula superha.
Te.rehra lauretanm.

1> ifU urn fuscocapitui tun.
Caneellaria scohinn.
Tiheria nUidula.
Limopsi.s eiectus.
I'oromi/a undosa.
Aiiiusii(m thetidis.

Carcharicn firachi/urti.s.

Cctiilns aaaiis, egg-case.

rrirasci/ Ilium collare, egg-case.

PART IV.

XLII-XLIV. Flint luiplenienis from Aboriginal AVorksliojJs.

XLV. Views of the principal sandhill at Eellambi.

XLVI-XLVII. Oligochffita I'rom Mt. Kosciusko, X.S.W.

XLVIII-LII. Orthoclase. New England, X.S W.

LIII. Radiolaria of the Tasman Sea.

LIV-LVI. Alollusca from eighty fathoms off X.iirabeen.

LIST OF THE PLATKS.

PART V.

LVII-LXII. Lower Cretaceous Fossils froin tlie li-.n-coo, W'ai.i, and
Nive River?, Soiitli Centra] Queensland.

LXIII-LX\'. Fishes and Crustaceans from eight hnndred fatlionis.

LXYI-LXVII. Molhisoa fVoni eight hundred fatlumis, tliirtj -five miles
Eas.t of Svdnev.

LXVIII LXXIV. North Queensland Ethnograpliv.

LXXV. Cassiterite.

LXXVILXXYII. Cerussite.

LXXYIII Ijarite, Mona/.ite, Si-licclitc. Vesuvianiteand Heulandite,

LXXIX-LXXX. Chabazite.

CORRECTIONS.

Page 34, in description of text figure — for " h" read " B"

„ 83, line 7 — for " and " read " witli."

„ 92, line 16 — for " anlirydroiis" read " anliydroiis."

,, 134, line 14 — for " ortliogonal " read " ortliograjjliic."

„ 256, footnote — for "portion " read " position."

„ 367, line 18- for " off " read " of."

„ 390, ] ine 21 — for " born " read " borne."

„ 393, line 18 — for " dessication " read '' desiccation."

„ 404, line 18 — for " the faint line " read "a faint line."
Plate XX. explanation line 7 add o (112).

,, xxvii. — read xxviia.

Plnd's xlii., xliii., xlv., at foot of plate — for " H. Barnes, Junr., read " T.
Wliitelegge."

Plate liii — substitute tiie plate inserted in part 5 for that previously issued
in jKirt 4, on which the figure numbers were omitted.

,, Ixxii. explanation — for " Rosewell " read " Russell."

Ixxii explanation — for " dessicnticjii " re:id " desi<'cation."

RECORDS

OF THE

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

EDITED BY THE CURATOR.

Vol. VI, No. 1.

PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES

R. ETHERIDGE, Junr., J.P.,
Curator.

SYDNEY, 15th JUNE, 1905.

The Swift Printinsr Co., Ltd., .5 Jatuieson Lanp, Sydney.

CONTENTS.

PAGE.

The Breeding habits of the Paradise Pish. By Edgrar R. Waite,

F.L.S, Zoologist ... ... ... ... 1

Description of the Mutilated Cranium of a large Fish from the
Lower Cretacious of Queensland. By R. Etheridge, Junr.,
Curator . . . . . . . . . . .5

Studies in Australian Araneidse No. 4. By W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S.,

F.E.S., Entomologist ... .. .. .. 9

An Addition to the Lacertilian Fauna of the Solomon Islands.

By Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S., Zoologist . . . . . . 13

The Further Discorery of Dugong Bones on the Coast of New

South Wales. By R. Etheridge, Junr., Curator ;'...' i/ ... 17

On an Insular Form of Melithreptus hrevirostris, Vigors and Hors-
field. By Alfred J. North, C M.Z.S., C.M,B.O,U., Ornitho-
logist .. .. .. .. ..20

Notes on the Architecture, Nesting Habits, and Life Histories of
Australian Araneidae, based on Specimens in th« Australian
Museum, By W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S., F.E.S., Entomologist . . 22

Notes on the Varied Honey-Eater, Bv Alfred J. North, C.M.Z.S.,

C.M.B.O.U., Ornithologist ... ' ... ... ... 29

Opal Pseudomorphs from White Cliffs, N.S.W. By C. Anderson,
M.A., B.Sc, Mineralogist to the Australian Museum, and H.
Stanley Jevons, M,A., B.Sc, Lecturer on Mineralogy and
Petrology, University of Sydney .' ^ ..< ... ... 31

Occasional Notes. —

I. Climbing Habits of an Australian Snake. By Edgar R.
Waite, I.L.S., Zoologist ... ... ... 38

II. Fseudaphritis urvilUi, Cuv. & Val., a Fish new to Western

New South Wales. By Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S., Zoologist 38

THE BREEDING HABITS of the PARADISE FISH,

(POLYACANTHUS OPERCULARIS, Limunis).

Bv Edgar R. Waitk, F.L.S., Zoologist.

In a former paper^ I described the nesting habits of the Fighting
Fish (Betta jni^jnax, Cantor) as observed in my aquaria. I have
since had the good fortune to secure a number of living specimens
of the Paradise or Rainbow Fish, Polyacanthus opPTcularis, Lin-
naeus," which name, according to Dr. Boulenger,^ represents the
original species whence the domestic Macropodui^ viridianratuH,
Lacepede,^ is derived.

This fish is breeding very freely with me, but as its life history
is well known I do not propose to do more than point out in
what respects its habits differ from those of Betta.

The male is larger than tlie female, has the fins more produced
and the caudal filamentous. Ordinarily the coloration of the
sexes is similar, but when breeding the hues of the male are
intensified, while the female becomes very pale and loses the
beautiful greenish blue bars on the body. None of the illustra-
tions I have seen do justice to this beautiful fish. My specimens
exhibit ten bars as described by Linnaeus ; published figures
show a smaller number.''

The nest of Folyacdidluis is usually not so extensive nor so
dome-shaped as that of Betta : this may be accounted for by the
former fish showing a greater preference for nesting beneath
some shelter, as the leaf of a Nardoo {Marsilea) or the crossing-
ribbons of Valisneria. The first batch of eggs is frequently
produced when but a few bubbles are formed, others being added
below as oviposition proceeds. As a consequence the eggs are
raised quite out of the water and hatched in this situation.
The young ones may be seen wriggling within the egg on the
surface of the nest : this lends support to the observation that
some existing shelter is used, beneath which the bubbles are
blown, otherwise the young would be very conspicuous to an
enemy above.

1 Waite— Ree. Aust. Mus.. v., 1904, p. 293, pi. xxxviii.

2 LinnfEus — Syst. Nat., ed. x, 1758, p. 283.

3 Bouleiiijer — Cambridge Nat. Hist., vii., 1904, p. 669.
* Lacepede— Hist. Nat. Poiss., iii., 1802, p. 417.

^ Cuvier et Valenciennes — Hist. Nat. Poiss., vii,, 1831, pi. 197; Valen-
ciennes— Rep:. Anim. 111. Poiss., pi. Ixxiv., fig. 2; Pouchet — Rev.
Mag. Zool., xxiii., 1872, pi. xxv.

5i RECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

A marked diiFerence is observable in the relative specific
gravity of the eggs of Betta and Polyacanthus.. As previously
described those of the former are heavier than water, and the
male collects them as they sink and places them beneath the
nest. In the latter the eggs are lighter than water, and thus
ascend to beneath the bubbles without the aid of the male. At
the moment of extrusion the female is quite inverted, so that the
eggs, apart from their relative lightness, are directed upwai'ds.
As the nest may be of but little extent, say, at first, of the size
of a shilling, the eggs frequently rise to the surface in the clear
water beyond its margin ; these are collected by the male and
placed beneath the bubbles. This does not, however, occur until
some little time after the eggs are produced, for, unlike the con-
dition in Betta, it is the male who is most exhausted, the female
being the first to move away.

The female Paradise Fish seems to have greater motherly
instinct than the female Betta, and frequently takes part in
collecting the eggs and placing them in the " cradle," though this
is quite subject to the whim of the male, who assumes complete
control.

I now have eight pairs of Polyacanthus breeding, and there is
much diffei-ence in the amount of toleration extended to the
female by their respective mates. Though I had three nestings
of Betta the progeny was the i-esult of but one pair, so that my
generalisations in this respect may not be quite fair. The
female Betta certainly devoured all eggs and young that came
within her reach. One of the female Polyacanthiis, on the other
hand, obtained three or four eggs from the nest, evidently with
the view, like the male, of rearranging their position. She was,
however, driven away, but at the first oppoi'tunity returned the
eggs to the nest, having had them in her mouth for more than a
minute.

As I had so many pairs breeding I could afford to sacrifice one
family in order to ascertain, if possible, what real object the male
has in so zealously tending and guarding the eggs. To this end,
as soon as a complement of eggs was pi'oduced I removed them
en masse, by means of a tablespoon, to another vessel. They
hatched in the usual course, and the larva3 developed, so that now,
at the end of six weeks, they are as lai'ge, active and healthy as
those left under the care of the male.

With the view of asceitaining the function of the bubbles, I
removed from another nest some of the newly-deposited eggs, and
carefully rejected all bubbles. As before, these eggs de^^eloped
equally with those left under paternal care. It would seem,

BREEDING HABITS OF THE PARADISE FISH — W'AITE. 6

therefoi'e, that the pui-port of the nest and care of the parent is
simply protective. The mass of spume hides the eggs or young
from aerial or teri-estrial enemies, while the attendance and
vigilance of the male secures them from attack of aquatic foes.

In Betta, whose habits are, apparently, more highly specialised,
the nest must have a more important function, seeing that
without it, and the care of the male, the eggs would naturally
sink and doubtless perish.

I had not hitherto numbered Utricularia among my aquatic
plants, but having procured a spray, I placed it in a vessel in my
study at the museum : this contained a pair of Paradise Fish and
fry a few days old. Paying me a visit next day, my colleague,
Mr. T. Whitelegge, warned me of the jiossible fate of the young,
having in mind the well-known carnivorous habit of the Bladder-
wort.

An inspection of the vessel showed that the number of young
had very seriously diminished, and the missing ones were found
in the bladders of the plant. Some were seized by the head, and
some by the tail, as originally described by Mr. Simms in the
case of roach fry.

In the hope of seeing a fish actually caught, my assistant, Mr.
A. R. McCulloch, watched the plant, and had scarcely seated
himself at the aquarium before he called me. I saw one of the
fry caught by the extreme tip of the tail. It had been swimming
close to one of the bladders, and possibly touched the mouth,
when instantly it was trapped. At intervals its struggles were
frantic, and the bladder was shaken by the vibi'ations. At the
end of seven minutes the tail was entirely engulfed, and con-
tinued to wriggle within the bladder, while the head and body
were shaken without.

The little fish lived for an hour and a half, but it was not
until the following morning that the whole was taken into the
bladder.

Articles dealing with the carnivorous habit of Utrindaria are
very numerous. The following refer especially to its piscivorous
practice : —

Moseley (Sinims) — Nature, xxx., 1884, p. 81.

Simms — Loc. cit., p. 295, figs. 1-3.

Halperine — Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., v., 1885, p. 353, pis. i., ii.

The housing of the fry has provided an interesting example of
the principle detailed by Semper*" as to the influence of the
volume of water on the growth of an individual.

'' Semper — Animal Life, 1881, p. 159, et seq.

4 EECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

In order to study the de^•elopment of the j'ouiig, I i-emoved
as I thought, the whole of a young family from a large aquarium,
where they had been bred, to a small vessel at the Museum.

I aftei'wards discovered that five young ones had escaped my
search and remained in the original aquarium. These grew at a
rapid rate, whereas those placed in the smaller vessel showed no
increase at all. So marked was the difference that I took one of
the former- from my home and placed it with its smaller brethren.
It appeared as a veritable giant among them, and had all its fins
properl)" differentiated, whereas in the othei-s the}- had not
developed beyond the lar^•al stage.

To say that the later-introduced fish is twice the length and
four 01- five times the bulk of the others may give some idea of
its relative size, but its greater development may be better
appi^eciated when I mention that it took to feeding on the
smaller fish, so that now, after a partnership of about three
weeks, it is the sole vertebrate occupant of the vessel.

As regards food, this fish may be said to have had what
Semper calls its optimum, and yet about the time it assimilated
the last of its companions it was noticeably inferior in size to the
other four with which it was previously associated, though tliey
had not been so lavishly supplied with food. They had, howe^'er,
abundance of water. The i-emoval of the fry j^laced the volume
of water for the individual also at its optimum, so that now it
appears to have regained its ratio of development. Thus Semper's
conclusions receive interesting confirmation.

I may mention that we have had a tadpole of one of the
Hylido', in a small body of water for over a year ; it has grown to
a large size, but has never got beyond the lai-val stage. Other
larvae left in the pond, whence this was removed, completed their
metamorphoses months ago.

DESCRIPTION OF the MUTILATED CRANIUM of a

LARGE FISH, from the LOWER CRETACEOUS of

QUEENSLAND.

By R. Etheridge, Junr., Curator

(Plates i. — ii.)

A comparatively recent visit to Queensland yielded to Mr.
P. G. Black's researches in the Lower Cretaceous beds at Mara-
thon, Flinders River, the mutilated skull of a fish. A reproduc-
tion of this fossil has been made for the Museum collection,
with Mr. Black's permission, the original returning to his cabinet.

The skull is crushed from above downward, and consequently
expanded to some extent laterally, and also pressed backwards
Above, the bones are firmly encased in the close-grained argillace-
ous limestone forming the matrix, but below are weathered to a
great extent free of the latter. The displacement arising from
this downward and backward pressure renders the determination
of the osseous members of the cranium difficult and uncertain ;
but the jaws ai^e in a much better state of preservation. A pre-
liminary inspection shows considerable portions of the maxillaries,
and mandibles i7i situ, parts of the opercular apparatus, the hyoid
bones, the pectoral fins, some of the anterior vertebne, and
remains of some ribs.

Photographs of this head were forwarded to Dr. A. Smith
Woodward, who has been good enough to afford me some valu-
able suggestions as to its affinity. In correspondence, I indicated
the genus Portheus, Cope, a species of which is believed to exist
in the Lower Cretaceous of Queensland, but Dr. Woodward sug-
gested Elapopsis, Heckel, as a more fitting resting-place. As,
however, the teeth are implanted in sockets, and not merely at-
tached to the margins of the jaws,^ I have rejected this referenct
in favour of one that appeal's to me to suit the case better. Irx
the Ichthyodectida? (Crook), the margins of the jaws bear a row
of strong, conical teeth implanted in sockets,^ and the maxilliB

1 At least, so I infer from Dr. A. Smith "Woodward's remarks (Brit.

Mus. Cat. FosP. Fishes, pt. 4, I'JOl. p. 8); see also J. J. Heckel—
Denks. K. K. Akad. Wiss. (Math. Nat. Classe), xi., 1 Abth., 1856,
p. 251.

2 Zittel— Text- Book Pal. (Ed. Eastman), ii, 1902, p. 95.

6 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

are long and stout. Within this family we meet with two genera,
Portheus, Cope,^ and Ichthyodectes, Cope/ the latter of which
appears to possess stronger affinities with our fossil. In the first
of these, the maxillary and dentary teeth are large but of variable
size, but in the latter the teeth are of uniform proportion. Fur-
thermore, in our fossil the vertebral centra bear lateral longitu-
dinal pits, and not mei'e ridges, as in E/o2x>2)sis.^

In its present depressed condition, the skull measures seven
and a half inches, whilst the transverse width across the combined
maxilla? and dentaries is three inches.

The maxillfe (m.) are stout bones approximately four and a half
inches long, but are not perfect anteriorly. The pi-emaxilla has
disappeared, leaving a large, open space between the anterior ends
of the maxilla;. The dentaries (de.), in consequence of compression,
are overlapped by the maxillae, and are stout and strong, approxi-
mately five inches long, by five-eighths of an inch deep, with
deeply V-shaped posterior ends for the insertion of the articulars
(ar.) ; the latter are stout bones also, in keeping with the den-
taries, and are about two and a quarter inches long. The superior
bones of the skull, in common with the orbits, are so crushed
togethei- that an attempt to distinguish them can result only in
provisional determination, but perhaps, on the right side parts of
the ethmoid and frontal (pth. &/.) ai'e I'epresented by the crushed
mass of osseous matter seen above the maxilla. Immediately
behind the gape is a curved transverse bone that may be a portion
of the hyomandibular or preoperculum {hvi. ■pr-)i and behind that
again, particularly on the right side, a flat exfoliated bone, which
cannot be other than the operculum {op). From this
obliquely inwards to the middle line of the head, is a thick pro-
minent surface (])■(/ ■), but thinly-covered with bone here and there,
and again repeated on the left side. The two halves form be-
tween them a wide open V-shaped figure, casting a deep shadow
over the depression in which the vertebra? lie ; possibly this re-
presents some portion of the pectoral gii-dle.

Between the dentaries (de.) at their posterior ends may be seen
the diverging hyoids {hi/.), and a number of the branchiostegal
rays {br.), the anterior vertebne {v.), some ribs (v.), and the sup-

8 Cope— Eept. U.S. Geol. Survey Territories (Hayden's), ii., 1875. p. 190.
^ Cope — Loc. cif., p. 205. By Woodward both these <j;enera are placed

in the Chirocentridse (Brit. Mus. Cat. Foss. Fishes, pt. 4, 1901,

p. 87), and by Dr. G. A. Boulenger in the Saurodontidse (Cambridire

Nat. Hist., vii.. Fishes, 1904, p. 561).
s Smitl) Woodward— Brit. Mus. Cat. F<iss. Fishes, pt. 4, 1901, pp. 9

and 99.

MUTILATED CRANIUM OF A LARGE FISH — KTHERIDGE, 7

posed pectoral fins {/.). Of the branchiostegal rays there are
portions of nine protruding through the matrix on the right-hand
side, and a less number on the left. There are ten anterior
vertebne partially weathered out, occupying a length of four and
a half inches, but as the four posterior have slid slightly from
their normal position, the actual fore-and-aft space occupied by
the series of ten will be rather less. The normal anterior vertebrte
are from five-sixteenths of an inch to three-eigths in length, and
all bear defined rims at both ends, and pits, almost round on the
second and third from the front, but more oval in a fore-and-aft
direction on the succeeding centi^a. The ribs are long and
moderately stout, no trace of neural arches remaining. At the
sides of the vertebrje, but separated from them by mati'ix, ai-e
roughened bony surfaces of some extent, which my colleague,
Mr. E. R. Waite, suggests may be the larger basal joints of the
pectoral fins compressed together and transversely displaced.
Teeth are visible on both maxillte, but not on the dentaries in
consequence of the overlapping of the former over the latter, ex-
cept at their immediate fractured anterior ends ; at these points
one tooth is visible on either side. The teeth are strong, hollow,
and conical, and not compressed to a sharp edge, extending along
the whole length of the maxillae as far as these bones are pre-
served, and set in alveoli. The remains of about twenty-four are
visible on the right maxilla and about fifteen on the left. The
single teeth preserved at the anterioi- fractured ends of the den-
taries do not appear to differ in size or character from those along
the maxillae.

The vertebrae closely resemble those figured by Dr. A. Smith
Woodward "as possibly referable to [his] Claclocycliis siveeti"*^ a
species dependant on certain detached scales from the Lower Cre-
taceous of Queensland. Dr. Woodward has also figured the left
lateral view of the anterior portion of a skull from the same series
of rocks as Foi-thp'ii,s mistralis,'' to which the present fossil bears a
very suspicious resemblance. In the light of Cope's type figure
of the cranium of Portheiis^^ and his remarks on the teeth — " Sizes
irregular ; the premaxilla, median maxilla, and anterior dentary
teeth much enlarged"" — there is a possibility of Dr. Woodward's
fish being an Ichthyodectes also. In the figui-e of Fortheus aush-alis

s Woodward— Ann. Mag. Nat. Hi&t., (6), xiv., 1894, pi. x„ f. 7.

■^ Woodward — Loc. ft/., pi. x., f. 1, la.

** Cope — Report U. S. Geo). Survey Territories (Hayden's), li, 1875, p.

184, f. 8, pis. xxxix and xli (P. molossus).
3 Cope — Report U.S. Geo). Survey Territories (Hayden's), ii, 1875, p.

190.

» KECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

there is no greater degi'ee of variation in the size of the teeth
than there is in those of our fossil. The maxillae and dentai-ies in
both are large bones, although larger in P. mistralis, whilst in
Ichthyodectes marathonetisis, as I purpose terming Mr. Black's
specimen, the space left by the accidental removal of the pre-
maxilla, would accommodate nearly as large a bone as that repre-
sented in the figure of that of P. australis.

If my selection of Ichthyodectes be correct, /. marathonensis
resembles /. ctenodon, Cope,^° in possessing straight maxillte, and
apparently similar dentaries also. /. ctenodon, in common with
/. anaides, Cope,'^ is a much lai'ger fish, and the bones are cer-
tainly moi'e massive. With /. serrideiis, Sm. Woodw.,^- /. tenui-
dens, Sm. Woodw.,-'^ /. Ttiinor (Egevton), Newton," and /. elegans,
Newton,^* hardly any comparison is necessary. In /. hamatus,
Cope,"' tlie maxillae are again much curved.

^^ Cope — Loc. cit., pi. xlvi., f. 1 and 2.

11 Cope — Loc. cit., pi. xlv., f. 1.

i-^ Smith Woodward— Brit. Mus. Cat. Foss. Fishes, pt. 4, 1901, pi. viii.

13 Smith Woodward — Loc. cii., pi. ix., f. 6.

1^ Newton — Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, xxxiii., 1877, pi. xxii., f. 14.

Newton — Loc. cif., pi. xxii., f. 15.
1" Cope — Report U.S. Geol. Survey Territories (Hayden's), ii., 1875, pi.
xlvi., f. 5, 5a.

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ARANEID^.

No. 4.

By W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S., F.E.S., Entomologist.

(Plate iii. and text fig. 1).

Familij DICTYNID^.

(rf'.fms Amaurobius, C. Koch.

A.MAUROBIUS SOCIALIS/ .y}. aov.

$ Cepholathorax, 5-5 mm. long, 3-5 mm. broad ; abdomen, 61
mm. long, 4*2 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax. — Obovate, dark brown, hairy. Pars cephalica
large, sti'ongly arched. Pars thoracica broad, sloping posteriorly,
arched, median depression and normal grooves distinct.

Eyes. — Eight, disposed in two transverse, nearly parallel rows,
and occupying almost the entire space in front ; front row almost
straight, rear- row gently recurved. Of the front row the median
pair ai'e very slightly the largest, and are placed closely together,
nearly touching one another ; each lateral eye is sepai'ated from
its median neighbour by a space equal to once its own diameter ;
those compi'ising tlie rear row are slightly smaller than their
anterior neighbours ; the median pair are separated from each
othei" by a space equal t(i aliout twice their individual diameter,
and from their lateral neighbours by about two and a half
diameters.

Lexis. — Robust, yellow-brown, clothed with long hairs, and
armed with strong spines. Measurements (in millimetres): —

1 SocirilLs — Social, sociable.

10

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Leg.

Coxa.

Trochanter

and

Femur.

Patella

and
Tibia.

Metatarsus

and

Tarsus.

Total.

1

11

4-4

4-4

3-8

13-7

2

M

4-4

4-4

3-8

13-7

3

1-0

3-6

3-6

3-4

11-6

4

1-0

4-2

4-3

3-8

13-3

Palpi. — Concolorous, short, similar in clothing and armature
^0 legs. Measurements : Coxa, 04 mm., trochanter and femur,
I'S mm.; patella and tibia, 1"8 mm.; tarsus, 1"3 mm.; total,
5 "3 mm.

Falces. — Dark brown, long, robust, arched, hairy, margins of
the furrow of each falx armed with three teeth.

Alaxilhr. — Longer than broad, robust, arched, inclining inwards,
hairy, the surface dark brown, apices and inner angles pale
yellowish.

Lahiiun. — Concolorous, longer than broad, hairy, apex trun-
cated.

Sternum. — Concolorous also, shield-shaped, convex, hairy.

Abdomen. — Ovate, moderately overhanging base of cephalo-
thorax, hairy, yellow-brown, with faintly-visible broad transverse
bars, the first three of which are straight, or
nearly so, whilst the lower pair are each formed
like a short, broad, inverted V ; below these,
again, there is a large concolorous elongate-oval
patch. Laterally and beneath, the surface is
hair}", and yellow-brown.

E'pigyne. — As in figure (fig. 1).

Crihellum. — Transverse, nearly parallel, and
divided into two plates.

Ohs. — In gravid females, the abdomen appears much ligliter in
colour.

Hab. — Grand Arch, Jenolan Caves.

Some time ago, Mr. J. C. AViburd presented to the Trustees
two large shawl-like webs, taken from the roof of the Grand Arch,
Jenolan Caves. Each web was closely and densely- woven, and
had been fabricated by a large number of individuals living

Fig. I.

STCDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ARANEIDiE — RAINBOW. 11

together as a community. No spiders wei'e forwarded w'ith the
first example, but from its folds I picked a quantity of exuvm,
which convinced me that the architects belonged to the genus
Ammifobius, C. Koch. I thereupon wrote Mr. Wiburd — who
has on different occasions presented the Trustees valuable Arach-
nological collections from the Cave districts — asking him to try
and secure some of the spiders responsible for the construction.
This he succeeded in doing, so that I am now enabled to describe
both the spider and the web.

The larger web presented by Mr. Wiburd measures twelve feet in
length, and rather more than four feet at its greatest width, and
when hanging in, situ was festooned amongst the stalactites
depending from the roof of the cave. The webs are full of holes,
each of which had evidently been the entrance to a retreat tube.
These webs are closely and densely woven, and are suggestive of a
fabric — such as a shawl. Scattei-ed over the surface of this huge
web are a large number of empty cocoons, or ova-sacs. These are
pure white. Hat, more or less discoidal and closely woven. Each sac
consists of two strong, paper-like discs — an upper and a lower —
between which the eggs had been placed. None exhibited any
trace of loose, flocculent silk. The discs do not appear to vary in
size. A number were measured, and from seven to eight milli-
metres in diameter was the result obtained.

Family (ECOBIID^.

In my last paper of this series, I recoi'ded for the first time in
Australia the occurrence of the family Mimetidii^J' The present
paper records, also for the first time here, the family (Ecobiidfe.
The family is a very small one, consisting of only one genus, and
fifteen species. The genus (Ecobius, Lucas, is distributed over
" Regio mediterranea ; ins. Atlanticse j Arabia me rid.; Japonia ;
Nova Caledonia; America septent. et merid.; Antilla?,"" to which
I now add — Sydney, N. 8. Wales.

The species occurring here appears to be, unquestionably, the
widely distributed CE. navus, Bl. This form has been previously
recorded from the islands of the Atlantic, Japan, New Caledonia,
Venezuela, southern parts of the United iStates, and the Antilles.
This distribution Simon suggests is, without doubt, due to the
agency of commerce.

■2 Kainbow— Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 1904, p. 329.

3 Simon— Hist. Nat. des Araignees, 2nd Ed., i., 1892, p. 247.

12 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

The species are all microscopic. Their webs, which are also
small, are closely woven and transparent, and are usually con-
structed under stones, and in the angles of walls. When at rest
in the web, these spiders hang motionless, but when disturbed
they ai'e decidedly active, and in endeavouring to escape des-
cribe circles. Their cocoons are flocculent, rather transparent,
plano-convex, fixed, and contain each seven or eight non-agglu-
tinated eggs.

There are three specimens in the Australian Museum cabinet
and they were collected by myself in the Museum building.

An addition to the LACERTILIAN FAUNA of the
SOLOMON ISLANDS.

By Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S., Zoologist.

(Fig. 2).

The Trustees have received a fine female Gecko from Mr.
Charles M. Woodford, British Resident, Solomon Group.

Mr. Woodfoid's knowledge of the fauna of the group under
his administration led him to suggest that the Gecko was an
undescribed species ; though previously known, it indeed proves
to be new to the Solomon Islands. This is the more interesting
as the group has been so well worked by Messrs. Guppy and
Woodford. In this connection Dr. G. A. Boulenger remarks^ : —
" The fact that, in spite of the extent of the collection (over 200
specimens) and the special attention paid by the collector [Mr.
Woodford] to this group of animals, only four species are there-
by added to the herpetological list of the Solomons, shows that
our knowledge of this part of the fauna approaches completion."
In the paper quoted Boulenger gives a complete list (28) of
the reptiles of the Solomon Group, to the date of publication.
Several species have, however, been added since that time, and it
is now my piivilege to add another.

Mr. Woodford's Gecko proves to be : —

Gymnodactylus louisiadensis, De Vis.

Ann. Rep. Brit. New Guinea, App. cc, 1892, p. 5, and Ann.
Queensland Mus., ii., 1892, p. 11.

The type was obtained at Sudest Is. (Tagula Is.) Louisiade
Archipelago. A species from Moroka, British New Guinea, was
described and figured by Boulenger'^ under the name G. h>ri«'.
Dr. Franz Werner^ thoroughly reviewed these two forms and
inclined to the belief that they are not specifically distinct. For
present purposes I assume this to be so. Mr. Woodford's speci-
men, however, seems to be a typical example, differing from the
type only in respect to arrangement of the colour bands, in having
the internasal plates broken up into four, and the subdigital
lamellae and labial plates slightly different in number,

1 Boulenger— Proc. Zool. Soc. 1888, p. 88.
, -^ Boulenger— Ann. Mus. Civ. Sto. Nat. Genova, (2), xviii., 1897 (1898),
p. 695, pi. vi.
3 Werner— Verb. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, li., 1901, p. 604.

14

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

In 1901 Mr. Samuel Garman^ reported on the reptiles of Mr.
Alexander Agassiz's Expedition to the Barrier Reef, and des-
cribed a member of the genus Gymnodactylns under the name
G. olivii. He contrasts its characters with those of G. pelayicus
and evidently did not consult the descriptions of G. lotcisiadensis
or G. lo7-i(f. G. olivii is certainly identical with our specimen,
agreeing with it in the disposition of the colour bands which, as
above mentioned, differ somewhat from those of the type.

In G. louisiadensis there are but five body bands, the first of
which, connecting the eyes across the occiput, is V-shaped ; the
disposition of the other bands is not mentioned, but their
arrangement is probably similar to those of G. Im-icp. In this
form there are three pairs of markings between the fore and
hind limbs, and a fifth at the base of the tail. The markings
are not in the form of bands, but consist of pairs of oblique
streaks, each pair forming a V-like figure, those only of the nape
and the base of the tail, howevei-, produce a complete V.

In both Mr. Garman's and Mi-. Woodford's examples the bands
are six in number ; the first is U-shaped, the second connects the
shoulders, three occupy the space between the fore and hind
limbs, and the sixth connects the thighs, having a much more
anterior position than the last band in G. louisiadeAisis or G. lofice.
These bands are incomplete below.

Of Dr. Werner's adult examples, one resembled G. louisiadensis
the other G. lorice, while a young one exhibited eight pairs of
spots or streaks. This author ^particularly i-efers to structural
details, tabulated below, the characters of G. olivii and Mr.
Woodford's specimens being now included.

Name.

Lamellae under

Supralabials.

Rows of body

4th toe.

tubercles.

G. louisiadensis . . .

10-11

12

26

G. loi-id" ...

12

—

Dr. Werner, i. ...

18

U-15

26

, ii.

12

17-18

28

„ iii.

12

11-13

22

G. olivii ...

—

13

24

Mr. Woodford ...

12

13

26

* Gartnan — Bull. Mua. Coinp. Zool. Harv. Coll., xxxix., 1901, p. i., pi. i.
fig. 1.

AN ADDITION TO THE LACERTILIAN FAUNA WAITE. 15

In both examples which have been figured {G. lorim and G.
olivii), the tail has been reproduced, and as usual in such cases
the colour-pattern and distinctive scutation of the original member
is lost. In our example the tail has not suffered mutation and
opportunity is taken to illustrate its character. It is covered
with flat juxtaposed scales which are smallest above, increasing
in size towards the lower surface ; those bordei-ing the large
inferior scutes are quite one-third the width of the scutes. The
tubercles upon the upper and lateral aspects of the proximal
portion, as far as the hinder edge of the first caudal colour band,
are similar to those of the body ; thence the arrangement assumes
a distinctive character, the tubercles being confined to the upper
surface and disposed in widely spaced transverse rows. Of these
the first three ai-e composed each of six
tubercles, the two in front having a sup-
plementary row of four tubercles an-
teriorly ; the next five rows are formed
each of four tubercles and the three fol-
lowing of two each only, the latter of
which is but little differentiated from the
ordinary scales. The tubercles occupy
the proximal three-sevenths of the tail
only.

As on the body, the markings are in
the form of bands though of darker hue,
and similarly they do not compass the
lower surface. The colour increases in
intensity posteriorly and the distal two-
fifths is without markings. There are
five dark bands on the tail, each twice
the width of the interspaces, and on the
median line above they are deeply in-
cised befoi-e and behind. The accom-
panying figure (fig. 2) illustrates the
features described.

The type was, as before stated,
taken at Sudest Is. in the Louisiades,
and the British Museum possesses
examples from Fergusson Is., Wood-
lark Is., and British New Guinea.
From the latter locality the types
of G. Im-icE were obtained, Dr. Wer-
ner had three specimens from Dutch New Guinea, and Mr.
Garman's G. olivii is recorded from Cooktown. Mr. Woodford

Fiij. 2.

16 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

informs us that his example was taken in the chart drawer at
the Government Residence, and that he has since seen another
specimen about the grounds. During a subsequent conversation
with Ml'. Woodford, in Sydney, he told me that when disturbed
this Gecko walks very high upon its legs, and curves its tail over
its back in a menacing mannei*. The Queensland locality must,
I think, be accepted with some reservation ; Cooktown is
the port of call for vessels trading to New Guinea, the
Louisiades and the Solomon Group and it seems highl}' probable
that the Lizard was obtained by some trader and taken to Cook-
town, whence it passed into the hands of Mr. Agassiz's collectors.
Further evidence will be required of the occurrence of this species
in Australia before it will be safe to admit it as an undoubted
membei' of our fauna.

On March 19th, more than two months after the above was
penned, I received a letter from Mr. E. A. C. Olive : he writes : — "I
have your letter of February 3rd with sketch of reptile enclosed.
I think I must have obtained the original from New Guinea, as
I do not recognise it as one of our local lizards, and I remember
receiving a variety of specimens from that place."

THE FURTHER DISCOVERY of DUGONG BONES
ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

By R. ETiiEKiDfiE, Juni'., Curator.

(Plate iv.)

Fur an opportunity of again recording the occurrence of honea
of the Dugong (Halicore duyoruj, Gmelin, sp.) on the coast of
New South Wales, I am indebted to Mr. P. E. Williams, Comp-
troller of the Government Savings Bank, and Secretary to the
Sydney Etlniological Committee.

During the excavation of Shea's Creek, Cook River, Botany
Bay, for the canal bearing the same name, portions of a Dugong
skeleton were discovered near the top of the estuarine clay,
iind just above the extensive estuarine shell bed which is so
marked a stratigraphical feature in the alknial section laid bare
by the canal cutting. " They were five feet six inches to eight
feet six inches below the present high-water level, and a total
depth of four feet six inches to seven feet six inches below the
swamp surface level, previous to excavation."^ The bones re-
covered were vertebra^, ribs, and the nearly perfect skull. It was
pointed out by Messrs. T. W. E. David, J. W. Grimshaw, and the
writer, that the present southerly limit of the Dugong is probably
Wide Bay, on the Queensland coast, although it was formerly to
be caught in Moreton Bay.- Only two reliable records of the

1 Etlipridije, David, and Grimshaw — Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxx
1896, p. 171.

^ I have since learned that the Du^ono^ is still caught in Moreton Bay
Mr. C. Hedley has called my attention to a footnote in Britton and
Bladen's " History of New South Wales" (ii., 1894, p. 97) quoting
a paragraph from Collins, which reads as follows: — " Abouc this
time (March, 1795j, the spirit of inquiry being on foot, Mr
Cummings, an officer of the Corps, made an excursion to the
southward of Botany Boy, and brought bacii with him some of
the head bones of a marine animal, which on inspection Cap-
tain [William] Patterson the only naturalist in the country,
pronounced to liave belonged to the animal described by M. de
Buffon, and named by him the Manatee (Collins — Ace. English
Colony N.S.W., 1st Ed., 1.. p, 409.)" The wording in the second
edition differs slightly. If for Manatee we read Dugong we have
confirmatory evidence of the Shea's Creek occurrence, and at a
slightly more southern locality.

18 RliCORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Dugong's presence on the coast of New South Wales, i.e., further
south than either of those mentioned, are extant, viz., at the
Tweed and Richmond Rivers', and Broken Bay, immediately to
the north of Port Jackson.^

The chief point of interest in connection with these bones
from Shea's Creek was the presence of transverse and oblique
curved cuts and scars, particularly on the ribs at their outer
or distal ends, as if produced by a blunt-edged cutting or cliop-
ping instrument. No doubt whatever was entertained by my
co-wi'iters and myself that sucli was the origin of these markings.
The fact was used as corroborative evidence, pointing to the
occupancy of this part of the coast by man at a much earlier
date than previously supposed. It was felt at the time that any
additional facts relating to the Dugong's presence so far below
its usual haunts would be most welcome.

The fortunate discovery of Dugong bones by Mr. C. A. Rudder
in a large kitchen-midden on " Arakoon" at the entrance of the
Macleay River, supplies the needed evidence. The midden in
question lay about one and a-half miles from the ocean and was
in course of removal for the construction of oyster beds. It
consisted of shells, black sand, and stones with oysters attached,
in diameter about thirty feet, and seven feet in thickness. The
bones found near the bottom of the midden are four rib pieces,
portion of a lai'ge worn molai' tooth, and a rib of a seal. Three
rib pieces exhibit traces of hacking. Like the ribs found at
Shea's Creek, one of the Arakoon bones is deeply scarred and cut
by some blunt instrument, in fact even more so than either of
those from the metropolitan locality, and a second, the most
perfect rib (Plate iv., fig. 2), less so. The bones still retain the
solid homogenous appearance and weight characteristic of those
of the Dugong ; no other objects of interest were discovered
duringthe removal of the midden material. One may infer a
considerable age for the Arakoon bones from their appearance, so
much so that the markings on the most complete rib have nearly
disappeared, but not so with the two smaller portions. At the
thicker end of one of the latter (PL iv., fig. 1) are several deep sub-
parallel cuts lengthwise, united in places by cross-hacking, and at
the other end, one or more pieces of bone have been chipped off

» Ramsay — Cut, N.S. Wales Court Gt, Interiiaf-.Fisheiiefi Exliib. Lond.,
1883, p. 50.

^ Etlieridufe, David, and Griiiisliaw — Journ. Roy. So(\ N.S. Wales, xxx.,
1896, p. 172.

FURTHER DISCOVEi;V OF DUGONG BONES —ETHEKIDGE. 19

tlie surface, but still leaving traces of sharper blows. On the
other (PI. iv., fig. 3), the scars are confined to the centre of the
bone and are transverse to its lengtli.

The occurrence of these hacked bones at the Macleay iliver
adds corroborative evidence f)f the use of the Dugong as fcxxl by
the old Aborigines just as it is now partaken of by their descend-
ants fuither north, and adds another record of the animal's
presence on a part of the eastern coast-line not now frequented
by it. This case may be accepted as an example of the good
results likely to arise by a systematic examination of our coast
middens before they have totally disappeared through the agency
of modern man. The importance of midden exploration cannot
be too forcibly impressed on those who may have facilities for
such work. It is only through the excavation of similar heaps,
the examination of interments, the exploration of the hearth-refuse
heaps of rock-shelters, and the opening up of ossiferous caves that
we can now liope to learn much about the habits and manners of
the earlier inhabitants of this Continent.

ON AN INSULAR FORM of MELITHREPTUS
BREVIROSTRIS, Vigors and Horsfield.

By Alfred J. North, C.M.Z.S., C.M.B.O.U., Ornithologist.

Melithi'fiptus nuu/nit'ostris, sp. nov.

(Plate v., figs. 1-2.)

Being at present engaged on the Jfeliphagidce for the next
[)art of " Nests and Eggs of Birds found breeding in Australia
and Tasmania,"^ among other species, Mr. A. Zietz, the Assistant
Director of the South Australian Museum, Adelaide, has kindly
drawn my attention to three skins of which he writes — " You
will notice three specimens of Jfelithreptus hrevirostris with
I'emarkably strong bills ; the birds were shot on the 3rd October,
1901, by my son Mr. F. R. Zietz out of a flock at Eastern
Cove, Kangai'oo Island. This might be an insular form of the
mainland species."

On the head and nape these specimens, two adult males, and an
adult female, more closely resemble New South Wales examples
of Melithreptus hrevirostris. the forehead and crown being of a
lighter brown, and the dull buffy-white and blackish-brown bands
on the nape being but slightly indicated in comparison with
South Australian specimens ; they resemble the latter in having
•a dull white loral streak but which is even moi'e pronounced ;
the cheeks and sides of the throat of an adult male are dull
white, which passes into a very faint creamy buff" on the remainder
of the under surface, darker on the centre of the breast and
abdomen, the centre of the throat and the fore-neck having
a, greyish tinge, the flanks slightly washed with brown. The bills
of all three specimens are distinctly larger than in continental
bxamples. The adult male previously referred to measures —
iotal length .5-3 inches, wing 2-75, tail 2-4, tarsus 0-65, exposed
portion of bill from base of forehead where the feathers end to
tip 0'55, breadth of cutting edge at centre of nostril O'l 9, height
■)f bill at centre of nostril 0"19.

Remarks. — The outer secondaries of the type are externally
•fudged with olive, as is also found in some adult New South Wales
.specimens. The white cheek stripe of the specimen labelled a

North — 4mtr Mu8. Spec. Cat , i.

AT^ INSULAK FORM OF MEUiUREPTUS BREVIROSTKIS — NORTH. 21

feinaU' is shorter, the under surface is more distinctly tinged with
brown, and the wing measurement is 2-8 inches. There is only a
slight indicati(jn of the white cheek stripe in the other male.
Wing measurement, 2-75 inches. The bill of the type is mea-
sured as are the bills of all the specimens in the already (juoted
Catalogue from the end of the feathers at the base of the forehead
to the tip, with a pair of finely-pointed calipers irrespective of
any curve of the culmen.

Types. — To be placed m the South Australian Museum, Ade-
laide.

Co-ty])e. — Australian Museum, 8ydney.

Habitat. — Kangaroo Island, South Australia.

These birds with the larger bills constitute a well-defined and
apparently constant insular form, ^\■hich I propose in contradis-
tinction to specifically distinguish under the name of Mpliflircpfus
maytiirostris, the Large-billed Honey -eater.

The figures in the accompanying plate are of the natural size,
and ai'e reproduced from a ])hotograpli of two bird skins laid side
by side. One is of an adult male of Jlelithreptus hrevirostris,
Vk;. and Horsf., from the collection of the South Australian
Museum, Adelaide, procured by Dr. A. M. Morgan at Laura,
South Australia ; the other of the type, an adult male, of Mdi-
thrrpfiis nuu/nirdstris, obtained by Mr. F. R. Zietz on Kangaroo-
Island.

NOTES ON THE ARCHITECTURE, NESTING HABITS, and

LIFE HISTORIES of AUSTRALIAN ARANEID^E, based

ON SPECIMENS IN THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

By W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S., F.E.S., Entoinolijoist.

(Fig. 3.)
Part v.— ENTELEGYN.(E (vonfinufd).

Family PHOLCTD^.

The genus Fholcnn, Walck., was erected by C. Koch, in 1S50, tu
family rank.' Prior to this date, it had been inckided in tlie
family TheridiidiF. Simon, in his masterly work,'- lius defined its
position, and to this the student is I'eferred.

The family Pholcidse has since been divided into two sub-
families— the Pholcinse and Ninetidinye. With the first of these,
twenty genera are now associated, of which thi'ee occur in Aus-
tralia : the second embraces only one {Xiupfis, Sim.), and its
habitat is defined as " Arabia felix."'

The genus Artmna, Walck., has a wide range, its distribution
being: "Africa tota : Arabia; Asia occid., centr. et merid.;
Malaisia et Polyne.sia ; America antillana et merid."* This being
so, it is quite possible tl'.at it may liereafter be recorded from the
Australian I'egion.

The genus FholcuK, Walck., is exceedingly ubicjuitous, its range
being : " Orbis utriusque reg. calid. et temp. ""' Only one species
— P. litoralis, L. K. — is known to me as occuii'ing in Australia.
It has been recorded from Rockhampton and Biisbane, and is
very common in the neighbourhood of Sydney, where it is known
popularly as " Daddy Longiegs."

The Pholcidie are of sedentar}^ habits, and are most fre^juentl)'
met with in buildings, whei-e they construct theii- webs in the
angles of walls and ceilings. Their snares are irregularly con-
structed, the lines comprising them being drawn in e"\ery con-
ceivable direction. The Pholcid* have been formed into a ^■roup
under the name of Filiteles, from their habit of spinning long fila-
ments of silk whenever or wherever they move. When an insect

1 C. Kocli— Ueb. Ar. Syee., v., 1850, p. 31.

- Simon — Hist. Nat. des Araignees, 2nd Ed., i., 1892, p. 456.

•'' Simon — Loc. cit., p. 487.

^ Simon — Loc. cif., p. 466.

-' Simon — Loc. cit., p. 471.

NOTES ON ARCHITECTURE UF AUSTRALIAN! ARANEID.^ — RAINBOW. 23

is captured in the wel) of one of these spiders, the owner imme-
diately shakes the snare violently in order to secure its i)rey.
When irritated or disturbed they will gyrate rounfl and rcjund
most rapidly, usually describing circles from right to left. When
I'esting in the web, they invariably hang body downwards, as illus-
trated in the figure (fig. 3) ;
occasionally they may be de-
tected resting in a vertical
position, in which case the
usual posture is head down-
wards. The eggs are held
together in an agglutinated
spherical mass ; sometimes
the}' are covered with silk. Fit'. 3, rkolcus /itoralis, L. K.

The female carries the mass of ova with the falces, and always
approximated to her sternum ; nor will she for one moment relin-
([uish lier burden until the spiderlings have hatched out. The
eggs includefl in the splierical mass are numerous, and are usually
of a whitish-yellow tint.

These spiders may sometimes be collectetl from under over-
hanging rocks, in rock-shelters, and in the hollows of trees.

In 1877, Mr. H. B. Bradley erected the genus Micromeri/>:, for
the reception of a species collected by the " Chevert" Expedition
at Cape Yoi^k. The genus, however, is widely distributed. Simon
gives its geographical area as " Africa occid. ; ins. Madagascar
{marjagascfo-ensifi, E. 8im.) ; ins. Philippine (rirnilfiyrmift, E.
Sim.); Nova-Hollandia septr. {(/raei/is, Bradl.) ; America trop.;
Venezuela (conica., E. Sim., etc.).'"^

J/, (jracilis, Bradl., is long and cylindrical, being about 8 mm.
]ong and 1 mm. broad, witli excessively long and thin legs.

Psilochorus, Sim., occurs in "America sept, et merid. : India
orient; Oceana."' In this genus also, (jnly one species is known
to occur in Australia — P. sph(eroides, L. K. It was placed by its
author in the genus Pholcus, but Simon has removed it to Psilo-
choriiK. This species occurs at Rockhampton. Nothing has been
recorded of its life habits.

Family THERIDIID^.

This family includes upwards of seventy genera, and an
immense number of species. Of the genera recorded at least
a dozen ai'e known to occur in Australia, and one in Tasmania.
These spiders are also sedentary, and foi"m a group by themsehes

* Simon — Loc cit., p. 474.
^ Simon — Loc. cit., p. 482.

24 KKCOKDS 01" THE AL'STRALIAN MUSEUM.

— the lletitele.s, spiders which form webs with open meslies and
irregular chambers, and which lurk in the centre or at their
sides.

Individually considered, the members of this family are small,
the largest being those of the genus Latrodectus, Walck. — spiders
ha^•ing a somewhat evil reputation.

Many of the sjjecies are remarkable for their bright and strik-
ing colours, as well as inteiesting and curious forms. All — or
nearly all — sedentary spiders construct webs for the capture of
prey, and these are of two distinct types — (1) the irregularly-
formed snare, or retitelarian web : and (2) the wheel-like, or orbic-
ular web. The first of these is characteristic of the Theridiida?.

Morphologically, this family is a most interesting one. It has
been studied by many authors, no two of whom are wholly in
accord as to its classification, while some are absolutely at vari-
ance. The reader who desires to pursue the subject further sliould
carefully peruse Simon's remarks on this family."

In order, however, to satisfactorily study this group, it would
be necessary not only to bring together an extensive collection,
but to devote possibly years to patient and laborious investigation.
Simon found he could not satisfactorily divide this family into
sub-families, but in order to facilitate its study he broke it up into
about eighteen groups, of which six occur on the mainland of
Australia and one in Tasmania.

Argyrode^.

This group embraces thi'ee genera, each of which is widely dis-
tributed. They are Ariamnes, Thor., Rhompha^a, L. K., and
Argyrodes, Sim. The range of the fii'st of these is defined as
" Orbis reg. tropic, omn.;"" and of the second and third, " Orbis
totius I'eg. trop. et sub-trop."'" Ariamnes and Argyrodes each
occur in Australia.

Ariamnes colubrinns, Keys., was originally recorded from Peak
Downs, but I have had it from various parts of this State. Mr.
A. M. Lea collected it in the Northern Rivers District, and I have
collected it at Guildford and Waterfall. It is a long, vex'miform
spider, and constructs a small web amongst the branchlets or
spurs (^f shrubs and coarse herbage. When disturbed or alarmed
it drops out of its web and hangs suspended by a thin silken line.
Owing to its colour, and the manner in which it folds its legs
when dangling in the air, it has the appearance of a piece of dead
stick hanging on a web.

** Siiiidii — Loc. cif., pp. 488, et seq.

^ Simon — Loc. cif., p. 502.

19 Simon— Loc. cif., pp. 502 and 503.

NOTES ON ARCHITECTURE OF AUSTRALIAN AKANEID.?:— RAINHOVV. 2o

The spiders of the genus J/v/y/-orA\s' are small, and many of them
exceedmgly lirilliant, lot)king, when suspended in their webs, like
atoms of burnished silver, or dewdrops glistening in the sun. In
habits they are parasitic, and usually construct their irregular
webs among the outer lines of the snares of large orb-weaveis
such as Ch-ytopliura, 8im., and Xephila, Leach. Their food consists
of the smaller insects that have become entangled in the huge
orb-webs, and which are too minute to attract the attention of the
legitimate tenant. A. lo/fipodiana, Cambr., occurs both in New
Zealand and Australia. I have collected specimens around Sydney
in the autumn. A. incif<i/rons. Keys., has been recoi'ded from
Bowen and Sydney : and Mr. Lea collected A. nKdyarifarin.^,
mihi, at the Clarence River, N. 8. Wales.

Episin.e.

Nine genera are included in this group, two of which, EpisivKs,
Latr., and Janiilna, Thor., occur in Australia. The spiders of the
former genus ai-e, according to Simon, " walking Theiidiides," and
are most frequently met with outside their webs. All these spiders
are of striking form. The first, second, and fourth pairs of legs
are long, and the third pair very short. The abdomen is usually
rhomboidal, wide and high in front, and attenuated behind. The
genus occurs in " Europa et reg. medit. ; Asia centr. ; ins. Tapro-
bane ; Africa austr.; N. Hollandia {anstralis, Keyserl.) ; N. Zea-
landia (((ufijxKlianus, Cambr.) ; America sept, et merid.; Vene-
zuela, Brasilia, Paraguay. "'^^ Keyserling's species, E. auatrrdis,
originally recorded from Peak Downs, is the only form so far re-
corded from Australia.

The genus Ja>tuhi.s, Thor. (of which our Australian form, ./.
hicornix, Thor., is the type species), is recorded from " ins. Tapro-
bane ; pen. Malayana ; N. Hollandia sept.; America merid.; An-
tillje, Venezuela, Brasilia.''^- Although so widely distributed,
only a dozen species have, so far, been assigned to this genus.
./. bicovitis is at present unknown to me ; the type was collected
by D'Albertis, at Somerset, Cape York.

EuRYOPEiE.

There are six genera in this section, three of which occur in
Australia. The first of the Australian series, Enryopis, Menge,
is widely distributed, its range being: "Europa et. reg. medit.;
Asia centr., merid. et orient; Nova-Hollandia et Polyn.; Anieri.
sept, et merid. "^" Only one species occurs in Australia — E. am-

11 Simon — Loc. cit., p. 520.
1- Simon — Loc. cit., p. 521.
1^ Simon — Loc. cit., p. 529.

26 HKCORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

bilicata, L. K. This species is widely distributed. I liave seen
specimens from many localities. Koch's tpye specimen came from
Port Mackay. The species is common around Sydney, and may
be collected all the year round. It lui-ks undei- stones, or almost
any refuse lying upon the ground, under which it may rest
in security. When disturbed it rushes off in (}uest of shelter with
great rapidity. It constructs a small web, consisting of a few
lines, but this is useless for the capture of prey. I have often
sought, and in vain, for the ova-sac.

Diaprocarns, Sim., is recorded from "Nova-Hollandia merid.""'^
This contains only one species, D. nndtipunctatun, Sim., from
" Nova-Hollandia merid.," and it is unknown to me.

Phylarchus, Sim., contains six species. The range of this genus
is '' Asia centr. ; ins. Taprobane ; ins. Philippin^e ; N.-Hollandia ;
N. -Caledonia. "^^ P. splendens, iiim.( — E^iryop is elegcms, Keys.),
occurs in Australia and New Caledonia. Keyserling's tpye came
from Peak Downs. This species has the same habit as B. nmbili-
cnta.

THERIDIE.f:.

The spiders of this group are distinctly sedentary. They
are to be found inside buildings, in caves, under rock-shelters, on
the spurs and bi'anches of shrubs and trees, and sometimes on the
trunks of trees. Their retitelarian snares are of indeterminate
form, and are composed of brilliant threads, which cross each other
at every conceivable angle. The cocoons are, as a general rule,
globose in form, rai-ely elongate. They are composed of a tough,
silken tissue, closely Avoven and opaque ; the outer and inner walls
have a somewhat woolly appearance. The colour varies : some
are white, some yellowish, some brown, and some are of a dull
greyish tint. With few exceptions, the cocoons are attached to
and suspended from the web. 71iPridio7i himaculatnm, Linn.,
and Thfirid^ila, sj^p., are recorded by Simon as carrying their ova-
sacs attached to their spinnerets, in exactly the same manner as
those of the genus Lycosa, Latr. Those species which suspend
their cocoons to the web, usually construct three or four, or even
more, and these are generally placed close to each other ; but those
which carry their ova-sacs make only one. Each ova-sac contains
an immense number of eggs. In addition to being sedentary, the
Theridiete are, as a rule, solitary. Thpridion pximuim, Keys., of
South America, is a social species, many individuals living to-
gether, each uniting its web to that of its neighbour, the whole
thus making, apparently, one large, comprehensive snare.

'^ Simon — Loc. cif., p. 529.
1' Sitjioii — Loc. cit., p. 529.

NOTKS OX ARCHITKCTL'HE OF AL'STKALIAX ARAXEfD.t: — KAINBOW 27

Ten genera have been assigned by Simon to this group, and of
these one occurs in Australia, namely, Thpvidion, Walck. This
genus is widely distributed, its geographical area being : " Orbia
totius reg. calid., temper, et frigid."^" Some of the species asso-
ciated with it are also ubiquitous, for instance, 1\ rujipes, Lucas,
and T. tppidarioriim, C. Koch. The latter is common around
Sydney, and sometimes invades buildings. It occurs in Europe,
Africa, Asia, and America. The snare constructed is large and
usually dome-shaped, and the lines of which it is composed, al-
though exceedingly fine, are nevertheless strong enough to arrest
large insects. Some of the victims, if there be too many for the
owner's immediate neerls, are carriefl to the upper part of the web,
and enswathed with silk. Tlie ovti-sacs are more or less round,
and are usually of a reddish-brown tint.

The genus Theridion is one of the most numerous of the entire
order. Koch has recorded ten species from Australia in his stan-
dard work.^^ One of the species, T. nJho-xtriafirm, L. K., i« widely
distributed, and occurs not only on our Australian mainland, but
also in the South Pacific Islands. Keyserling, in the supplement
to Koch"s monograph,^" records four others, all of which appear to
be peculiar to Australia.

PlIOROXCIDIiE.

The Phoroncidiie includes some very striking and grotesque
forms. The abdomen is large, and in some species, such as
Pharuncidia, Westw., armed with long, strong spines. This genus
does not occur in Australia, so far as we know at present, but
seeing that its geographical area is "India et ins. Taprobane ;
Malasia et Papuasia ; ins. Madagascar ; Africa trop. occid.,"^^
we may certainly expect it to occur in Northern or Tropical Aus-
tralia.

Ulesanis, L. K., is distributed over " Reg. medit. occid.; Africa
trop. orient, et Afr. austr. ; ins. Taprobane ; ins. Philippine ; N.
Hollandia, N. Zealandia et Polynesia ; Amer. sept., trop. et
austr. "■^" Six species of this genus are recoi'ded from Australia
and Polynesia. U. sextuhei'cnlata, Keys., occurs in Queensland,
where it was originally recorded from Gayndah ; it is also found
in the Richmond River District. These spiders are usually found
on shrubbs or bushes, where they construct their retitelarian snares.

^'■' Simon — Loc. riY., p. 5.50.

" L. Koch — Die Arachniden Australienp, i., 1871, p. 256, et serj.

^'^ Keyserling — Die Aracliniden Australiens, Suppl., 1890, pp,24l,f^ .vf^.

^'•' Simon — Loc. cU., p. 561.

'■^^ Simon — Lop. cit., p. oW.

28 I.KCORDS OF THK AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

DlPCENE^.

This is a small group, consisting of three genera, only one of
which occurs in Australia, namely Latrodpctiis, Walck. Tlie range
of this genus is " Orbis totius reg. trop. et sub-trop."-' For this
genus Thorell desci'ibed what he supposed to be two distinct Aus-
tralian species — L. hasseltii and L. srelio.'^'^ They are, howe^■er
synonymous, and hasseltii must be accepted as the specific
name.

L. hasseltii is widely distributed throughout India, Malaysia,
Papua, Australia, New Zealand, and Polynesia. The Indian form
(L. hasseltii var. indicus, Sim.) has been recorded by Simon from
Arabia.*^ In Australia it is known as the " Venomous Spider,"
and in New Zealand by the Maori name " Katipo, which is said
to mean " night-stinger." In respect of the bite and its effects,
the matter is at present under investigation, and will be dealt
with on a future occasion.

The webs of this species are established in all sorts of dark
corners, in old and empty cans, or amongst any loose rubbish ; they
also occur under stones and I'ock shelters.

The snare is of the usual retitelarian type, somewhat dome-
shaped ; the lines are very strong, and are capable of arresting-
large and powerful beetles. The cocoons are yellow, closely-
knitted, somewhat woolly in appearance, and each encloses a large
number of eggs. The inner walls have much the same appearance
as the outer. A large number of cocoons are made, and these are
always suspended together.

ASAGENK.E.

This is a group of stridulating Theridions. It is remarkable
that of the ten genera referred to it by Simon — some of which are
most widely distributed — none are known to occur on the main-
land of Australia. There is only one genus which may be
considered as part of our fauna, namely, Aiicoccelus, Sim., of
Tasmania, and that has only one species — A. livens, Sim. This
genus is most nearly allied to the European and American Steatoda,
Sund. The Tasmanian species is unknown to me.

'•^1 Simon — Loc. cit., p. 569.

'^* Thorell — Aranea nonnullse Nova Hollnudia, in Oiv. Kontcl.

Vet.-Akad. Forhandl., 1870, 4, p. 369 ; also Koch— Die Aracliiiidwii

Australieiis, i., 1871, pp. 276 aud 279.
■i» Simon— Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat.. 1897, 3. p. 95; and 1902, 4. u.

252.

NOTES ON THE VARIED HONEY-EATER
{PTILOTIS VERSICOLOR, GOULD.)

By Alfred J. North, C.M.Z.S., C.M.B.O.U., Ornithologist.

PtUotis versicolor, North, Vict. Nat., xxi., 1905, p. 167.

(Plate v., fig. 3.)

The Varied Eoney-eater was described by Gould in 1842 from
a fiingie specimen contained in a collection of bird skins from
Northern Australia, and was for many years regarded as a rare
species. It is an inhabitant of the coastal districts and adjacent
islands of Northern and North-eastero Queensland and Southern
New Guinea, and is also found on some of the intermediate
islands of Torres Strait. Off the coast of North-eastern Queens-
land, MacGillivray obtained this species on Dunk Island, and
Elsey on Albany Island. Many specimens were procured by
the "Chevert" Expedition, fitted out by the late Sir William
Macleay, since when it has been obtained by various collectors
both in New Guinea and Australia.

Among a small collection of bird skins sent me for examination,
made by Mr. Albert F. Smith, principally near Cairns, North-eastern
Queensland, and the neighbourhood, was a specimen of Ptilotin
versicolor, Gould, collected by him on one of the Frankland Islands
on the 16th October, 1901. Subsequently I received a second
specimen from him, shot in company with the other, also their
nest and a set of two eggs taken at the same time.

The nest of PtUotis versicolor, as will be seen from the accom-
panying plate, is an open cup-shape, and somewhat scanty struc-
ture, daylight being visible through the greater portion of the
sides. Externally it is formed of fibrous rootlets, held together
with plant down and spider webs, with which are intermingled
a few egg-bags of spiders and their green silky covering, the
inside being sparingly lined with fine pale brown rootlets and
fibre, and at the bottom with a small (quantity of silky- white plant-
down. It is attached by the rim on one side to a leafy horizontal
branch from which springs a thin twig at right angles, but this is
concealed in the structure, two leaves being worked on to the
side of the nest. Externally it measures three inches and three-
(juarters in diameter by two inches and a quarter in depth, the
inner cup measuring three inches in diameter by one inch and a
half in depth.

30 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

The eggs, which were in an advanced state of incubation, are
two in number, oval in form somewhat pointed at the smaller
end, the shell being close-grained, smooth and lustrous. They
are of a uniform tieshy-buff colour, being of a slightly richer
shade on the larger end, where on one specimen, with the aid of
a lens, a few very minute darker dots may be seen. The eggs of
this species are indistinguishable in colour from a variety of those
of its close ally Ftilotis sonm'a, Gould, also from those of the
Pallid Cuckoo (Cucuhis pallidus, Latham).

Relative to taking the above nest and set of eggs, Mr. Smith has
kindly supplied me with the following notes: — "This species is fairly
plentiful on one of the Frankland Islands off the coast of north-east-
ern Queensland. It has a loud call that attracted my attention
as our boat drew near the island, as something quite difierent to
anything I had heard befoi'e, but cannot describe it at all. There
is a shrub with a number of thin upright leafy twigs which grows
over half the island, and it was in one of these about ten yards
from the beach the nest was built. It was seven feet from the
ground, and attached to thin upright twigs on one side, and the
horizontal branch on the other side which remains fastened to
the nest. It contained two eggs very much incubated, and while
I was taking them the pair of birds perched on a tree alongside
and uttered their loud cries. I brought both down with one
shot without damaging either as specimens."

OPAL PSEUDOMOPvPHS from WHITE CLIFFS,
NEW SOUTH WALES.

By C. Anderson, M.A., B.Sc, Mineralogist to tlie Australian
Museum, and H. Stanley Jrvons, M.A., B.Sc, late
Lecturer on Mineralogy and Petrology, University of Sydney.

(Plates vi — vii., text fig. -1).

The occurrence of Opal at White Cliffs as pseudomorphic crystals,
called locally "fossil pineapples" has been known for some time ;
they have been described by several observers, but no agreement
has yet been i-eached as to the species of the original mineral.
Recently se\eral good specimens have I'eached Sydney and were
examined by Professor T. W. E. David and the authors, the
conclusions arrived at being set forth in the present paper.

Occnrreuce. — Before proceeding to the description of the speci-
mens themselves, their mode of occuirence, so far as known to us,
may be briefly alluded to. The White Cliffs Opal-field was first
geologically examined in detail by Mr. J. B. Jaquet, and it is cliiefiy
to his report^ that we must turn for our knowledge. The opal
is found in the Upper Cretaceous or " Desert Sand-stone" Series,
wliich at White Cliffs rests on Palyeozoic slates of probably
Silurian age. Overlying the Palaeozoic strata are (d) coarse grits
and sandstones, succeeded by (c) a thickness of fine white, kaolin-
like material of highly siliceous composition and containing large
waterworn boulders of quartzite with Devonian fossils. Con-
cretionary nodules, and moi'e rarely thin beds of gypsum occur in
these deposits. Above this are [h) conglomerates consisting of
small pebbles in a white siliceous mati'ix similar to c. It is in
the beds h and e that the opal occurs. It is often found replacing
various oi'ganic remains as Sauropterygian bones, Crinoid calices,
stems, and separate ossicles, Belenniite guards and bivalve and
univalve shells, as well as coniferous w'ood-^.

1 Jaquet— Ann. Kept. Dept. Mines and A<?ric. N. S. Waler, 1892

(1893), pp. 140—14.2.
- Ethpiidtre— Rec. Austr. Mup., iii., 2, 1897, p. 19; Mem. Geol. Surv.
N. S, Waifs, Pal. No. 11, 1902, p. 10; Rec' Austr. Mu.-.. v., 4, 1904,
pp. 248. 251 ; loc. cit., v., 5, 1904, pp. 306-316.
Pittman— Min. Kes. N. S. Wales, 1901, p. 405.
Tate— Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxii.. 1898, p. 77.

32 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

The presence of Crinoids indicates an open fairly deep sea,
whilst the conglomerates, boulders, opalised saurians and wood
rather point to shallow water conditions with land at no great
distance. In the absence of exact knowledge as to the vertical
distribution of these fossils, it is idle to speculate on the geo-
graphical conditions obtaining at the time when the beds con-
taining these enigmatical specimens were laid down. The presence
oi gypsum is not conclusive, for gypsum may originate
either as a chemical deposit in an inland sea, or salt
lake, or, on the other hand, may be formed subsequently
to the deposition of the beds in which it occurs, for
example by the action of decomposing pyrites on calcareous
matter. According to Prof. J. D. Dana^ where gypsum occurs
not as continuous layers but in embedded, nodular masses, it was
formed after the beds were deposited. This criterion does not
help us to a conclusion, for Mr. Jaquet says^ that the gypsum
occurs both as isolated masses and as thin beds. In the recent
surface deposits of the western districts of New South Wales
gypsum is commonly met with as crystalline masses, where it is
undoubtedly of secondary origin and due to chemical interaction
between the constituents of the soil, and it is possible that a similar
origin is to be assigned to the gypsum found in the opal-bearing
beds. Against the likelihood of the gypsum being the result of
evaporation in a land-locked sea is the compaiutive abundance of
organic remains, for, when the water of an enclosed basin has
reached a degree of concentration that permits of the deposition
of gypsum from solution, animal life is usually absent. But it is
conceivable that a temporary lake may have been formed as a
remnant of a retreating ocean, and then subsequently re-united to
the waters of the Cretaceous sea. Any solution of the problem
presented by the pseudomorphs must be compatible with the pre-
sence of gypsum in the same beds.

Both gypsum and the mineral now known to us only as opaline
casts have been converted into opal, the former partially, the
latter entirely, by the action of highly silicated springs to which
the general opalisation of the Desert Sandstone is usually
attributed.

Previous Ohse7-vers. — The pseudomorphs were apjiarently first
observed by Jaquet,* by whom they wei-e referred probably to

■'' Dana — Manual of Geolojry, 4th pd., 1895, p. -Doi.
^ Jaquet — Loc. cit., p. 141.
■' Jaquet — Lor cif., p. 141.

OPAL PSEDDOMORPHS FROM WHITE CLIFFS — ANDERSON AND JEVONS. 33

uypsum. Later Weisbach^ measured the angles and came to tlic
conclusion that the original mineral was oi'thorhombic in system ;
lie suggested sulphur. He was followed by Pelikan'', who
compared them to aggregates of gypsum crystals. Giirich" gives a
more detailed account and concludes that the original mineral
was monoclinic and probably identical with the original of the
well-known " barley-corn"' pseudomorphs from Sangerhausen, and
similar pseudomorphs from elsewhere. But even if this conclu-
sion be justified it does not settle the question, for at least five
mifierals have been suggested as the original of the 8angerhausen
and similar specimens, celestite, perhaps, being regarded as the
most likely,^

Description nf SpecimPMs. — The material for this paper was
furnished by two specimens in the collection of the Geological
Department, Sydney University, and five from the Australian
Museum collection. That represented in PL vi., fig. 1, is the
largest and best developed, hence it has supplied the bulk of the
angular measurements by the contact goniometer. Unfortunately
it is found that the angles vary somewhat, thus giving an element
of uncertainty to the conclusions di"awn therefrom ; yet, by
making a large number of measurements and taking means, it is
hoped that a fair approximati(m has been made to the true
angles.

The seven specimens vary in their greatest diameter from 1 1
cm. to 7"5 cm. approximately. They present a fairly unifoini
appearance, which is that of an iii-egular, radial aggregate of
acute, tapering, four-sided pyramids. Owing to the curvature of
the faces it is scarcely possible to secure exact measurements of
the angles, tliough an attempt was made to counteract this source
of error by making the goniometer arms tangent tt) the part of the
faces close to the edges. An important feature in most of the
pseudomorphic crystals is the w(>ll-mark(!d cleavage (PI. vi., fig. 2)"
Tt generally crosses one <mly of the four terminal edges, but
sometimes passes over the apex and appears, though less strongly

6 Weishach— Neues Jahrb., ii., l.syS, p. 150.

» Pelikan — Tsehermak's Min. petr. Mitth.,xix., 1900, p. 336.

« Giirich— Neues Jahrb., Beil. Bd., xir., 1901, pp. 478-483, fit;.

9 Dana— Bull. U.S. Geol. SurT., 12, 1884, pp. 2.5 28 ; Sjst. Minora) .
Gth Ed., 1892, pp. 271, 907.

Miers— Min. Map^., xi., 1897, p. 26*.

84

RECORDS OF THE AT'STRATJAN MUSEUM.

marked, on the opposite edge. In direction it is appi-oximatelv
parallel to the plane of two opposite edges, nameh' the iilanc
bisecting the angles bq and pd (tig. 4). There is no sign of a second
cleavage perpendicular to this plane. Three systems of striations
are j^resent, but they will hv more fully described below.

As regards their composition, the pseudomoi'phs consist of
precious opal of inferior quality and prevailing green or bluish
tints, in other cases of common milky opal, or of clear glassy
livalite, with patches of the rarer black opal.

Measurements were made as a rule by each of us independently,
but the agreement being close, only the mean values are given in
the subjoined table. Provisional letters are assigned to the four

pyramidal faces, the crystal
being oriented by means of the
edge on which the cleavage
appears (fig. 4). The mean
normal angles obtained plainly
indicate that we are dealing with
a monoclinic mineral having a
plane of symmetry bisecting the
angles hd and pq.

h'i^. 4.
So.lieraatic projection on a plane at
right angles to the axis of elonga-
tion, with cleavage traces on edge h.

Conchisioiis. — The problem
now is to find a mineral, mono-
clinic in symmetry, having a
prominent cleavage perpendicular to the plane of symmetry,
with angles approaching the values found, and the mode of
occurrence of which is compatible with the geological conditions
of the AVhite Cliflf's Upper Cretaceous beds. Obviously the facts
of form ali-eady l)rought out dispose of the claims of gypsum,
anhvdrite, celestite and sulphur, while the angles do not even
approximate to those of gay-lussite. After passing in review
all the likely minerals that suggest themselves, we huxe come to
the conclusion that the species most nearly fulfilling the requireri
conditions is glauberite, sulphate of soda and lime, which is mono-
clinic in crystallisation, and has a perfect basal cleavage. In
accordance with this theory, we have incorporated in the table
the theoretical angles of glauberite, which we regard as cor-
responding to the measured angles of the pseudomorphs,

Oi'AL I'SEtJDOMORPHS FKOSl WttlTK CLIFFS ANDEKSON ANT) .1 K\(iNS '6b

. 1

_.^

3

"M t-

X

X

■»-f«

o

I"

^

^

r: i-~

l~

)~

vr X

1-

'~

•

x »:

2 -2

r: I--

\Z

»

OJ

•^ P

iC X

I-

1-

^

;h 3

<o

■<

a

F— r— ■

1 »— '

l""^

C

^

'— 1

— (

r—

o

< <

<

<

M

1

__

■~

—

—

^

^

^

=3 '^

- <1>

X ^

i t

< <

<

<

S5 -fl

•A ;^

x

"v:

— "M

s

t'^, 1*^

:^'

:^

a)

iX> X

X

X

^irj. ^^

HH

ri ^

cc

X

>

t-

1^

■t^ 1

c^

X

f*

to 1

t^

1^

1— 1

<fj 1~

-t"

-^

>

tr> X

X

X

m

"3

—I'M -^ITI

>

O X

X

X

^j

^

1 1

o

K-»< r-ri

— TI

— 71

>

• S X

X

-§

s
g

Ph

"M "M

~ I

!-

X

X

-I'M

M

Xi Ci

^

X

(-C

CO oc

t^

t^

^ -+

1-^

X

■-D X

1 -

X

"3 O!

?> -^

■^

►o

2 -1

< <

<

<

C P

-^

o

y. <

"^

"^

an

KECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

If we are correct in regarding these specimens as pseudouiorplis
after glaiiberite, the original crystals must ha^e been acute pyra-
midal in habit, with elongation in the direction of the clino-axis
(PI. vii., figs. 7, 9).

As the amount of error in measurements does nut exceed 2'^,
the disagreement between the values obtained for the same angle
on different crystals must be due to the varying amount of curva-
ture and imperfection of form.

We next proceeded to confinn our results, and to explain, if
possible, the divergence of the measurefl angles from the true
values by determining the terminal angles between the edges A
and B, and C and C '^" (fig. 4), and the terminal pyramidal angles
Hii" and .s'';^'" (using the lettering of glauberite for corresponding
faces of the pseudomorphs). The results are tabulated below : —

Augles.

Measured.

No. et Detei-
uiiuatious.

Cplculated.

Error.

o

o '

0

cac
AaB

681
64^

10
4

78 42

79 1.311

10
15

s n" }
s n" j

50i

12

61 :W

11

The difference between the measured and the true angles is
considerable, and some explanation must be forthcoming if our
conclusions are correct. Now, on several specimens it is apparent
that the cleavage is not exactly parallel to the plane of the two
opposite edges C and C. (fig. 1). This would be explained
(assuming the oi'iginal mineral to have been glauberite in which
the cleavage is parallel to this plane) by a curving downward of
those edges towards the cleavage. This downward curving could
be accounted for by oscillatory combination of the s faces with a
form hkh (k>h). No such form is recorded in Dana, but
observation reveals the presence of a set of striations on the faces
s and s' running parallel to the edge A. These striations would
be a natural result of such an oscillatory combination, which

A is the edge between -v and -s'; B tlie edtje between j/' and «'"; C
and C the edges between s and u" and s' and w" respectively.

Taken fioiu stereos^ram by Penfleld's protractor.

OPAL PSEtJDOMORPHS PROM WHITE CLIFFS ANDERSON AND .TEVONS. 37

would have the effect of displacing the edges C and C ' towards
the cleavage lines crossing the edge B (PI. vii., figs. 8, 9),
and also of rendering the angle CC measured over the
apex more acute (PL vii., figs. 2, 3). Another series of
striations observed on the *• faces of other crystals, and
having a diiection nearly parallel to the edges C and C ' may be
due to the coming in of the m (110) face. The n faces are
strongly striated, and in some cases distinctly stepped, the direc-
tion of the strife and steps being parallel to the cleavage. These
must be due to oscillatory combination of u with C (001), or ti
with 71 (112) or v (113), any of which would make the angle be-
tween the edges A B more acute than it would be in a perfect
crystal (PI. vii., figs. 8, 9).

We may now enquire what effect the oscillations described
would have on the normal angles. It is readily seen that by their
means the normal angle ss ' would be enlarged, and the angle n"n' ' '
diminished, while the angles su would be either diminished or
enlarged according as the effects of the oscillation of (hkh) on s or
of (001) on n predominate. Now, from the mean values obtained
by measurement, it will be observed that the departure from
theory of the angles ss ' and n''n" ' is in the direction we should
have expected. The mean value for the angle hu was found to
be greater than the theoretical, which accords with our observation
that the oscillation on the n faces is frequently much more pro-
nounced than that on the s faces.

Glauberite is commonly found in association with rock salt,
thenardite, mirabilite, and other sulphates, carbonates, itc, char-
acteristic of salt lake deposits. It is soluble in water, and can,
therefore, occur only in jDrotected places or in arid regions. Most
likely at White Cliffs it was formed in deposits of mud or ooze
and not directly from solution. The consequent interference with
the regular growth of the crystals may possibly account for the
cur\ature of the faces through oscillatory combination. It is
noteworthy that with the single exception of the thinolite of
Lake Lahontan all the pseudomorphs resembling the 8angerhausen
mineral, as also the pyramidal crystals of celestite from Virginia
described by G. H. Williams,'- which furnish the chief argument
for the celestite origin, have been found embedded in clay, mud
or marl. Thus it may be that the resemblance between
specimens from different localities, which after all consists mainlv
in the curved and tapering form, is to be referred rather to the
similar conditions of growth than to identity of species.

1- Williams — Am«i-. Journ. Sci., xxxix., 1890, p. ls;3.

OCCASIONAL NOTES.

I.— CLIMBING HABITS of an AUSTRALIAN SNAKE.

Mr. Percy G. Peard, of the Public Scliool, Dal wood, New Soutli
Wales, recently forwarded some snakes for identification from the
vicinity of Lismore, Richmond Rivei-.

Respecting llojducephalus stephensii, Krefft, Mi-. Peard writes : —
" I neglected to mention, in describing the ' Banded specimen,'
that it was caught climbing an ironbark tree."

This is an extremely interesting obsei'vation, and confirms any
suspicion one may have had as to the use of the notched keels of
the ventral plates.

When describing the species, Krefft drew attention to the
similarity in structure to members of the genus Deud?-ophis. Mr.
Peard's happy remark shows that the structural peculiarity has
been independently developed for tree-climbii:ig purposes in two
widely different genera of reptiles.

In future, therefore, Hoplocephalus atephensii, If. bitorquatus,
and, perhaps in a lesser degree, //. buuyaroides, should be regarded
as partially arboreal in habit.

Edgar R. Waite.

ll.^PSEUDAPUlilTIS UEVILLII, Cuviku c^- Valen-
ciennes, A Fish new to Western New South Wales.

As this fish is known from South Australia, it might naturally
be assumed to occur in the western waters of our State.

Dr. C. C. Cocks, of Wentworth, Darling River, has forwarded
a specimen to the Trustees for identification, remarking that it
was caught by one of the oldest fishermen of the district, who had
never seen its like before. To Dr. Cocks, hhnself an angler (if

OCCASIOKAL NOTES. 39

tlie locality for thirty years, tho fish was a novelty. Tt was taken
in the Murray Kivpr, about a quarter of a mile below its junction
with the Darling Ri\er, and is a new record for our western fauna.

Oiiginally described fi-om Tasmania, the species is also known
from South Australia, Victoria., and the southern rivers of New
South Wales.

Ogilby^ suggests that Fseudaphritii^ urvi/lii, is itlentical with
Eleghius hu7;siuus, Cuvier and Valenciennes, said to have been
taken in Port Jackson, in which case the name would be Pi^puda-
phritis bvrsimis.

Edgar IJ. W'ArrK.

1 Offilby— Proc. Linn. Sgc. N. S.Wales, xxii., 189S. p. .560.

Sufi IS

RECORDS

OF THE

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

EDITED BY THE CURATOR.

Vol. VL, No. 2.

PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES.
R. ETHERIDGE, Junr., J.P.,

SYDNEY, 15th SEPTEMBER 1905.

The Swift Printing Co., Ltd., 5 Jamieson La ne, Sydney.

CONTENTS.

PAGK.

MoUusca from One Hundred and Eleven Fathoms, East of Cape

Pyron, New Soutli Wales. By Charles Hedley, Con chologisfc 41

Notes on Fishes from Western Australia, No. 3. By Edgar E.

Waite, F.L.S., Zoologist ... ... ... ... 55

Mineralogical Notes, No. II, — Topaz, Barite, Anglesite, Cerussite

and Zircon. By C. Anderson, M.A., B.Sc, Mineralogist ... 83

On a Large Example of Megalafraetus aruanus, L. By Charles

Hedley, Conchologist ... ... ... ... 98

Notes on Australian Siphonaptera. By W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S.,

F.E.S., Entomologist ... ... ... ... 101

The Osteology of the New Guinea Turtle. By Edgar E. Waite,

P.L.S., Zoologist ... ... ... ... 110

Occasional Notes —

III. Western Australian Prawns and Sponges. By T.
Whifcelegge, Zoologist ... ... ... ... 119

JiJN X3 I9G6

MOLLUSCA FROM ONE HUNDRED AND ELEA^EN
FATHOMS, EAST of CAPE BYRON, NEW SOUTH
AVALES.

By Charles Hedley, Conchologist.

(Figs. 5-L>L>).

Incidental to his official duties on the Coast Survey, Mr. G. H.
Halligan, L.S., Government Hydrographer, took, on the 10th
of November, 1902, a haul of the dredge in 111 fathoms, at
twelve and a half miles due east of Cape Byron, itself the
easternmost point of Australia.

The product was at once sent to the Australian Museum for
examination, but constant pressure of work has delayed an earlier
report.

The contents of the dredge were mostly shells and foraminiferal
sand. Accompanying these was an interesting Hydro-coralline,
identified by Mr. T. Whitelegge as Conopara tenuis, Moseley,^
hitherto known only from the Kermadec Archipelago.

Mr. H. J. Jensen has given an account of the Foraminifera
obtained.'^

A number of the shells discovered by the "Thetis" Expedition
recur here, thereby extending their range northwards.

Omitting the pelagic shells dropped from the surface the knowii
^tollusca taken at this station are as follows : —

Area reticidata, Gmelin.
Amusium thetidis, Hedley.
Bathyarca jiervpvsidfns, Hedley.
Ccdyptr(Pa calyjitrreformis, Lamk.
Cardita caratica, Hedley.

,, (lilerta, Smith.

Capidns drratiis, Hedley.
Chione denprcta, Hedley.
Ciraonclla ireldii, Ten. Woods.

i Moseley— Phil. Trans. Eoy. Sqc, 169, 2. 1S78, p. oO:5 ; Chall. Rppt..

Zoo],, ii., 1881. p, 82, pi. xii.. f. 5 a, b, 6.
- Jensen — Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxix., 1L(0.3, pp. S17-822,

42 RECORDS OF TUB AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Crassatdlites securifonne, Hedley.
Crossea carinata, Hedley.
(hoia particula, Hedley.

„ coucentrim, Hedley.
('liclofttrciiia )iiicron, Ten. Woods.

,, inacnptiuii, Tate.

Ci/lichna protnmida, Hedley.
VentalUnn crectum, Sowerby.
Dimya comuiata, Hedley.
Dn'llia dilecta, Hedley.

„ ncnia, Hedley.
Kniari/inida dilecta, A. Adams.
Kidunella titrrita, Petterd.
Led a iniliacea, Hedley.
Leinstraca lodderce, Hedley.
Leuvotina micro, Pritchard and Gatliff.
Lima hullata, Born.
Limopux tenisoni. Ten. Woods.
Jiiotia anniilata, Ten. Woods.
„ rninpacta, Petterd.
„ minima. Ten. Woods.
,, taamanica, Ten. W^oods.
Mar;iinella ant/ad. Brazier.
„ Irerii/ata, Brazier.

,, )nustelli)ia, Angas.

„ (ichracea, Angas.

„ stilla, Hedley.

irhani, Pritchard and Gatliff.
MatJdlda decorata, Hedley.
Melanella c(iiiiiiiensali.s, Tate.
Mitra strawiei, Angas.
(hcilla liiiata, Angas.
Purpura sertata, Hedley.
Pedictdaria ^ti/lasteri.^, Hedley.
Pseudoriss()i)U( exitjiia, Hedley.
/?/.s.sofl oliracea, Frauenfeld.
Scala minittida, Tate and May.
ScJdsmope atkinsoni. Ten. Woods.
Siliqiiaria n-eldii, Ten. Woods.
Siriua badiiis. Ten. Woods,
Turhonilla rcricifer, Tate.
'rurritclla scitida, Donald.
Tliraciopis arenosa, Hedley,
Ver)iietiisjtaitei, Hedley,

MOLLUSCA EAST OF CAPE BYKON.

43

Tlie Bracliiopoda are : —

Liothijris lira, Brod.
'!'( iihratuUna raJula, Hedley.
Miiji'iiia irillciiKicfii, Davidson.

BRACHIOPODA.

CAMPAfiES, (jeii. nov.

A genus of the Terebratellida", whicli externally lias the aspect
of Magellania, but whose adult brachial frame has developed
only to the Miihlfeldtian stage.

Type — C. Jn'fcij'era.

Campages furcifera, cj). nov.
(Figs. 5-6).

Shell rather solid, compressed at the sides, subtrigonal, broadest
anterioi'h'^, in front deeply
bifurcate. Pedicle valve very
deep, brachial valve lid-like.
A fairly deep and broad
sinus extends along the latter
half of the pedicle valve.
.Surface smooth with fine con-
centric growth lines, but no
radial sculpture, microscopi-
cally punctate. Colour pale
yellow. Beak short, incurved.
Foramen large, ciicular, com-
plete. Deltidium a trun-
cated triangle with emargi-
nate base. Hinge teeth
well - developed, placed at
the base of the deltidium.
Hinge plate with four
rays divided by deeply
incised grooA'es. Beneath
tlu' median groove is the

Fiif. 5.
Campages furcifera.

44

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

septum. From the two side grooves branches descend and con-
verge to produce the crura ; again descending and broadening,
they unite on the one side to the septum and on the other
form a recurved dorsal margin to the loop wings (fig. Qa). From the
septum the brachial process arises directly. It does not here
develope into the ordinaiy loop, but assumes the aspect of a

Fi?. 6.
Campages fiircifera.

hood with large outstretched wings, narrowing posteriorly into a
funnel with an open neck. Under the hood the base of each
loop wing is pierced by a small rent. This structure seems to
represent in adolesence that which elsewhere appears as a phase
of early life.

Length — 24 mm. ; breadth, 17 mm.

A single specimen attached to a stone.

Hemithyris colurnus, sjj. nov.
(Figs. 7-8).
Shell shallow, triangular-cordate, smooth except for faint
o-rowth lines, glossy, translucent though solid, pale horn colour.

Edges of valves broad and
bevelled.

The brachial valve has
the beak incurved. Crural
plates separate to the umbo,
projecting, forked distally,
furrowed along the upper
surface. Teeth sockets
sharply transversely gro-
oved. There is no septum,
but in old and thickened
individuals a bilobed shelly
mass appeal's in its place.
The pedicle valve has the
The small oval foramen completed by the
Teeth strong projecting. Tn front the central

Ficr. 7.
HemitJij/ris coin runs.

beak pi-oduced.
deltidial plates.

MOLLUSCA KAST OF CAPE BYRON.

45

third of the valve projects outward and upward into the mesial
sinus of the corresponding valve ; behind it is a broad shallow
sinus.

Heii,'ht, 18 mm.; breath, 18 mm.; depth of pedicle valve, 6 mm.

This species appears to be nearest to H. beecheri, Dall.,' from
313 fathoms, off Honolulu ; but, so far as I can judge, ours is a
broader, shallower shell, less flexed in front.

Besides its occui'-
rence in 111 fathoms
east of Cape Byron, it
was taken by ]\Ir.
Halligan and myself
in 1 00 fathoms east of
Wollongong. From
tills parcel the type
was selected. Re-
cently it was again
procured by Mr. W.
F. Petterd and myself
in 250 fathoms twenty
three miles east of
Sydney. The species
appears to be common, since every haul on the margin of the con-
tinental shelf has yielded single and broken valves. No perfect
specimen has yet appt^ared.

AVhile on the subject of the Brachiopoda, I might here notice
that Theculea maxilla, Hedley,* has lately been taken by Mr. D.
IMawson in the New Hebrides.

"Fig:, 8.

Hemithyris colurnus.

PELECYPODA.

Adacnarca squamea, sj). nov.
(Fig. 9).

Shell minute, rounded-cordate, oblique inflated. Colour pale yel-
low. No epidermis apparent. External sculpture, faint, regular,
concentric growth lines. Prodissoconch depressed at the summit,
radially punctate, passing into the dissoconch without an elevated
margin, Hinge line straight, exactly divided by a small chon-
drophore, finely perpendicularly striated. The valve edge has
yentrally a broad, smooth, contact surface, like that of Limopsis ;
dorsally it carries on both anterior and posterior sides a series a

s Dall—Proj. U.S. National Miisenni. xvi^., 1894, p. 717.
^ Hedley— Aiiptr. Mup. Mem., iii.. ls()9, p 508.

46

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

interlocking tubercles, which are probably the homologues of what
Bernard described as the dysodont teeth of Fhilohrya. Three or
four radial grooves and complementary ridges, directed to the
extreme ventral margin, which they undulate, traverse the interior,

Fig. 9.

Adacnarca sqiiamea.

but are not visible externally. Perhaps the interlocking tubei'cles
aid the weak hinge by clasping the ventral margins. Pallial line
indistinct. Anterior and posterior adductor scars pi'esent, situated
high up. Height, 1'8; length, 1-81 ; depth, 0-5 mm.

The genus Adacnarca was formed by Prof. P. Pelseneer for the
reception of a larger species taken by the Belgica Expedition.^
It appears to me to belong to the sub-family Philobryinae, froni
the known members of which it chiefly differs by its greater
symmetry. Hochstetteria forms a link between it and the more
eccentric Philohrya. Some chai-acters of Adacnarca suggest a
more distant relation to the Limopsida?. I would prefer to range
the Philobrj'infe rather with the Taxodonts like Pelseneer than
with the Pearl shells like Bernard. Indeed an ideal sketch of
the primitive Taxodont stage by H. Fischer* would almost serve
as a picture of our shell.

Prof. Paul Pelseneer has very kindly compared specimens of this
with his type. He remarks (5 April, 1905) that the hinge of the
Australian species is shorter, and that the two stiiated plateaux
on either side of the ligamentary fossette are higher than in the
type. These differences he regards as specific, and accepts the
species for inclusion in his genus.

LiMEA ACCLINIS, sp. nov.

(Fig. 10).
Shell small, thin, oblique, inequilateral, subangled anteriorly,
externally resembling L. linguatula, Lamk. Colour white. Sculp-
'" Adacnarca nitens, Pelseneer — Voy. " Belgica," Moll., 1903, p. 24,

pi. vii., f. 83.
* Fischer — Journ. de Conch., xlv.. 1897, p. 211, f, 1.

MOLLUSCA EAST OF CAPE BYKON.

Fior. 10.

Limea acclinus.

tuiv of alxHit forty narrow sharp radiating ribs, most prominent in
the centre, where they strongly denticulate the margin, gradually
vanishing at the sides; in the groove between each a row of minute
prickles. At intervals concentric
zones mark rest stages of growth. yj^jv-w^^^

Prodissoconch smooth, sliarply
defined. Hinge line short, with
a broad, shallow central pit, and
three or four feeble teeth radia-
ing from each eiid. Interior
slightly grooved by external rib-
bing. Height, 9-6 mm.; length,
6 mm. : depth of single ^•alve,
2'5 nnii.

Tlie thin, inequilateral shell
readily distinguishes this from
other Australian species which
have been referred to this genus.
It was also taken by jSIi'. Halli-
gan and myself in 100 fathoms
off Wollongong ; and again re-
cently by Mr. W. F. Pettei-d and
myself in 300 fathoms, twenty seven and a half milos east of Port
Jackson Heads. It seems a characteristic species of this zone.

CUSPIDARIA TRUNCATA,

(Fig. 11). _

Shell small, thin, rather convex, trapezoidal, very inequilateral ;
dorsal mai'gin straight, the length of the shell ; posterior side
oblique sinuate ; ventral margin slightl}' rounded ; anterior side
abruptly truncate. Colour white. Sculpture, of delicate spaced
lamella?, obsolete anteriorly, developed most on the rostrum, on
either side of which they form scales. Between the lamellse are

fine hair lines. Rostrum
blunt, short, broad, running
up as a flat wedge towards
the umbo. A broad, shallow
furrow runs from the apex
beneath the rostrum to the
dorsal margin. Prodisso-
conch smooth, distinct. In-
terior smooth, muscle scars
indistinguishable. No la-
teral teeth ; a small car-

Fi^. 11. dinal tubercle under the

Cuspidarid fruncata.

S]).

48

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

umbo. Length, 3 '5 mm.; height, 2 '-to mm.; depth of single valve,
1-5 mm.

Only two left valves were obtained of this species, which be-
longs to the same section of the genus as C brazieri, Smith, from
wliich, as from other co-generic forms, the abrupt anterior end
distinijuishes it.

BORNIA RADIATA, ^j). HOV.

(Fig. 12).

Shell thin, diaphanous, rather compressed, oblong, inequilateral,
the posterior side being twice the length of the anterior ; a slight
median sinus. Umbo prominent, prodissoconch conspicuous.

Surface dull.
Colour pale
yellow, irre-
gularly zoned
with opaque
white. Sculp-
ture, of fine,
dense, radiat-
ing hair lint s,
which gi'ow
coarser on ap-
proaching the
valve margin,
with reticu-
Fi? 12. late fine and

Bornia radiata. COarse con-

con centric growth lines. Hereand there concentric sulci, indicating-
growth interruptions, break the continuity of the surface. Within
smooth and glossy; muscle scars hardly visible; external sculpture
appearing through the valve. Height, 4"6 mm.; length, 6 mm.;
depth of single valve, 1 "25 mm.

Numerous odd valves were secui'ed.

GASTEROPODA.

ASTELE BILIX, sjy. noi\

(Fig. 1.3).

Shell small, depressed-conical, a little broader than high ; spire
gradate. Nucleus lost, six whorls remain. Colour, base white;
upper surface lemon yellow, articulated on the periphery with

MOLLUSCA EASl' dl' CAPE IIVKON

i9

X

white and chocolate. Sculp-
ture, of fifty sharp beads
arranged as a projecting
keel around the periphery.
Above the suture and perip-
hery runs a spiral cord which
doubles on the last whoi'l.
P^i'oni suture to peiiphery,
overriding the spirals in their
ct)urse, radiate sharp, narrow,
elevate lamellte. They con-
spicuously lattice a furrow
beneatli the peripheral bead
row, and there end abruptly.
The radiate lamellre continue from whoi'l to whorl, here and there
fresh rows are intercalated. Base flattened, oi-namented by eight
narrow-spaced spiral riblets, broken into fine close-packed granules.
Umbilicus a quarter of the diameter of the base, deep and steep,
margined by a row of small tubercles. Aperture simple, rhom-
boidal. Columella margin a little reflected, inserted on the' um-
bilical bead-row. Height, 2-6 mm. ; maj. diam., 3-2 mm,: min.
diam., 2 -75 mm.

A single specimen, apparently not adult, was collected. Like
several other Aside it resembles Basilissn, to which, when perfect
examples arrive, it may have to be transferred. The peculiar
sculpture will, at any rate, serve to distinguish the species in any
stasi'e of lii'owth.

Fi^. 13.
Asle/e hilix.

LlOTIA ALAZON, Sjy. ttOV.

(Fig. U).

Shell minute, solid, turbinate, elevate, tricarinate, descending at
the aperture, narrowly umbilicate. Surface smooth and glossy.

Colour, porcelain white. Wliorls
three, the first a protoconch. Sculp-
ture, of three projecting lamellate
keels revolving from the protoconch
to the aperture. The third keel of the
penultimate whorl is half covered
by the suture of the following whorl.
From the first keel, which runs
along the shoulder, a nearly flat
shelf extends to the suture. From
the first to the third keel the side of
the shell is nearly perpendicular.

Fig. 14.
Liotia alazon.

50

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Around the umbilicus are three spiral cords. Aperture oblique,
angled above, rounded below, outer lip neither thickened nor
reflected. Umbilicus deep, narrow, contracted by the columella.
Major diam., 1*75 mm.; minor diam., 1'37 mm.; height, 1-5 mm.
A single sjiecimen occured.

Adeorbis axgulata, sp. nov.
(Fig. 1.5).
Shell of moderate size, surface dull. The summit a Hat expanse,
from which the protoconch and fii'st whoi'l project, and which is
bounded by an angle or spiral rib, whence the side descends per-
pendicularly. A similar keel occurs where the side meets the base,
and a third margins the wide concave umbilicus. Colour, pale yel-
low. AVhorls four and a half, rapidly increasing. Sculpture, some-
what like that of Vanikm\h The first adult whorl has strong
spaced radial lamellate ribs which gradually fade away with the
increase of the the shell, but which persist longest as scales
upon the keels. Fine, irregular growth lines occur on the

Fi^. 15.

Adeorbis (mgulata.

last whorl. Spiral sculpture absent. Aperture oblique, rhom-
boidal, lip thin. The type is 3"65 maj. diam.; 2-5 min. diam.
2-0 mm. height, but a fragment of a larger individual indicates
that the species forms another whorl, and attains a height of 6 mm.

There are but three species of the genus reported from Australia,
A. angasi, from New South Wales, A. vincentina, Angas, from
South Australia, and A. plana, A. Ad. i^A. siyaj-etiniis, Pilsbxy)
from Queensland.

The keeled whorls readily distinguish the novelt3'from A. angasi,
which it approaches nearest.

MOLLUSCA EAST OB' CAPE UYKON.

51

Ckkitiiiopsis halli(;axi, Kp. nor.

(Fig. 16).

Shell small, slender, elongate-conical, pale yellow, the upper rib
on each whorl white. Whorls twelve, incliuUng a three-whorled
protoconch. .Sculpture, on the first adult wliorl, two, on the
following three, and on the last four, sharp pi'oject-
ing spiral keels. The third or anterior keel of the
spire whorls is larger than the others, and is
sepai-ated from them by a broader sjjace than in-
tervenes between the first and second. The fourth
keel of the body whorl reappears on a few of the
preceeding whorls as a small supersutural thread.
Fine radial strife cross the grooves between the
keels. The protoconch is smooth, with whorls
bulging in the middle like that of C. turbonilloidet<.
Aperture quadrate, canal short. Base rounded.
Length, 5-6 mm.; breadth, 1-4 nnii.

A single specimen.

The species is related to C imrpihrea, Angas,
but differs by being half the size, more conical in
outline, with closer ribs, round base, and different
colour.

Ficr. 16,

Cerithiopsis

haUif/aiii.

PsKUDORISSOIXA ELEOAXS, sp. 7(.rn\

(Fig. 17).

Shell minute, glassy translucid, tapering. Whorls six, and an
involute tilted protoconch. Below the
suture appears an opaque flattened zone,
defined by a revolving groove. The zone
grows narrower with the increase of the
whorls. Aperture effuse, pyriform ob-
lique, peristome slightly thickened and
incurved, outer lip retreating to tlie
suture. A callus is spread on the pre-
ceeding whorl. Behind the columella
is a minute umbilical crevice. Length,
3-15 mm.; breadth, 1-15 mm.

Several specimens were taken. This
species is a northern representative of
P. tasmanica than which P. elpgans is
a third smaller, but has an extra whorl,
tapers more rapidly, and has the sub-
sutural stricture more defined.

Ficr. 17.
Pneudorissoina elegans.

52

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM,

8CALA TURRISPIIARI, Sp. ttOV,

(Fig. IS).

Shell minute, solid, very tall and slender, conspicuously tabu-
late. Colour, pale cream. Whorls eight and a half (including
two and a half whorled protoconch), deeply con-
stricted at the suture, flattened medially, and
angled above and below. Sculpture, the proto-
conch smooth and glossy, extreme apex asym-
metrically protuberant, remainder with two spiral
keels, and a third margining the suture. After
the protoconch the adult sculpture commences
suddenly without transition. The adult whorls
are obliquely crossed by about seventeen blunt,
close set, widely and squarely projecting lamella,
which disappear on the base. Both lamellse and
interstices are crossed by fine, dense, spiral grooves
which fret the lamellti? blades. Aperture I'ound.
Length, 2-64 mm.; breadth, 0-8 mm.

The four specimens before me are not suffi
ciently perfect to furnish full details of length,
number of whorls, apertui'e, and base. The
turrited spire, peculiar ribbing, and small size
of the novelty, amply distinguish it from any
Austra'ian species.

Fig. 18.
Scala turnxphari

ScALA MINUTULA, TcUe and May.

(Fig. 19).

Scalaria {Acrilla) mimitula, Tate and May,

Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austi"., xxiv., 1900, p. W^*

This species has not hitherto been traced so
far noi'th. It appears to me to be i-elated
rather to the Eissoidse than to the Scalida?. ^'^0ff

Fisr. 19.
Scala minntula.

MOLLUSCA EAST OF CAPE BYRON.

53

Mangelia emixa, .yj. nov.

(Fig. 20).

Shell fusiform, variable in contour, colour, and development
of sculpture. Whorls, five and a half, including a two-whorled
protoconch, rapidly increasing, slightly shouldered. Protoconch
smooth, glassy, globose. Colour variable ; sometimes entirely drab
or buff, often with the protoconch and the subsutural space darker.
The example figured has a ground colour of pale
cinnamon, banded or spotted with pale cream,
below the suture a band of chocolate, deep
within the inner lip a tinge of purple, proto-
conch a clear hazel-brown. Sculpture, longi-
tudinal wave ribs sharply bent near the suture,
fading away on the base, and leaving a bare
space behind the aperture, wider spaced above,
more crowded and irregular below ; on the
last whorl are fourteen, on the penultimate
eighteen. Both ribs and intei'spaces are crossed
by sharp, minute, close, waved, spiral grooves.
The flat-topped interspaces of these grooves,
four times their width, are again cross-cut by
close minute furrows into oblong beads. Aper-
ture narrow, thi-ee-fifths of the shell's length,
fortified without by a broad but low incurving
\arix, which rises above the suture, enclosing
a shallow sinus ; a layer of callus ovei'spreads the inner
Canal short and broad. Length, 11 mm.; breadth, -I'O mm.

One specimen.

I have long been acquainted with this species, though an
example perfect enough for description has hitherto evaded me.
The " Thetis " took it in 63-75 fathoms off Port Kembla ; in
50-52 fathoms off Botany Bay ; and in 22-38 fathoms oft' Port
Hacking. It occurred to me in 100 fathoms off Wollongoiig.

In its immature state it has a general resemblance to Cythara
kubgensis, Petterd, from which the varix of the adult immediately
severs it.

McDir/elin emina.
lip

BaTIIVTO.AIA SAKCINULA, i^p. noV.

(Fig. 21).

Shell small, solid, ovate-fusiform. Colour, pale yellow, with a
rusty tinge at the suture. "Whorls, three and a half, including a
protoconch of one Hat wliorl. Sculpture, on the protoconch

54

RECORDS OF THE AUSTKALIAN MUSEUM.

Fitf. 21.
liarthytoma sarcinula.

fine spiral grooves, continued on the adult
as broad, shallow furrows, which are-
broadest at the sutuie becoming smaller
and closer antei iorly. On the last whorl
are twenty-two spiral i-ibs, on the penul-
timate six ; the latter ai-e latticed by fine
radial riblets. The whole shell is crossed
by fine, arcuate growth lines. Aperture
narrow, sinus deep, lip thin, straight, pro-
duced medially, edge crenulated by the
sculpture. No callus on the inner lip.
Columella broad and twisted ; canal not
produced. Length, 7 mm.; breadth, 4
mm. ,

One specimen represents this species,
which is broader than B. biconica,' at a
corresponding length.

Cylichxa tenuis, sj). nov.

(Fig. 22).

" Shell small, elongate, subcylindrical, a
little contracted at each extremity ; trun-
cate at the summit, smooth translucent,
.sometimes with an o^jaque belt or row
of patches around the upper quarter of
the body whorl, Sculpture, a small spiral
thread keel runs around the vertex, fine
growth lines radiate the summit, but are
scarcely perceptible on the sides of the shell.
.•\pical perforation narrow, deep, a seventh
of the shell's diameter, partly showing tlie pen-
ultimate whorl. Aperture long, perpendicular,
narrow, a slight callus laj'er spread on the
iinier lip. Columella a little thickened, spirally
twisted.

Length, 245 mm.; breadth TOo mm.

Two examples.

h
Fig. 22.
Ciilicna tenui-^.

7 Hedlev— Austr.Mus. Mem., iv., 1903, p 385 f. 98.

NOTES ON FISHES from WESTERN AUSTRALIA.— No. 3.i

By Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S., Zoologist.

(Plates viii. — xvii., and fig. 23.)

A third collection of Fishes from Western Australia has heen
forwarded to the Trustees, by Mi-. Bernard H. AVoodward,
Curator of the Western Australian Museum.

This collection is larger, and richer in novelties than the pre-
ceding ones, and yields three new genera : —

Neatyiyns of the family Scorpididse
Bramichthys of the Bramidte
Dipulus of the Brotulidte.

Nine species are described as new : —

Catidus labiosus.
Synodus sayeneus.
Neatypus ohliquus.
Ch(ftodon assaritis.
Bramichthys woodwca rlL
Cynoglossus broadhursti.
Diptdus cjHcus.
PseudomonacmitJi us (jalii.
Chddoderm is viaccidlochi.

Figures of the^e are supplied, and also of the following known
species, not previously illustrated : —

Terapon hiimeralis, Ogilby.
Hypsipops viicrolepis. Giinther.
Pseudofabfus punctulatns, Giinther.
Fat(fcus mncnlatus, Giinther.

Many of the fishes received are duplicates of those pre^•iously
determined, and *are not included in the present paper. A
number of species, however, known from Western Australia is
herein enumerated ; these claim inclusion by virtue of the precise
localities recorded. The majority of such are new to the west
coast, they having previously been known from King George's
Sound only, which, though politically in the Western State, is
on the south coast of the Continent.

1 No. 1. Rec. Austr. Mus., iii., 1900, pp. 210-216, pi. xxxvii. ; No. 2.
Ihid., iv., 1902. pp. 170-194. pis. xxvii-xxxi.

56 KEC01U)S OV THE AL'STKALIAN MUSEUM.

The types of the new species have been returned to the
Western AustraUan Museum.

The collection, as originally received, was supplemented by a
number of fishes recently taken by means of the trawl.

I am indebted to Mr. C. F. Gale for a copy of the Annual
Report on the Fishiug Industry of Western A.ustralia.- The
Report for 1904 contains an account of the first trawling oper-
ations undertaken in the State. From this we learn that the
ketch " Rip," a vessel of ninety tons, was chartered for the pur-
pose and that the trawl was shot no less than one hundred and
one times, the greatest depth reached being 40 fathoms. Five
charts accompany the report, showing various stations from
Cape Naturaliste, northward to Shark's Bay. Trawling was also
tried ofi Rottnest Island and Houtman's Albrolhos.

It is to be deplored that no professional zoologist was aboard
the " Rip," and it cannot be doubted that, in consequence, much
valuable material and information has been loat. A tally was
certainly taken in fishermen's style, but the mere enumeration
of " soles, gurnard, flathead, rays, cod, leather-jackets, etc.,"
conveys no precise information. Records of edible fishes only
appear to have been preserved, no detailed account having been
taken of the smaller forms which furnish food for the edible ones
or which may be, in other ways, concerned in their economy.
With the exception of crustaceans and sponges no account what-
ever was taken of the Invertebrate life, such being entered as
"marine growth," and, judging by the experience gained in
H.M.C.S. ''Thetis" in the waters of Nevv South Wales, an im-
mense wealth of such forms must have been netted.

The collection is said to contain representatives of all the
fishes obtained ; it requires, however, a trained eye to discrimi-
nate in this matter, and it must be evident, as above hinted, that
many species taken were lost sight of ; in fact some fishes are
enumerated in the report, examples of which were not forwarded.
Of these I may instance skate, electric, sting and other rays,
trumpeter, John dorey, horse mackerel, flathead, whiting and
skipjack. Many of the takes are entered as " small fish of all
kinds" or "a lot of fish of other classes," and in no case is it pos-
sible to associate a specimen with the particular station whence
it was obtained ; the mere mention of say, red mullet, cod,
parrot fish or gurnard gives no clue to the species taken.

At the 41st haul a sea snake, four feet long, was netted, and
on August 7th and 10th whales were freely encountered.

Western Australia — Eept, Pishing Industry and Trawling Operations,
1904 (1905).

FISHES FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA — WAITE.

57

A small sailing vessel is not suited for trawling investigations
and the promoters were evidently much handicapped by want of
a proper boat. When further operations are undertaken it is to
be hoped that the whole project will be placed in competent
scif-ntific hands. The services i^f a professional Zoologist, in an
undertaking of this kind, should be recognised as a necessity in
Australia equally with Europe and America.

Mr. Woodward asks me to state that the Trustees of the
AVestern Australian Museum are greatly indebted to Mr. C. F.
Gale, the Chief Inspector of Fisheries for Western Australia,
and to Mr. F. C. Broadhurst, for the fishes obtained by means of
the trawl.

Catulus labiosus, sp. jior.
(Fig. 23).

Length of head 7-75 in the total length ; width of head 1-06 ;
length of snout .3-2; interorbital width 2-66; width of mouth
1-54 ; diameter of eye 4-4 ; and length of pectoral fin I'l in that
of the head.

Nasal valves separate, each produced into a lobe directed out-
wards and backwards ; the distance between the two slightly
more than the basal width of one lobe. No cirrus. A long

labial fold round the
angles of the mouth, the
fold of the upper jaw
produced anteriorly be-
yond the lobe of the
nasal valve and to
within a short distance
of the nostril ; the folds
of the lower jaw ap-
proach each other to
within the length of
the base of one of the
nasal lobes. These fea-
tures are illustrated
in the accompanying-
Fig 2,:\. figure, which is two-
Caiidus lahiosus. thirds natural size.
Teeth in several rows in both jaws, those of the lower jaw,
the larger ; all have a small cusp on each side. Head much de-
pressed, its width considerably more than its length in achance
of the spiracles. Body elongate, the vent in advance of the
middle of the total length. First dorsal fin inserted above the
hinder edge of the vent.

5B RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN Ml'SEUM.

Colours.- — Brown aljove, lighter beiieatli. Hinder part of liead,
the body and the under surface, from between the peetoi'als
backwards, ornamented witli fairly uniform black spots. The
ilorsals, anal and caudal similai-ly marked : three series of spots
<tn the ventrals tend to form transverse bars. One example — a
male — 620 mm. in length.

Loc. Fremantle.

Elops saurus, Limueiis.
Elops saurus, Linnseus, 8yst. Nat., ed. xii., 1766, p. 5 IS.
Loc. — ^Murray River, near Mandurah.

Clupaxodon neopilchardus, Steindachupr.

i'Anpea neopilcliardns, Steindachner, Denk. K. Akad. \\'iss.
Wien, xli., 1879, p. 12.

Loc. — Houtman's Abrolhos.

Gymxothorax puxctatofasciatus, Jileeker.

<Tt/,/inofhorax jiunctafofasciatus, Bleeker, Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk.
i., 1863, p. 167.
Loc. — Three examples referred to this East Indian species
were ti-awled between Fremantle and Houtman's Abrolhos.

Trachinocepiialus myops, Forster.

Snlmo myops, Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, >Syst. Tclith.,
1801, p. 421.
Luc. — Trawled between Houtman's Abrolhos and the main-
land of Western Australia.

.Saurida tumbil, Bloch.
Salvio tnmhil, Bloch, Ichty., xii., 1795, p. 100, pi. ccccxxx.
Loc. — Trawled off Fremantle.

►SyXODUS SAOENEUS, sp. liOl\

(Plate viii., fig. 1.)

D. 12 ; A. 15 V. 8 ; P. 13 : L. 1. 52 ; L. tr. 4/7

Length of head 3-66 : height of body 7*0 in the total length.
Diameter of eye 7-8 ; and length of snout 4-8 in that of the head,
[nterocular space equal to the orbital diameter. The head is
subquadrangular in section, a long shallow groove above,
♦ 'xtends from the tip of the snout to the occipital region. Snout

KISHES FROM \^ ESTEKX AUSTRALIA — WAITE. 59

^reath' depressetl, acute and broader tliaii lonij. The orbit cuts
the up2)er profile, tlie upi)ej- half being diiected superiorly, tho
outer half sublaterally. The jaws are e([ual, and the j)remaxillary
is* 1 -56 in the length of the head.

The body is very stout, broader than iiigli ; the caudal
peduncle quadrangular. Origin of dorsal nearer the adipose fin'
than the snout by an eye's diameter. The anterior rays, when
depressefl, reach just beyond the insertion of the last ray, which is
not filamentous, the second ray is a little shorter than the length
t)f the fin or 1 -H in that of the head. The anal increases in length
backward, its last ray being twice the diameter of the eye. The
inner ventral rays are very long, the sixth being 1'25 in the
length of tlie head, and reaching beyond the posterior insertion
of the dorsal ; the pectoral is short and rounded, and the caudal
^leeply forked.

Scales. — The tip of the snout and the median groove as far as
the eyes are smooth. The top of the head including the upper,
Iiinder and lower mai'gin of the eye is rugose, as is also the upper
€dge of the humerals. Seven rows of scales on the cheek,
und about three on the upper part of the opercle. No keel on
the lateral line.

Colours. — Yellow above and silvery beneath. All the scales
})roadly margined with reddish brown, the effect being ^•ery
marked on the lower surface. Owing to the roundness of the
body, the number of scales in the transverse seiies, cannot be
shown in the illustration. One example, 265 mm. in length.

Loc. — Trawled between Fremantle anfl Houtnian's Abi-olhos.

AuLOPUS PURPURISSATUS, Ricluirdsov.

Anlopus pnrpvrin.satus, Richardson, Icon. Pise, 184."?, p. vi.,
pi. ii., fig. 3.

Loc. — Mandurah.
I

Centriscus scutatus, JAnnaus.

Kyptifrisciis scutatus, Linnseus, 8yst. Nat., ed. i., 1758, p. 336.

Saviile Kent mentions this species as occurring on the Barrier
Reef, but in respect to colouration his figure seems rather to
represent ^fJoliscus strir/atns, Giinther, lecoi'ded from Cape
York ; it must however be noted that the spine of the cuirass
is represented as unjointed, and that three dorsal spines are

' The adipose fin is absent, bnt a pit suggests its position

60 RECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

shown in the membrane below, these are characters of C. sciUatiiH.
Amjjhisile cristata, De Vis,* appears to be a synonym of C. sctifatua,
the presence of " three radiating dorsal spines" suggesting that
the spine of the cuirass was unjointed ; the example described
was taken at Noosa on the Queensland coast between Brisbane
and Wide Bay, it measured eleven inches (280 mm.) in length.

f.oc. — Two fine examples of equal size (222 mm.), forwarded by
Mr. Woodward, were trawled in the watei's to the north of
Houtman's Abrolhos.

Myxus EL0X(iATU.s, Gihither.

My.vus ''loiK/afns, Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., iii., 1861, p.
466.

Loc. — Mand urah .

SpiiYRiENA OBTUSATA, Cuvifv <t Valencienues.

Sphyr<e}ia obtusata, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss.,
iii., 1829, p. 350.

The Abrolhos Islands have furnished us with two examples of
this species : it tluis ranges along both east and west coasts of
the Continent. It is not recorded by Lucas (1890) from Victoria
nor by Johnston (1890) from Tasmania.

Castelnau I'ecords S. itovfe-hollandife, Giinther, from Western
Australia. This sjjecies is common along the southern and south-
eastern seaboards, and is also known from Tasmania.

Beryx affinis, Giinther.

Beryx affinis, Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., i., 1859, p. 13.

Though not previously recorded from the west coast, its known
distribution would suggest its inclusion as a member of the fauna.

Lvc. — Houtman's Abrolhos.

HOLOCENTRUM RUBRUM, Forskal.

tSciceua rubra, Forskal, Descr. Anim., 1775, p. 48.
Loc. — Mandurah.

MOXOCENTRIS GLORIA-MARIS, De Vis.

Cleidopns (/loria-maris, De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, vii.,
1882,' p. 368.

■» De Vis— Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ix.. 1885, p. 872.

FISHES FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA — WAITE. 61

An example taken by the trawl between Houtman's Abrolhos
and the mainland is an addition to the fauna of Western
Australia. The species was previously known only from Eastern
Australia, southward to Port Jackson.

Tt is evident fi'om Dr. Boulenger's^ account of the distribution
of the genus that the Mauritius species is referable to JF.
jajjwiicus and not to M. (jloria-maris as might be suspected.

AcANTiiisTlus SERRATUS, C uviev (t Valencienues.
Flectropoma serratum, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss.,
ii., 182S, p. 399.

Hitherto the coast of New South Wales has been regarded as
the restricted habitat of this species, though specimens recorded
from " Australia" may have been obtained from other coasts.

The collection includes three specimens, two of whicli are
normal and indistinguishable from examples taken in Port
Jackson ; the third has, in addition to the usual spots, four dark
vertical bands, wider than the interspaces ; the first embraces the
occiput and the first two dorsal spines, the second the sixth to
eleventh spines, the third is at the base of the anterior rays and
the fourth includes the hinder rays and portion of the caudal
peduncle, the two last, only, reach the ventral profile. There are
also markings on the head similar to those of A. cinctus.
Examples from New South Wales have been, though rarely, seen
in which similar markings are traceable, though in a much less
degree than in the example above described.

Loc. — Houtman's Abrolhos.

Centrogexys vaigexsis, Quoy (t Gaimard.

Scorpmna vaige^isis, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. " Uranie et Physic-
ienne," 1824, p. 324, pi. Iviii., fig. 1.

Loc. — North West Australia.

Epinepiielus fasciatus, Fomkal.
rercafasc.iata, Forskal, Descr. Anim., 1775, p. 40.
Loc. — Houtman's Abrolhos.

CoLPOGXATHUS DENTEX, Cuviev & Valeuciemie.^,

Flectropoma dentex, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., ii.,
1828. p. 394.

Loc. — Houtman's Abi'olhos.

* Boulenger. — Cambridge Nat. Hist., vii., Fishe-s, 1904, p. 656.

^>- liECOKDS OF THE AUSTK'AT.IAX MUSEL'M.

LaTKS CALCAKIFl-;);, ISIiirh.
Huliicrnfnis ralftii-lth; Bloch, Iflity., \ ii.. 1790, p. 100, jtl. ccxliv.
Loc — Huutmairs Ahn)lhos.

LUTIAXUS CilKYSOT.EMA, BJet'lfV.

Mf!i(>prl(>ii rhnjsoUcnia, Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind, ii., 1S.")1^

p. 170.

Loi:. — HoutinHns Ahi'olhus.

TeRAPON IIUMERALIS, Offilb)/.

llfnipon /tiint/u-a/is; Ogilby, Proc. Linn. 8oc. N. 8. Wales, xxiv.^
1S99, }.. 177.

(Plate ix.)

(Jf three examples forwarded, one exceeds the dimensions of
the type, measuring "210 mm. Tlie accompanying illustration
depicts our smallest specimen of natural size, and, as will be
seen, it differs somewliat from the type in the extent of its colour
markings. In this the body bands extend below the lateral line,
and the upper portion of the body and caudal peduncle are-
spotted, in addition to the vertical fins.

Ldc. — The range of the species cannot yet be extended, all
known examples l^eing from Houtman's Abrolhos.

Pkntacekopsis recurvirostris, Richardson.

J/i'<(iiij)/f'/-i(s imtrinrosfris, Richardson, Voy. " Ereb. and Terr.'v
1845, p. 34, pi. xxii., fig. 5-6.

Loc. — Fi"emantle. Also trawled ; the " Striped Boarfish "
mentioned in the Fishei'ies Beport, probably referring to this
species.

PSEUDOCHROMIS MUELLERI, Kll(Uzhujfir.

Ft<fHi{(>rhr(>}nh nuifUeri, Klunzinger, 8itzb. Akad. Wiss. Wein,
Ixxx., 1879, p. 370.

Clclddj)." fllamentosiiii, Macleav, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales^
v., 1881, p. 570.

The examples described by Klunzinger and Macleay were both
obtained from Port Darwin. Those forwarded from the Western
Australian Museum were taken on the North- Western Coast of
the Continent, and are therefore additions to the fauna of the

Western 8tate.

Kl^^lIES FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA — UAITK. 6S

CiCHLOPS LIXEATUS, Casfelunii.
Dnmperia lineata, Castelnau, Researches Fish. Austr., 1875, p. 30.
Loc. — Houtman s Abrolhos.

Hci^NA ANTARCTICA, Castehimi..

ScifPiKi anfai'cticn, Castehiau, Proc. Zool. 8oc. Vict, i., 1872,
p. 100.

Lor. — Man(hii-ah.

ClIILODACTYLUS XKJRICAXS, Richavdson.

Chil(Klacti/lns it.u/rieanf<, Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1850,
p. 6.3.

L(w. — Houtman s Abrollios.

CiiiKONKMUS MACULOSus, RlchardsoH.

Threpterius maculofiHs, Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1850, p. 70,
pi. ii., figs. 1-2.

The collection includes one example of this species. It agrees
exactly with Richardson's description and figure, which are
sufficiently exhaustive. Though the number of dorsal spines is
correctly copied as fourteen, by Giinther*, they are for generic
purposes rendered as fifteen in the synopsis (p. 70), this number
applies only to C. (/foiyiauus and C. marmoi-atus.

Lo'-. — The specimen examined is from Houtman's Abrolhos and
measures 270 mm. in length.

POMADASIS IIASTA, Jiloch .

Lutjdnuii hnsfa, Bloch, Ichty., vii., 1790, p. <S7, pi. ccxlvi., fig. 1.
Loc. — Fremantle.

8C0L0PSIS BIMACULATUS, Ruppell.

iSro/opsis hunnridafii.s, Riippell, Atlas Fische, 1828, j). 8, pi. ii.,
fig. 2.

Lot: — Houtman's Abrolhos.

TePHR.EOPS TEPHR.f'.OPS, Richardson.

(JrrnldfU!^ f/'phrwops, Richardson, V'oy. "Ereb. and Terr.", 1846,.
}). 69, pi. xli., fig 1.

Loc. — ^Houtman'.s Abrolhos.

'■ Gunther— Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., ii., 1860, p. 78.

64 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Upeneus porosus, Cuvie?- d: Valenciennes.

JJpeneus porosus, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., iii.,
1829, p. 455.

Specimens taken at Fremantle are possibly co-specific witli the
example recoi'ded by Castelnau as U. vlamingii.

SCORPIS GEORGIANUS, Cuvier & Valenciennes.

Scorjns georgianns, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss.,
viii., 1831, p. 503, pi. ccxlv.

Zoc. — -Mandurah.

Neatypus, gen. nov.
Family Scorpidid^e.

Head and body compressed, completely scaled. Scales moderate,
finely ciliated and irregularly arranged ; lateral line complete.
Mouth small, transverse, slightly protractile. Maxillary small ; a
broad band of trilobed movable teeth in each jaw : vomer and
palatines toothless. Gill membi'anes united, free from the
isthmus. Seven branchiostegals. Gill-rakei-s long. A single
dorsal with ten spines and about twenty-two rays, the spinous
portion well developed but shorter than the soft ; anal with three
spines, the second long and sti'ong, and about eighteen rays.
The bases of the spinous portion and the whole of the soft
portion of both fins, densely covered with small scales.
Caudal scaled like the vei'tical fins. Pectoral with fifteen rays,
the upper of which are longest, the tip rounded. Ventrals
inserted close togethei', behind the base of the pectorals, spine
strong.

The genus is allied to Atypichthys, Giinther", difftning by the
character of the teeth and the scaly base of the spinous portion
of the vertical fins. The greater vertical development of these
fins at once distinguishes it from Scorpis, and possibly also from
Farascorpis. The small mouth prevents any confusion with
Atypoiioma, and the general habit with other two genera included
by Dr. Boulenger**, Psetttis and Henoplosus ( Enoplosns).

It has much the habit of Chmtodon, but differs therefrom by
the nature of the teeth and by the gill membranes l>eing free
from the isthmus. Of this last character Boulenger writes under
Chcetodoiitido'^ : — " Closely allied to and evidently derived from

'Guntlier.— Cat. Fish. Brifc. Mus., ii., 1860, p. 64, and iv., 1862, p. 510.
* Boulenger — Cambridge Nat. Hist., vii., Fishes, 1904, p. 666.
' Boulenger. — Loc. cit., p. 667.

FISHES FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA WAITE. 65

the more generalised types of the Scorpididce, differing in the
attachment of the gill-membranes to the isthmus." Though
valid for the family, as a whole, this character does not hold good
for C. ( Microcajithus) striyatus in which the membi'anes are
united and free from the isthmus.

Neatypus obliquus, sp. nov.

(Plate X.)

D. X. 22; A. iii. 18; V. i. 5 ; P. 15; C. 17; L. lat. 51.

Length of head 3-8 ; height of body 2-1 in the total ; diameter
of eye 2-5 ; length of snout 3-9 and of caudal 2-0 in the length
of the head ; interoi'bital space convex, slightly less than the
diameter of the eye ; hinder limb and angle of preopercle denti-
culated, lower limb smooth.

Body compressed, ventral profile but little lower than that of
the dorsal.

Fins. — The dorsal fin originates above the margin of the
opercle, the spines regularly increase in height to the sixth, which
is 1-7 in the length of the head, the following spines are but
slightly lower, the anterior rays are of the same height as the
last spines, and gradually decrease in length, the contour of the
fin is thus unbroken. The anal commences beneath the beginning
of the soft dorsal. Its second spine is very sti'ong and long,
much longer than the sixth dorsal and 1 '3 in the length of the
head ; the third spine is weaker and a little shorter ; the anterior
rays are longer than the corresponding ones of the dorsal, and the
margin of the fin is almost sti'aight. The ventral spine is equal
to the fourth dorsal, and the longest rays are of the same length
as the pectoral, 1 -4 in that of the head. The caudal is emargi-
nate and the depth of its peduncle is equal to the diameter of
the eye.

Colours. — The ground colour is pale grey, with six oblique
dark brown bands, each of which is bordered with black. The
first is double above, the anterior portion arising between the
eyes, with a strong concavity to the front, the posterior portion
passes from above the hinder maigin of the eye, and merged with
the anterior limb, glasses downwards across the preopercle to the
ventral spine. The second band originates on the occiput, crosses
the edge of the opercle and base of the pectoral fin, and attains
the lower profile at the middle of the adpressed ventral spine.
Each band becomes successively more oblique, the third passing
from the base of the three first dorsal spines to the commence-
ment of the anal. The next band joins the v.-^ ii. dorsal spines

(>6 RECORDS OP^ THE AU.STRALIAX MUSEUM.

and the middle of the unal fin. Tlie fifth liand originates at tlm
postei'ior dorsal spines and proceeds to the posterior anal rays,
the last band runs nearly parallel to the margin of the dorsal rays
and on to the caudal peduncle, the four posterior bands extend
on to the scaly portion of the dorsal and anal fins.

Log. — Two specimens, taken at Houtman's Abrolhos, the
larger measuring 152 nun. in length.

EpHIPPUS MULTIFASCIATUS, RichnrdsdH.

Snifoplimiufi }UHltifasciatus, Richardson, Voy. "Eieb. and Terr.'V
1846, p. 57, pi. XXXV., figs. 4-6.

Loe. — Fremantle. The " Butter Fish " mentioned as lun ing
been trawled may refer to this species.

CH.y/rODOX ASSARIUS, .s^^. itov.

(Plate xi., fig. 1).

D. xiii. 21 ; A. iii. 17 ; V. i. 5 ; P. 16 ; C. 17 + 6.

Length of head 3-7 ; of caudal fin 5-2 ; height of body 1-5 in
the total length. Diameter of eye 3-0, and length of snout 3-5
in that of the head. Interocular space convex, equal to the
diameter of the eye. Preopeiculum smooth, body ovate, strongly
compressed ; the upper profile rounded, the lower convex. The
fifth dorsal spine is the highest, its length twice the diameter of
the eye ; from this point the fin falls gradually away to an
obtuse angle at about the middle of the rayed portion. The
second anal spine is longest, its length being one-half that of the
head ; this fin is evenly rounded ; the ventral spine is 1 "6 in the
length of the head, and the longest pectoral ray 1 "3 in the same.

Tlie scales are in regular series, not in contrary directions,
those of the middle of the sides larger than the others ; the
lateral line forms an even arch, lower than the dorsal pi'ofile and
tei^minates in advance of the posterior insertion of the dorsal fin.

CdIoiivs. — Ground colour yellow or pale brown, snout darker,
the dark ocular band is complete above and is a little narrower
than the eye, above the orbit it is bordered before and behind
with a light band, below it extends to the margin of the
subopercle. The body bears, on its upper half, four very narrow
dark vertical bars slightly inclined forward below, they pass
downwards from the bases of the fourth, sixth, eighth and tenth
dorsal spines respectively. The dorsal fin is narrowly edged with
black ; following the angle, the colour becomes submarginal,
the extremit\- of the rays being white. ^V l)lack white-edged

FISHES FROM WESTEltX AL'STRAIJA — WAITE. 6i

(irt'llus is present in tlie angle. The nuirgin of the anal is a
ratliei- broad white band within which is a dark l)n)wn one, very
narrow at tlie spines but increasing in depth so tliat it occupies
nearly the whole of the posterior vnys.. Pectoral and ventral
without markings. A \'erv' faint broad bai' across the caudal
peduncle, in line with the anal band.

Length of specimen 119 mm. trawled in the waters between
Fremantle and Houtnian's Abrolhos.

This species has affinities with C. i)iertP)tsii, Cuvier and
Valencieimes and the very closely allied C. dixoul, Regan :
differential characters are the angulate soft dorsal with its
contained ocellus, the sub-vertical and scarcely obli(jue body barn
which have a ditfeient iTiclination from those of the other species
mentioned, also the absence of the yellow ai'ea on the posterior
part of the body. Bleeker placed his C. xauthurufi as synonymou*
with C. mefte)i.sU, but Mr. C. T. Regan appears to regard this as-
distinct also.'"

ClIELMOXOKS TKUNCATUS, KlM'r.

Chtetodon truitcntus, Kner., Sitzb. Acad. Wiss. Wien, xxxiv.,
^ 1859, p. 442, pL ii.
Loc. — The specimen trawled between Houtmans Abrolhos and
Fremantle is the largest T ha\e seen, measuring 222 mm. in
length.

Htpsipops microlepis, OiliitJwr.

(Plate xii.)

D. xii.-xiii. 15-18 ; A. ii. 13-16 ; V. i. 5 ; P. 21 ; C. 17.

The great variation which this species undergoes during tlit>
course of its growth is responsible for several erroneous deter-
minations and additions to the synonomy.

The changes which take place during the life of the species to
maturity, have been lately studied by Mi-. Allan R. McCulloch,
and the following notes are based upon his observations.

In the smallest specimens examined (15 mm.), the characteristic
mai'kings are developing, but are not clearly defined ; the scales,
also are incomplete, the head and back as fai- as the dorsal fin
being naked. The scales do not yet appear on tlie fins, and the
caudal is emarginate. All the rays are simple.

10 Eegan.— Ann. Mag^. Nat. Hist., (7), xiii., 1004, p. 277.

68 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Specimens 22 mm. in length present a most gorgeous appear-
ance, being of brilliant orange colour, tempered on the upper part
of the body by numerous black dots, which are much lai'ger in
the space between the dorsal and anal fins. Three broad dark-
edged blue lines I'un from the head backwards ; the first arises on
the snout, behind the upper lip, where it is connected with its
fellow on the other side, and skirts the profile to the anterior
dorsal spines ; the second, indicated in front of the eye, passes
across the upper part of the eyeball and above the lateral line
to a large black blue-edged ocellus, which occupies the last six
spines and portion of the back beneath ; the third runs from the
corner of the mouth, below the eye, across the opercle, and is
continued as a dot above the basal portion of the pectoral fin.
There may also be two or three similar dots between the pectoral
and the caudal. A large dark spot is also present on the upper part
of the caudal peduncle. The spinous dorsal fin is reddish, with a
blue margin, the bases of the soft dorsal and anal are oi-ange, the
remaining portion and of the pectoral and caudal hyaline.
Ventral fin orange, the first, elongate, ray and the anterior edge
of the anal black. This stage is illustrated in fig. 1.

Somewhat larger examples were identified by Bennett with
Glyphisodon biocellatus and by the writer with G. hrownrigciii.

In a much later stage, represented by examples measuring 72
mm. in length, the dorsal stripes are relatively much narrower and
are broken, the lowermost being indicated by dots only, the
ocellus is more restricted in area, being confined to the last two
spines. A white patch is present on the opercle and numerous
blue spots occur on the hinder half of the body and soft dorsal
and caudal fins. The general colour is darker than in younger
specimens, this being most noticeable in the ventral and anal fins,
which are of greenish-black hue. This phase is represented in
fig. 2, and approaches the specimens named Parnm )nicroh'j>is by
Giinther.

The adult, which attains a length of 160 mm., is wholly black,
with the exception of the white opercular patch which is per-
sistent. Traces of the dorsal ocellus and supra-caudal blotch may
also exist.

The adult is represented in fig. 3, and sucli examples owe to
Giinther the name Parma squamiplnniti.

Chief among the changes incident to growth may be mentioned
the increased depth of the body, the reduced size of the eye and
the nari'owing of the preorbital.

p. 222,

FISHES FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA — WAITE. 69

The generic named Parma, Giinther, is here regarded as synony-
mous with Jfi/psipops, Gill. Some notes on this question will be
found in an earlier issue of the Records."

The synonomy of the species would appear to be as follows : —

Htpsipops miceolepis, Giinther.

Glttphisodon hiocellatus, Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc, xxvii., 1859,
Pisces, pi. ix. (not Cr. hiocellatus, Cuvier and Valenciennes.)

Farma microlepix, Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. JVIus., iv., 1862, p. 57.

Par)na squamipinnis, Giinther, loc. ciL, pp. 58 and 505.

I Glyphidodon australis, Steindachner, Sitzb. Aicad. Wiss. Wien, Ivi.,
'p. 328.

Glyphidodon brownriggii, Waite, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2), ix„
1894, p. 219, (not Cluetodon hrownriggii, Bennett).

Luc. — This species is common in Port Jackson and neighbouring-
waters, whence the examples studied and figured were taken.
Mr. Woodward's specimens were obtained at Houtman's Abrolhos.

PsEUDOLABRUS PUXCTULATUS, Giinther.

Ldhrirhfhijs 2)iinctulata, Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., iv., 1862,
p. 118.

(Plate xiii.)

Mr. Woodward forwards specimens of this species from
Mandurah ; Castelnau^- recorded it from the Westei'n State and
the Australian Museum posseses examples taken in South Aus-
tralian waters.

In one specimen, undoubtedly of this species, the pale blue
spots cannot be detected, and have indeed almost faded from all.
In the absence of more stable points of difference we may assume
that Castelnau's Lahriclitlii/s eilcloisis'^''', as he himself hinted,
represents an example so faded.

Tlie root of this latter specific name is used several times by
Castelnau in his paper on the Fishes of Western Australia. His
genus Edflia is rediagnosed by Mr. J. D. Ogilby", who writes : —
^' Den'v. ign.^^ Though I regard a zoological name as a name
only, without significance, Mr. Ogilby carefully studies the ety-
mology, but in this instance failed to ascertain the origin of the
name.

" Waite.— Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 1904, p. 169.

1-^ Castelnau.— Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., ii., 1873, p. 138.

'^ Castelnau. — Loc. cit„ p. 137.

i< Ogilby.— Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxiv., 1899, p. 176.

^0 1^EC0RDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

In R. H. Major's "Early Voyages to Terra Australis^','
we read : — " It would seem that another of the outward bcjund
«hips referred to in the Dutcli recital, as visiting the coasts of
New Hollanfl, was commanded by Edel, and tlie land tliere
^liscovered, which was on the west coast, was named the land of
Edel. From Campbell's edition of Harris's voyages we learn tliat
this discovery was made in 1619."

PSEUDOLABRUS TETHICUS, /licJuirdsoU.

Lahnm tetn'cKs, Ricliardson, Proc. Zool. 8oc., 1840, p. 25 ;
Voy. "Ereb. and Terr.", Fislies, 18-18, p. 126, pi. Iv., tig. 1.

Lahrirhtliijx. hostocldi, Castlenau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., ii., 1873,
p. 137.
The examples forwarded from Mandurah are unquestionably
identical with that described by Castlenau. The lower caudal
ray is long equally with the upper one, and though I do not find
that the vertical fins have the fine blackisli edge described by
Oiinther, the black spot at the upper pectoral base is present. In
Hichardson's figure the ventral is insei'ted too high on the body
j^o that the distance between its base and that of the pectoral is
not sufficiently great. The pectoral is illustrated as having a
rounded margin, in our examples it is sinuous, with the upper
rays mucli the longer. As the drawing is structurally incorrect
in respect to the ventral, we may doubt its accuracy in respect
to the pectoral and caudal also.

PsEUDOLABRUS fJUEXTHEKI, BlfcLrr.

PfieHtliilahnis (fiientheri, Bleeker, Versl. ]\Ied. Kcjn. Akad. Weten.,
xiv., 1862, p. 126.
Loc. — Fremantle.

Harpe vulpixa, Hic/iardson.
'Ccssi/j/hux ntliiiniis, Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1850, p. 71.
Ldc. — Houtman's Abrolhos.

Ophtiialmolepis lixeolatus, (■tirier <(■ ]'alfnci(')i]ies.
Jnlis linedlatiis, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., xiii.,
1839, p. 436.
/.(*(•. — Houtman's Abrolhos.

1^ Major. — Early Voy. to Terra Austr., 1859, p. Ixxxvi.

FISHES FKOM WKSTERN ALSl'KALIA — WAITE. i I

OdaX RICIIAKDSONU, (iuntlivr.

Odax /niUus, Cuvier and VHlencieiines, Hist. Nat. Poiss., xiv.,
1S89, p. 304, pi. ccccviii. (not Forster).

Julif f driiKfii, liichardson, Icon. Pise, 1843, p. (i, \A. iii., fijLf. 1.

Odax richarthnnii, Giinther, Cat. Fish. Biit. Mus.. iv., 1S6-, j).
241.

I have previoiisly recoidtHl this sj^^cies from Western Australia;
the examples now in hand were taken oft' Houtman's Ahiolhos.
It may be pointed out that those authors, who, would accejit
a drawing as the basis of a desci'iption, should use Richardson's
name Odax diirKjii in preference to the later one of Giinther.

The drawing is very defective and led Richardson, against liis
better jutlgment, to ascribe the fish to the genus J«//.s instead of
Odax ; he was impelled to this course mainl}^ from comparison
Avith a Chinese drawing !

(Jlistiiops cyanomelas, Richardson.

OUsthojis cijanomdas, Richardson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., {'!), vii.,
1851, p. 291.

/,o(".— Houtman's Abrolhos.

Heteroscarus filamextosus, (JastchuiH.

Ihteroscarns ulanientoioai, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i.,
1872, p. "24.5.

Lor. — Houtman's Abrolhos.

Caraxx SPECIOSU.S, FnrsJ.al.
JScdiiiber sfieciosnx, Forskal, Desci'. Anim., 177-"), ]>. .'")4.
L(ir. — Fremantle.

Caraxx armatus, Forskal.
Sciana ariitata, Forskal, Descr. Anim., 177-5, j). .")3.
Ldc. — Fremantle.

'ri{A('IIIXOTi;s BAlLLOXIl, I MCrjJCili'.

i '(isioiimnis bailhmii, Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., iii., ISOi', p. U'.),
pi. iii., fig. 1.
I.tir. — ]\randurah.

72 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Bramichthys, (jcn. nor.

FaiuiUl BRAMIDyE.

Body ovate, compressed, covered with moderate cycloid scales,
lateral line present, complete. Mouth wide, oblique ; the lower
Jaw the longer ; a band of minute teeth, scarcely perceptible to
the touch, in each jaw, teeth also present on the vomer, palatines
and tongue. No oesophageal teeth. Maxillary broad, scaly.
Opercle with two flat points, preopercle entire. Snout broad,
head not declivous, supraoccipital crest well developed, but not
extending forward beyond the eyes.

Dorsal and anal fins long, the anterior lobes elevated and
falcate, the first spine of the former, behind the vertical of the
ventral fin. The dorsal fin has five spines and about twenty-nine
rays, the anal three (? or four) spines and about thirty rays. In
both fins the spines are closely adnate to the respective rays.
The ventrals are small, placed below the base of the pectorals,
with one spine and five rays. The pectorals are placed in the
lowei' half of the body. The vertical fins densely clothed with
small scales. Branchiostegals seven, caudal peduncle of moderate
depth, not slender.

Bramichthys woodwardi, xp. nov.

(Plate xiv.)

D. V. 29 ; A. iii. (? iv.) 30 ; Y. i. 5 ; P. 16 ; C. 17 + 6. L. lat. 50,

L. tr. 7/20.

Length of head 3-3 ; height of body at the origin of the dorsal
fin 1 -85 in the total ; eye very large, its diameter half the length
of the head ; snout short 5-1; and length of caudal 5-4 in the
same. Interorbital space very convex, twice the length of the
snout. Opercular margins smooth. Lower profile slightly more
convex than the upper.

The dorsal fin begins well behind the veitical of the opercle,
the spines are closely adnate to the soft portion and successively
increase in height, the fifth being equal to the diameter of the
eye : the anterior rays are much higher, the second being three-
fourths more, or 1-25 in the length of head ; following the lobed
portion the rays are short and the base of the whole fin is slightly
moi-e than half the total length. The anal fin is similar in foi'm
and length, but occupies a slightly more posterior position : the
sequence of the anal spines suggests that one, the second, has
been lost, the third existing spine is of the same length as the
fifth dorsal. The ventrals are short and do not reach the anal ;
the spine is a little longei- than half the diameter of the eye.

FISHES FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA — WAITE. 73

The pectoral is falcate, its third and fourth upper rays a little
less than the head in length. The caudal fin is deeply cleft but
not forked as in Brama, the peduncle is relatively deep being but
little less than the diameter of the large eye.

Scales. — The scales are simply cycloid, those above the lateral
line arranged obliquely upwards. The lateral line commences
with a strong curve to beneath the dorsal spines, whence, it
runs almost straight to the end of the caudal rays.

Colours. — The colour appears to have been silvery, the fins are
dark brown, without markings.

The general habit of this species suggests that it is an inhabi-
tant of somewhat deep water.

I have pleasure in associating with this interesting fish, the
name of Mr. Bernard H. Woodward, Curator of the Western
Australian Museum.

Length 172 mm.

Loc. — One example from Mandurah.

Paralichthys muelleri, Klnnzinfjer.

Pseudorlioinhns mulleri, Klunzinger, Arch, fiir Naturg., 1872, p.

40 ; Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixxx., 1879, p. 407, pi. ix.,

fig. 2.
Very little colour appears to be developed in this species, but
as most of the scales are lost in the two examples forwarded,
precise information is not available. A dark spot, probably an
ocellus, is present on the lateral line at the beginning of the last
third of the body. The figure quoted, rejjresents either a dextral
example, or was i^eversed in drawing. The specimens were trawled
between Fremantle and Houtman's Abrolhos.

CyNOGLOSSUS BROADHURSTI, sp. jKir.

(Plate viii., fig. 2.)

D. 107 ; A. 86 ; C. 10 ; L. lat. 88 ; L. tr. l>dei- L. lat. 13.

Length of head 5-77 ; depth of body 3-9 in the total length ;
diameter of eye 8-2 ; and length of snout 3*0 in the head.

The eyes are situated about half a diameter apart, the upper
being a little in advance of the lower. One nostril is placed
between the eyes, the other in front of the lower eye. Mouth
strongly curved, its angle in advance of the middle of the head,
reaching to below the centre of the lower eye. Lips not fringed.
Rostral hook very short. Opercle oblique, notched behind.

74 KKCOKUS OF THE AUSTRALfAN MUSEUM.

Teeth. — Minute, present on the blind side only.

Sccdes. — On the left side strongly ctenoid, each scale with from
three to five spines ; scales on the blind side cycloid. Two lateral
lines on the left side, the lower passes from the snout, above the
eye, to the tip of the caudal. There are eighty-eight pierced
scales along this line, posterior to the preopercle. The upper
lateral line commences on the rostral hook and follows the profile
of the head to the dorsal edge which it skirts to the base of the
hundred and first ray, and it traverses the space between this
and the next one. A vertical line of pores connects the upper
and lower latei-al lines and is continued round the margin of the
preopercle whence a branch is given off at its angle to the opercle.
One lateral line only on the blind side.

There is a single ventral fin only and the pectorals are obsolete.
The dorsal fin commences on the fi'ont margin of the head and is
confluent with the caudal, as is also the anal.

Colour. — Uniform brown, without markings.
Five examples received, the largest of which measures 270 mm.
in length.

Structurally this species appears to be nearest allied to C.
borneeiiMs, Giinther, differing in the proportions of the head and
body, also in the absence of markings.

This is the only species of the genus CyiuvjlosKiix, as restricted, so
far found in Australian waters, and with it I connect the name of
Mr. F. C. Broadhurst who was jointly instrumental in procuring
the collection of fishes dealt with in this paper.

Loc. — All were taken in the trawl off Carnarvon to the north-
ward of Houtman's Abi'olhos.

Syxancidium iiorriuum, Linninta.
Scorpana horrida, Linnaeus, 8yst. Nat., ed. xii., 1766, p. 453.
Loc. — Houtman's Abrollius.

Neosebastes paxda, Richardson.
Scorpema vanda, Richardson, Ann. Mag. JSTat. Hist., ix., 1842, p.
216. '
Loc. — Houtman's Abrolhos.

Pteuygotrigla polyommata, liichardson
Tn'ffla poli/owmata, TUchardson, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1839, p. 96.
Loc. — Fremantle.

FISHES FROM VVtSTEKN ALSTRALIA— WAl I K. 75

ClIELIDONICHTHYS KUMU, Lt's^iiH d' (Tamot.

Trifjla kuwu, Lesson and Garnot, Yoy. "Coquille," 1830, pi. xix.
Lor. — Houtman's Abrolhos : Fremantle.

Parapercis NEBfLOSis, (Juoi/d- (iawiard .
Percis nebulosiin, Quoy and Gaimard.Voy. "Uranie et Physicienne,"
1825, p. 349.
Lnc. — Mandurali.

PaTjECUS froxto, Richardson.
Patterns fronto, Richardson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xiv., 1844,
p. 280.
Some remarks on the synonomy of this species will be found
under the heading of P. inaculatns.

Loc. — The example forwarded was trawled between Fremantle
and Houtman's Abrolhos.

PATiECUS MACULATUS, Gunther.
Patoicus mactilatiis, Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., iii., 1861,
p. 292.

(Plate XV.)

The specimen forwarded was obtained at Fremantle, the type
locality, and agrees quite well with the original description,
differing in fact, as far as ascertainable, only by having thirty-
two in place of thirty-one dorsal rays, of which twenty are
spinous ; the first is exti'emely short, in front of the base of the
second spine, and the third is longest.

The caudal has nine rays, the lower of which are shorter and
thicker than the upper ones.

The tubercle described as being midway between the eye and the
end of the snout is perforate and constitutes the posterior nostril,
the anterior one lies in another smooth ai'ea nearer the mouth.

A Tasmanian example further differs by having thirty-three
dorsal spines and especially in the length of the pectoral fin,
which is longer than in the Western Australian fish, and almost
as long as the head. The body also is relatively deeper ; these
slight vai'iations may be of individual or local import only. In
neither specimen can T trace the latei'al line described ; a non-
poi'ous ridge is possibly referred to. The Western Australian
specimen is here figured natural size : its total length being 184
mm. It is thus much larger than either the type (80 mm.) or
Castelnau's specimen (90 mm).

76 KECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Steindachner^* identified a specimen from St. Vincent's gulf
with PatcEcus maciilatus, but evidently misunderstood the sen-
tence : — " The dorsal fin is perfectly continuous, extending from
the snout to the middle of the caudal fin."

In his example, as figured, the dorsal is free from the caudal
fin and is attached to the middle of the slender i^eduncle. To
emphasise this peculiarity he proposed the sub-genus Neopatctcus.

This author placed P. n-aterhoitsii, Castelnau'*', as a synonym of
P. inacidatits, but judging by the radial formula and the con-
dition of the caudal rays, it is equally distinct fi^om that species
but identical with Steindachner's example. As the generic name
Neopatcecns was nominally founded on P. v)aciilatu>i, though
actually on a specimen of another species, it may, without violation
of zoological nomenclature, accompany the latter, the name of
which would therefore be Xeopatcecus iraterhousii, Castelnau.

In 1890 Mr. R. M. Johnston published a complete list of
Tasmanian Fishes, and included Patcecus armatus, Giinther ; I
have not, so far, found any other reference to this species, and am
inclined to regard it as a manuscript name, or, seeing that we
have an example of P. macitlatns from Tasmania as a lapsxs calami
for that name. Some further confusion in respect to the species
of this genus is apparent. Richardson descx'ibed P. fronto, the
type, as exhibiting the dorsal formula 24/16. Giinther, by error,
prints thirty instead of forty, and appears to have been himself
misled thereby, for he describes as a new species P. subocellatus
from South Austi'alia. A careful comparison fails to reveal any
essential differences between the two, such being reducible to a
variation of one dorsal and one anal ray.

Macleay" perceived that an error had been made, but failed to
elucidate the difficulty. Of P. macniatus he writes : — " Dr.
Giinther's description of this fish cannot be accurate, or its
resemblance to fronto must be very slight. It will probably be
found that for D. 31 we should read D. 41."

An obvious misprint in Richardson's description "A. 11/15."
is corrected by Macleay to " A. 11/5."

The following represents my conception of the synomomy as
far as I am in a position to read it. Not having access to the
Anzeiger Akad. Wiss. Wien., I am unaware if Xeopatre.ciis was
first characterised there or in the Sitzungsberichte.

15 Steindachner.— Sitzb. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixxxviii., ISSt, p. 1087.

pi. vii., fitj. 3.
1" Cast.lenau.— Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict.. J.. 1872, p. 244.
^7 Macleay,— Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, vi., 1881, p. 31.

FISHES FBOM UESIEUN AUSTRALIA — WAITK. 17

Patjecus, Richard-ion, 1844.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xiv., 1844, p, 280.

1. P.fronto, Eichardson, loc. cit., and Voy. " Ereb. & Terr.", Ichtli.. 1845,

p. 20, pi. xiii. ; Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., iii., 1861, p. 292, and
Study of Fishes, 1880, fig. 227; Macleay, Proc, Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, vi., 1881, p. 30.

P. suhocellatus, Giintlier, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871, p. 665, pi. Ixiv. ;
Macleay. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, vi., 1881, p. 31.

2. P. macidata, Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., iii.. 1861, p. 292;
Castelnau. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ii., 1878, p. 231; Macleay,
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, vi., 1881, p. 31 ; Waite, ante p. 75, pi. x v.
?. P. armatus, Giinther (fide Johnston], Proc. Roy. Soc. 'I'asm ,
1890 (1891), p. 33.

3 P. vincentii, Steindachner, Anz. K. Akad.Wiss.Wien, 1883, p. 195, and
Sitzb. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixxxviii., 1884, p. 1085, pi. vii., fig. 2.

Neopat^cus. steindachner, 1883,

? Anz. K. Akad.Wiss.Wien, 1883.

4. N. waterhousii, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i., 1872, p. 244
Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, vi.. 1881, p. 31.
P. macidatus, Steindachner (not Giinther), loc. cit. & Sitzb. K. Akad.
Wiss. Wien, Ixxxviii., 1884, p, 1087, pi. vii,, fi>j. 3.

DiPULUS, (fen. nov.
Family BROTULiDiE.

General habit of Gohioides. Body greatly elongate, compressed
behind, naked. Head small, naked, not spinose, no external
eyes ; mouth small, slightly oblique, no barbels, jaws equal ;
teeth small in bands, present in both jaws, on the vomer and
palatines. Large pores in front of the snout and lower
jaws, surrounded by folds of membrane probably tactile.
Branchiostegals six, no pseudobranchia?. Gill membranes wide,
united, not free from the isthmus. Dorsal and anal fins low,
not differentiated from the caudal. Pectorals normal ; ventrals
small, close together each an undivided filament near to the
humeral symphysis. Vent a transverse opening approaching the
middle of the body. Urogenital oiifice with distinct external
opening, bounded by very large transverse labia, at least in the
male.

This genus appears to be nearest allied to Ap/ii/onim, Giinther'*,
and Sciadaniis, Garman''-*. From the former it is immediately
distinguishable by its elongate form, complete dentition and
united gill-membranes ; the latter character and, among others,
the non-pedicilate pectoral serve to separate it from Sciadunus.

1" Giinther.— Ann. Matj. Nat. Hist., (5), li., 1878. p. 22.

1-' GArnian.-Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, xxiv., 1899, p. 171.

78 EECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

DiPULUs C.ECUS, s]}. nov.

(Plate xi., fig. 2.)

Length of head 8*3 in the total, its depth equal to that of the
body, or 1 -7 in its length. The width of the head is slightly more
than its depth and much greater than the thickness of the body.

The snout is very tumid, its anterior profile almost vertical ; in
company with the front portion of both upper and lower jaws it
bears a number of large pores, surrounded by folds and tiaps of
membrane (see fig. 2a).

Simple pores are, in addition, present on other parts of the
head, notably a pair above the expanded end of the maxilla, and
a series at long intervals along the rami of the mandible. The
posterior nostrils are very evident, situated near the end of the
snout, and have a supero-lateral aspect, the anterior ones, which
may not be distinguished from the pores referred to, appeal- to be
placed on the front aspect of the snout within the dermal folds.
Eye not visible. The orbit, as ascertained through the skin, lies
wholly within the anterior third of the head, its diameter being
half the length of the snout.

Teeth.— The teeth are very small and sharply pointed, and ar^
present in bands in both jaws, on the vomer and palatines.

The maxilla is greatly broadened behind, and extends to far
beyond the hinder margin of the orbit.

Fins. — The dorsal fin begins behind the base of the pectoral,
its distance from the snout less than one-sixth of the total length,
caudal excluded. Origin of anal nearer to the snout than to the
base of the caudal. Pectoral normal, less than half the length of
the head. The ventrals consist each of a simple ray placed close
together, in advance of the pectoral, they are very short, equalling
the snout in length. V^ent situated far behind the head, its
distance therefrom three-fourths the post-ventral length. It is
quite distinct from the uro-genital orifice, which is bordered
before and behind with very large labia. Immediately within
the anterior lip is a pair of large leaf -like appendages at the base
of which lies the penis.

The folds and flaps of membrane suri'ounding the pores on the
snout and mandible recall the condition in some of the leaf-nosed
Bats. The analogy may indeed be very close : the fish is blind
and the Rhinolophidte hunt in the dark.

" In their habits they appear to differ from other insectivorous Bats
without nasal appendages, inhabiting the same regions, by coming out
later in the evenintr, or when the sun has completely gone down below
the horizon. Tins peculiarity is probably connected with their possession

FISHES FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA — WAITE. 79

of special organs of touch in the complicated nose-leaf, and delicately
formed ears and membranes, which may permit them to commence and
continue their hunt for insect prey at a time when other Bats have
retired to their sleeping-places."'^

The lai'ge size of the genitaUa and the development of special
organs in this fish, indicates that copulation actually takes place,
a circumstance also distinctly correlated with blindness.

Loc. — The single specimen forwarded is a male, 152 mm. in
length, and was taken off Fremantle.

MONACAXTHUS CHINENSIS, Bloch.

Batistes chinensis, Bloch, Ichty., ii., 1787, p. 29, pi. Hi., fig. 1.
Tmc. — Fremantle.

MONACANTHUS MEGALOURUS, PdchanlsOH.

MonacantJiHs meffalourus, Richardson, Icon. Pise, 1843, p. 5, pi.
i., fig. 3.

Loc. — Houtman's Abrolhos.

PSEUDOMONACANTHUS GALII, SJ). nof.

(Plate xvi.)

Length of head 3-2 ; height of body at the first anal ray 2-8 ;
and length of caudal 5-1 in the total. The eye is almost round
and lies midway between the end of the snout and the first dorsal
ray ; its diameter is one-fifth the length of the head ; the
interorbital space is convex and contained 4-1 times in the same.

The gill opening is oblique and placed immediately beneath
the eye, it is distant therefrom about the diameter of the orbit.
The nostrils are situated in a shallow depression half a diameter
in advance of the eye, each in a short cutaneous tube.

The head is deeper than long, a little concave on the snout,
slightly tumid above the eye ; the lower profile is moderately
sti'aight to the pelvic spine.

The dorsal spine is placed above the last third of the orbit, and
nearer to the rays than the end of the snout, it is without distinct
barbs, the front and sides being granular ; its length approaches
half that of the head. The rays are highest medially, the longest
being one-fourth the length of the head. The anal arises beneath
the sixth dorsal ray and is continued posteriorly beyond that fin
to which it is similar in form, but its rays are not quite so high.

^ Dobson.— Cat. Chiroptera Brit. Mu8 , 1878, p. 100.

80 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

The ventral process is but little extensible, and its spine is
small and granular. The pectoral is rounded and its third ray
is one-fifth longer than the eye. The caudal is short and rounded,
the peduncle is stout, its height being half the length of the fin.

The whole of the head and body, the bases of the vertical fins
and the outer aspect of the alternate caudal rays uniformly
covered with small bifurcated spines, so densely placed as to give
a velvety feel to the touch.

Colours. — -The colours are not well preserved, but as far as
ascertainable are as follows : — Uniformly dark brown, the body
marked with narrow longitudinal black lines about as wide as or
narrower than the interspaces. Immediately behind the head
they are about twelve in number but are successively lost
posteriorly and none attain to the caudal peduncle, the head and
lower fourth of the body, except in the region of the pelvic spine,
are without markings. Fins pale brown.

Total length 300 mm. Taken at Sharks Bay.

At the request of Mr. Woodward, this fish is named after Mr.
C. F. Gale, Chief Inspector of Fisheries, Western Australia.

PsEUDOMONACANTHUS HiPPOCREPis, Quojj d Goimard.

Balistes hipjjocrepis, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. " Uranie et Physi-
cienne," 1824, p. 212.

Loc. — Mandurah ; Fremantle ; Houtman's Abrolhos ; Rottnest
Island.

PSEUDOMONACANTHUS GRANULATUS, Shaw.

Batistes r/ranitlatus, Shaw, in White's Yoy. IST. S. Wales, 1790, p.
29.5", fig. 2.

Loc. — Mandurah ; Fremantle ; Houtman's Abrolhos.

PsEUDOMONACANTHUS BROWNii, Richardson.

Aleuterius hnnniii, Richardson, Voy. "Ereb and Terr.", Ichth.,
1846, p. 68.

hoc. — Fremantle.

CHiETODERMIS PENICILLIGERUS, Cuvier.

Balistes nenicilliqerm, Cuvier, Regne Anim., ed. 2., ii, 1829, p.
374' (footnote), and iii., 1830. p. 433, pi xi., fig. 3.

FISUKS FKOM WESTERN AUSTRALIA — WAITE. 81

Castelnau-' recorded tliis species from Fremantle, whence we
have a fine example measuring 27 mm.

Mr. C. T. Regan-- does not admit Chcetodermis as a vahd genus
and remarks on the similarity of the species to Monacanthus
tomentosHS.

Chcetodermis maccullochi, s/j. nov.

(PL xvii.)

D. ii., 27 ; A. 26 ; P. 12 ; C. 12.

Length of head 2*7 ; height of body at the vent, equal to the
length of the caudal and 2-2 in the total. The eye lies nearer to
the dorsal rays than to the end of the snout and is 44 in the
length of the head : the interorbital space is 4"0 in the same.

Ihe gill opening is nearly vertical, it is placed beneath the
posterior margin of the eye, and is nearly one-half longer than its
diameter. The nostrils are simple pores placed close together in
a naked ai-ea well in front of the eye.

Head deeper than long, its upper and lower profiles, to the
dorsal and ventral spines respectively, perfectly straight.

The body is elongate, strongly compi'essed, its upper and lower
borders very slightly curved. The dorsal spine is placed wholly
behind the eye and midway between the end of the snout and the
middle dorsal rays. It is beset with strong lateral barbs, directed
downward ; at the upper base of each arises a filament as long as
the diameter of the eye and bifid near the tip. The rays are
long and rise gradually to about the twentieth which is half
the length of the head ; the posterior edge is gently rounded.
The anal arises beneath the seventh dorsal ray and extends a
little beyond its posterior insertion, it is otherwise quite similar.
The ventral process is scarcely depressible but its terminal spine
is movable. It is beset with barbs and filaments. The
pectoral is rounded, its longest rays twice the diameter of the eye.
The caudal is markedly acuminate, the central rays being twice
the length of the outer ones. It is peculiar inasmuch as its rays
are homacanthus (if I may use the term in this connection) there
being no alternation of arrangement and all of equal thickness ;
the peduncle is flattened above and below, and its depth is equal
to the diameter of the eye.

The lips, space around the nostrils and gill-openings are
naked, otherwise the head is densely covered with rosette-like

•*! Castelnau.— Prnc. Zool. Soc. Vict., ii., 1873, p. 147.
22 Regan.— Proc. Zool. Soc, 1902, p. 289.

82 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

scales. On the body they merge into simple prominent sub-
recumbent spines arranged in close longitudinal rows, which
extend to the bases of the caudal rays. The head and body bear
distant branched filaments, there is a sei'ies along the upper and
lower profile of the head and a close seines between the ventral
spine and the anal fin.

Total length 230 mm.

Zoc. —Houtman's Abrolhos.

Colours. — The specimen is evidently much discoloured and is
now uniform pale brown, with scattered dark markings, princi-
pally disposed below the base of the dorsal rays. A larger spot
may be traced above the upper pectoral rays. The caudal bears
a few dark spots.

The contour of this fish sufficiently distinguishes it from that
of the only other known species. It has the shape of a double-
rhomboid, one figure of which is formed by the head and body
and the other by the tail. The hinder profiles of the body pro-
duce an acute angle, whereas in C. j^^^iict^^t^errt*, Cuvier, they
form a semicircle ; the tail of the latter, also, is not produced as
in the new species.

I associate with the species the name of Mr. A. K. McCulloch
to whom I owe the figure of this and the other species illustrating
the paper.

Akacana lenticulakis, Richardson.
Ostracion lenticularis, Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1841, p. 21.
Log. — Fremantle.

Aracana aurita, Sha/v.
Ostracion auritus, Shaw, Nat. Misc.,ix., 1798, pi. cccxxxviii.
Loc. — Fremantle.

8ph^roides sceleratus, Gmelin.
Tetraodon sceleratus, Gmelin, Syst. Nat., ed. xiii., 1789, p. 1444
Loc. — Fremantle.

MTNERALOGICAL NOTES: No. II.— TOPAZ, BARITE,
ANGLESITE, CERUSSITE, and ZIRCON.

By C. Anderson, M.A., B.Sc, Mineralogist.

(Plates xviii. — xx.)

TOPAZ.

Emmaville, New South Wales.

Since a description and figures of topaz crystals from Emma-
ville was published,^ Mr. D. A. Porter has presented to the
Trustees the specimen represented in PI. xviii., Fig. 1. It is a
typical and finely developed example of the crystalline habit of
topaz from this locality, and, as it is somewhat larger than the
best crystals hitherto examined, it is possible to represent the
faces in approximately their actual relative proportions. As
usual there is a comparatively rich prism zone, with the form m
(110) greatly predominating. Each of the prisms has four faces
present, but the pinacoid h (010) has only one. The three domes
have each the full number of faces. Of the pyramids o (221) and
X (243) have but three faces, while w (HI) and i (223) have
four. The faces are with few exceptions smooth and brilliant
and give excellent reflections. The crystal measures 9^ mm. x
5| mm. X 4 mm. The mean co-ordinate angles obtained are as
follows :—

1 Anderson— Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 1904, pp. 296-299, pi. xxxix..figs. 1-3

84

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Measured.

Calculated.

Er

ror.

<t>

P

«^

P

<^

P

(■

001

°

'

°

'

°

'

°

'

'

'

b

010

0

15

90

5

0

0

90

0

15

5

m

no

62

4

90

2

62

8

90

0

4

2

M

230

51

34

90

1

51

35

90

0

1

1

I

120

43

24

90

3

43

25

90

0

1

3

77

250

37

8

90

0

37

7

90

0

1

0

(J

130

32

16

90

0

32

14

90

0

2

0

d

201

89

59

60

59

90

0

61

0

1

1

f

021

0

1

43

37

0

0

43

39

1

2

y

041

0

0

62

19

0

0

62

20

0

1

o

221

62

8

63

52

62

8

63

54

0

2

u

111

62

8

45

36

62

8

45

35

0

1

i

223

62

6

34

15

62

8

34

14

2

1

K

243

43

27

41

14

43

25

41

12

2

2

In this as in succeeding tables the calculated angles are those
given by Goldschmidt in his Krystallographische Winkeltabellen.

Since a considerable number of angular measurements of topaz
crystals from Emmaville are now available, it may be of interest
to calculate the corresponding axial ratios, especially as Penfield
and Minor^ have shown that the ratios vary with the isomorphous
replacement of fluorine by hydroxyl. For this purpose the angles
were carefully revised, the best measurements selected, and means
taken. The forms chosen from measurements on six crystals and
the mean angles obtained are given in the table below ; as it was
judged that the prism m and the pyramid u yield the most
reliable data, the corresponding values for a and c are counted
twice in finding the mean ratios.

2 Penfield and Minor— Amer. Journ. Sci., xlvii., 1894, p. 387.

MIXERALOGICAL NOTES — ANDERSON.

85

Form.

4>

P

a

c

m

no

62

7 .38-5

°

'

"

•5288615

I

120

43

25 5

•5284015

(1

130

32

14 24

•5285428

%i

111

62

7 38

45

34

40

•5288646

•4769763

f

021

43

39

•4770300

y

041

62

19

30

•4767101

Mean

0-5287328

0-4769232

The calculated values of a and c agree fairly closely with
Koksharov's ratios a:b: c = 0^528542 : 1 : 0-476976, determined
on Russian topaz and usually taken as the standard.

PL xix., fig. 1 is a stereographic projection showing the distribu-
tion of all faces that have been identified on Emmaville topaz.

Oban, New South Wales.

Mr. D. A. Porter recently presented to the Trustees a fine
large ciystal of topaz from Oban. It measures 4 cm. x 4 cm.
X 3 cm., and shows four forms not recognised on crystals from
this locality hitherto examined, namely c (001), d (201), h (203),
and X (043). It is shown in its natural development in PI. xviii.,
fig. 2. The specimen is somewhat worn and the faces non-
retlecting, but approximate measurements obtained with the
contact goniometer leave no doubt as to the correctness of the
determinations. There is but one face of X present, but all the
others have the full number. One of the f (021) faces shows a
distinct natural etching-figure. It takes the form of a raised
semicircular area with its convexity directed towards the apex of
the crystal, the base of the semicircle being parallel to the inter-
section of f and c.

Mount Cameron, Tasmania.

Through the kindness of Mr. W. F. Petterd, a well-known
authority on the minerals of Tasmania, T liave been enabled to

86

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

measure some fine specimens of crystallised Tasmanian minerals,
including topaz from Mt. Cameron, Flinders Island, and Bell
Mount.

At Mt. Cameron topaz is abundant in the stanniferous drift,
but has not been found hi situ. It is usually much worn, but
some crystals well suited for crystal lographic determination were
sent to me by Mr. Petterd. Two crystals were determined on
the goniometer, one a crystal measuring 12 mm. x 13 mm. x 12
mm. and of a greenish colour shown in PI. xviii., fig. 3. It is fairly
rich in prism faces, having 7u (110), M (230), I ( I 20), and g (130)
present ; I predominates, but all are well marked faces and give
fairly good images. The terminal faces are rather dull ; only one
face of o (221) is present. The co-ordinate angles obtained are
given below.

Measured.

Calculated.

Error.

«^

P

</>

P

<i>

P

o

'

o

1

o

'

0

'

i

O '

f

001

—

_ —

.

—

—

.

1>l

110

62

5

89

56

62

8

90

0

3

4

M

230

51

28

89

53

51

34

90

0

6

7

I

120

43

17

89

55

43

25

90

0

8

5

il

130

32

19

89

55

32

14

90

0

5

5

f

021

6

43

35

0

0

43

39

6

4

y

041

8

62

13

0

0

62

20

8

7

o

221

61

57

62

53

62

8

63

54

11

1 1

1(,

111

62

7

45

29

62

8

45

35

1

6

i

223

62

7

34

13

62

8

34

14

1

1

From another lot of small clear, colourless, crystals one was
selected and its faces determined (PI. xviii., fig. 4). It measures
7 mm. x5 mm. x5 mm., and in general habit resembles the last,
but has fewer prism faces and has the rather rare pyramid x
(243) fairly well developed but dull. The prism faces are striated
and give only fair signals. Appended are the mean co-ordinate
anyles found.

MIXERALOGICAI, NOTES — ANDERSON.

87

Form

Measured.

Calculated.

Eiror.

</>

P

<!>

P

^

1

o

'

o

1

O 1

o

1

1

/

C

001

.

.

VI

110

61

58

89

58

62 8

90

0

10

2

I

120

43

7

89

58

43 25

90

0

18

2

f

021

1

43

37

0 0

43

39

1

2

y

041

7

62

13

0 0

62

20

7

7

n

111

61

53

45

24

62 8

45

35

15

11

i

223

61

46

33

58

62 8

34

14

22

16

X

243

42

26

41

6

43 25

41

12

59

6

Flinders Island, Tasmania.

Topaz from Flinders Island was first mentioned, I believe, by
the late Rev. J. J. Bleasdale, D.D., who wrote : "This may be
Siaid of those [i.e., topaz crystals] from Flinders Island that
they possess very great fire and beauty when cut, and are nearly
all of a pale yellowish shade in the rough."' The best account of
the occurrence is that of the late C. Gould, Government Geologist
of Tasmania, who observed it whilst making a geological re-
connaissance of the islands in Bass Strait.* The following
paragraph gives an abstract of his observations.

It occurs in crystals and pebbles in great variety of foi'm,
colour and size, associated with zircon, tourmaline, cassiterite,
etc. It is derived from the granite and may occasionally be
obtained as fine crystals in sifii along with crystallised quartz
and felspar. It is abundant (m the north-east side of Killicrankie
Bay in a creek descending from tlie ranges and upon the beach ;
it also occurs in other parts of Flinders Island. The topaz lias
evidently been formed in Aeins of pegmatite whicli traverse the
granite and vary from one to several feet in diameter. The
colour varies from pure limpid to various shades of blue, pale
pink, yellow, etc. Crystals are found up to several inches in
diameter.

■• Bleasdale— Trans. Roy. Soc. Vicf.. vii., 1866, p. 70.
* Gould— Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1871 (1872). pp. 60-61.

88

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

A fine crystal (PI. xviii., fig. 5) measuring 7 mm. X 9 mm. x 7
mm., and perfectly clear and colourless was measured on the
goniometer. As the faces are very irregularly developed and one
side of« the crystal is broken, the crystal is di-awn in ideal
symmetry, but so as to show the habit as nearly as possible. The
prisms m (110) and I (120) are about equal in size and striated,
but the images are good. The brachydomes /(021) and y (041)
are relatively small, while the macrodome d (201) is unusually
large and brilliant. The base is large and smooth. The pyramid
o (221) is small, u (111) and i (22.3) large and brilliant.

The co-ordinate angles found are tabulated below.

Measured.

Calculated.

Error.

Form.

^

9

</>

9

^

P

1

o

/

0

'

o

/

o

'

1

C

001

—

—

. —

—

—

—

—

—

—

m

110

62

8

89

58

62

8

90

0

0

2

I

120

43

23

89

58

43

25

90

0

2

2

f

021

4

43

36

0

0

43

39

4

3

y

041

4

61

59

0

0

62

20

4

21

d

201

90

0

61

5

90

0

61

0

0

5

0

221

62

7

63

43

62

8

63

54

1

11

u

111

62

10

45

33

62

8

45

35

2

2

%

223

62

9

34

11

62

8

34

14

1

3

Bell Mount, Middlesex, Tasmania.

Mr. Petterd informs me that topaz occurs at Bell Mount in a
very decomposed quartz-porphyry, also as pebbles weathered out
in the drift ; it has not previously been recorded from this locality.
Two crystals, both colourless and transparent, were examined ;
one is much worn and broken and unsuitable for goniometric
determination. The other (PI. xviii., fig. 6) has good prism and
dome faces but the pj^ramids are dull and were measured in the
position of maximum illumination. The base is absent. The
crystal measures 13 mm. X 10 mm. x 11 mm.

MINEEALOGICAL NOTES — ANDERSON.

89

Measured.

Calculated.

Error.

Forms.

<i>

P

^ P

<^

P

1

O 1

o

1

o /

o

/

/

m 110

62 5

89

59

62 8

90

0

3

1

I 120

■13 17

89

67

43 25

90

0

8

3

/ ■ 021

1

43

36

0

43

39

1

3

a 111

i

62 2

45

22

62 8

45

35

6

13

BARITE.

Barite has for some time been known to occur at several points
in the Triassic area in the neighbourhood of Sydney, both in the
Hawkesbury Sandstone and in the succeeding Wianamatta
Shales. It was first recorded by Mr. H. G. Smith who found it
in a quarry near Cook River, five miles west from Sydney, in
small well-formed crystals, consisting of almost pure barium
sulphate with a trace of calcium.^ Subsequently barite was found
near Gosford Railway Station." It has also been observed by
Prof. T. W. E. David, Trustee, at Five Dock, associated with
quartzite and in close })roximity to a decomposed basalt dyke. It
is found under similar conditions at Pyrmont Sandstone Quarries,
and at Pennant Hills Quarries it occurs as veins in the basalt at
a depth of over fifty feet. Pi'of. David believed that the barite
found in the Sydney area originated pi-obably from the basalt,
numerous dykes of Avhich traverse the sedimentary rocks.^
He informs me, howevei', that he has now modified
this opinion since observing how widespread is the dis-
tribution of barytes in the Pcrmo-Carboniferous sedimentary
rocks of the Northern and Southern Coal-fields as well as in the
Triassic strata of New South Wales. He now atti'ibutes the
liarite of the Sydney area chiefly to decomposition of detrital
barytic felspars. Specimens from Macdonald Town and Thirlmere
are in the Australian Museum collection.

» Smith— Proc. Liiiu. Soe. N. S. Walep, (2), vi., 1892, pp. 1.31-1:52,

« Baker— ioe. cit., (2), vii., 1893, p, 328,

' David — Journ. Roy. Soc. N. S. Walee, xxvii., 1894, p. 407.

90

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

The crystals described in this paper are from the Wianamatta
Shale at St. Peters, near Sydney. There are three specimens
from this locality in the Museum collection, each carrying a
number of crystals, but specimens sufficiently good for guniumetric
determination are found on only one. The crystals are either
tabular on the basal pinacoid, or prismatic by extension parallel
to the brachy-axis. The combinations are comparatively simple :
of two crystals measured one showed the forms c (001), m (110), o
(Oil), d (102), the other (PI. xix., fig. 2) the forms c (001), b
(010), m (110), o (Oil), d (102), z (111). This latter crystal
measures approximately 3 mm. X 2| mm. on the basal pinacoid,
and, like all the well formed specimens is quite transparent and
colourless. The faces of b (010) are very small and were measured
in the position of maximum illumination. Only one reliable
measurement of the f omi z (111) was obtained. Below are the
measured angles.

Measured.

Calculated.

Error.

Forms.

<!>

P

0

P

0 P

O '

o

/

o /

o

/

1 1

C

001

— —

—

—

— —

—

—

— 1 —

b

010

10

90

0

0 0

90

0

10

0

m

110

50 45

89

57

50 49

90

0

4

3

0

on

9

52

38

0 0

52

43

9

5

d

102

90 2

38

45

90 0

38

51

2

6

z

111

50 50

64

7

50 49 1 64

18

1

11

ANGLESITE.

Maestrie's Mine, Dundas, Tasmania.

Mr. W. F. Petterd says of this occurrence* " many of the
crystals obtained at this mine are large and beautifully developed,
occurring in masses of considerable size, sometimes containing
massicot in the interstices and as a base. Commonly large lumps
of galena are coated with anglesite, cerussite and massicot, pre-
senting an appearance that has become fairly characteristic of

" Petterd — Min. Tasmania, 1893, p. 7.

MIXERALOGICAL NOTKS — ANDERSON.

91

this mint,' and tlie Comet adjoining."' In the Museum colk^ctiou
there is one specimen from this locaHty, consisting of a group of
well developed lustrous crystals in a xugh of galena, with powdery
limonite. The crystals are of the general habit shown in PI. xix.,
fig. 3. The crystal there represented measures 1"2 cm. xl"9 cm.
X 1 cm. ; it is slightly broken at one end of tlie macro-axis, and
the a (100) faces are strongly striated parallel to their intersection
with 7U (110). The predominant forms are c (001), a (100), and
7n (110); the others are very narrow. Two faces of d (102)
admitted of measurement, but the pyi'amids and the dome o (01 1)
were determined from single faces. The image obtained from ^
(111) was very poor, the angles being measured in the position of
maximum illumination. The measured and calculated angels are
given in the followinir table : —

Measured,

Calciiliited.

Error.

0

9

4^

9

0 1 P

o

'

o /

o /

o

1

' 1 '

r

001

— —

—

j

a

100

89

54

90 0

90 0

90

0

6

0

m

110

51

57

89 57

51 51

90

0

6

3

d

102

90

4

39 17

90 0

39

23

4

6

0

Oil

0

0

52 16

0 0

52

12

0

4

z

111

—

—

65 0

51 51

64

24

—

36

.'/

122

32

6

56 45

32 29

56

48

23 3

1

Mine Mbretrice, New Caledonia.

There is one specimen witli numerous crystals from this locality
in the Museum collection. Tlie anglesite crj^stals, which are
small but beautifully and regularly developed, are embedded in a
cavernous gossany matrix ; they are transparent and either
<;olourless or slightly yellowish, with a vitreous to greasy lustrc".
The habit is remarkably uniform, the dominant forms being r
(001), 111 (110) and d (102). Two crystals were measured, one
.showing only these forms, the other further modified by the forms
h (010), o (Oil), z (111), y (122), all with very small faces.
(PI. xix., fig. 4). The co-ordinate angles obtained agreed well
with the calculated values.

92 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

LE^vIs Ponds, Near Orange, New South Wales.

This occurrence of angles! te is mentioned in the " Census of
New South Wales Minerals" drawn up by a Committee of the
Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science in 1 890,"
where the locality is given as the New Lewis Ponds Silver Mine,
and it is said to be associated with cerussite and silver ores. On
the specimen in the Australian Museum numerous crystals of
anglesite are scattered over the surface of a crumbling, limonitous
gossan. Many of the crystals are greenish in colour, and
are said to contain copper. I was unable to prove the
presence or absence of copper definitely on the quantity
of material I felt justified in sacrificing, but it may be present
in small amount. Anglesite with a green or blue tinge is com-
monly observed, and this may perhaps be due to an isomorphous
mixtuie of anglesite with a small quantity of the anhrydrous
copper sulphate hydrocyanite, wliich crj^stallises in the ortho-
rhombic system with axes and angles not far from those of the
barite-anglesite group.

The Lewis Ponds ciystals show two somewhat different habits ;
in one the predominant forms are c (001), m (110), and d (102),
and the crystals are elongated along the macro-axis (PI. xix., fig.
5) ; in the other, by increase in the size of c (111), m is reduced
to a narrow plane, and the crystal is almost acutely terminated
on the a and ^ axes ( PL xix., fig. 6). The crystals of the second
habit are much smaller than the othei's, the two shown in
PI. xix., figs. 5 and 6 measuring respectively 5 mm. X 8 nim. X 5
mm., and 3 mm. in diameter. Only the lai'ger crystals are
greenish, the smaller being colourless with a greasy lustre. The
table below gives the mean co-ordinate angles obtained from the
two figured crystals.

Measured.

Calculated.

Error.

^

P

</>

P

<?>

P

u '

O 1

o '

o /

1

r
III
d

oui
110
102
111

51 49
89 59
51 47

90 1
39 22
64 24

51 51
90 0
51 51

90 0
39 23
64 24

2
1
4

1

1
0

Proc. Austr. Ass. Adv. Scl, ii., 1890, p. 207.

MINEKA LOGICAL XOIES — ANDERSON. 93

CERUSSITE.

At the Magnet Mine, Tasmania, cerussite occurs in two different
habits, long prismatic or tabuhir on the h (010) pinacoirl (PI. xx.,
fig. 1), and as fiat tal)les parallel to the basal plane (PI. xx.,
fig. 2). In both cases the crystals are twinned on the faces m
(110) and m'" (110) resulting in trillings of pseudo-hexagonal
form. A specimen in the Museum collection furnished ciystals of
the first habit, while Mr. W. F. Petterd obligingly lent some
examples of the other. An interesting feature is that the flat
pseudo-hexagonal tables of the second habit are invariably con-
taminated with chromate of lead, doubtless in the form of croco-
isite, which imparts to them a canary-yellow colour with occasional
patches of red. The occurrence is well d,escribed by Mr. Petterd.^"

" This attractive variety [habit ii.] of a common species
is, so far as known, confined to the Magnet Mine, in the upper
workings of which it is, although local, fairly abundant. It
occurs in fractures and vughs in the gossan zone, but in bunches
and sparsely attached as beautiful little crystals, generally in
close association with crocoisite, but never so far as observation
has gone intermixed with the normal form [of cerussite] ;
although this is somewhat abundant in its usual adamantine
characteristic habit, often showing remarkably perfect develop-
ment in stellar and cruciform triplet crystals."

Habit I. (PI. XX., fig. 1.) The two crystals measured were
essentially similar, being elongated along the vertical axis and
tabular on the h (010) pinacoid. The same forms are present in
both, namely c (001), a (100), b (010), m (110), r (130), i (021),
x- (102), and ^^ (111). In the figure the breadth along the a axis
is somewhat exaggerated, and the three individuals are drawn in
equi-poise, though really only one is well-formed, the other two
being quite subordinate. All the forms except b are relatively
narrow and the prism zone is much striated and interrupted.
Of the three individuals forming the trilling, I. is placed in the
conventional position, while II. and III. are twinned on the faces
(110) and (llO), respectively, of I. Thus the faces ?m and ^are
coplanar ^vith m and p, while m and p are coplanar with m ' ' '
and p" ', and similarly at the other end of the a axis of I. but II.
and III. have only one coplanar face, namely, the Ijase c. The
figure is similar to the well-known drawing by Schrauf^', but the

10 Petterd— Kept. Secy. Mines Tas., 1903 (1904),'pp. 76-77.
" Schrauf— Tscherraak's Mineral. Mittheil., 1873, Heft iii.. pp. 203-212,
PI. iii., fig. 2.

94

IJECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Magnet mineral lias three mure forms. The table of angles below
gives the measured and" calculated values for I. and also the
observed angles belonging to forms on II. and III., as, owing to
the small size and imperfect development of the crystals, on the
goniometer it was impossible to distinguish the reflections belong-
ing to the se\'era] indi\iduals, and it was mainly from the angular
measurements that the twiiniing structure was deduced.

Measured.

(_'alcnlated.

Error. j

For

ms.

Xo. of

Faces.

0

P

0

P

^

P

(■

001

'

'

"

'

'

/

a

100

3

90 0

89 59

90 0

90

0

0

1

h

010

4

0 4

89 56

0 0

90

0

4

4

m

110

(1

58 36

89 58

58 37

90

0

1

2

r

130

.")

2S 39

89 56

28 39

90

0

0

4

i

021

3

() 2

55 22

0 0

55

20

2

2

ii;

012

.)

0 1

19 51

0 0

19

52

1

1

V

HI

G

58 39

54 10

58 37

54

14

2

4

a

100

•)

27 23

89 57

27 14

90

0

9

3

h

010

.")

G2 59

89 56

62 46

90

0

13

4

I

010

1

62 34

89 59

62 46

90

0

12

1

m

110

•)

4 15

89 56

4 9

90

0

6

4

m

110

1

3 47

90 0

4 9

90

0

22

0

r

130

1

34 5

89 51

34 7

90

0

2

9

r

130

1

34 23

90 0

34 7

90

0

16

0

i

021

1

02 41

55 17

62 46

55

20

5

3

X

012

1

62 48

19 50

62 46

19

52

2

2

P

111

3

4 5

54 8

4 9

54

14

4

6

Habit ii. (PL xx, %. 2). Tlie crystals with this habit differ
from the others mainly in having a large basal plane, and in being
greatl}'' shortened along the ^'ertical axis, the result being flat
tables approaching the hexagonal form. That they are trillings

MlNERALOfilCAL NOTES — ANDERSON. 95

is at once apparent from the reentrant angles on the edges, and
the three systems of striations on the basal plane, which are well
seen under the microscope, crossing at angles of approximately
60'^, and running parallel to the brachy-axis of each individual.
Crystals of a similar habit have already been observed in aragon-
ite, but pi-ismatic crystals seem more common with cerussite.
One lot of isolated crystals of a pronounced yellowish colour
average 6 mm. in diameter. A few smaller crystals measuring
about 1 mm. in diameter, translucent, and of a much paler colour
were obtained implanted on the matrix. These latter supplied the
best measurements on the goniometer. The most prominent face
after the basal plane is the pyramid o (112); only one doubtful
angle could be referred to the prism /■, which is accordingly
not entered in the figure. Tlie forms recognised are c (001), o
(100), b (010), v>. (110), i (021), k (Oil), p (111), o (112). The
drawing suggests Laspeyre's figure of aragonite from Oberstein,
only our crystal has more forms, and is drawn in ideal symmetry.
The measured agree well with the theoretical angles.

PI. XX., fig. 3 is a stereographic projection showing all the
forms recognised on Magnet cerussite and the principal zones.

ZIRCON.
Glen Innes, New South Wales.
Mr. D. A. Porter has been kind enough to lend me for descrip-
tion some crystals of zircon from Glen Innes and Inverell, both in
the New England district of New South Wales. In a paper read
before the Royal Society of New South Wales, Mr. Porter gives
an exhaustive description of the occurrence of zircon in this
district.'-* " In the Inverell District zircons are found in many
places over a large area, chiefly of basaltic country, forming the
watershed of the Macintyre River on the northern side, and
extending from N. to E.S.E. from Inverell. They occur princi-
pally in the beds of streams, or scattered over low sloping ridges,
and in the beds of clay and boulders, which form raised beaches

along the creek sides in many of the localities The

zircons from these several localities mentioned, are usually more
or less broken or cleaved, and very much worn and smoothed, but
occasionally in fairly perfect crystals, of which figures 1 and 2 are
representations." Glen Innes and Inverell are about thirty miles
apart and we may take it that the zircon found at both places is
similar in origin.

12 Porter— Journ. Eoy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii., 1888 (1889), pp. 82-83,
pi. 1., figs. 1,2.

56

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

One good, doubly-terminated crystal from Glen Innes (PI. xx.,
fig. 4) was measured on the goniometer. It is slightly worn and
broken, and very irregularly developed as is usual with zircon,
but the reflections are fairly good. The forms present are m, (110),
p (111), V (221), n (331) and x (131), the largest faces
belonging to m, p and x ; the forms u and v are small,
w having only two faces present, while v has but one. The
crystals vaiy from clear, colourless to dark red by transmitted
light. The measured and calculated angles are tabulated below.

Measured.

Calculated.

Error.

1

^

P

(jy p

^

P

O '

o

c ' o

/

1

1

m

no

44 56

90

13

45 0 90

0

4

13

P

111

45 1

42

5

45 0 42

9

1

4

V

221

45 35

60

54

45 0 61

5

35

11

u

331

45 3

69

53

45 0

69

47

3

6

X

131

18 18

63

41

18 26

63

43

8

2

Sp. g. 4-64.

Inverell, New South Wales.

Out of a collection from this locality sent me by Mr. Porter only
one crystal Avas sufficiently good for measurement on the gonio-
meter. It is doubly terminated, most irregular in development,
and the faces are polished and slightly rounded, giA'ing only
blurred reflections. It shows only the forms m (110), ^j (111) and
X (131), of which VI. is small (PI. xx., fig. 5). Sp. g. 4'66.

Boat Harbour, near Table Cape, Tasmania.' ■•

I am indebted to Mr. W. F. Petterd for some crystals of zircon
from the above locality, as well as for notes on their occurrence.
They are not found in situ, but as waterworn fragments. Mr.
Petterd is of opinion that the mineral is a product of contact
metamorphism in granite country. The zircon is accompanied by
blue sapphires, menaccanite and other detrital minerals. One
fairly well developed, doubly terminated crystal w^as determined
(PI. XX., fig. 6). The forms present are a (100), m (110), p

" Petterd— Min. Tasmania, 1893, p. 72.

MINERALOr.ICAL NOTES — ANDERSON.

97

(111), V (221), 'u (331) and x (131) of which a and p predomi-
nate. The crystal is dark-red in colour and shows a striated area
in one part. All the forms are present with the full complement
of faces except ti which has Ijut two. The crystal measures ap-
proximately 10 mm. in diameter. Below are the mean co-ordi-
nate angles obtained. Sp. g. 4-57.

Measured.

Calculated.

Error.

Form.

^

P

4>

P

</>

P

Q 1

»

/

w /

•».*

/

/

1

a

100

2

90

1

0 0

90

0

2

1

m

110

45 0

90

2

45 0

90

0

0

2

P

111

44 59

42

9

45 0

42

9

1

0

V

221

44 56

61

5

45 0

61

5

4

0

th

.331

45 2

69

43

45 0

69

47

2

4

X

131

18 26

63

43

18 26

63

43

0

0

I wish to express my obligation to Mr. AV. F. Petterd and Mr.
D. A. Porter for the loan of specimens and for information freely
given ; also to Professor T. W. E. David for kindly affording me
an opportunity for study in the Geological Department of the
University.

Note. — While this paper was passing through the press I have
learnt that M. A. Lacroix has already described crystals of
anglesite from the Mine Meretrice, New Caledonia, in a " Note
pi'eliminaire sur les mineraux des mines de la vallee du Diahot
(Nouvelle-Caledonie)."''' The author promises a further descrip-
tion in his Mineralogif de la France et de ses' Colonies, but I have
not been able to refer to the later work.

i< Lacroix — Soc. Fr. de Min., xvii., 1894, p. 51.

ON A LARGE EXAMPLE of MEGALATRACTUS
ARUANUS, L.

By Charles Hedley, Conchologist.

(Plates xxi.-xxii., and fig. 24).

Since the appearance of Mr. H. L. Kesteven's article' on the
structure of Megalatractiis ar^ianus, further notes and information
have been accumulated on the subject by the writer. The size
attained by this gigantic shell does not seem to be generally
appreciated. It is quoted by Deshayes'^ as "longueur 3 pouces,
11 lignes." The latest monographer, Tryon," gives the length as
from 8-12 inches. It appears to be the largest recent Gasteropod.
So far as I am aware, no illustration of the adult shell has
appeared.

The Trustees have lately received from Mr. P. G. Black a
magnificent specimen which that gentleman procured in Torres
Strait, and which is figured on the accompanying plate (PL
xxi.). The subject of this note weighs ten pounds twelve ounces,
the breadth is ten and a half inches, and the length one foot ten
and three-quarter inches. As usual in the adult state, the apex
is decollated ; by compainson with younger examples it is esti-
mated that in the individual figured the styliform embryo and
two and a half succeeding whorls have been removed, curtailing
the total length by three-quarters of an inch. Seven whorls now
remain. In the young shells the keel bears projecting nodules,
but in the adult it is smooth.

The original figure of this species by Rumphius,* upon which
Linne founded the species,^ and from which he derived the name
and locality, is reversed. That this was done by error of the
engraver and not intentionally is shown by the fact that the
remaining figures of Sejita tritonis, Linn., &c., upon the same
plate are also reversed. This unfortunate mistake evidently
caused Linne to confound this shell with the American Fulgur
carica, Gmelin, which is really a sinistral shell.

1 Kesfceven — Austr. Mus. Mem., iv., 1904, pp. 419-449.

2 Desbayep — Anim. s. Vert., 2nd. ed., ix., 1843. p. 450.
. •' Tryon— Man. Conch., iii., 1881. p. 52.

^ Rumphius — D'AmboinscheRariteikamer, 1741, p. 93, pi. xxviii.. fi?. A.
•'■' Linnaeus— Syst. Nat., 10th. ed., 1758, p. 753.

A LARGK EXAMPLE OK MEGALATHACTUS AEUAyiS, L. — HKDLKY. 99

According to Brauer,*^ the Murex (/if/at<oi Born is a synonym
of this species.

Buccinum incisum of Martyn is usually considered to belong
here also. The locality he gave has been noted as erroneous by
E. A. Smith."

The islanders of Torres Htrait employed this shell in their
ceremonies. Prof. A. C. Haddon" has described and figured its
use in the "zogo,"or sacred ground of Murray Island. In a
dx'awing by Prof. T. H. Huxley," the species is shown mounted
on a funeral screen at Mt. Ernest, Torres Strait.

When visiting Bentinck Island, Gulf of Carpentaria, in June,
1903, as the guest of Dr. W. E. Roth, I gathered a specimen
(PI. xxii.) eighteen inches in length which the aborigines had
employed for carrying water. To facilitate transport, a hole had
been knocked in the ventral surface at the margin of the inner
lip, in which the thumb was inseited while the fingers grasped
the columella.

Dr. Pioth notes^" that at Mapoon, Cape York Peninsula, where
it is called " pandaii," the natives eat tlie mollusc and manufac-
ture the shell into nose-pins and water-vessels.

I am indebted to Mr. A. Morton for permission to notice here
an interesting specimen preserved in the
Tasmanian Museum. A shell (fig. 24)
about nine inches in length was per-
forated in the back of the penultimate
whorl, and had been used as a trumpet
by the Papuans. It was collected on the
Fly River, British New Guinea, by the
late Rev. James Chalmers.

The furthest point to whicli I have
traced the species to the south-west is
Rest Bay, Exmouth Gulf, W.A., where
Admiral P. P. King observed" " a buc-
cinum of immense size" upon the beach.

On Darnley Island it appears, from an
observation by Jukes, to be known as ^'-^''

"mabaer."'-' Fisr. 24.

Megalatractvx aniait I's.

« Brauer— Sitzb. K. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixxvii., 1, 1878. p. 171.

T Smith— Proc. Zool. Soc, 1890, p. 317.

* Haddon — Head-Hunters, Black, White, and Brown, 1901, p. 54, pl.vii.

' Macgrillivray — Voy. " Rattlesnake," ii., 1852, p. 37, pi. ii.

1° Roth— North Queensland Ethnography, Bull, iii., 1901, p. 18;

vii., 1904. p. 3. fig. 203.
" King — Survey Coasts Australia, i., 1827, p. 26.
" Jukes— Voy. "Fly," i., 1847, p. 189; ii., p. 286.

100 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

When alive the shell is entirely covered by a dense buff epi-
dermis, which peels off dry specimens. An example of the
animal which I purchased at Mapoon, from an aboriginal who
proposed to eat it, served my friend Mr. H. L. Kesteven as a
subject for anatomical study. ^*

In previous articles I have discussed the synonomy and egg
capsules of the species.'*

Add. — Since the above has been in print the South-western
range has been extended by the receipt from Mr. J. M. Sheridan
of an egg-case of M. aruamis, collected on Carnac Island, seven
miles South-west of Fremantle, W.A. The eastern-most record
is a dead shell I observed on the beach at Masthead Island,
Capricorn Group, Queensland.

^' Kesteven — Austr. Mus. Mem., iv., S, 1904.

" Hedley— Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxv., 1900, pp. 98 and 508, pi.
XXV., f. 18.

NOTES ox AUSTRALIAN SIPHONAPTERA.

By W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S., F.E.S., Entomologist.

(Plate xxiii., and figs. 25-29).

Family RHYNCHOPRIONID^.

Genus Echidnophaga, Olliff.

Only one species of this genus is known, namely E. ambulans,
Olliif. This extraoi'dinary flea was obtained from a Porcupine
Ant Eatei' — ( Tachyglossus aculeatus, Shaw = Echidna hystrix).
OUift' in his paper " Description of a New Aphanipterous Insect
from New South Wales," says that it " was found in large
numbers on a Porcupine Ant Eater (Echidna hystrix) which was
recently added to the collection of the Australian Museum."^ As
a matter of fact I only know of three sijecimens, and these are in
our cabinet. They are probably the only specimens in any col-
lection. Our specimens are mounted on one slide and labelled
" Echidnophaga amhulans, Olliff, on Echidna hystrix, N.S.W.
Type."

Echidnophaga ambulans, Olliff.

(Plate xxiii , and figs. 25, 26).

This insect was described by the late Mr. A. S. Ollitt" in the
paper i-eferred to above, but it was not figured. An examination
and study of the type specimens reveal the fact that some
corrections and amphfications (aided by figures) to the original
description are necessary. The description below should therefore
be read in conjunction with 011ift"s. In this species the body is
globose, smooth, free from hairs and bristles excejDt in tlie region
of the genital aperture.

Antennm capitate, three-jointed (not four-jointed as stated by
Olliff'). Eyes prominent. Caput convex above. On the dorsal
line, the pro-thorax is very short ; the meta- and mesa-thorax are
longer and of equal length to each other.

1 Olliff— Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2), i., 1886, p. 172.

102

KECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Legs. — Rather long; femora smooth,
and furnished with two moderately long
apical spines or bristles ; each tibia is
notched on the upper surface, but this
character is not constant in point of num-
ber of notches, one of the types having
two notches and another three ; from
each notch two long bristles project ;
apical extremities broad and furnished
with six long bristles ; tarsal claws ex-
ceedingly long, smooth.

Abdomen. — Globose, convex. Of the
three type specimens the postei'ior ex-
tremity of the abdomen in two of them
is rounded (PL xxiii., fig. 1), and the
Fig. 25. genital aperture is not visible ; in the

¥.chidnophaga amlnlaus. third example the posterior tergite is ex-
cavated ; and the genital aperture distinct (figs. 25, 26).

Ohii. — This species has aroused much in-
terest amongst students who have devoted
special attention to the Siphonaptra, and it
has generally been regarded as " practi-
cally unknown." Some correspondence
has recently passed between Mr. Carl
Baker and myself in respect of this species,
in the course of which I have supplied
that gentleman with rough sketches of the
type. This with a view to settling the
exact sj'stematic position of E. ambulant.
In acknowledging my communication and
sketches Mr. Baker says : — " The sketches
were of the utmost service to me for one
thing at least. They enabled me to de-
finitely place Echidnophaga in its proper
family. Its greatly shortened thoracic

segments proclaim it of the Rhyncho- Echid)wphaga ambulans.
prionidpe (8arc(ipsyllid{e), unmistakeabl)-.

It is very near to the common chicken flea ( Argopsylla gallinacea)
a.nd indeed I very much suspect that it may belong to the same
genus."

Family, PULICID^.
Genus Crratophyllus, Curtis.

8ome time ago I published a short paper entitled " Notes on

Fig. 26.

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN SIPHONAPTERA — KAINBOW. 103

Fleas Parasitic on the Tiger Cat ;"'■ in which I pointed out that
the form described by Skuse as the male of his Stej^hanocircus
dasyuri'^ was referable to another genus, and that in all pro-
bability it was Pulex j'dscuttns, Bosc. In arriving at this con-
clusion I was guided by Carl Baker's " Preliminary Studies in
Aphaniptera,"* the only work at that time accessible to me. It
now appears that the form is distinct from P. fasciatus, and that
it is a species of the genus Ceratojihyllns, Cui'tis. The Hon. N.
C. Rothschild, commenting upon this species as described and
figured by Skuse remarks : " One of the species, of which Skuse
possessed both sexes is probably the one described by us under
the name of Ceratophyllus hilli."*^ Unfortunately the figui'e of
the Ceratophyllus (male) on Skuse's plate is not a good one.
The clasper is not defined, and the finger instead of being sickle-
shaped stands prominently out like a big tubercle or horn-like
process.

C. hilli is described and figured by Rothschild in his charac-
teristically thorough manner, ° and with this work I have carefully
compared Skuse's types of his so-called male Stephanocircus. The
result of this study has convinced me that they are distinct from
the male and female of Rothchild's species, C. hilli, and as they
also appear distinct from other known forms, I herewith append
a description, naming the species in honour of the Hon. N. C.
Rothschild who has done such admirable work in connection with
the Siphonaptera.

Ceratophyllus rothsciiildi, sp. uov.

(Figs. -27, 28, 29.)

9 Caput. — The front of the head bears a row of six fine
bristles between the antennal groove and tlie maxillary palpus ;
immediately below this there ai'e a number of fine hairs scattered
iri'egularly over the side of the head ; again, below the row
referi'ed to above, but situated towards the front, there are two
pairs of long fine bristles, one pair being below the other ; Inflow
these again, there is a larger and stronger bristle than the fore-
going. The hinder part of the head bears thi-ee I'ows of bristles ;

- Eftinbow — Rec. Anstr. Mus., v., 1903, pp. 53-55.

•■* Skuse— Rec. Austr. Mus., ii., 1893, p. 78, pi. xvii.

< Rothschild— Ent. Monthly Mag., (2), xvi., 1905, p. 60.

■' Rothschild— Novit. Zool., xi. 1904, pp. 622-3, pi. xi., fi^j. 43, 4i

104 RECORDS OK THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

the sub-apical row extending from the antennal groove to the
vertex, is oblique, and is composed of six, of which the first four
are of equal length oi- nearly so, and the other two distinctly
smaller, the sixth being shorter than the fifth ; in the second row
there are five bristles, of which the first two are very long, the
third somewhat shorter, and the fourth and fifth much smaller
still ; the third row fringes the basal angle of the head, and
consists of five ; the bristle nearest the antennal groove is not
only the longest of the series, but is widely separated from its
nearest neighbour ; of the others constituting the third or posterior
row, the three median bristles are of equal length, or nearly so,
and the fifth is much the smallest ; below the antennal groove,
and immediately before the first of the basal row of bristles,
there is an irregular group of short, stiff hairs or bristles, and
again betw^een the first and second bristles, a row of three short,
fine hairs. In front of the antennal groove
there are two long bristles placed one beneath
the other, though somewhat widely apart. The
first row of six fine bristles in front of the
head is divided into two series of three each by
the interception of two short but exceedingly
robust horn-like bristles, of which the anterior
one is not only much the longest, but gently
curved (fig. 3). The second segment of the
maxillarly pulpus is longer than the fourth, and
the rostrum reaches beyond the end of the fore
Tj,. .._ coxa. Apical extremities of the first and second

Ceratophiillus .joints of the antennfe are fringed with a row of
rothscMldi. short stiff black hairs or bristles.

Thorax. — The pro-notum has a comb of about 18 teeth, and
two rows of bristles, those of the posterior row being much the
longest, widely separated from each other individually, and over-
lapping the comb ; there are also a number of short fine hairs
scattered over the surface. The meso-notum has three recurved
I'ows of bristles and a few fine, scattered hairs ; the bristles con-
stituting the posterior row ai-e much the longest, and those of the
anterior row much the shortest ; the meso-thoracical epimerum
has two vertical though somewhat oblique rows of two bristles
each, and beyond these one single bristle, all of which are very
long ; besides these there are a few shorter ones present. The
meta-notum is also provided with a few scattered fine hairs, and
three rows of bristles similar to those on the mesa-notum ; the
meta-thoracical epimerum has two pairs of long and a few short,
tine bristles.. : -

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN SIPHONAPTERA — RAINBOW.

10^

Abdomfii. — The first abdominal tergite bears three rows of
bristles and a few short hairs in front : the bristles constituting
the posterior row are very long, those of the median row are
individually about one-half the length of their posterior neigh-
bours, and double the length of those of the anterior row.
Tergites 2 to 4 have each one row of extx-emely long bristles, and
another in which each individual is about one-half the length of
the latter; each of these tei-gites has, in addition, a few fine
hairs. Tergite 5 has only one row of bristles (each individual of
which is very long) and a few short hairs, whilst tergite 6 has
three slightly recurved rows, the first of which consists of four very
short bristles, the second, ten, about twice the length of the latter,
and the posterior row, twelve exceedingly long bristles. Tergite 7
has three rows of four, six, and eight respectively, and a few fine
haiis ; there are also two pairs of long
and heavy bristles seated at the apex,
and of these each outer one is longer
than its inner neighbour. The pos-
terior tergite has four short heavy
bristles, and a number of long and
short fine hairs. On sternite 1, there
is one long bristle on each side, and
no lateral ones, whilst in respect of
the others there is on each a ventral
patch of bristles, of which the pos-
terior ones are much the longest and
strongest. Pygidium much deeper
than wide, and clothed with long
coarse bristles and fine hairs (fig. 28).

Legs. — Long. Fore coxa furnished
with long strong bristles and short,
fine hairs. Median coxa smooth on
the upper angle and outer side ;
lower angle clothed in its entire length

Fig. 28.
Ceratophyllus rothschildi.

with short hairs
or bristles which are exceedingly fine at the base, but become
gradually stronger towards the apex, which is completely
encircled by them. The hind coxa is also smooth on the upper
angle ; the outer side is smooth at the base, and for about one-
half its length, from whence it is moderately hairy, and provided
with bristles which become gradually stronger towards the apex ;
lower angle clothed with short fine hairs at the base, but becoming
gradually stronger towards the apex which is encircled with fine
hairs and coarse bristles. The fore femur has a number of shorter
and longer fine hairs scattered over its outer surface, and one \ev\
long bristle on its inner angle near the apex. The median femui-

106 RECORDS OP THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

has the inner angle furnished with short stiff hairs, and the outer
side smooth, except at the apex where there are three moderately
long bristles ; lower angle smooth also, except at apex where there
are two modei-ately long biistles, and a few short fine hairs.
Posterior femur has its inner angle similarly clothed to the fore-
going, but its lateral apical extremity is furnished with six
moderately strong bristles ; outei- angle smooth. The fore tibia
has six notches on its upper angle, from each of which a pair of
stout bristles proceeds, the upper one of each pair being the
longest; in addition to these there are on the outer side, and near
the notched angle, two rows of strong hairs, the lower ones being
somewhat the longest ; lower angle smooth, but furnished at the
apex, on the outer angle, with a pair of stout bristles. Median
tibia has also six notches on its upper angle, and is similarly
clothed with bristles and hairs to the foregoing ; the outer side
is also similar to that of the fore tibia, but its lower angle is
clothed with fine hairs ; apex as in fore tibia. The posterior tibia
has seven notches on its upper angle, from each of which a pair
of stout spines proceeds ; of these the first pair is very short,
otherwise the clothing and armatui-e are similar to the median
tibia. Of the first and second tarsi, the fourth joint is much the
shortest, and the fifth the longest ; all the joints are clothed with
fine hairs and a few stout bristles ; the fifth joint of the first and
second tarsi have each four pairs of bristles on the under side.
Of the posterior tarsi, the first joint is much the longest, and the
fourth much the shortest ; the second joint is longer than the
third, and the latter rather longer than the fifth ; all the joints
of the posterior tarsi bear a numbei' of lateral bristles, between
which there is, both on the upper and under sides, two rows of
stiff hairs.

^ Caput. — The front bears a row of seven fine bristles between
the antennal groove and the maxillary palpus ; below this there
are a number of smaller hairs scattered over the side of the head.
Again, below this row there are two long bristles, and further
down two more placed closely togethei'. The subapical row forms
a complete series, being, unlike that of the female, not interrupted
by short, horn-like bristles. The hinder part of the head bears
two oblique rows of bristles, those of the second row being much
the longer ; below the latter row there is another series of
bristles, which form an uneven row and follow the posterior
angle of the head. Rostrum rather shorter than that of the
female.

Thorax. — Similar to female.

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN SIPHONAPTERA — RAINBOW.

107

Abdomen.- — Similar in vestiture to
female. In the modified segments the
clasper is produced into i-ather a long
process, bearing one long bristle, and a
few short hairs scattered over tlie sides.
The finger is scythe-shaped, moder-
ately long, pointed at apex, and
fui'nished with a few moderately stiff
bristles and short fine hairs. Sternite
9 broad, not divided ventrally, and
having the apex densely clothed with
long fine hairs, and long stout bristles.
Spiral of penis consists of two coils
(fig. 29).

Ley)<. — -Similar to female.

Hah. — New South Wales. liHoat, DasyurusmaculatuSjlS^erv. I
have also collected this species from the body of a tiger, Felis
tigria, Linn., which died in the Zoological Gardens, Sydney.

Fig. 29.
Ceratophyllus rothschili

Family CTENOPSYLLID^.

Getms Stephanocircus, Sknse.

It is interesting to note that although up to 1903, three
additional species of Stephanocircus had been described by the
Hon. N. C. Rothschild, all, including Skuse's species, were only
known to us by female examples. Rothschild has, however,
further extended our knowledge of the species constituting the
genus, and has during the present year described not only the
male of S. dasyuri, Skuse, but also the male and female of *S'.
fiimsoni, Roths."

All Rothschild's material was obtained from Launceston,
Tasmania, the hosts being for .S'. dasyuri : Mus vehUiuus, Thomas,
a Tasmanian Native Rat ; Peremeles (junni. Gray, Striped
Bandicoot ; and Dasyuras tnacidatus, Kerr, Tiger Cat. S.
siinsoni was obtained from M. velutinus and D. maculatun.

We thus now know of five species of this interesting genus,
namely : —

/S'. dasyuri, Skuse — Rec. Austr. Mus., ii., 1893, p. 78, pL
xvii., figs. 2, 2a, 26, 2c, 2d, 2e.

,, Baker — Canadian Entomologist, xxvii., 1896,

p. 63.

« Rothschild— Ent. Monthly Mag., xvi., 1905, pp. 61-62, pi. i.

108 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

S. dasyur'), Skuse — Rec. Austr. Mus., ii., 1896, p. 110.

„ Rainbow — Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 1903, pp. 53-55.

Baker— Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xxvii., 1904,
pp. 430431.

„ Rothschild— Ent. Monthly Mag., xvi., 1905,

pp. 60-61, pi. 1., figs. 1, 4.

Hah. — New South Wales, and Launceston, Tasmania.

S. tuars, Rothschild — Novit. Zool., v., 1898, p. 544,
pi. xvi., fig. 11.

„ Baker— Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xxvii., 1904
p. 431.
Ifab. — Argentina.

K thomnxi, Rothschild— Novit. Zool., x., 1903, pjx 318-319,
pi. ix., figs. 4, 5.

Hall. — Barrow Island, N. W. Australia. Host — MHs/ercvlinus,
Thomas.

,S'. minerva, Rothschild — Loc. cit., p. 319, pi xi., figs. 6, 7.
Mab. — Paraguay (near Sapucay).

aS'. simsoni, Rothschild — Ent. Monthly Mag., xvi., 1905,
pp. 61-62, figs. 2, 3.

Hah. — Launceston, Tasmania.

In his generic diagnosis, 8kuse says: — "Antennae capitate, four-
jointed."^ In respect of this Baker remarks : " The matter of
four-jointed antennae must certainly be re-examined. If such a
character is presented, then this species must be made the type
of a new family differing from all other fleas. But in the
description of the apparently congeneric Stephanocircus mars.,
Rothschild says nothing about four- jointed antennae, and his
drawing does not show four joints."** The point i-aised is an
important one, and a careful examination of the types discloses
the fact that the antenna? are normal — three-jointed.

■J Skuse- Epc. Austr. Mus., ii., 1893, p. 78.

** Baker— Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xxvii., 1904, p. 4.31.

NOTKS ON AUSTRALIAN SlPHONAt'TEKA — RAINI'.OW, 109

Genus CTENOPSYLLUS, Kol.

Among some tleas forwarded to Mx'. Carl Baker, of which
duplicates are in the Museum collection, there were specimens of C
musciili, Duges. These were from Brisbane and Dunedin — localties
which constitute a new record for this species ; indeed, according
to) Mr. Baker, who has made a specialty of the Siplionaptera,
this is the first recorded appearance of this species in Australia.
They were collected from rats.

THE OSTEOLOGY of thk NEW GUINEA TURTLE

(Carettochelys insculpta, Eamsay).

By Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S., Zoologist.

(Plates xxiv.-xxvii., and figs. 30-32).

Since first desciibefl by Dr. E. P. Ramsay in 1886,^ the New
Guinea turtle, CareUochelyx insc^dpfa, has excited considerable
interest and provoked much speculation as to its systematic
position.

Hitherto the species, Avhicli as tar as ascei'tained is the sole
living representative of the genus and family, was known only
from the type and two imperfect skulls : the latter described by
Dr. G. A. Boulenger as ornaments or charms attached to a
dancing stick, from the Fly River, British New Guinea.-

In the account of the original specimen no mention is made of
the manner in which it was procured. As the history of such an
example will be of interest, I venture to publish the following
particulars from information kindly supplied by Mr. Walter W.
Froggatt, F.L..S., Government Entomologist for New South
Wales : —

" The fresh-water turtle described by Ramsay was one of two specimens
obtained in the Strickland River (the upper right hand branch of the Fly
River), in the Geographical Society of Australasia's Expedition to New
Guinea in 1885. Captain Hy. C. Everill was in charge, and I was
Entomologist and Assistant Zoologist, etc. There were large sand banks
all along, but we saw no signs of these turtles in the lower parts of the
river. Six of us took the whale boat up the last hundred miles after the
' Bonito' stuck in the gravel, and as we towed the boat along the two
turtles ran off the sand banks into shallow water and were caught. We
ate the contents of both : a large number of eggs were found inside them.
It was evidently breeding time as some of the sand banks were covered
with their tracks : though we hunted round at several camps we could
not find any buried eggs. This was about the middle of October, 1885.
Jas. H. Shaw and I caught thn type one evening, and I skinned and
cleaned it."

1 Ramsay— Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales. (2), i., 1886, pp. 158-162,

pla. iii.-vi.

2 Boulenger— Proc. Zool. Soc, 1898, p. 851.

OSTEOLOGY OL THE NEW GUINEA TLRTLE — WAITE;.

Ill

Poitions of another example of Carettochelys, of unknown sex.
just received by the Trustees, enable me to supplement the
I)uVjlishecl accounts of its structure and also to correct errors in
previous descriptions.

The material consists of tlie head, with four cervical vertebise
attached, in spirits, and the carapace and plastron. The turtle
was taken at the island of Kiwai (Kewai) at the mouth of the
Fly River. It was caught at night with hook and line by natives,
and the portions not eaten or broken were obtained, and kindly
forwarded by the Rev. E. B. Riley. Captain Ai-thur J. Wyrill
of the London Missionary Society's S.S. " John Williams,'"
obligingly brought the salvage to Sydney.

The following is a description of the portions examined : —

Head. — The anterior portion of the head is in perfect condition,
but the hinder part above, and the hyoids had been removed.
Th(; snout is perhaps the most remarkable feature of the head, it
is much more prominent than would be inferred from the published
figures of the type which was probably dried before an examination
had been made. The snout is a fleshy organ, its front and lateral
aspects covered with tubercles and freely furrowed ; it is much
bent downwards and is produced considerably beyond the margin
of the jaw. Its front edge is truncated, pig-like, being very deep
and blunt : the wide nostrils are situated in its upper portion ;

their relative position is
shown in the accompanying-
sketch (fig. 30), five-sixths
natural size. A valve-like
process is developed within
the n(jstril on the inner side.
In the preserved example
no trace of sutures is visible
in the large head shields,
and those described by
Ramsay are, as indicated
by Dr. G. Baur, simply
impressions of the bony
sutui'es of the skull, tc>
which the skin has moulded
itself in drying. The rugosities of the surface which also merely
repeat the inequalities of the skull are not so j)n)nounced in the
preserved as in the dried example.

^ Sknll. — The skull is moderately arched and of e\en contour.
The orbits are subcircular, large, lateral, and widely separated :

Fis. 30.

112 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

each is encircled by five bones, namely the maxillary, pi-efrontal,
frontal, postfrontal, and jugal. The bony external nostril is very
large, wider than deep, and is bounded by the single premaxillary,
the maxillaries and prefrontals. The oi'bital margin of the post-
frontal is greater than that of the prefrontal, that of the frontal
being smallest of the three. The suture between the postfrontal
and parietal is shorter than that between the postfrontal and
frontal. The parietals, though laterally expanded, do not roof over
the temporal regions, the fossae extending forward to the post-
fi'ontrals : the latter bones are separated from the squa-
mosals by the quadrato-jugal. The maxillary is sutured with
the quadrato-jugal below the jugal. The quadrate forms a
complete frame to the tympanum, the deep quadrato-jugal and
squamosal just failing to meet abo^e. The quadi-ate is not
completely closed behind, and the posterior notch, though wdde, is
not deeply cleft ; its lower surface bears two articular facets. The
supraoccipital process is extensive and its inferior margin is
laterally expanded forming a spoon-shaped plate whose width
exceeds the greatest depth of the crest. Tlie foramen magnum is
an even oval, deeper than broad and is bounded by the supra-
occipital and the exoccipitals. The elements are not apparent in
the occipital condyle. The vomer is small and if naturally
connected with the premaxillary, the slender process has been
bioken away. The prefrontals are connected with the vomer and
palatines by a broad thin process developed from the prefrontals,
the sutures being close to the vomer and not to the roof of the
snout : the lateral view through both orbits is thus, not as usual,
but mainly through the palato-maxillaiy foramina. The palatines
are laige, sepaiated in front by the small V-shaped vomer, but
extensively in contact on the mid-line. The basisphenoid is large,
widest behind where it is in contact with the basioccipital ; these
bones are evenly sutured, the first-named not forming a shelf
below the latter. The pterygoids are long and narrow, in contact,
in front, with the maxillaries : they are wholly sepaiated by the
basisphenoid and are produced backwards to form the outer
boundaries of the basioccipitals. At the side of the basisphenoid
each pterygoid develops a lateral process which is separated from
the quadrate by a deep groove. The connection between the
parietals and pterygoids is carried forward, below to the palatines,
and above, to the suture between tlie prefrontals and frontals.
The lamella? thus formed broaden laterally in front and meet on
the mid-line, and they run so close to the prefronto-palatine
connection, before described, that it is not possible to pass an
object as thin as a penknife blade, through the orbits, between
them.

OSTEOLOGY OF THE NEW GUINEA TURTLE WAITE. llo

The mandible has the elements distinct but no symphyseal
suture is apparent in the adult ; the coronoid and postarticular
processes are well developed. The hyoids were removed by the
natives and not recovered. Baur described the supraoccipital
process as " club-shaped," this scarcely conveys an idea of the true
form but it will doubtless be understood that the outline as seen
from above or below only is intended ; the whole process being
foi-med of two lamellae at right angles to each other, a \ertical
crest and a basal lateral expansion. The question raised by this
writer as to whether the pterygoids are completely separated bj-
the basisphenoid or not, is now answered in the affirmative. Baur
also remarks that in the type the frontals are excluded from the
orbits, I am not aware how this information was obtained, but in
the specimen under examination, as above described and as also
shown in the photograph (pi. xxvi.), the frontal forms a portion of
the orbital boundary, though the smallest of any bone so doing.
Another point raised is the condition of the premaxillary, this has
already been determined by Boulenger to be a single bone, and
he also found that " the pterygoids are not turned up in front.''

Ve7-teb}rn. — The CERVICAL vertebrae are comparatively short and
do not possess transverse processes. Though but five of the eight
presumed cervical vertebrie were preserved, it would seem tliat
the neck is shorter than the combined dorsal vertebrae.

The first vertebra (axis) is biconcave and has all the elements
united into a single bone, the postzygapophyses are long and
widely spread.

The second vertebra (atlas) is convexo-concave and has the
spinous process well developed.

The third vertebra is also convexo-concave and, as usual, has no
spinous process.

The fourth vertebra, the character of \\hich has an ii)H)ortant
bearing on the classification of the oi'der, has most unfortunately
had the posterior j)oi'tion cut away, anteriorly its articulation is
convex.

The three following vertebra? are absent, but the last cei'v ical,
which may be presumed to be the eighth, is doubly biconvex so
that the articulation between the seventh and eighth cervicals
and the latter and the first dorsal is of the ginglymoid t}-pe.
The posterior articular surface of the eighth vertebra extends
along the whole length (;f the curved portion and the dipping
action is thus very considerable. The usual forwardly directed
ventral keel is, in this species, rejilaced by a pair of conical pro-

114

RECORDS OF THE ALISTKA],IAN MUSEUM.

cesses. The general foi-m of the eighth vei'tebra will be best
comprehended b}' leference to the figures depicting the lateral
and ventral aspects (PI. xxvii., figs, ia, 4c').

The DORSAL vertebrae are ten in numbei-. The first is shorter
than the second and has a depressed centium with two concave
articulai' surfaces in front, it bears a short rib connected with the
second rib. The venti'al aspect of this vertebra together with
portion of the carapace to which it is attached is shown in PI.
xxvii., fig. 5c-.

The second to the seventh vertebne, inclusi^■e, are long and
strongly compressed but do not form a distinct ventral keel.

The eighth is rounded below, and the ninth bears on its anterior
ventral surface a deep pit nearly as wide as the centrum itself.

The tenth vei'tebra is short with a posterior condyle, the tenth
rib is connected directly with the carapace and does not abut on
to the preceding rib.

The following free vei'tebr;e are absent, but the nature of the
parts remaining shows definitely that the pelvis is not anchylosed
to the carapace and plastron. Dr. Hans Gadow"' writes as though
the pelvis was known : "the skeleton, notably the plasti'on, pelvis,
and skull, conform with the Pleurodirous type. "

Carapace. — The carapace measures 430 mm. in length and
330 mm. in breadth. During, probably, immature life, it
received an injury, having apparently been crushed between the
right anterior and left posterior aspects, i-esulting is distortion of
the former and breaking of the lattei', one of the marginal plates
also being cracked : these defects will be seen in PI. xxiv. and
fis. 32.

Pig. 31.

The posterior" dorsal keel is extremel}- marked, much more so
than in the type : the relative contours are illustrated in the

•^ Gadow— Cambridge Nat. Hist., viii., Reptiles, 1901, p. 404.

OSIKOLOGY OF THK NEW GUINEA TURTLE WAITE.

115

acconipanyinf-- diajirams, fi^'. 31 representing the type and fig. 32
the specimen now described, wliich is smaller and possibly younger
than the former.

FifT. 32.

Tlie neural plates are seven in number, but as the posterioi- one
is very small it may l)o that in earlier life an eighth even may be
developed and afterwards lost by enci-oachment of the costals.
The relative larger size and greater number of neurals in the
younger specimen suggests that a median growth of the costals
"takes place with age ; for they are entirely sepai-ated by the fifth,
sixth, and seventh neurals, and the sutures between the anterior
pairs of costals is not more than 3 mm., while in the type all the
costals meet in the mid line and the sutures referred to nearly
equal the length of the respective neurals. The anterior marginals,
of which there are ten pairs, are separated by the large nuchal,
and the posterior pair by the single py go-marginal .

The absence of epidermal shields is well illustrated in the
accompanying photographs, where the dark lines on the inner
side of the carapace (PI. xxiv.) will be .seen to be coincident
N\-ith the sutures indicated on the dorsal surface.

FlaHtron. — The plastron was originally described as formed of
nine shields, but Ramsay remarked: — "There are two small
portions cut away from between the second and third plates and
the marginals, so that it is impossible to say if these are extra
})lates or parts of the marginals." . . . They "are probably
only thecurved-in portions of the adjacent marginals." Respect-
ing the carapace and plastron Baur wrote : — " Both have been
figured by Ramsay, but tliere was some doubt about the presence

or absence of a mesoplastral element The most

interesting new point to be noted in the plastron is the presence
of a small distinct mesoplastral element. The structure of the
plastron is best seen from tht^ figure."

116 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

With tlie actual specimen in hand Ramsay was unable to
decide this point, and yet from the inspection of a photograph
only, Baur definitely pronounced on the presence of a mesoplastron.
His conclusions are quite wrong, there is no such plate ; an
incurvation of the marginal being responsible foi- the appearance
in the illustration. My photograph, published on PI. xxiv., fig. 2,
very clearly shows the exact condition. I may mention that the
carapace and plastron have not been separated, and are illustrated
in natui'al connection. The sutures also have not been artificially
emphasised-

Dimpnsions : —

Carapace — length ... ... 430 mm.

bi-eadth ... ... 330

Plastron— length ... ... 320

„ breadth ... ... 272 „

Skull— length ... ... 123

„ „ basal ... 93-6 ,,

„ width ... ... 75-0 ,,

,, ,, interoi-bital ... 34*7 ,,

1st Vertebra, length of centrum ... 14-3 ,,

•>nd 27-2

3rd „ „ ... 29-2 „

Hth ^ „ „ ... 10-5 „
1st Vertebra, width outside

posterior zygapophyses. . . 27 "9 ,,

■ln(\ „ „ „ ... 23-6 „

3rd „ „ „ ... 26-1 „

-Sth „ ,, „ ... 26-0 „

Dorsal W evtahviS: in situ ... ... 278-0 ,,

In reading the pi'oofs Di. Ramsay oveilooked some vagaiies of
the piinter. The genus is rendered as Carettochelys, but associated
with the species it reads Carettocchdyx, while on the only other
occasion on which the word is used it appears as Carretochelys.

The author of the species i-eferred it to the family Tiionychidae
and suggested that it formed a link between the river tortoises
and the sea turtles. In laising the genus to family rank
Boulenger assumed that it was a Pleurodiiun because, all then
known Papuasian and Australian Chelonians belonged to that
division. Characters of the neural bones, and plates on the fore
limbs were also considex'ed to point in that direction. Baur
thoroughly reviewed the situation and rejected the Pleurodiran
nature of the genus. He considered that the Carettochelydidge,
to which he assigned both Pseudotrionyx a,iid Carettochelys " came
from a group of tortoises related to the stock from which

OSTEOLOGY OF THE NEW GDINEA TURTLE — WAITE, 117

iStiiuiotypidfe and Cinosternid* developed." He also thought it
" probable that the Carettochelyidje are very close to the ancestors
of the Trionychia, of which they ai'e only survivals." When
examing the two imperfect skulls, previously referred to,
Boulenger found characters possessed only by Chely,^, among the
Pleurodira and by the Trionychidse.

PVom the Pleurodira it is definitely excluded hy the following
characters : —

The neck is bent in a vertical and not in a lateral plane ; the
cervical vertebriB do not possess transverse processes, and the
articulation between the centra of some of the posterior vertebne
is ginglymoid. The pelvis is not anchylosed to the carapace and
plastron.

Vaillant placed Caj-eUochelys next to the Dermatem3'did{e in the
sub-tribe Phaneroderinea of the Euchelonina.

Carettochelys has considerable affinity with the Cryptodira as
defined by Boulenger ; especially, as pointed out by Baur, with
the families Dermatemydidse, Htaurotypida?, and Kinosternid^e.
The difference as regards deep-seated chai-acters may be expressed
as that of the condition of the pterygoid bones. In CnrHtochdyx
they are widely separated by the palatines, basisphenoid and
basioccipital. In the cryptodiran chelonians, the pter3'goids are
in contact on the mid-line. The cervico-dorsal articulation is
cryptodiran, being, as I have shown, between the centra of the
vertebrpe, and not between the zygapophyses alone, as in the
Trionychoidea. On the other hand, the character of the pterygoids
and premaxillary associates CarettocJielys with the latter di\ision.

It would seem therefore that, fundamentally, the Cryptodirans
and the Trionychoideans are related through CareUochdyn and its
fossil allies, and that the two divisions should not be separated, in
a linear arrangement, by the Pleurodirans. The features of this
reptile thus support the classification adopted in i-ecent revisions.
Want of an acquaintance with fossil forms, the absence of
specimens for comparison and the necessary literature, compel me
to abstain from a discussion of this subject. I trust, however,
that those who are qualified to weigh the facts adduced, will find
the data and illustrations supplied, useful in the elucidation of an
interesting problem.

The whole characters of this Chelonian are not yet, by any
means, perfectly known, and further material will be necessarv
before the fourth and three succeeding vertebra?, the pelvis, and
caudal vertebrpe ca!i be described. We know nothing of the
shoulder-girdle and limb bones, and the number of plialanges in
the digits is still an uncertain quantity.

118 KECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

A few other points remain to be dealt with. Up to 1903 all
the Chelonians recorded from New Guinea were Pleurodirans. In
that year, however, I announced the occurrence of PdochehjK
cantorix, Gray, in New Guinea,^ and thus added a member of the
Trionychoidea to the known fauna.

Ramsay remarked that the head was non-retractile, a statement
doubted by Baur, and as I have shown incorrect.

In comparing Carettochfhjs witli I't^eiidotriony:):, an affinity
suggested by Boulenger, Baur noted tlie difference in the number
of the neural plates, six in the ft)rmer, se\en in the latter. Oui'
example, however, shows an agreement in this respect between
the two genera. The characters of the family as defined by this
writer require emendation, the plastron in Carettochelys being
composed of nine elements only, the supposed mesoplastra being
absent.

This turtle was originally described as an inhabitant of fresh
water, but the occurrence of an example at the island of Kiwai
shows that it is also an estuarine form. The main outlet of the
Fly River is twelve miles across, and Kiwai is a large island in
tlie river about eight miles fi-oni the mouth. It supports two
villages separated by a salt-water creek, but connected by a native
bridge. Mr. Froggatt tells me that at Kiwai the water is
absolutely salt, so that the turtle may not be confined to the Fly
River or its tributaries, but occur also in other livers entering the
Papuan Gulf.

The following references may be added to tlie bibliography of
the subject, since its publication in the paper fii-st-named below.

Baur, G. — On the relations of Carcttochi'lys, Ramsay. Amei-.
Nat., XXV., 1891, pp. 631-639, pi. xiv.-xvi. and Science, xvii.,
1891, p. 190.

Vaillant, L.^ — Essai sur la Classification generate des cheloniens.
Ann. 8ci. Nat., (7), xvi., 1894, pp. 331-345.

Boulenger, G. A. — Remarks on two imperfect skulls of
Carettochely>< insculpta. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1898, p. 851.

i Waite— Rec. Aust. Mas., v., 1903, p. 50.

OCCASIONAL NOTES.

III. WESTERN AUSTRALIAN PRAWNS and SPONGES.

In the report of the Fishing Industry for Western Australia,
referred to by Mr. Edgar R. Waite, Mr.' Gale writes : — " I
am pleased to be able to report that prawns in fairly large
quantities were caught in this locality. The species discovei*ed,
Eujihausia j^ellucidd, are very large, some measuring as
much as nine and three quarter inches from head to tail, and
from a gastronomic standpoint are very excellent. They appear
to exist in quantities over a large area of ground, and I am firmly
of opinion that a new industry will eventually be established in
these waters."

A single large prawn was included in the collection forwarded,
and this I identify with Fe/tui'us xemisulcatus, De Haan. As this
attains considerable size it is probable that tlie large prawns
mentioned ai"e of this species.

It is extremely improbable that tliey are correctly associated
with the Schizopod Eujjhaui^ia ; E. pcllucida, Dana, being fully
adult at 15 mm. ( = ^2- inch).

The sponges obtained by the expedition are as follows, all
except one being of commercial value : —

Euspongia illawarra, Whitelegge.

Four examples of this valuable sponge were collected. Three
(Nos. 3, 4, 6) from the beach at Shark Bay and one specimen
washed ashore alive at Esperance.

Hippospoiigia eqrdna, Schmidt, iim: Hasfica, Lendenfeld, is
represented by three examples (Nos. 2, 8, 13).

No. 2 is a beach-worn specimen. No. 8 was washed ashore at
Shark Bay ; the size of this particular specimen is remarkable, it
is stated to have been eight feet long, and three feet by one foot.
No. 13 was obtained alive at Fremantle. This variety is identical
with the sponge imported from Europe and usually sold by the
chemists and druggists in Sydney. The majority of Australian
specimens are much coarser in texture and not (juite so tough as

120

fiECOEDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

the imported article. This may be due to many causes such as
higlier tempei'ature, food supply, or strong currents. The
American and West Indian sponges although identical with the
Mediterranean variety are inferior, the texture being more open
and somewhat wanting in toughness.

Hippospongia equina, var. 7nea7idrimform,is, Hyatt. (No. 5).

This variety is rather coarse in general appearance, the fibres
are fine but distant from each other ; they are, however, exceed-
ingly tough and elastic, two qualities which render this form of
great commercial value. The specimen was obtained at Shark Bay.

Hipposjjonyia, sji, (No. 12),

This was obtained alive at Fremantle. It is possibly a form
of H. canaliculata, Lendenfeld, but it differs greatly from
specimens in the Australian Museum, the texture is much finer
and the surface is villose. This appearance may be due to the
fact that the West Australian example has been macerated,
whilst the Museum specimens have been dried in the fleshy
condition.

Tliorecta meandrina, Lendenfeld, is probably No. 7 and is of no
commercial value. Shark Bay, W.A.

Thomas Whitelegge.

RECORDS

OF THE

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

EDITED BY THE CURATOR.

Vol. VI., No. 3.

PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES.

R. ETHERIDGE, Junr., J.P.,
Curatot*.

SYDNEY, JUNE 19, 1906.
Tbe Swift Printing Oo., Ltd., 6 Jamieson Lane, Sydoe^ .

CONTENTS.

PAGE.

On Two Early Austmliiui Ornithologi^^ts. By Alfird J. Noitli, C.M.Z.S.,

Oriiithologist . . ... ., ... ..121

The Cranial Buckler o.f a l^ipnoau Fisli, from the J)evonian Beds of tlie

Murrum'bidgee Eirer, N.S.W. By R. Etheridge, Jiinr., Curator ... 129

Mineralogieal Notes : No. 3. — Axinil^e, Petterdite, Croeoite, and Datolite.

By C. Anderson, M.A., B.Se., Mineralogist .. ... .. 138

A Synopsis of Australian Aearina. By W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S., F.E.8.,

Entomologist ... ... ... . . ... ... 145

l.)escription of and Notes on some Australian and Tasnianian Fishes. By

Edgar R.Waite, F.L.S., Zoologist .. ... .. ..".194

Mollusca from Three Hundred Fathoms, off Sydne\ . Br C. H. Hedley,

Conchologist, and W. F. Petterd ... "... ' ... ...211

Studies in Australian Sharks, No. 3. By Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S.,

Zoologist ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 226

On a Variety of Goura coronata. By Alfred J. North, C.M.Z.S.,

Ornithologist ... ... ... ... ... ... 2:30

Occasional Notes —

IV.— Crustacea new to Australia. By Alla'i R. MeCidlocli ... 231

ON TWO EARLY AUSTRALIAN ORNITHOLOGISTS.

By Alfred J. North, C.M.Z.S., Ornithologist.

(Plate xxvii.).

JOHN WILLIAM LEWIN.

John William Lewiii was the author of the first work pub-
lished on Australian Birds. He arrived in New South Wales in
179iS by H.M.S. " Buffalo," and is thus referred to by the Duke
of Portland in a communication to Governor Hunter, under date
6th February, 1798. "Mr. Lewin is a jminter and drawer in
natural history, and being desirous of pursuing his studies in a
country which cannot fail to improve that brancli of knowledge,
you will allow him the usual Government rations during his resi-
dence in the settlement."^ In 1801 Lewin accompanied Lieu-
tenant-Colonel Paterson, the Lieutenant-Governor of the Colony,
and others in an exploring expedition up the Hunter and Paterson
Rivers, the latter previous to the visit being known as Cedar Arm
Surgeon Harris, writing from the Hunter River on 25tli June
1801, to Governor King remarks: "The Colonel says he has
found several new plants here, and Mr. Lewin also says he has
met with new birds. If so, they are above my comprehension,
as I see nothing new about them, one hawk excepted, and that
only in colour being red with a white head."^

In the same vessel which conveyed most of the party during
these explorations, the " Lady Nelson," a brig of six guns. Lieu-
tenant Murray, R.N., in February of the following year, discovered
and entered Port Phillip.

Probably Lewin obtained the specimens from which his descrip-
tions and figures of the " Scarlet-back Warbler " were taken,
during his exploration of these rivers, for in the 1822 edition of
his work it is stated that this species " inhabits forests near the
banks of Patterson's River." Dr. R. B. Sharpe refers this figure
to the Northern and North-western Australian species Malurns
cruentatus, Gould, but it is unquestionably applical)le to the New

Bladen— Hist. Ree. N. S. Wales, iii., 1895, p. 358.
Bladen — Loc. cit., p. 417.

122 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

South Wales' bird, as is shown by Lewin's remarks. In 1808
Lewin's " Birds of New Holland " was published, the plates being
engraved and coloured by the author in the Colony. With the
exceptions of the plates in Lewin's " Insects of New South
Wales," published by the same author in 1805, these plates were
the earliest engravings produced in Australia.

Lewin referred to this edition of his work as " The Birds of
New South Wales," and not " The Birds of New Holland," the
latter a title it must have received in London, where the
letterpress was printed. In The Sydney Gazette, of Sunday,
November 20, 1808, is the following advertisement : —

" Mr. J. Lewin begs leave to acquaint the Officers, Civil and
Military, and their Ladies who honoured with their Names the
List of Subscriber's to his intended Work, entitled ' The Birds of
New South Wales with their Natural History,' that he has
received advices promising the Transmittal, by the next arrival,
of the Copies of the first volume subscribed for here.

This work, which Mr. Lewin has for many years laboured to
render as perfect as he was able, will comprise several Volumes
painted, engraved and described from the birds as soon as taken.
Each Volume will contain Eighteen Plates with one or more
birds on each Plate ; many of which are new, beautiful, and some
of new genera.

The copies, which will be elegantly printed on an Imperial
Quarto, will be delivered as soon as they are received, with every
respectful Acknowledgement to those who were kind enough to
patronise his exertions in the Colony.

No. 44 Chapel Row."

Four years later, in The Syduey Gazette, of Saturday, August
1, 1812, is the following :—

"A Card.

Mr. J. W. Lewin, begs leave to inform his friends and the
Public in general, that he intends opening an Academy for
Painting on the Days of Monday, Wednesday and Friday, from
the hours of 10 to 12 in the Forenoon."

In the National Art Gallery, Sydney, there is a water-colour
by Lewin, entitled "Sydney in 1808." On the 25th April, 1815,
Lewin, as painter and naturalist, accompanied Governor Mac-
tiuarie on his tour over the Blue Mountains.'^ In the Appendix to
Wentworth's " Description of the Colony of New South ^\'ales "^

« O'Hara— Hist. ^'. S. Wales. 1818, p. 440.
J Wentwovth— p. 437, I8l9.

TWO KARr.Y AUSTRALIAN OKXITIIOLOOISTS — NORTH. 123

is a List of Civil Establishnioiits and Pu])lic Institutions in the
Territory of New South Wales and its J)ependencies. Among
the Comniittee of the Police Fund of the Police Establishment at
Sydney, the name of Mr. Lewin api:)ears as Coroner.

Lewin died in 1819, and was buried in the Devonshire Street
Cemetery, his remains, with others buried there, being transferred
a few years ago to the northern shore of Botany Bay, to make
r(jom h>r the new metropolitan railway station at Hedfern. The
inscrijjtion on Lewin's tomb in this cemetery, wjiicli is mid-way
Ijetween Botany and La Perouse, is as follows : —

" Here Rests

the Body of J. W. LEAVIN, Esq.

Coroner

who departed this Life

the 27th of August, 1819

Aged 49 Years

After a severe Illness

which he bore

With Christian Fortitude

Leaving a disconsolate

Widow and Son

to Lament his Loss

a Loss

also felt l)y his few Friends

who knew him.

In him the Community has been

Deprived of an honest Man

and this country of an

Eminent Artist

in his Line of

Natural History Painting

In which he excelled.

He is gone

Depending upon the Mercies

of liis God
through an atoning Saviour

Who Writes

'Our Virtues on Adamant

Our Vices on a Wave.'

A Friend

has given this Tril)ute

To his Memory."

1-24 KECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

About a mile faither on, at La Perouse, the remains of Pere le
Keceveur are buried, and a memorial erected to his memory. He
-was one of the naturalists in the French Expedition, under the
command of the illustrious, but ill-fated La Perouse, and died on
the 17th February, 1788.

Three years after Lewin's decease a re-issue was published in
London, in 1822, entitled "A Natural Histoiy of the Birds of
New 8outh Wales, collected, engraved, and faithfully painted
after Nature, by Jolm AV'illiam Lewin, A.L.S., late of Parramatta,
New 8outh Wales.'' It contained twenty-six plates, being eight
more than in the original edition published by Lewin in 1808.
Tlie watermark on the plates of the 1822 edition is J. Whatman
1S22, and on the paper of the accompanying letterpress the same
maker's name, with date 1821. All the species are described under
vernacular names only. There is a copy of tliis edition in the
Australian ^Museum Library, also one purporting to be of the
same issue and date, l:)ut the watermark on the plates is 1875 !
Attention has alreadv been drawn to tliis issue in circulation in a
liookseller's descriptive catalogue. The Museum copy of the 1822
edition could never have been "painted after nature" by Lewin,
for the base of the forehead and sides of the head of the Crested
tShiike are painted yellow, where tlie}^ should be white.

A second re-issue bearing the same title was published in
London in 1838, nineteen years after Lewin's death. A copy of
this work has been kindh^ lent me for examination by the Hon.
Dr. Jas. Norton, M.L.C. Below the title is as follows : " New
and improved edition, to which is added a list of the ' synonymes '
of each species, incorporating the labours of 'T." Gould, Esq., N.
A. Vigors, Esq., J. Horsfield, M.D. and W. 8wainson, Esq." The
plates are far more accurately coloured than in the genuine 1822
edition, and bear the watermark of 1838. The watermark on
the explanation of plates is 1821. Although two pages of
synonyms compiled by Eyton follow the title pages, all the species
appear under Lewin's vernacular names. In the " Catalogue of
Birds in tlie British ]Museum,"'' Dr. H. Gadow gives a reference
'^Cn-thui fidvifrvHs, Lewin, Bds. N.8.W., pi. 22 (1838)." This
reference cannot be attributed to Lewin, who had been dead for
so many years. Both in the 1822 and 1838 editions this species
is referred to in tlie Explanation to Plate xxii. as the " VVhite-
l)reasted Honey-sucker," and by Eyton in the 1838 edition as
(T'li/cij/hi/o/nfri/roits. Moreover, Lewin is not the authority for
the specific name of Ghjciphiht fulvifroux, but Vigors and Hors-

■'■ (liidow - Cat. Binls Brit. Miis., ix., 1H8-!, ]>. 210.

TWO KAHLY AL'STIJALIAN ORXITHOLOfUSTS — NORTH. 1 I'-J

field, who (lescrihed this species in the '• 'rransaetions (if the
Linneau .Societv,"' in ISi'f?, under tlie name of J/'///*//'/'/"
fiiJrifrons.

Altliough 1 have never lieard of one, there may he eojiies of
Iv 'will's original work in private libraries in Australia, more
especially in New .South Wales, the early settlers in Sydney
subscribing between them for sixty-seven copies. Only six copies
were subscribed for in London. The Melbourne and Adelaide
Public Libraries, T \vA\e been informed by their respecti\e
Librarians, do not possess a co})y. With a manuscript title-i>age
bearing the date of publication as 1S13 ! and without an index,
there is one in the Sydney Public Library, presumably an
authentic copy of the original edition. Tt has, howevei', Ijeeii
reduced in size, both in the letterpress and the size of the jilates,
tlie latter eighteen in number, the same as in the first issue, being
cut oft' close to the tinted background, doing away at the same
time with the engraver's name and date. The numbers on the
plates are marked in with pencil, and the accompanying letter-
press is under the vernacular names only. The plates are crudely
coloured and the watermark thereon is G. Ansell 1<^09. The
male of Pachijcfphda (initnrnlls, which is figured under the name
of "Orange-breast Thrush," has the throat erroneously coloui'ed
yellow instead of white, a glaring mistake wliich could liardly
have been perpetrated by Lewin.

Mr. J. J. Fletcher, the Secretary of the Linneaii Society of
New South Wales, to who I am indel)ted for some early
references to Lewin, has also kindly brought under my iK»tice
three original drawings of Lewin's in the possession (»f the
Society. Thev were the property of the late Sir William ]Macleay.
The species figured are Oru/ma rnhrlcata, Fachycphnln Difivittris,
and Pachywphaht tjuffuralis. All are under vernacular names
only, and the watermark on tlie paper on one of the m.s.
explanations of the plates is "A. Stace 1798."

JOHN GILBERT.

(Plate xxvii.).

The labours of John Gilbert are so well known, find
so closely interwoven in connection with those of .lolni
G(iuld in the hitter's great work on '' The Birds of
Australia," that it is unnecessary to enter into l)ut few
details relative to the accompanving ]ilate. fJilbert had
been for nianv vears in tlie emplovment of the Zoological

12t) KEC0KD8 OF IHE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Society of London, nnd had there worked under Gould. After
Gould determined to visit Australia to procure material for
his new work, he appointed Gilbert his assistant, who made
Aaluable field notes and large collections of bird skins, principally
in the Northern and Western portions of the continent. Gilbert
returned to Eniiland in 1841 and revisited Australia in the
following year, procuring more information and specimens in
•South-western Australia. He continued the good work in 1844
and 1840, while accompanying Dr. Leichardtand his party on their
overland expedition from ^Moreton Bay towards Port Essington,
and where, during the journey, he treacherously met his death at
the hands of the natives. The following account of the tragic
occurrence was sent to Gould by Mr. John Roper, one of the
members of the expedition, after his return to Sydney, and was
published in the "Proceedings of the Zoological Society" in 1846.'*
As tlie early volumes of the Society's Proceedings are accessible
to only a comparati\ely few students of Austi'alian ornithology
it is here fulh' transcirbed.

"Sydney, 12th May, 1846.

Dear Sir, — As I was one of the party that journeyed from
Sydney to Port Essington, and not knowing whether you had been
made acquainted with the full particulars of poor Gilbert's death,
by Dr. Leichardt or any of the party, thinking the details of his
melancholy fate would be read with interest, T shall offer no
ap(jlogy for addressing this to you.

As Mr. Gilbert's log, which has been sent home to you, fully
narrates all particulars up to the eventful 28th of -June [184")], I
shall offer no remarks of my own. At the most northerl}' point
we reached on the east side of the Gulf of Carpentaria, in Lat.
15° 57', and about fifty miles fiom the coast, we encamped for
the night at a small shallow lagoon suirounded by low tea-trees,
the countr}' arouiul beautifully open. Having partaken of our
usual meal of dried meat al)out 3 p.m., Gilbert, taking his gun,
sallied forth in search of something new — he procured a Climac-
teris and a Finch, which he skinned before dinner ; our scanty
meal was soon despatched : poor Gilbert was busily employed
plaiting the cabbage tree, intending to make a new hat, which,
alas ! he never lived to finish. The shades of evening closed
around, and after chatting for a short time we returned to our
separate tents — Gilbert and Murphy to theirs, Mr. Calvert and
mvself to oui's, and Phillips to his ; the Doctor and our two black-

' «..]).•!• Pro. Zool. Soi'.. 184(). i)p. 70-80.

TWO EARLY AISTHALIAX OUMTHOLOfU.sTS -N'OKTH. 127

fellows slept around the tire, entirely unconscious of the evil
ilesigns of the natives ; having always found those we had passed
so fiiendly and well disposed, we felt in as great security as you
do in the midst of London, lying on our blankets, conversing on
different topics. Not one could have closed his eyelids, when ]
was surprised by a noise as if some persons were throwing sticks
at our tent ; thinking it nuist be some trick played on us by our
companit)ns, I sat up and looked out ; another \olley of spears ;
a terrific yell, that will ring in my ears for ever, was raised, anfl
pierced with spears, which T found it impossible to extricate, I
sunk helpless on the ground ; the whole l)ody rushed upon us
with their waddies, and how it is that our brains did not bespatter
the ground, is to me miraculous. These rascals had crept on us
under cover of the tea-trees, the tent where Cahert and I were
being first in their I'oad, the wjiole body attacked us ; poor
Gilbert, hearing the noise, was rushing from his tent with his gun,
wjien a spear w-as thrown at him, pierced his breast, and pene-
trating to his lungs caused internal h(ennnorrhage ; the only
woi'ds he spoke were these, "Charlie take my gun, they have
killed me," when pulling out the spear with his own hands he im-
mediately dropped upon the ground lifeless. Little Murphy, who
was by his side at the time he was sjjeared, fii-ed at the black-
felhjw who liad speared him ; Brown fired at the mob beating
Calvert and myself, and they immediately retreated, howling and
lamenting. ]\lr. Calvert w-as pierced with five spears, myself with
six, and our recovery is to be attributed to the abstemious way in
which we lived. After having tlie spears pulled out, you may
imagine our feelings when we heard Charlie exclaim, "Gilbert is
dead" — we could not, would not l)elieve it. Alas', the morning
luduglit no better tidings — poor (iilbert was consigned to his last
and narrow home, the prayers of the Church of JOngland were
read over him, and a large fire made upon his grave for the pur
pose of misleading the blacks, who we thought, would probably
return and search the camp upon our departure. It is impossible
to describe the gloom and sorrow the fatal accident cast upon our
partv. Asa companion none was more cheerful or agreeable ; as
a man none more indefatigable or more pei-se\ering ; but it is
useless for me to eulctgize one so well known to you — one whont
vou will have cause to regret, and who will e\er be remembered by„
Sir,

Youi's most trulv,

.John UoPKit."

Although Cilbeit was bui-ied in a lonely grave in North
(Queensland he was not forgotten, " unhonoured, unwept, unsung."

128 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MCSKl'M.

In the liistoric S. James Church of En^nlaiid, .Sy(hiey, built during
Governoi' Macquarie's time in 1S20, a mural tablet was erected to
his memory by the colonists of New South AVales.' Amonj;-
others, many tablets adorn its walls to perpetuate the memory of
different jiersons closely associated with the early histoi}' <>f tht-
colony. Next to Gilbert's is a tablet erected by the Executive
Government to the memory of Edmund Kennedy, Exi)l(»rer, who
was killed by the natives on the loth l)eceinber, lS4:f<, un<[ of his
nine companions who perished during the e.\pk)ratioii of York
Peninsula. Among the latter, was Thomas Wall, Naturalist,
brother to the first Curator of the Australian INIuseum. There
are also tablets to the memory of A\'illiam AVentworth, William
Sharp Macleay and Alexander Macleay, the latter a member of
Committee of the Australian Museum from its first connnencemeiit
in 1836, until his decease on the 19th July, 1848.

The accompanying plate is reproduced from a photograph taken
with the kind permission of the Re\ . A\'. I. Carr-.Smith, IJector
of S. James Church.

' A sliglit error occm-s in the date, (iilbort \v,i> >iH';irtMl on tl)c L'Ntli. not {]
29t]i of June, 1845.

THK CUANIAL BrCKLKll of a DIPNOAN FLSH,

PR..BAHLY (hiXORlIYXCHU.S, FHOM THE DEVONIAN

P>I':DS of the MUHKUMBTDOEE lUVEVl,
NEW .SOTTH ANALES.

I5v H. Ei'HEUII)i;e, Juiir., Ciiratoi-.

(Plate xxviii.).

Mr. C. A. .Sii.ssmilcli, Lecturer an Geology, Technical College,
Sydney, favoured me with the loan of a cranial buckler of a
J)ipnoan fisli, obtained b}^ liim from the Devonian beds of the
]Murrumbidgee liiver. A reproduction of this specimen has been
jthiced in the Museum collection.

The buckler in (piestion so closely resembles one descril)ed b\-
Dr. 11. H. Traquair, some years ago, as (Tditorhi/ncltUK >ro()(hi-nrdi,^
tiuit T am induced to publish a descri2)tion of the new specimen
under tlie same generic name, as (t. snsxinUrltl. Dr. Traquairs
.sj)ecimen consisted of the anterior portion of the head only, but
unfortunately nothing was known, at the the time of his descrip-
tion "regarding the geological formation, or the localit}'. It
consisted of "the extremity of the snout of a very large tish,
probal)lv 1 or 5 feet long." Dr. Tra(|uair's description, epito-
mised, is as follows, so far as it concerns the piesent fossil. Tiie
fragment is semilunar in form, with a superior arched ganoid
surface forming \nivt of the upper aspect of the snout, the anterior
lounded margin being the front edge of the ui>i)ei' lip. When
placefl in its natural position, with the labial margin hori/oiital,
the superior surface sl()V)es downwards and forwards in the middle
line at an angle of 45 , and is arched at the sides. The surface
is smooth, glos.sy, finely i-eticulate-i)unctate, and exiiibits no tiace
<'ither of sutures or external nasal organs. Near the lal)ial
margin, the small punctures of the superior ganoid surface gise
j)lace to largei- ones. On viewing this snout from below it is seen
to be flattened centi'ally and latei-ally, and with a shallow central
cmargination or indentation, set on its edge with a row of six
small blunted tooth-like projections. On each side is a deep

^ 'J'raiiiuiir — (icdl. Afafi., x., lS7:i, ]\ 552, ))]. xiv.

130 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

rounded iiotcli, which Traquair considers to represent the position
oi the anterior nasal opening. The author concluded his descrip-
tion in these words — "Our fossil is certainly ui^ithev J) ipter us nov
Ceratodus ; Cheirodns is known only by its teeth ; and as to
Ctenodus, the front of the head has not yet been discovered, so
that all evidence is wanting to connect it with that genus. It
seems, therefore, in these circumstances, best to frame a new
genus for its reception."

Dr. Traquair's description of this remarkable fossil seems even
now to be practically all that is known of it, for Dr A. 8. Wood-
ward writes- of GiuuirhijncJms as "a provisional genus at present
incapable of definition, comprising large PaUeozoic Dipnoan fishes-
in which the extremity of the snout (as also presumably all the
external lieadbones) is enveloped in a thick layer of punctate
ganoin."

The specimen discovered Ijy Mr. Siissmilch is externally nmch
more complete than that figured l)y Traquair. Tt consists of the^
snout and most of the plates of the cranial buckler covered with
glossy ganion densely and minutel}" pitted, and separated from
one another V)y fairly-well marked sutures. This cranial shell, '1
mm. thick along the posterior edge, is strongly arched from side
to side, but unarched between the aiiterior and posterior extre-
mities, so far as preserved. In its present condition it measures
four inches from end to end, and three inches trans\'ersely at its
greatest width, without following the curve. The plates are moi'e
or less distinguishable to within one inch of the snout extremity,
this portion lieing, as in the corresponding but much larger area
of (j. /roodian-di, devoid of sutures, and the punctfe of the
polished surface interspersed with others ( f a larger diameter.
The snout is fairly perfect, but the posterior end of the specimen
is fractured and imperfect. Dr. Traquair's description of the
fore-under surface can almost be applied to tlie corresponding-
part of ^fr. 8iissmilch"s fossil. ^^'e see the arched and flattened
front of the snout and margin of the upper lip, the rounded
superior eih^e of the former fading into the surface of the shield.
On this labial margin the ganoin has been worn off, but leaving^
traces of punctje larger than any of those on the upper surface.
The central portion of the lower margin of the lip, wlien viewed
from the front, is convex, with on each side a shallow rounded
notch, the anterior nasal opening according to Traquair. The
median indentation of this lip edge in (r. iroodnrtrdi is not visible
in (r. stisxniih-hi until the specimen is turned completely upside-

■' AVoodwnrd- lii-it. Miis. Cat. Foss. Fislios. Tt. ii., 1891, \\ 245.

CHAMAL DUCKLER OF A DIPXOAX FISH KTHKHIIx;!:. I'M

iluwii, and is ('\eii then, faint and incuiispiciiuus, and there are
no tooth-like projections ^•isi1)le so far as the lower portion of the
specimen has been de\elopefl. Tlie ends of the lateral projecting
t>ortions of the lal)iiun are slii;htly eiilarijed and hlunt. but not
incurved.

The pt)lvi;(inal cranial plates are not bilaterally synnnetrical, in
fact they are verv^ irregularly arranged. Tn Dipf'i-ti.,^, even,
Traquair says" "it is ditticult to trace any exact correspondence
between them and the cranial roof-bones of ordinary (ianoids and
Teleostei." I certainly hoped to be able to institute a comparison
between these cranial plates and those of Dlptirux as restored by
Dr. C. H. Pander/ but those of <nu' fossil do not appear to
correspond with the arrangement shown in liis restoration : even
in the latter they are not wholly bilaterally symmetrical. For
instance, assuming Panders restoration to represent the complete
cranial buckler of Dipft'vns, his me<lian occipital is one of the
largest plates of the series, and is po.steriorly terminal. On the
other hand, the lai'gest plate in the median line of our buckler
is not terminal and tiie two flanking plates on either side do not
correspond in outline or size witli one another. In Panders
figure the anterior semicircle is ctjmposed of thre( lai'ge i)lates, a
central and two lateral, but these ai-e not shown in Hugh Millers
repi-esentatioii'^ of the same. In the in-esent instance the dorsal
surface of the snout evinces no sign of subdivision that T can
detect, nor does that of (r. icnodinirdi, Traq.

As c<mipared with the snout of G. >oo(>fhc(ir<Vi, that of our
specimen is less dome-like, much Hatter abo\"e, and with a greater
degree of spread between the rounded lateral projections in propor-
tion to its size. This less dome-like outline is a{)i)arent in a side
view (PI. xxviii., fig. 2) if tlie fossil be placed in its natural position,
corresp(jnding with Tra(piair's fig. M, PL xi\-. .Speaking in general
terms it may be said that the labial features of ''/. susfoiiilchi ai-e
not .so pronounced as those of (t. iroodivardi — the nasal ojjenings
are not so deeply excavated, nor is the median emargination
visible until the buckler is seen from below.

Tilt- history of G. iroodicardl is a curious one. It a})[)ears that
when Mr. C. Konig was Keeper of the Geological Department of
the liritish ^Museum, the specimen came under the notice of the
illustrious Agassiz, who regarded it as the intermaxillary l)one of
Miuinliclitln/x. Years after Dr. H.Woodward called Dr. Tra-

■• Tnuiuaii-— Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), ii., 1878, p. it.
' Pander -Die Ctenodipterinen, 1S58, pi. i., f. 1.
•" >riller lu.otsteps I8tli ed., 1871. )). .",8, f. 20.

132 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

<|uair"8 attention to this fossil, at tlie same time expressing tlie
ojiinion tliat it belonged to a new genus ; in this view the latter
concurred. The " specimen f<»rmed part of the old collection of
the British ^Museum, of which there are no records, hence its
history as to from whom and whence it came is wanting.
Judging, however, from its general aspect, one might readily be
tempted to infer that it was of Paheozoic age."" The matrix is
<lescribed as a dull grey argillaceous limestone.

In the present instance the matrix is a blue-black limestone,
and both this eolour and the mode of weathering are characteristic
of the Muri'umbiflgee Devonian limestones. If mv conception
of this fish buckler is the correct one, it confirms Tracjuair's
reference of G. n-oodwardi to the Palieozoic. The thought that
perhaps the latter may ha\e originally come from one or other
of the New South Wales limestone localities is perhaps per-
missible.

The specimen was found by Mr. Siissmilch on Portion 44,
Parish of Taemas, Co. Cowley (Murrumbidgee Piver), and is
named in his honour.

'J'r:n]uaiv (icol. Mag'., x., 1873, p. .554.

MINERALOGICAL NOTES: No. III.— AXINITE,
PETTERDITE, CROCOITE, and DATOLITE.

By C. AxDERSox, M.A., B.8c., Mineralogist.

(Plates xxix. — xxxiii. ).

AXINITE.

BowLiNt; Alley Point, near Nundle, New .South Wales.

(Plate xxix.).

Axinite was first found at this locality by Mr. D. A. Porter,'
to whom I am indebted for notes as to its mode of occurrence.
The exact location is about a ((uarter of a mile from the foot-
bridge over the Peel River, where the mineral is found associated
with green epidote in sedimentary rocks much altered by intrusi\e
diorite : it occurs sometimes in crystalline \'eins, but the best
specimens are obtained in cavities, where the crystals have grown
freelv, accompanied by small well-formed quartz prisms. Good
crystals are rare and minute ; larger, more imperfect ones can be
found measuring up to 15 mm. The colour is l)rownish with a
\ iolet tinge on a fresh fracture.

Three of the best crystals, each measuring about ■? mm., were
r(^mo\ed from tlie matrix, and their faces determined on a two-
circle goniometer ; owing to their mode of attachment the crystals,
were fractured in removal along a line roughl}' parallel to the
edge I) ■>• (PI. xxix., figs, o, 4). After several trials the habit was
made out, but it was found impracticable owing to tiie small size
and unsatisfactory nature of the prism faces to centre the cry.stals
in the conventional position ; instead, the most prominent zone —
either [010, 111] or [130, 021] — was made equatorial and the
available angles determined, after which the crystal was inverted,
and, with tlie same zone as before equatorial, the angles yielded
by the faces on the other end measured. By plotting the co-
ordinates in stereographic projection, the forms were easily
identified by the aid of PenfieUl's invaluable protractors. From
the measurements, the normal angles were calculated for com-
parison with the theoretical values calculated from (>oldschmidt"s
" Winkeltabellen."- Tiiis method, though it docs not afford
direct comparison of measured with calculated angles, is sufficient
to prove the correctness of identification.

In liabit the crystals are uniformly tabular on /• (111), whicli

1 Liversidge Journ. Rov. Soc. N.S. Wales, xviii., IH84 (l.SS.j), p. 45;

Porter Thirl., xxii.." 18HK (1H89), j). 82.
- GolcWliiiii.lt IvrvstallouTMi.liisclic VViiikcltiilH'lKii. ls<7, ... .".S.

134

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

is the only large face ; it is strongly striated parallel to its inter-
section with M (110), and gives a multiple and blurred image.

I have adopted Dana's position and lettering, converting Gold-
schmidt's indices by the transformation equations, // = - /.',
]^.' ^ Oh + k, I' --= I, where the dashed letters refer to Dana's
indices. A table showing the equivalent letters and indices
according to Dana and Goldschmidt respectively will be found
below, p. 137, under the description of axinite from Colebrook
Tasmania.

The following table of angles is constructed from measurements
on the specimen shown in PI. xxix., fig. i (which gives the best
reflections), with the exception of the angles M A ~, ?^' A Y and
>(' A f] which were got from the crystal drawn in orthogonal
iind clinographic projection in PI. xxix., figs. 1 and 2.

Forms.

Calculated from
Measiu-emeuts.

Calculated from
Winkeltabelleu .

Dilier-

ence.

h : m = 010

no

32 41

32 54

13

: .1/ =

110

77 29

77 30

1

: /r r=

iTiO

137 56

137 46

10

: ..; =

111

46 2

45 58

4

: /• =

111

87 7

86 47

20

: /' ■-=:

131

130 39

130 29

10

m : .s- = 110

201

28 6

28 0

6

: r =

111

65 6

64 23

43

31 : /• = llO

111

45 25

45 12

13

: .: =

112

63 45

63 34

11

: r =

001

89 48

89 55

7

V : il — 130

241

31 43

31 44

1

: /• —

in

64 14

64 13

1

■ tl =

021

123 40

123 6

34

: 11 ^

131

32 32

32 27

5

: '■ =

001

82 58

83 6

,s

: o =

"132

121 12

121 6

6

• '' =

l31

142 47

143 2

15

: /' =:

: on

■ 108 8

108 30

22

mixkralogical notes : xo. iii. 135

jNIooxbi, New South Walks.

(Plate xxxi., figs. 1, 2).

Axiuite was recorded from this Ljcality l)y Mr. D. A. Pt>rter'
ill 1884 ; at that time its occurrence in situ was not known, but
recently Mr. Porter has traced it to its parent rock at a point
<about two miles south-east from ^toonbi Railway Station. The
mode of occurrence is practically the same as that of the Bowling
Alley Point axinite ; from a genetic point of view the two are
probabl}' identical.

One of the Museum specimens is full}^ as large as ones fist, ami
entirely composed of somewhat coarse crystals which are often
built up of several individuals in approximately parallel ixisition.
recalling the sheaf-like aggregates so common with stilbite.
Smaller crj'stals adapted for goniometric determination were
obtained from crevices, where, as at Bowling Alley Point. the\-
<ire accompanied by crystallised quartz.

Two fragmentary crystals, each between '2 and 3 mm. l<ing.
were measured, and drawn (PI. xxxi., figs. 1, 2) according tf) their
natural development. The zone [010, 111] was made e(|uatorial
as before, and the normal angles obtained by calculation from the
measured co-ordinates. The habit is similar to that of the
Nundle axinite, and /• (111) is, as in that, striated j)arall('l to it^
intersection with J/ (110).

COLKliKOOK ^llNK. DuXDAS, TaSMAXIA.

(Plate XXX. . PI. xxxi., fig. .i).

This occurrence was first put on record by ^Messrs. Petterd and
Twelvetrees in their paper " On the Occurrence of Linnu'ite in
'Jasmania."^ In that paper and two supplementary notes"' the
authors have discussefl the field relations and microscopic
4-haracters of this interesting axinite-bearing rock, which is
jiaralleled only by the original limurite of the Pyrenees.''

3 Porter— Joui-n. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xviii., 1884 (1885), ji. 80.
* Petterd ,inrt Twelvetree.s— Proe. Roy. Soc. Tas., 189" (IS98), ])i). l-(i, pi.
•"' Petterd and Twelvetrees— Lot-, rif , 1898-9 (190(>). ]^\\ 1, 2 and .")(i-o9.
'■ Zirkel Xeiies Jahrl). fiir ^fin.. LSTO. j). .379.

136 RECORDS OF THE AUSTKALIAX MUSEUM.

The locality is North-east Dundas between Ringville and
Roseheiy, where the limurite forms a lenticular contact mass
bounded on the east bv slate of probably Silurian age, and on thi;
west In' serpentine.

From hand specimens in the Museum collection it appears that
tlie macroscopic associates of axinite are calcite chiefly in veins,
chalcopyrite, pyrrhotite, actinolite in radiating aggregates, and
datolite in crystalline masses. To this list Petterd and Twelve-
trees from microscopic examination add chlorite, tourmaline,
danburite and sphene, while they find that the main mass of the
rock is a p3'roxenit(' which here and there receives accessions of
axinite and other minerals, thereby becoming "limurite."

The axinite occurs as well-defined crystals, sometimes reaching
a length of 15 or 16 mm., embedded in calcite or datolite and
disseminated through the p\'roxene. It is not easy to find a
detacliable crystal suitable for the goniometer, and I am indebted
to Mr. AN'. F. Petterd for the loan of three crystals, each
fragmentary but better than any in our collection and adecjuate
for measurement. Tlie colour is clove brown; the specific gravity,
determined on a cr3'stal weighing 1-008.5 gram, was found to be
3-270.

The habit recalls tliat of the Nundle and Moonbi axinite, the
specimens having tlie same tabular extension parallel to r (111).
Here however ,:; (11-) i'^ h,1so a face of considerable size ; both r
and t are deeply striated parallel to their intersection. The
pi-ism faces are not prominent and are slightly striated parallel
to the vertical axis.

The crystal from which the figures were made measures
approximate) v 8 mm. in greatest diameter ; it is broken across in
the direction of the edge /• .r. After preliminary "one-circle"'
measurement in two zones, several faces were identified and the
habit made out ; the ci-ystal was then mounted with the prism
zone normal to the vertical circle, and the co-ordinate angles
obtained. AVith the exception of r and z, which have both faces
present, all the forms were determined from single planes ; the
faces _/ (Oil), // (021) and )' (131) gave no distinct signal and
were measured in the position of brightest illumination.
Owing to tlie difiiculty of accurately centring, and the small size
and imperfections of some of the faces, the measured and
calculated angles do not ahvays agree closely.

In the table below the calculated angles are taken from
Goldschmidt's " Winkeltabellen," but Dana's position antl
lettering ha^'e been adopted as before.

MINERALOGICAL XOTES : NO. III. ANDERSON.

137

^ uti

"M

^

, 1

■:0

-M

—

1^

CI

—

w

-h

tr-

—

_

^

o

05

TC

^^

.—1

^

^^

i^

-+

CI

^.^

CI

,~^

CI

lO

..^

■

o

CO

Si.

o

o

3

^^

^

S

3

ie

. -f

o

1-

o

O

lO

CI

r— (

-+

CO

CO

X

CI

CO

—

CI

»o

S

^

^ -H

o

'

-*

o

cc

CI

CO

CI

-f

r-,

CO

'^

, X

--

—

—

— ,

o

-M

^_,

^

o

CI

-o

X

?£>

X

CI

C£>

o

l^

CO

CI

CI

CO

CO

-tH

eo

n.

"d

; t~

o

o

—

C:

o

1^

o

1^

C5

iC

o

CO

C5

t^

X

lO

Ir-

S

c.

c^

cr:

CJl

CTi

CI

-f

CI

-+

lO

-f

lO

o

o

o

?o

CO

M

■3

iJ

^ -*

o

o

?o

'^

cc

-h

CI

CC'

-f

CO

X

Oi

X

o

05

CI

CO

■©-

■"^

!M

CI

CI

-*

■"^

-t

~~*

-^

o

eo

o

O'

c-1

o

L!t

1 — 1

-t"

CI

:o

-f

X

lOi

r^

X

t^

CO

o

05

= c^

o

o

^

o

'-.£5

t~

o

o

t^

r— t

iC'

CO

,-H

lO

-^

t~

1

"^

^

■""

1

1

^^

'~'

1

I-H

I

•"^

1

^

1

c^

-M

C^'

^_^

^

■M

CI

-#

CI

,__,

X

o

lO

C5

X

05

•^

-*

CI

r—

' — '

ot

1 — 1

\'T^

iC

o

to

-f

T— 1

o

^

-H

CO

a.

0 t~

o

o

o

o

o

«D

^

»o

X

o

o

^

as

X

X

CO

X

s

a>

05

Oi

OS

05

CI

^

CI

X(H

lO

"*

lO

lO

lO

o

CO

CO

cc

.^.zr

o

o

o

cc

jt;

X

C7i

o

CI

o

CO

^-1

^-4

^

OT

o

o

GO

s

"©-

"

CI

CO

CI

CO

-+

CI

CI

^

Ci

o

■M

:3

-+

TI

^

CT

CC

CC

X

lO

iX>

t^

t-

CO

o

GO

^ X

3

^

TT

1^

'-Z'

t^

3

o

t^

1— t

o

CO'

I-H

iO

-*

J:^

1

^—

—

1— <

^-^

T— 1

^^

T— <

1

(— *

^^

1— 1

P-H

P-H

" —

I

'■

1

1

1

o

CI

CI

^

, -.4

^^

1 ^

.-^

^1

l^iH

l-M

^^

CI

|C1

CO

CO

^^

'CO

o

1^

lO

1

~

^

~

~

^

^

~'

~''

o

^^

■' '

^~*

^^

CI

C^l

I-H

a
3

-

^

-^

?

-^l

>*>

i>

•-

■"*-^.

5^

>^

60

^-

H

^

V;

"l**

5n

o

^

r—

o

o

O

o

o

CI

— H

CI

1 — 1

^H

CI

^H

, — 1

r-^

,— 1

^H

>— 1

.;i

'^

^-^

o

I— (

i ^^

iCl

I^H

l~^

^J

o

^^

,r-H

1— «

If-H

t ^^

l"^'

ICl

r-H

5

o

o

I— t

i-H

1-H

o

o

^^

1— *

.1— H

11 — •

1 — 1

1— 1

fr— 1

f'— '

CI

u

T.

"^

•o

^

T^

^

"-.i

u

■^

'~^_

s

-c

CO

■—1

H

<>

v:

"»*

?JH

PETTERDITE not a New Mineral.

(Plate xxxi., fig. 4 ; PI. xxxij.).

In 1901 Mr. W, H. Twelvetrees, Government Geologist of
Tasmania, described under the name petterdite (in honour of Mr.

138 RKCORDS OP THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

W. F. Petterd, of Launceston) a supposed new oxychloride of
lead, which was found in the upper workings of the Britannia
Mine, Zeehan, Tasmania, as groups of white hexagonal plates in
a quartz gangue containing disseminated pyrites ; the analysis
was made by Mr. O. E. White of Hobart.' Some time back Mr.
Petterd kindly lent me for examination his best specimen (PI.
xxxii.), also some detached crystals ; on a chemical and crystallo-
graphic study of this material the following conclusions are based.

For a description of the physical characters I may refer to the
original account which is substgititially coiTect : no macles how-
ever were observed, and the hardness is not 1 -5 as stated, but
lies between 3 and 4, the mineral being harder than calcite and
softer than fiuorite.

C rystaUoynxphy . Three crystals, each about -1 ram. in diameter
were measured on a two-circle goniometer. The angles obtained
are only approximate, as the faces are interrupted, wavy and
slightly cur^'ed, usually yielding only a vague patch of light in
the telescope. The basal plane is rough and gives no reHection,
therefore the crystals were centred by the prism faces. The
system is hexagonal, the forms present being c (0001), the
prism (lOlO), and the first and second order pyramids (lOll) and
(1121). Pyramidal faces do not occur on all the crystals and the
pyramid (1011) is the commoner and better developed.

From the measurement 0001 A 1011=38° 42' the length of the
vertical axis was found to be "6938. The measured angle
0001 A 1 121 is 53° 20 ', calculated 54° 13'.

Composition. In the endeavour to discover, if possible, the
affinities of this apparently new species, the original analysis
given below was more closely scanned.

PbO ''4-04 %

As., O, 2-60

P,b, [sir] 2-10

si).. O, -50

CI 20-00

99-24

'I'o deduce a formula from these figures it is necessary to assume
an unlikely combination such as. —

Pb--0^C1 O— Pb-Cl

I or I

Pb_0-Cl O— Pb-Cl

' Twelvetrees— Kept. Secy. Mines Tas., 1900-1 (1901), p. 356, pi. ;
/rf.— Proc. ^oy. Soc. Tas., 1900-1 (1902), p. 51, pi.

MINERALOGICAL NOTES: XO. III. — ANDERSON. 139

otherwise we must suppose that the mineral contains 20 "/„ of
free chlorine.

When this dithculty was pointed out to Mr. Petterd, whose
enthusiasm in mineralogical research is well known, he generously
^ve me permission to make a new analysis of his material.
The result has been to show that, by some mischance, the
percentages for chlorine and arsenic pentoxide have been trans-
posed. To this accidental circumstance, and the somewhat
unusual crystal habit, we owe the name petterdite, which must
now lapse into the synonomy of mimptite, where it may perhaps be
retained for crystals of a habit similar to this (PI. xxxi., fig. 4).

Two partial analyses were made. In I, -5589 gram was taken,
dissolved in cold, dilute nitric acid and the chlorine precipitated
by silver nitrate. The silver chloride obtained weighed -0557
gram, giving 246 "/o chlorine. From the filtrate silver was
removed by hydrochloric acid in slight excess and lead thrown
down by sulphuric acid in alcoholic solution, the precipitate being
subsequently treated in the crucible with sulphuric acid to
convert any lead chloride into sulphate. The lead sulphate
weighed -5861 gram, equivalent to 77-16 "/„ oxide. Alcohol was
evaporated from the filtrate by gentle heat and arsenic and
phosphoric acids precipitated together by "magnesia mixture."
The precipitate was approximately weighed after gentle ignition
(reckoned as pure \)yvo-arsenate it was equivalent to about 22 "/,,
arsenic pentoxide), redissolved in hydrochloric acid and a current
of sulphuretted hydrogen passed through the solution. A bulky
yellow precipitate of sulphide of arsenic came down and was
filtered off. Part of this was accidentally lost in oxidising to
arsenic acid ; the remainder was thrown down by " magnesia
mixture," and ignited with addition of some ammonium nitrate
crystals; it weighed -0803 gram, giving 10-63 "/o arsenic pentoxide.
The filtrate from sulphide of arsenic was concentrated and
phosphoric acid estimated by precipitation with " magnesia
mixture " ; magnesium pyro-phosphate weighed -0222 gram, equal
to 2-53 "/„ phosphorus pentoxide. Hence we may put arsenic
pentoxide as comprising 18 or 19 "/,,.

For analysis II, -6391 gram was dissolved in nitric acid, the
solution evaporated on the water bath, lead thrown down by
sulphuric acid and filtered off. From the filtrate, arsenic and
the remaining traces of lead were removed by sulphuretted
hydrogen, treated with sodium sulphide solution, the small
residue of lead sulphide filtered off, converted into sulphate and
added to the main portion, the total weight being -6699
gram, making 77-12 "/„ oxide of lead. In the filtrate from lead

140

KECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

sulphide, arsenic was precipitated by addition of hydrocliloric
acid, oxidised by strong nitric acid and estimated as magnesium
pyro-arsenate, which weighed -1550 gram, yielding 1 7-95 "/„ arsenic
pentoxide. Phosphorus was estimated as before in the filtrate
from the sulphides of lead and arsenic. The result was
-0248 gram magnesium pyro-phosphate, equivalent to 2-47 "/„
phosphorus pentoxide.

Antimony if present would be left on the solution of sulphide
of arsenic in nitric acid but its presence was not proved.

Thus we arrive at the conclusion that petterdite is really
mimetite containing an appreciable amount of phosphoric,
isomorphously replacing arsenic acid ; chemically it would be
classed with the variety campylite, and it is noteworthy that
Twelvetrees mentions campylite as sometimes associated with
petterdite,** while Petterd in another place alludes to campylite
as occurring in pale, almost white crystals at the Britannia Mine."

The result of analyses is tabulated below ; III is the mean
of analyses I and II, under IV is given for comparison Rammels-
berg's analysis of campylite from Cumberland, England,^" while
V is the theoretical composition for 2 (3 Pbg P., Og. Pb CI.) + 7
(3 Pb:, As, Oh. Pb CI,).

CI ...
P.O,...
As, 0,
PbO...

I.

II.

III. lY.

Y. 1

2-46
2.53

not det.

7716

not det.

2-47
17-95
77-12

2-46

2-50

17-95

77-14

2-41

3 34

18-47

76-97

2-44
3-25

18-40
76-47

100-05 101-19

100-56

The angular measurements obtained from petterdite may
now be compared with the angles given by Goldschmidt for
mimetite.

•* Twelvetrees — Loc, cit.

9 Petterd— Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1902 (19u3), p. 20.
10 Rammelsberg — Pogg. Ann., xci., 185-i, p. 316.

MINERALOGICAL NOTKS : NO. III. — ANDKHSON.

141

Measured.

Calculated.

Difference.

--« s

0

Fonns.

0

P

0

9

<^

P

o

o

o /

o /

O '

o /

C

0001

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

7)1

lOfO

0 15

90 6

0 0

90 0

0 15

0 6

8

X

loTi

0 17

38 42

0 0

40 2

0 17

1 20

7

*'

1121

30 43

53 20

30 0

55 30

0 43

2 10

5

The agreement, especially for the important 0001 A 1011 and
0001 A 1121, is by no means close, but a considerable latitude
may be claimed on account of the poor quality of material and
the small number of observations, which were limited by my
desire to mutilate a handsome specimen (PL xxxii.) as little as
pDSsible.

CROCOITE.

Magnkt Mine, Tasmania.

(Plate xxxi., fig. 5).

Of this mineral I have examined five specimens with crystals
in situ, four lent by Mr. W. F. Petterd and one by Mr. G. W.
Cai^d, also a number of loose crystals belonging to Mr. Petterd.

The matrix is a rather friable limonite in which the crocoite is
partly embedded. The largest specimen carries numerous crystals
averaging about 2 mm. in length ; in the other cases where in situ
the crystals are quite minute and had previously been referred to
carminite (arsenate of lead and iron) by Petterd,'^ who however
informed me in forwarding the specimens that he doubted
whether this identification was correct. Qualitative analysis
proves their cijmposition to be chromate of lead, and, like the
larger crystals, they agree morphologically with crocoite. Hence
carminite must be deleted from the list of Tasmanian minerals.
Of the loose crystals, which are all imperfect, some measure about
10 mm. in length.

The habit is remarkably constant throughout, the crystals being
prismatic by extension along the zone axis b t (PI. xxxi., fig. 5).
This zone being the only well-developed one was made equatorial
and a stereogram constructed from the co-ordinate angles obtained ;

11 Petterd— Proc, Koy. Soe. Tas., 1902 (1903), p. 20.

142

RECORDS OF THE AUSTEALIAN MUSEUM.

from this the forms were identified by means of Penfield's
protractors and the identification was confirmed by calculation of
the normal angles. All the faces are small with the exception of
t (111) which gives an excellent image, and a peculiar rounded
face which could not be determined but is possibly ,/• (301) ; the
pinacoid h (010) is very small when present.

The table contains some of the results of measurement com-
pared with the theoretical angles given by Goldschmidt.

Forms.

Calculated from
Measurements.

Calculated from
Winkeltabellen .

Differ-
ence.

0 '

o /

'

h

nt

= 010

110

46 43

46 51

8

t

=

111

59 35

59 36

1

V

z=.

Tu

53 38

53 49

11

k

=

loi

89 44

90 0

16

m

t

= 110

111

34 3

33 56

7

m'

r

= 110

fll,

40 51

40 38

13

DATOLITE.

CoLEBRooK Mine, Dundas, Tasmania.

(Plate xxxiii.).

This mineral was first obtained in sinking a shallow shaft in
the western poi^tion of the limurite outcrop. ^"^ It is found
associated with axinite, calcite and other minerals as already
described under axinite, and sometimes occurs in large brilliant
crystals. It is colourless, greenish or yellowish.

Crystallograjyhy. The crystals have mutually interfered during
growth, but one small projecting crystal was found and measured.
This crystal is shown in ideal and actual development in PL xxxiii.,
figs. 1-4 ; fig. 5 shows the distribution of forms and the chief
zones.

The habit of the figured crystal seems characteristic so far as
can be judged by inspection of others ; it is prismatic by exten-
sion parallel to the a axis and measures about 6 mm. in length.
It is fairly rich in forms, but as is usual with datolite many of
the faces are wavy and give poor reflections ; the three faces i
(212), 77 (231), and x (102) are dull and were measured in the
position of maximum illumination.

As in the case of axinite, Goldschmidt and Dana choose

Petterd— Proc. Eoy. Soc. Tas., 1897 (1898), p. 63.

MINERAtO(;iCAL NOTES: NO. III. — ANDERSON.

U3

different positions and axes. The crystal was mounted on the
goniometer with Goldschniidt's prism zone equatorial so that the
measured, could be threctly compared with the calculated angles ;
the indices were transformed to Dana's axes by the equations
h' = 1, k' = - k, I' = 2h. The angles are tabulated below.

1
1

Q.

CO -M — C>1 '^P O

0 ^ ^

-e-

- O CO O f^ -* >— 1 'M CO C-I iCi C-l CO O
^ CO-M^COt-H— 1^ ,— .iO

O T-t

Q.

ciooo-^Ci»ocrs'-HG<iocoi-i

(M CO ■^ CC lO (M O

„OOr^ OOlOOCiCi-f^OOQO^
" CiOlOiCO'+CO-^cOOO'O-*

■«-

^ O O !>. 00 ^ O G^ "Xi I^ '-T to lO O
— 1>— 1 COCO'MO^^ CO

"OiOS'-OCO Ci^OCOt^t— CO —

II 1 1 1 1

i

Q-

-JO CC CO uo 00 00 O 00 O '-O Oi CO »o
-H ■>! CO CO C<I CO

„ OOOOOl-^-MtrsO-.-HXDr^CO

° aiaiOico^coTfco^--o«c-*

-e-

^ OOO'M'JtiOO— 'OCOOiO-^OOO

r-l OCO-H CNCOTfl"*— 1"^

„OOr^oooo?or^oO'N>or^co

" Oi c. CO CO as lo »o CO i^ i^ 'o .—

II 1 1 1 1

o

0

Oi— ICO^hOTJOI'?!— '■^lOCO-H
OO— 1 — 1— lO^ — -——,— — CO
rH O O O r-i — 1 |-N l-l ^ 1— 1 1- 1— I'M

=;■-*- 5" S •- - '^ p: i. 'i ^ t=

3

i-(000 — r-lTI — -M — (MOl'l*

0 0 ^ G^J — 1 0 — ' — 1 (M ,— "M 1 iXi
0 r- CO 1— 1 0 I— 1 1— I— 1 r- ( ICI 10 IX) 1—1

tws-S:::~->"=:;ii:^j;

144

KECORDb OF THE AUSI KALIAN UlUSEUM.

Composition. The metliod 'of analysis is tliat described by
Gooch^^ with modifications suggested by Penfield and Speriy,'*
boric anhydride being distilled with alcohol, caught in strong
ammonia solution, transferred to a basin and evaporated over
lime as described in a former paper.'^ For this determination
1-1478 gram was fused with sodium carbonate, exhausted with
water, filtered, the filtrate acidified with nitric acid and distilled.
Water was determined directly in a Penfield tube on -6108 gram
mixed with previously ignited lime to minimise the risk of
expelling boric anhydride. The other constituents were esti-
mated in another portion weighing about a gram. The result of
analysis is appended (I) together with an analysis by Whitfield^'
of datolite from Bergen Hill, New Jersey (II).

H, 0

I.

n.

6-48 7„

6-14 7o

8iO,

36-28

35-74

Al, O3 ^

-95

FeO ...

-31

CaO

35-21

35-14

B, 0,

20-48

22-60

99-40

99-93

In conclusion I have to acknowledge my indebtedness to
Messrs. W. F. Petterd and D. A. Porter, for "the loan of speci-
mens and for much valuable information, and to Professor T. W.
ej. David, B.A., Trustee, for permission to use the goniometer in
the Geological Department of the University of Sydney.

13 Gooch— Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey, No. 42, 1882, p. 64

'* Penfield and Sperry— Am. Journ. Sci., (3), xxxiv., 1887, )5. 222.

'5 Ander,-on— Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 1904, p. 128.

^" Wliitfield^Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey, No. 55, 1889, p. 59.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARINA.
By W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S., F.E.S., Entomologist.

(Figs. 33—37).

Mr. Nathan Banks, the well-known American Arachnologist,
lias recently published a valuable, if brief, "Treatise on Acarina,
or Mites."' The work is rendered the more acceptable to the
student of Acarology, from the fact that it gives not only a key
to the numerous families and genera, but also a sketch of the life-
histories of many species, some of which are of world-wide
<listribution.

Notwithstanding the fact that the Acarina " have always
attracted," as Banks points out in his preface, "considerable
interest, both from their minute size and because of the remark-
able habits of many species," comparatively little is known about
them systematically. Many species have been described from
time to time, by a number of authors, but, to again quote Banks
" few have really studied them." The literature dealing with
the subject is very scattered, and much of it unsatisfactory.

The most reliable workers have been Michael in England,
whose masterly monographs of " British Oribatida? "•^ and " British
Tyroglyphidie "' have appeared at different times ; and among
continental students, Neumann, whose " Revision de la Famille
des Ixodides "^ is a valuable production, and must take its place
as a standard work. Other European acarologists of repute are
Ti'ouessart, Kramer, Canestrini, Nalepa and Berlese. The
writings of these workers are spread over many publications.
, It is interesting to note that more species have been described
of late years — principally by Trouessart and Canestrini — from
New Guinea, than from Australia.

Nearly all parasitic Acarids follow the distribution of their
hosts, and so frequently become widely diffused, but a few^ non-
parasitic forms are common in widely separated regions. Most of
the latter, as well as some phytophagous species, distribute them-
selves naturally. There are a number of non-parasitic mites

1 Banks— Proc. U. States Nat. Mus., xxviii., 1904, pp. 1-114.

- Michael— Britisli Oribatida?, Eay Soc, lH84and 18SK.

•"* Michael— British Tyroglyphidse* /of. cit., 1901.

^ Neumann — Mem. S'oc. Zool. F" ranee, ix,, 190o, |i]). 1-44; ihid., x., 1«97,

pp. 324-420; i')id., xii., ls;)S, ])]i. 107-2:)4; i'luL, xiv., I!K)1, ])p, 249-

372.

146 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

which have developed a remarkable nymphal form, termed
technically Hypop^is. This nymph has a number of tiny sucking
discs on the ventral surface at the posterior extremity, which
enables it to adhere to some other animal, and so be carried
from place to place^ until it finds a suitable locality. Extreme
cold or excessive moisture has little effect upon the species.
Some species are of myrmecophagus habits, and these are of very
restricted range.

In respect of geographical distribution, many of the species of
this order are almost, if not quite, world-wide. This is only
natural, seeing that some of these animals are parasitic on man,
domestic animals — both great and small — and economic and
ornamental plants. Admitting this, it follows, therefore, that
the study of the Acarina is of paramount importance, and hence
worthy of careful and systematic study. Many terrestrial
animals in their wild state — mammals, birds, reptiles, insects, a;*
well as fresh-water and pelagic forms, have Acarid parasites, some
of which ai-e harmful and some beneficial ; others are parasites
upon parasites. Again, some Acarina, so far as we aie at present
able to judge, have no economic importance whatever.

The life of an Acarid may be divided into four distinct stages :
the k^'^'g, larva, nymph and adult. The greater majority of
Acarians are oviparous ; a few are vivi-, or ovo-viviparous, and
those of one genus, Pedimiloides, Targioni-Tozzetti, are recorded
as bringing forth adult males and females. One species of this
genus, F. alastoris, Frogg., occurs near Sydney.

Banks summarises the general plan of development as follows :
" The egg is usually deposited by the female. Often within this
egg, while the embryo is developing, an inner membrane is formed
whicli encloses the young mile ; this stage is the ' deutovum.'
The outer shell may be cracked so as to show this membrane, or
it may be wholly discai'ded. The larva at birth has but six legs.
It feeds for a while, then passes into a resting stage which in
time discloses the eight-legged nymph. The added pair of legs is
the fourth, at least usually. During the nymphal period the
mite may moult one or more times and change its appearance,
but is always destitute of true genital orifices. At the end of
the nymphal stage it passes again into a quiescent condition, and
in due time moults into the adult mite. During tfeese resting
stages much of the internal anatomy of the mite may undergo
histolysis, each new stage being rebuilt from the disintegrated
tissues of the preceding stage. The genital organs are, however,
not effected by these histolytic processes."*

■> Banks— Prof. U. States Nat. Mus., xxviii., 1904, pp. 7-S.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARINA — RAINBOW. H7

. Upon the question of natural enemies, Banks points out that
most mites have few enemies beyond their predatory relativ'es^
but, " there are, however, various cases of protective resemblance,
especially among the immature forms. No examples of mimicry,
I think, are known."

The Acarina is a very extensive order of the class Arachnida,
and many of the species comprising it are remarkable for their
minuteness and diversity of form, as well as their marvellous life-
liistories. A great number of the parasitic species have become,
as some writers have shown, distinctly modified in organisation ;
and owing to this, and the fact that their affinities with the^
typical Arachnida are so masked by degeneration, it has been
urged that it would be more convenient and natural to assign
them to an order by themselves. Against this, it is contended
that most of the free-living (non-parasitic) species have departed
least from the typical Arachnid form, and that they display many
affinities to the .Solpugids and Phalangitis. The majority of
Aracologists, therefore, regard this group as a branch of the tru;^
Arachnida.

It is difficult to draw up a table of characters sufficiently
comprehensive to include the whole group, but the following
summary inay be of service :

(Jephalothorax and J.6r/o»ie?i. -These segments are united, the
fusion being so complete that in many species they are welded into
one mass ; in some forms however, they are distinct. The body
is often provided with hairs and bristles.

Eyes. — -Often wanting. When present the}' are simple ; there
are usually two pairs, each of which are placed close to the outer
angle ; more rarely there is only a median pair.

Mouth. — Adapted for sucking ; mandibles partially united, and
form with a plate (epistonip) and the labium a beak, known as
the rostrum or capitulum, the latter often separated from the
cephalothorax by a membranous joint ; mandibles formed for
piercing, sometimes provided with a pair of " nippers " at the tip,
and sometimes simply pointed.

/^f_(/.s.— Commonly eight in the adult form, and six in the
larval. The Eriophyidie, however, are uiiique in that, there are
never more than four in either adult or larva. In Pteroptus,
Dufour (Gamassidte), there are eight, both in larva and adult.
The legs aVe arranged in pairs, two of which are seated well
forward, and two behind ; the latter apparently arise from the
abdomen, but as Banks remarks, this is probably not the case ;
it is " rather that the coalescence of the abdomen and cephalo-

148

KECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

thorax has effaced the true outlines of these portions." The
embryonic forms of Gamasus, Lati'., and Ixodes, Latr., have foui-
pairs of legs before birth, but one pair is aborted to be again
developed at the nymphal stage. This Banks regards as an indi-
cation that the six-legged larva is a secondary development, and
lessens the apparent difference between Acarina and other
Arachnids. In Uropoda, Latr., the anterior legs are inserted in
the canierostome — the opening of the body into which the mouth
parts are inserted.

Abdomen. — Usually large and devoid of segmentation ; in some,
however, segmentation is distinct. The corpus tndva ov ejngynum
is of various shapes and sometimes closed by flaps ; male aperture
(epiandrum) usually smaller than that of the female. The
reproductive system is often highly developed, and frequently
occupies a considerable part of the body.

Respiratory Organs. — For the purpose of i^espiration many
species are endowed with an elaborate tracheal system, but there
are a large number of forms not provided with such. Amongst
those species in which a tracheal system obtains, great vari-
ations are displayed. Commonly the tracheae open near the
mandibles, but with the Ixodida? and Gamasidae the apertures
are near the hind legs. In some species the tracheal openings
occur in the coxal cavities (acetahtda). Of those — and the
species are many — which have no tracheal system, it has been
observed that the skin is soft, and that oxygen is al)Sorbed
by osmosis through the general surface of the body.

The object of the present paper is primarily to draw the
attention of Australian students to our rich and extensive Acarid
fauna. To this end a list of the known species — endemic and
introduced — together with those families which may reasonably
be expected to occur, is given below. Species apparently new
are described.

Banks divided the larger groups of the order into eight super-
families," which he defined as follows : —

1. Abdomen annulate, prolonged behind ; veiy minute

forms ; often with but four legs. . Demodicoidea.

Abdomen not annulate nor prolonged behind ; always
with eight legs 2.

2. With a distinct spiracle upon a stigmal plate on each

side of body (usually below) above the third or

" Banks -Prof. U. States Nat. Mus., xxviii., 1904, p. 10.

A SYNOPSIS OF AISTHALIAX ACARINA — RAINBOW. 149

fourth cuxHj or a little behind ; palpi free ; skin
often coriaceous or leathery ; tarsi often with a
sucker 3

No such distinct spiracle in a stigmal plate on tliis
part of bod}- 4.

3. Hyperstome large, furnished below with many recurved

teeth ; ventor with furrows ; skin leathery ; large
forms, usually parasitic Ixodoidea

Hyperstome small, without teeth ; venter without
furrows ; body often with coriaceous shields, pos-
terior margin never crenulate ; no eyes. Gamasoidea.

4. Body usually coriaceous, with few hairs ; with a

specialised seta arising from a poi-e near each posterior
corner of the cephalothorax ; no eyes; mouth parts and
palpi very small ; ventral openings of abdomen large ;
ne verparasitic ; tarsi never with a sucker. Orihatoidca.

Body softer, without such specialised seta. ... 5.

5. Living in water Hydradinoidea.

Not living in water . 6.

G. Palpi small, three-jointed, adhering for some distance
to the lip ; ventral suckers at genital opening or near
anal opening usually present; no eyes; tarsi often end
in suckers ; beneath the skin on the venter are seen
rod-like epimera that support the legs ; body often
entire ; adult frequently parasitic. . Sarcoptoidpa.

Palpi usually of four or five joints, free : rarely with
ventral suckers near genital or anal openings ; eyes
often present ; tarsi never end in suckers ; body
usually divided into cephalothorax and abdomen ; rod-
like epimera rarely visible ; adults rarely parasitic. 7.

7. Last joint of palpi never forms a " thumb '' to the
preceding joint ; palpi simple, or rarely formed to
hold prey ; body with few hairs . . Eupodoidea.

Last joint of palpi forms a " thumb " to the
preceding, which ends in a claw (a few exceptions) ;
body often with many hairs. . . . Tromhoidea.

150 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Super-family EUPODOIDEA.

Family EUPODID^.

No Acarids of this family have up to the pi'esent been described
fi'om Australia, but one species at least occurs. The family is a
small one, and the individuals comprising it microscopic. All are
predacious, and feed upon small insects or insect's eggs ; one or
two species are supposed to be parasitic. They are soft-bodied,
delicate, with moderately long to long legs ; the division of the
cephalothorax and abdomen is more or less clearly defined ; the
cephalothorax is usually provided with two eyes — one on each
side ; the abdomen is provided with a few simple hairs ; jialpi are
short, simple, four-jointed, and furnished with a few hairs :
mandibles chelate, and (except in the genus Rhayidia, Thor.)
small ; legs six or seven jointed, terminating with two simple
claws, and often with a median plumose puhillus. These Acarids
are fond of cold, damp places ; most of the species occur upon the
ground, where they may be found lurking amidst fallen leaves ;
some occur upon the foliage of trees.

Genus Ereynetes, Berl.

Erynetes LIMACUM, >S'cA?'.

Erynetes limacum, Schr., Ins. Aust., 1781, p. 521.
Acarus limactim, Schr., loc. cit.

i/^«6.— Australia (introduced) ; Cosmopolitan.

Host. — Common European slug, Limax maximns, Linn. This
species has followed its host in distribution. Slugs may often be
seen with numbers of this Acarid swarming over them. In 1890
my colleague, Mi-. C. Hedley, recorded' an Acarid as parasitic on
L. maximus and F. fiavus, Linn. It was doubtless the species
here listed.

Super-family TROMBIDOID.E.

Family CHEYLETID^.

This is a small family, and the species constituting it are
mici'oscopic. None have, so far, been recorded from Australia,
but as some are parasitic on animals that have been introduced
here, it is quite likely that they may yet be x'ecorded when the

■> Hedley— Prov. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v., (2), 1890, p. 892.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARINA RAINBOW. 151

.group shall have been systematically worked out. Banks points
out that they differ considerably in habits and structure aiiKjng-
themselves. 8ome are predacious, and some parasitic ; a few
<jccur upon some animals to prey upon the jjarasites of the host.
The existence of parthenogenesis has been recorded in respect of
several of the Cheyletidse. Banks states that " in one genus
SarGopte7'us, there is no anus ; the food of this mite is of such a
nature as to be completely digested."** The animals upon whicli
Cheyletidje occur are the house and field mouse, several birds, and
bats. Some live in cavities or little cells beneath the skin and
hair follicles. The eggs, singly or in clusters, are attached to the
hairs of the respective hosts, and some species secui'e their ova by
spinning a small web over them.

The CheyletidjB are distinguished by their long beak and
enormous palpi ; the latter may be three or five-jointed ; in some
species each palpus is furnished with a minute movable tubercle
or papilla near the tip on the inner side, and this is occasionally
tipped with one or two pectinate bristles ; the beak is separated
from the body by a deep constriction ; the body is usually oval,
the skin soft, occasionally with chitinous plates, which in some
species are finely striated ; a few hairs are always present, some-
times in the form of scales ; division between cephalothorax and
abdomen usually wanting ; legs generally short, five-jointed,
usually armed with two claws, between which there is a bunch of
hairs or a pectinate bristle. In some species the front legs
terminate in bristles, which appear, according to Banks to have a
tactile function ; in others the front legs are transformed into
clasping organs ; sometimes two eyes are present — one on each
side of the cephalothorax, but they are not often distinct ;
mandibles invariably long and needle-like, and fitted for 2:)iercing
tissues ; in one genus these organs are provided with two points.

Family TETRANYCHID^.

The Tetranychidie are popularly known as " Red Spiders "
and are familiar enough to most horticulturists ; or are
sometimes termed " spinning mites," from the fact tliat some of
the species spin fine silken threads. Some of the species have
followed their host plants, and hence have become widely
distributed, indeed cosmopolitan. In the present imperfect
state of our knowledge it is impossible to say how many species
(tccur in Australia, but several have certainly been introduced.
In addition to these there is little doubt but that some native

'* Banks— ioc. tit., p. 18.

152 RECORDS OF THE AUSIKALIAN MUSEUM.

species also exist. These Acarids have an oval or elliptical body
with a few usually long hairs arranged in rows ; the body is
divided into two parts — cephalothorax and abdomen, and these
are separated from each other by a transverse furrow ; the
cephalothorax has on each side one or two simple eyes. The
palpi are short and terminate with a claw, the latter being
thumb-like and bearing one or more appendages known as "fingers."
The mandibles have their basal joints united in a plate ; the
apical joint is long and flexible, and admirably adapted for
piercing vegetable tissues, it is known as the stylet. Legs
moderately slender, furnished with scattered hairs, and armed
with one or two claws. In some species of the genus Tetranychu!<
the claw is divided into four pieces ; the body is elliptical, being
one and a half times as long as broad ; the first pair of legs is
longer than the body.

Geitus : Brvobia, Koch, = Petrobia, Miirray.

BrYOBIA PRiETIOSA, Koch.

Bryohia prcetiofia et yloriosa, Koch, Uebersicht des Ai'achniden-
systems, 1837.

,, speciosa, Koch, loc. cit., 1838, p. 61.

,, nobilis, Koch, loc. cit., 1838, p. 61.

Pefrobia sjjeciosa, Murray, Econ. Ent., London (no d.), p. 118.

Bryohia speciosa, Crawf., Rep. on the Fusicladiums, Arc, Adelaide,
1886, p 49, pi. iv., f. 20, a, b, c, d, p.

ribis, Thomas, Mt. Thur. Bot. Ver., vi., 1894, p. 10.
,, speciona, Tyron, Ins. and Fungus Pests, Brisbane, 1<^89,.

p. 9?.
,. pirt'fiosa, Oudm., Tigds. Voor Ent., xliii., 1900, p. 138

Host Flcmfs. — Peach trees, almonds, Arum maculatum.
Hab. — South Australia (introduced) : Europe.

Bryobia, sp

Bryobin, sp., Tryon, Ins. and Fungus Pests, Brisbane, 1889, p 92

Host Flants. — Peach trees and grape vines.
Hab. — Queensland.

A SYXOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARINA — RAIXBOW. 153

Ohs. — Tryon considers tins furni distinct from Koch's species
as determined by Crawford, and although he describes it, refrains
from giving it a specific name.

Genus Tetranychus, Diif.

Tetranychus telarius, Linn.

Tetranychus telarius, Linn., Syst. Nat., x., 1758, p. 616.

Acarns telaritis, Linn., loc. cit., p. 616.

Teiranychus telarius (Linn.), Oliff., N. S. Wales Agric. Gaz., ii.,
1891, p. 778.

Tetranychus telarius (Linn.), French, Journ. Agi'ic. Vict., iv.,
1906, p. 125.

Host Plants. — Pear, plum, cherry, roses.

Ohs. — This pest has been frequently referred to for many ye;irs
past in our puljlic press. Doubtless several species have been con-
fused.

Hah. — Albuiy, Cootamundra, Temora; Australia (introduced),
widely distributed; Cosmopolitan.

Tetranychus telarius, var. cinxabarinus, Boisd.

Tetranychus telarius, var. cinnaharinus, Boisd., Ent. Hort., 1868.
p. 88.

Hah. — Australia (introduced).

Ohs. — This form is peculiar to plants in conservatories. It was
originally recorded as parasitic on Dracwna australis. Boisduval
states that when it hatches from the egg "it is then green or
yellowish-green ; later it is variegated with black and green ;
after its last change of skin, it becomes a beautiful aurora red in

colour It carpets the underside of the Dracsena with

threads of silk on which it walks like a spider. It does a great deal
of harm to the leaves that it sucks, stopping their vegetation and
causing them to become diseased. It is not difficult to destroy
them ; to do so it is sufficient to place them in a cold house
during two or three days."

Hah. — Australia (introduced).

French — Journ. Agric. Vict., iv., 1906, p. 125.

154 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSE CM.

Tetraxychus cucumekis, Boisd

Tetranychus cucuiyieris, Boisd., Ent. Hort. 1868, p 84

Obs. — Peculiar to cucumber and gherkin, but other plants are
also attacked by it. It is very minute. When the Cucurbitaceae
are attacked, the weak and sickly plants should be remo^^ed.

Hah. — Australia (introduced).

Tetranychus rosarum, Boisd

Tetranychus rosarum, Boisd., Ent. Hort., 1868, p. 83

Host Plants. — The host plant of this species is the rose, on the
underside of the leaves of which it is sometimes found. This is
probably the species determined by French as parasitic on roses
in Victoria.

Hah. — Australia (introduced).

Obs. — Several other genera are included in this family and are
probably represented in Australia, but in a preliminary study,
and from lack of material systematically collected, it is impossible
to define them.

Family RHYNCHOLOPHIDyE

These mites are usually bright red, and one of our species, at
any rate, is exceedingly common on bushes around Sydney. Only
one species, Smaridia extranea, L. Koch, has hitherto been re-
<;orded from Australia, but two additional species, each apparently
referable to the genus Rycholophns, Dug., are described below.
One of these is common enough around Sydney, but the other is
from the 6000 feet level of Mount Kosciusko, where it was
collected by my colleague, Mr. C. Hedley, in January last. The
other form, collected by Dr. E. P. Ramsay, appears equall}' as
abundant in winter as in summer. Both forms were taken from
plants.

In the Rhycholophidaj the body is usually divided into two
parts, but the division is not veiy distinct. Along the middle of
the cephalothorax there is a longitudinal furrow known as the
dorsal groove or crista. It is usually enlai'ged at the anterior and
posterior extremities, and sometimes at the middle. In the two
Australian genera known to me there are two simple eyes on each
-side of the cephalothorax, but in the genus Smaris, Latr., twu
additional eyes have been recorded, and these are placed close
togetlier near the middle of the anterior margin.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARINA RAINBOW.

155

Banks reports these animals as being usually found on the
ground, sometimes in very hot situations, and that they run over
the surface or on low plants with great rapidity. Dr. Ramsay
tells me that those collected by him were always fairly acti^'e.
Some individuals occur in moss or under fallen leaves. Those
collected by Ramsay congregate together in larger or smaller
groups, whilst the form collected by my colleague on Mount
Kosciusko was solitary. Nothing is known of the habits of our
indigenous species, but they will doubtless be very similar to
those of their exotic congeners. Banks tells us that the eggs are
deposited on the ground or under stones, often in clusters. The
larva is a six-legged mite attached to insects, and when fully-fed
drop to the ground, become quiescent, and after a varying time
transform to the adult. One American species has been found
preying on a scale insect (Aspidiotus) ; others upon the San Jose
scale, and sometimes Aphis lions (Chrysopa).

Genus Smaeidia, Lafr.

Smahidia extranea, L. Koch.

Smaridia extranea, L. Koch, Verb. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, xvii.,
1867, p. 242.

Hab. — Queensland.

Genus Rhycholophus, Latr

Rhynciiolophus wontanus, sp.

(Fig. 3.3).

Scarlet; somewhat shield-shaped; above,
the animal is densely clothed with rather
sliort bristles and hairs ; junction of
cephalothorax and abdomen ill-defined.
Crista. — Full length of thorax, enlarged a
little in front of posterior extremity, where
there is also a small tubercle present.
Eyes. — Four, sessile, arranged in pairs,
one on each side of cephalothorax. Under-
side free from bristles, but densely hairy.
Genital Opening. — Between hind coxfe ;
distinct. Legs. — Rather short, seven-
jointed, fourth pair longest ; all densely
clothed with long hairs. Length of body
3 mm., width 1'8 mm.

Host P/rt?i^s.— Bushes (C. Hedley).
Hab. — Mount Kosciusko, at 6003 feet.

Rainb.

156

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Rhynciiolophus celeripes, sp. nov.

(Fig. 34).

Scarlet, elliptical ; above, the animal i*
densely pilose ; junction of cephalothorax
and abdomen indistinct. Crista. — Full
length of cephalothorax, deep, broadest at
anterior and posterior extremities ; at each
extremity there is a small tubercle, and in
front of the anterior one a tuft of long
bristles proceeds. Eyes. — Four, sessile,
arranged in pairs, one on each side of
cephalothorax. Underside similar in colour
and clothing to dorsal surface. Genital
Opening. — Between hind coxpe, distinct.
Anal Ojye^iing. — Below the latter, distinct.
Legs. — Exceedingly long, seven-jointed,
clothed with fine hairs and bristles, but not
nearly so densely as in i?. montamis.
Length of body, 3 '8 mm., width 1-8 mm.

,,. „ , Host Plants. — Bushes (E. P. Ramsav).

lig. 34. ^ - '

B. celeripes:. Rainb. ZTa^.— Enfield, at all seasons of the year.

Family TROMBIDIID^

This is a family of considerable extent, and includes a
large number of genera. The family is an ancient one.
Gourret has described two forms from the Tertiaries at Aix,
France, namely, Megameropsis aqitensis and PsendopachynatJms
maculatus. Several species of Trombidiidje have been recorded
from New Guinea and islands close at hand, but only one from
Australia. It is quite obvious, though, that others must occur,
and when systematic collection has been effected it will pro-
bably be found that this branch of our native fauna will be
fairly extensive.

Popularly these Acarids are known as " Harvest Mites " in the
United States. The body is divided into two parts, the first of
which, the cephalothorax, carries the first and second pairs of
legs and the abdomen the third and fourth pairs. Banks points

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTKALIAN ACARINA — RAINBOW. 157

out^" that these mites differ from Rhyncholophida; in that the hist
joint of leg iv. is not or very slightly shorter than the penultimate,
and also that the last joint of leg iv. is not swollen. In leg i. the
last joint is usually swollen, often more so than in species of the
family last quoted. They are also red in colour, though some
species are darker than others ; the body is clothed with bristles
or feathered hairs according to the species. The palpi are five-
jointed, prominent, often swollen at the middle, the penultimate
joint ending in one or two claws, the last joint appearing as an
appendage or " thumb " to the one preceding. Legs seven-jointed
and clothed similarly to the body ; tarsi terminating with two
small claws. The cephalothorax has a crista running down the
middle, and this is enlarged at the centre or posterior extremity
into a triangular space known as the areola in which are two pores
from which arise bristles. Two eyes are placed on each side of
the cephalothorax, and these are frequently elevated upon long
pedicels.

In the larval form, these Acarids are parasitic, and are found
at times on lieetles, butterflies, moths, flies, mosquitoes. Mr. G.
A. Waterhouse, B.8c., has taken the Leptns (ov larval form) of a
Trombidium from butterflies collected by him on Mt. Kosciusko.
Mr. G. Goldfinch has also collected forms of Leptus from the
common house-fly. The mature Trombidiidte feed on insects —
plant lice, caterpillars and the like. In the United States one
species, Trombidium locusta7-um, Riley, destroys numbers of
grasshopper eggs, and in France a species has been recorded as
destroying the root forms of Phylloxera, that scourge of the vine.

In Europe, Japan and America, the larval forms of Trombi-
diidse, when numei-ous, are sometimes known to attack man,
causing intense irritation and pain, and have even been known to
promote serious complications. In the United States they are
known, when found upon man as " Red Bug." These larval
mites burrow beneath the skin and produce inflamed spots. As
Banks jDoints out, " this is an unnatural position for the mites,
and they soon die, but the waiting is not pleasant. In France
these pests are known as rouget or aoittat, and are the cause of
Erythema autumnale ; in Germany they produce Stachelbeerkrnn-
theit. In England they are called " Harvest Mites " or " Goose-
berry Bugs " ; in Mexico, Tlalsahtiate ; Japan, Akamushi ; and
the West Indies, Bete-rouge.

10 Biinks--Lor>. ci(., p. 30.

158

RECORDS OP THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Genu8 Trombidium, Fahr.

Trombidium sericatum, sp. nov.

(Fig. 35).

Scarlet, ovate, the animal densely
covered with silky pubescence, body
arched, granulated ; junction of cephalic
and thoracic segments ill-define d. Crista.
— Full length of cephalothorax, and
enlarged at the middle into a triangular
area. Eyes. — Four, sessile, aranged in
two pairs — one on each side of the crista.
Abdomen. — Much the widest in front,
rounded off posteriorly. Genital Aperture.
— Seated between the hind coxce., and
behind the anal opening. Legs. — Eight,
yellowish, short, stout, seven-jointed,
pilose and arranged in two groups of
four each, two pairs being seated well in
front, the other two pairs placed near
Length of body 4-5 mm., breadth 2-3 mm.

^a6.— Gisborne, Victoria (Mr. Geo. Lyell). Mr. A. R.
McCulloch, of the Australian Museum collected specimens at
Wyangarie, New South Wales.

Fig. 35.
T. sericatum, Eainb.

abdominal extremity.

Trombidium papuanum, Canest.

T'romhidiuni papuanum, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (6), ii., 1884,
p. 718, pi. iv., fig. 5.

Host. — " On an Australian Longicorn."
Hah. — Australia.

Leptus (larv(e).

Host. — Butterflies (Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc).
Hah.—Mt. Kosciusko, at 6000 feet.

Leptus (larixe).

//o^V.— House-fly (Mr. G. Goldfincli).
Ha^\ — Mosman, Sydney.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARIXA — RAINBOW. 159

LePTUS (IdVVOi).

Host. — Day-flying Moth — Procris viridijndverulenta, Guer.
(the writer).

Hah. — Sydney

Ohs. — Mr. Goldfinch has also observed a Leptus on a moth,
Sericea spectans, Gn.

Snper-family HY DRACHNOIDEA.

Famihj HYDRACHNID^.

In this family only one species, Hydrachna oduntoyiiathus,
Canest., has been I'ecorded from Australia, and two more are now
added — Eylais maccidlochi and Atax cumberlaudensis. The
family is extensive and widely distributed, and the species occur
not only in fresh and brackish water, but also in the sea. All
are free-swimming as a rule in the adult stage, but in the larval
state they are parasitic. In the Hydrachnida?, the integument is
entire, there being no division between the cephalic and thoracic
regions, and the body is more or less convex, spherical or bi'oadly
ovate. In some genera, as in Ai'renurus, Duges, the male has an
elongated abdomen tipped with a median projection called the
petiolus. In the genus Eylais there are four simple eyes situate
close together on a plate near the median line, whilst in Afa.v,
Fabr., there are only two, and these are widely separated. The
integument is soft, and the animals are either scarlet or bluish-
green ; according to Banks, some American species are prettily
marked with yellow and black, and vary consideral)ly in macula-
tion. The mouth-parts are often hidden under the anterior
margin of the cephalothorax, and the maxillary palpi, consisting
of four or five joints, varies so much, that it is of great value to
the systematist in classification. The legs are usually of equal
length, although it is not uncommon .to find the first pair some-
what the longest ; normally they are seven-jointed, and clothed
with long hairs which aid them in swimming ; in this respect
the third and fourth pairs are much more densely hairy than the
others.

Genus Eylais, Lafr.

r= Eulais, Piersig and Lohmann.

Eylais maccullochi, sp. nor.

(Fig. 36).

Scarlet, elliptical, strongly arched, integument smooth ; moutli-
parts hidden under anterior margin of cephalothorax. Body. —

100

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Entire, there being no division between
the thoracic and abdominal segments.
Maxillary Palpi. — Five-jointed, hairy.
Eyes. — Four, simple, close together
upon an eye-plate,arranged in pairs, one
eye in front of the other. Gpuital
Opening. — Midway between the pos-
terior coxfe. Leys. — Arising close to-
gether on anterior part of venter, and
in a radiate arrangement ; they are
not strong, but are of moderate length,
and are provided with swimming
hairs ; the fourth pair is somewhat
the longest. Coxal or Ejnmeral Plates.

— Four, united to the venter. Length of body 3-5 mm., breadth

2-7 mm. ; some specimens rather smaller.

Hah. — Parramatta, June, 1905, in ponds.

Ohs. — I have named this species in honour of Mr. A. R.
McCulloch, of the Australian Museum, who at my request and
some personal inconvenience to himself, collected this and other
material for me.

Fig. 36.
E. maccuUochi, Rainb.

Genus Hydrachna, Mull.

HyDRACHNA ODONTOfiNATHUS, Canest.

Hydrachna odontocjnathas, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (6), ii., 18S5,
p. 719.

Host. — A water beetle. *

Hah. — Australia.

Fig. 37.
jd. cumherlandensi", Eainb.

Genus Atax, Fah.

Atax cumberlandensis, sp. nor.

(Fig. 37).

Body bluish-green ; legs green ;
elliptical, strongly arched, moutli-
parts hidden under anterior mar-
gin of cephalothorax. Maxillary
Paljyi. — Enlarged at base, fourth
joint bearing three spurs below.
Eyes. — Two, simple, widely aj^art.
Body. — Entire, integument smooth
with a finely impressed median
longitudinal mark, wavy in out-

A SYNOPSIS OF AL'STRAMAN ACARINA — KAINPOW. 161

line, luiHiiny down the alxlomen ; this has two hiteral branches at
its anterior extremity. On the underside the colour is a httle
ligliter than above. Genital Opening. — Near posterior extremity.
•Suckiiiy Discs. — On each side, twelve. Lec/s. — Not strong,
rather long; fourth pair somewhat the longest; all provided with
swinnning hairs. Coxal or Epiyneral Plates. — Three, united to
the venter. Length of body 1-9 mm., breadth 1-2 mm.

Hab. — Parramatta, in ponds, June, 190.5 (Mr. A. R. IVIcCul-
loch).

Ohs. — Species of the Molluscan genus Dijjlodon, 8pix, occur in
fresh-water ponds around Parramatta, and they are frequently
infested with Acarids. The lattei*, however, are scarcely
pai'asitic, as they feed on minute animals drawn in by the
mollusc.

Fa^nihj HALACARID^

Several species of Halacaridae have been recorded from Aus-
tralia and adjacent islands, and as all of these are pelagic, it is
only natural to expect such forms (or at any rate, some of them)
to have a wide geographical range. Those occurring on the shores
of New Guinea and the North Island of New Zealand, for
instance, may certainly be expected to occur here. These
Acai'ids are minute, ranging from one to two millimetres in length.
They are found upon Algse, Corals, Crustaceans and Cliitons,
often in shallow water, although some have been di edged at
considerable depths. Halacarids have a tough skin, which may
be striated or granulated, and most frequently destitute of hairs
or bristles. The body is usually clearly divided into two parts,
and the ceplialothorax has usually three eye-spots — one on each
side and one at the middle in front. Legs are moderately long,
rather widely separated at the base, and lateral or sub-lateral in
origin. Each tarsus terminates with two claws. Some Hala-
caridas occur in fresh water, and some in brackish.

Genus Agaxie, Lohm

Agaue brevipalpus, Troues.

A(/aiie brevipalpus, Troues., Naturaliste, xi., 1889, p. 181 ; Bull.
Sci. France Belgique, xx., 1889, p. 247 ; Lohmann in Ergeb.
Plankton Exped., ii., 1893, p. 87 ; Trouessart, Bull. Soc.
Zool. France, xxv., 1900, p. 47.

Hosts. — Algag and Corals

7/rt6.— Pacific Ocean, Sydney, New South Wales ; also Mediter-
ranean Sea ; Atlantic Ocean ; Azox-es, Canaries, Bermudas, Bi-azil.

162 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Genus Halacarus, Gosse

Halacarus (Polymkla) hispidus, Lohm

Halacarus (Polymela) hispidus, Lohm., Ergeb. Plankton Exped.,
ii., 1893, p. 71, pi. iii., f. 7, 9-11.

Host. — Algfe.

Hab. — Pacific Ocean, Sydney.

Halacarus (Polymela) PAxoPiE, Lohm

Halacai-us (Polymela) jJChnopcp, Lohni., Ergeb. Plankton Exped.,
ii., 1893, p. 72, pi. iii., f. 1,8, pi. iv., f. 8, 9.

Host. — Alg;e

Hah. — Pacific Ocean, Sydney ; Atlantic Ocean, Cape Verd.

Halacarus (Polymela) panop.e, var. squamifera, Lohm.

Halacarus (Polymela) panojxe, var. squami/era, Lohm., Ergeb.
Plankton Exped., ii., 1893, p. 73.

Host. — Algje.

Hab. — Pacific Ocean, Sydney ; Atlantic Ocean, mouth of the
Amazon River.

Halacarus (Polymela) chevreuxi, Troues.

Halacarus (Polymela) chevreuxi, Troues., Naturaliste, (3), xi.,
1889, p. 162 ; Bull. Sci. France Belgique, xx., 1889, p. 245 ;
Lohman, Ergeb. Plankton Exped., ii., 1893, p. 73, pi. iv., f.
3-7, 10, 11, text fig. 6; Trouessart, Bull. Soc. Zool. France,
xxv., 1900, p. 46.

Hosts. — Algae and Corals.

Hab. — Pacific Ocean, Sydney, Chili ; Atlantic Ocean, Azores,
Canaries ; Mediterranean Sea.

Halacarus oblongus, Lohm.

Halacarus obloru/us, Lohm., Ergeb. Plankton Exped., ii., 1893, p.
83, pi. ix., f. 1, 3, pi. x., f. 3, 7, text fig. 9.

Hosts. — Ascidians and Alcyonarians.
Hah. — Pacific Ocean, Sydney.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTKALIAN ACARINA — RAIXBOW. 163

Halacarus (Copidognathus) lamellosus, Lohin.

Halacarus (Copidognathus) lamellosus^ Lohm., Ergeb. Planlcton
Exped., ii., 1893, p. 79, pi. vi., f. 1-9, pi. vii., f. 1, 4.

Hosts. — Algae and stationary animals.

Hah. — Pacific Ocean, Sydney ; Atlantic Ocean, Bermudas and
mouth of the Amazon.

Halacarus (Copidognathus) pulciier, Lohm.

Halacarus (Copido(jiiathus) pidchfii', Lohm., Ergeb. Plankton
Exped., ii., 1893, p. 77, pi. v., f. 1-8, text fig. 7.

Host. — Alga?.

Hah. — Pacific Ocean, Sydney ; Atlantic Ocean, Bermudas and
Ascension.

Super-family IXODOIDEA.

The Ixodoidea embrace by far the best known of all the
^Vcarids, and are popularly termed ticks. They form a
perfectly natural group, the members of which may be easily
known by their general appearance and size, for none are so smaU
that they may not be seen by the naked eye. All are parasitic,
their hosts including sometimes man, various mammals, birds and
reptiles. Their integument is coriaceous ; the females are much
larger than the males, and their bodies capable of considerable
distension. Before distension they are somewhat triangular in
outline, rather flat, with prominent, slender legs, and the bealv-
like rostrum in front. Of our Australian tick acquaintances some
are indigenous, and some introduced — the latter which includes
the Cattle Tick, Rhipicephahis anntdatus, Say., being by far the
most serious.

Family ARGASID^

Genus Argas, Latr

Argas reflexus, Fah.

Argas reflexus, Fab., Ent. Syst., iv., 1794, p. 426.

Acartis reflexus, Fab., loc. cit.

Argas reflexus, Latr., Precis des Car. gen. des Ins., 1796, p. 178,

an V.
Rhynchoprion columhce, Mem. Apterologique Strasbourg, 180-1,

p. 69.

1G4 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

An/as vp.ffpxns, Neum., Mem. .Soc. Zool. Fi-ance, ix.. 1S96, pp. 4-6,

f. i'-;3.

Hosts. — Pigeons, fowls. Starcovici reported that lie has seen
the larva? on the horse in Roumania.

ILd). — Europe (widely distributed). Australia (introduced).

Argas persicus, Fischer da Waldheim.

Argas pei-sicus, Fischer de Waldheim, Bull. Acad. Sci. Moscou,
1823.

Argas persecus, Laboulbene and P. ]Megnin, Journ. I'anat. et de
la physioL, xviii., 1882, p. 317, pi. xxi.-xxiii.

Argas jjerseciis, Michsiel, 'N Sit. Sci., May, 1892, p. 202; N.S.W.
Agric. Gaz., vii., 1896, p. 593; and ibid., xii., 1901, p. 1349.

Argas persicus, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. Fi-ance, ix., 1896, pp.
7-9, f. 4, 5.

Hosts. — Human beings and probably domestic fowls.

Hab. — N". W. and X. E. Persia, from whence it appears to have
spread into Europe ; Adelaide, S.A. (introduced).

Ar<;as amekicaxus, Packard.

Argas americautis, Packard, A^-acknida, U. S. Geol. Survey,
1872, p. 740, fig. 68.

Argas americanus, Frogg., N.S.W. Agric. Gaz., ix., 1898, p. 975 ;
ibid., xi., 1901, p. 542 ; ibid., xii., 1901, pp. 1285 and
1349, pi.

Argas americanus, Neum., M'^m. Soc. Zool. France, ix., 1896,
pp. 9-12, f. 6-11.

An/as americana. Brown, Journ. Agric. Vict., i., 1902, pp.
86-90 and 209-216.

Hosts. — Domestic fowls and turkeys.

Hab. — America ; Australia (widely distributed ; introduced).

Ar(;as sp.

Argas sp.. Fuller, N.S.W. Agric. Gaz., vii., 1896, p. 590, f. 1-4.

Hosts. — Domestic fowls.
Hab. — New South Wales.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACAKINA — RAINi?0\V. 165

Family IXODID^.
Tribus A : RHIPICEPHAL^E.

Genus H.EMAPHYSALIS, Koch.
= Rhipisfoma, Koch ; Gonixodes, Duges ; Opistodon, Canestrini.

H.EMAPHYSALIS PAPUANA, Thov.

llcemaphyscdis pap^iana., Tlior., Ann. del Mus. civ. di 8t. Nat.

di Genova, xviii., 1882, p. 62, pi. vi., f. 40-45.
Hcemaphysalis papuana, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, x., 1897,

p. 336, 337.

Host. — Not known. Canestrini found two examples, 1 (J 1 9,
attached to a strip of skin from some mammal, in cotton which
had been used for packing some insects and reptiles from Aus-
tralia (Queensland).

Hah. — New Guinea (Ramoi), and Queensland.

HiEMAPHYSALIS LEACHI, Aud.

Hcemajihysalis leachi, Aud., Description de I'Egypte, 2nd ed.,

xxii., 1827; Zoologie, Exjjlic. des planches, p. 428.
Rhipistoma leachi, C. L. Koch, Archiv f iir Naturgeschiche, (1), x.,

1844, p, 239.
Rhipistoma ellipticum, C L. Koch, loc. cit.
Rhipicephalus ellipticus, C. L. Koch, Uebersicht des Arachniden

systems, iv., 1847, p. 135, pi. xxx., fig. 111.
Rhipidosfoma leachi, Karsch, Monatsbericht K. Akad. Wis.

Berlin, 1878, p. 337.
Ha/maphysalis leachi, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, x., 1897, p.

347-350, f. 13-15 , loc. cit., xiv., 1901, p. 263.
Ildmaphysalis leachi, Frogg., N S.W. Agric. Gaz., xi., 1900, p.

542.

Hosts. — In Eastern Ethiopia, Felis jKirdus, Linn, (leopard) ;
cattle and horses at Grafton and Wallangra, N.S.W.

Hah. — Widely distributed over the African continent ;
Narrabri and Kempsey, N. 8. Wales (introduced).

H.EMAPHYSALIS LONGICORNIS, Xeum.

Ha^maphysalis longicor'nis, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xiv.,
1901, p. 261, f. 2.

Hosfs.^C'AtWe.

Hah. — Nari-abri and Kempsey, N. S. Wales.

166 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Genus Rhipicephalus, Koch.

r= Acarus (in part), Linn. ; Ixodes (in part), Latr. ; Phauloixodes
Berl. ; Boophilus, Cui't.

Rhipicephalus annulatus, >Sai/.

Rhipicephalus annulatus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., ii.

1821, p. 75.
Hoimaphysalis rosea, Koch, Archiv. f. Naturgesch, (1), x., 1844

p. 237 ; Uebersicht des Arachnidensystems, iv , 1847, p. 121

pi. xxvi., fig. 95 $, fig. 97 9.
Ixodes bonis, Riley, In Rep. on Diseases of Cattle by Gamgee,

U.S. Dept. Agric, Special Rep., 1869.
Ixodes bovis, Fuller, Agric. Gaz. N.S.W., vii., 1896, p. 765,

pis. i.-iv., text figs.
Lwdes identatus, Gamgee, Rep. Diseases of Cattle, U.S. Dept.

Agric, Special Rep., 1869.
Ixodes diujesii, Megnin, Les Parasites et les Maladies Parasitaircs,

Paris, 1880.
Ilcemaphysalis microjyola, Canest., Atti. della Soc. Veneto Trentina

Sci. nat, xi , fasc. 1, 1887, p. 104, pi. ix., f. 3 and 5.
Boophilus bovis. Curt., y^sishington Biolog. Soc, 1890; loc. cit.,

1891 ; Journ. Compar Med. and Vet. Archives, 1892, p. 1 ;

Bull.Texas Agric Exper.Sta, No 24, 1892; N.S.W. Agric.

Gaz. (reprint), vii., 1896, p. 454, pis. 1-3.
Boophilus (Ixodes) bovis. Fuller, N.S.W. Agric. Gaz., vii., 1896,

p. 451, two text figs.
Rhipicephalus calcai-atus, Birula, Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.

Petersbourg, No. 4, 1895, p. 361, pi. ii., f. 10-20.
Rhipicephalus an^ndatus, Rainb., Rec. Aust. Mus., iii., 1899, p.

131.
Rhipicephalus anmdatus, Frogg., N.S.W. Agric Gaz., xi., 1900,

p. 542.
Rhipicephalus annularis, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, x.,

1897, p. 407, f. 37-42; loc. cit., xiv., 1901, p. 276.

Jlosts. — Tlie hosts of this, now cosmopolitan, species are as
follows : — In Texas, Maryland, Washington, Chicago, Baltimore,
Kentucky, Kansas, Arkansas, New Mexico and Honduras :
cattle ; Cuba : cattle and dogs ; Jamaica : cattle ; Florida : Deer
(Cariacus vii-yinianus, Bodd.) ; Guadoloupe, where it is known
as the " Creole Tick : cattle ; Paraguay : under the bark of trees ;
Timor: " Sambar " deer (^i?ws« equinus, Ciivier) ; Caucasus and
Transcaucasus of Asia, Singapore : cattle ; Algiers and Morocco :
cattle ; Bai'bary and Touaiick : sheep.

Hab. — Cosmopolitan.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARINA — RAINBOW. 167

Rhipicephalus annulatus, vnr. australis, yeum.

Rhipicephalus annulatus, var. australis, Neuni., Mem. Soc. Zool.

France, xiv., 1901, p. 280.
Rhijncephalus annulatus, var. australis, Frogg., N.S.W. Agric.

Gaz., xi., 1900, p. 542.

Hosts.— C&tilc (Queensland Cattle Tick).
JIah. — Queensland.

Tribus B : IXOD.^.

Genus Ixodes, Latr.

=. Acarus (in part), Linn. ; Cynorhoistes (in part), Herm. ; C'ro-
tonus (in part), Dum.

Ixodes ornithorhynchi, Lucas.

Ixodes ornithorhynchi, Lucas, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, (2), iv..

1845, p. 58, pi. i., f. 3.
r.ci)des ornithorhynchi, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xii .

1899, p. 142, f. 18, 19.

Host. — Ornithorhyncus anatinus, Shaw.

Ilab. — Tasmania ; also Marianne Isles, Micronesia (Monotreme
recorded as host does not occur here).

Ixodes tasmani, Neum

Ixodes tasmani, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xii., 1899, p.
144, f. 20.

Host. — Not known.

Hah. — Tasmania ; Is. of St. Pierre, Gt. Australian Bight.

Ixodes holocyclus, Nemn.

Ixodes holocyclus, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xii., 1899, p.

151, f. 24-26.
[xodps holocyclus, Frogg., N.S.W. Agric. Gaz., xi., 1900, p. 541.

Hosts. — Man, dog. Commonly known as " Bush " or " Dog "
Tick. Froggatt quotes it as infesting low sln-ubs, one in par-
ticular— Kunzid cap'itata, Reichb. — has been called " Tick Bush ''
on this account. This tick is also recorded by Neumann as
occurring on the Brush-tailed Pouch Mouse — Pha^^ofjah' peni-

168 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

cillata, Sliaw ; the red squirrel of India, and another squirrel
Sciurus variabilis, Geoff. The locality for the latter animal is
given as India, but according to Trouessart ("Catalogus Mam-
malium ") tlae habitat should be South and Central America.

Hab. — New South Wales, Queensland, India (?), S. and C.
America (?).

Genus Aponomma, Xeum.

^z Ixodes, Latr. (in part) ; Ophiodes, Murray (nora. preeoc).

AponOxMMa trimaculatum, Liicas.

Apononima trimaculatum, Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (5),

viii., 1878, p. Ixxvii.
Ixodes ti'imaculatus, Lucas, loc. cit.
Aponoynma trimaculatum, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xii.,

1899, p. 187, f. 41 ; loc. cit., xiv., 1901, p. 291.
Aponomma trimaculatum, Froijg., N.S.W. Agric. Gaz.,, xi., 1900,

p. 542.

Hosts. — Cattle ; Lace Lizards : Vara7t,tos leucostiyma (sic) and
V. salvator, Laur.

Hab. — New Guinea for Guinea, fide Neumann) \ Palang,
Sumatra ; and Narrabri, N. S. Wales.

ApONOMM \ DECOROSUM, L. Koch.

Ajxinomma decorosum, L. Koch, Verhand. b. Ges. Wieii., xvdi.,

1867, p. 241.
Ixodes decorosus, L. Koch, loc. cit.
Ixodes varani, L. Koch, loc. cit.
Aponomma decorosiim, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xii.,

1899, p. 194, f. 46-48.
Aponomma decorosrim, Frogg., N.S.W. Agric. Gaz., xi., 1900, p.

541.
Aponomma decorosum, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xiv.,

1901, p. 292, f. 9.

Hosts. — Lizards : Varanus giganteiis, Gray ; Varanus sp. : V.
varius. Gray ; Snakes : Python sp. ; the Echidna : Tachyglossus
aculeatus, Shaw.

Hab. — Australia : Brisbane, Sydney, Goulburn ; Fiji.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARINA RAINBOW 169

Aponomma hydrosauri, Dpiiny.

Apoiinmma hydrosauri, Denny, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xii., 1843,
[). 3 1-4, pi. xvii., f. 4.

Ixodes hydrosau7-i, Denny, loc. cit.

Amhlijomrnn hyd7\)sauri, Koch, Archiv. f. Naturg., x., (1), 1844,
p. 231.

Aponomma hydrosauri, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool France, xii.,
1899, p. 'l97, f. 49, 50.

Aponomnia hydrosauri, Fi'ogg., N.S.W. Agric, Gaz., xi., 1900, p.
541.

Hosts. — Lizards : Va^'anus varius, Gray ; T^. youldi, Gray ;
Echidna : Tachyylossus aculeatus, Shaw.

Hah. — Australia and Tasmania.

Aponomma concolor, Xeum.

Aponomma concolor, Neum., Mem. 8oc. Zool. France, xii., 1899, p.
198.

Host. — Echidna : Tachyglossus aculeatus, Shaw.

Hah. — Queensland.

Obs. — Neumann adds a note to his description, of which the
following is a translation : " Founded on an individual labelled
' Ixodes coxalis, Gerv., J", on a Hystrix, Queensland,' and which
only corresponds in its habits with Ix. coxalis, Gervais, which
latter is probably a Dermacentor."

Aponomma ecinctum, Neum.

Aponomma ecinctnm, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xiv., 1901,
p. 293.

Aponomma ecinctum, Frogg., N.S.W. Agric. Gaz., xi., 1900, p.
542.

Hosts. — Beetles : Aulacocyclus kaupi, Macl.

Hab. — Queensland, New South Wales. It will also occur,
doubtless, in other States.

170 KKCORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Geiius Amblyomma, C. L. Koch.

ziL Ixodes (in part), Latr.

Amblyomma triguttatum, C. L. Koch.

Amhlyoynma triynttatvm, C. L. Koch, Archiv. f. Naturg., (1), \.,
1844, p. 255; Arachnidsystem, iv., 1847, p. 60, pi. ix., f. 33.

Amhlyomnia fruiuttatum, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xii.,
1899, p. 215.

Amblyomma irujiittatum, Fi'Ogg., N.8.W. Agric. Gaz., xi., 1900, p.
541.

Amhli/omma truiiUtatum, Neum., Mem. 8oc. Zool. France, xiv.,
1901, p. 298.

Ilosfs. — Horses, cattle, dogs ; the " Paddy-melon," Macropus
fhetidis, Lesson ; and tlie Echidna, Tachyylossuti acideatiis, Shaw.

Hab. — N. S. Wales and Queensland.

Amblyomma limbatum, JVenn/.

Amblyoni7na limbatum, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xii., 1899,
p. 231.

Host. — Not indicated.

Hab. — King Island, Bass Straits ; Adelaide.

Obs. — Neumann thinks this may jarobably be a variety of A.
morelice, L. Koch.

Amblyomma postocul.\tum, Neum.

Amblyomma posfoculatiwi, Neum., Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xii.,
1899, p. 232.

Host. — Not indicated.

J/ab. — King Island, Bass Straits ; Adelaide.

Amblyomma morkli.e, L. Koch

Amhlyotiiiiia morelice, L. Kocli, Verliandl. K. zool. hot. Ges.
Wien., xvii., 18G7, p. 241.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTUAMAN ACARIXA RAINBOW. 171

Anibli/onuiHi raorelvi', Neuiu., Mem. Zool. France, xii., 1899, p.
258.

AiiihJjjdiinna morplifi-, Frogg., N.S.W. Agric. Gaz., xi., 1900, p. 5-11.

Iloxts. — Horses, Kangaroos, and Carpet Snake, Fijihon sjnhjti^s,
Lacep

I fab. — N. 8. Wales and Queensland.

Super-fcmuhj GAMASOIDEA.

The species included in tliis super-family are well-known to
collectors, not only from the fact that many are common, but also
because many pass a portion of their life attached to spiders,
myriapods, and insects. These mites have, as a rule, a hard,
leathery integument ; some, however, are soft-bodied ; they are
broad, flat, short-legged, devoid of eyes, but exceedingly sensitive
in point of touch ; some of these mites can run rapidly, and leap,
while others ai'e lethargic, and seek protection when disturbed l)y
feigning death. In some species the mouth-parts can be com-
pletely withdrawn into the body. Normally tlie mandibles are
chelate, and the "fingers" denticulated. Examples occur in
whicli these organs are elongate and styliform, and hence adapted
for piercing.

Family GAMASID.^\

Tliis is an extensive family, of world-wide distribution, and
including many genera and species. And here, again, in working
over literature, the student is brought face to face with the fact
that more species have been described and recorded from New
Guinea than from Australia. Doubtless some of the Papuan
forms will, when the subject is properly worked, be found to
(jccur upon our island continent. For a description of tlie internal
anatomy of tlie Gamasidje, and a description of their mode of
coition, which latter is marvellous, and doubtless unique in
nature, see Michael's paper " On the Variations in the Internal
Anatomy of the Gamasina^."^' Species of Gamasida? have been re-
corded not only from Arthropods, but also from tlie ears of cattle
and horses and from the bodies of moles, and nests of the
latter ; son)e have been recorded as living on mosses and various
plants. Amongst insects infested with these mites are beetles.

11 Michael— Trans. Linn. Soc, v., pt. 8, 1892, p. 281, et seq.

172 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

bees and ants ; some Gamasids feed upon the dead bodies of the
latter. A species of Lcdaps has been observed to jump upon an
ant and ride about on it, without in any way disconcerting the
Formicid. Each species of mite is said to prefer to live with a
particular species of ant, although several kinds have been found
in one nest. When the ants quit the nest the mites disappear
also. Protonymphs have been collected from plants, and deuto-
nymphs and tritonymphs from meals — flour, etc. — and houses.

Genus Cel^nopsis, Kram.

A number of mites from various parts of the world,
including one from Australia, have been associated with Koch's
o-enus Ceke.no, which was founded in 1835. This name, however,
cannot stand for the Arachnida, as it was preoccupied for the
Mammalia, Leach having in 1822 proposed Gekeiio for a bat.
For the present, therefore, I suggest that as CeUeno, Koch, has to
sink into the ranks of synonymy, Kramer's Celcejiopsis be used
instead.

CELiENOPSIS AUSTRALIANA, Canest.

Cekenopsis australicma, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (6), ii., 1885, p.
715, pL vi., fig. 2.

ffost. — Beetles — type found upon a Cetonid.
Ilab. — Australia.

Genus L.ELAPS, Koch.
L.ELAPS dolic[h]anthus, Ganest.

Leelaps dolic[h]aidhus, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (6), ii., 1885, p.
709. pi. vii., f. 2 and 3.

Jlost. — Beetles — type found upon a Lamelicorn. We have in
our collection, specimens probably referable to this species, from
beetles and spiders collected by Mr. S. J. H. Moreau, at Antonio,
near Bydal, N. S. Wales.

Jlab. — Australia.

L.ELAPS CONIFERUS, Canest.

LfpJaps coniferus, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (6), ii., 1885, p. 711,
pi. vii., f. 4.

ffost. — Beetles — type found upon a Longicorn.
Hab. — Australia.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARINA — RAINBOW. 173

L^ELAPS STILOSUS, Cane.st.

L(daps stilosus, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (6), ii., 1<S85, p. 711,
pi. ix., f. 3.

Host. — Beetles — type found upon a Longicorn.
Hub. — Australia.

Genus Seius, Koch.

Species of this genus have been recorded as occurring upon
moss, and in caves ; and protonymphs upon plants. Only one
species has, so far, been described from Australia.

Seius acanthurus, Canest.

Seuis acanthurus, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (6), ii., 1885, p. 712,
pi. ix., f. 1 and 2.

Hah. — Australia.

Genus Gamasus, Latr.

Gam ASUS flavolimbatus, L. Koch.

Gamasns flavolimbatus, L. Koch, Verhandl. K. zool. hot. Ges.
Wien, 1867, p. 242.

Hah. — Queensland.

Genus Berlesia, Canest.

Berlesia rapax, Canest.

Berlesia rapax, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (6), ii., 1885, p. 714,
pi. ix., f. 4.

Hab. — Australia.

Family DERMANYSSID^.

The mites included in this family are soft-skinned, and parasitic
on warm-blooded animals. Banks considers that whilst these
Acarids differ much in general appearance from the Gamasida?, to
which they are closely allied by structure, it would nevertheless
be better to abandon the group. The best character for separa-

174 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

tion fi'om the Gamasidse is their parasitic habits.^- The family,
as at present constituted, is divided into two sub-families, the
Dermanyssinfe and Halarachnin?^, and they are distinguished
from one another by, in the first of these, the presence of an anal
plate, and in the latter, the absence thereof.

These mites are pai'asitic on bats, mice, rats and birds, and
some of them have followed their hosts in their travels from
place to place, and so have become not only widely distributed,
but in some instances, cosmopolitan. Two species of Dermany)<sns
have found a home in many lands, and they ai'e recorded below
as parasitic on domestic bii'ds. By the uninformed they are fre-
quently confused with Bird Lice. Other forms doubtless occur,
but none have been described from Australia.

Genus Dermanyssus, Dugea.

Dermanyssus GALLiXiE, De Geer.

Dermanyssua galli7ice, De Geer, Mem. Inst., vii., 177S, p. 11.

Acarus yallince, De Geer, loc. cit.

Dei'manyssiis gallinre, Oudem., Tidjs. Voor Entom., xlv., 1902,
p. 13, pi. i., f. 2, 3.

Hosts. — Domestic fowls.

Hah. — Cosmopolitan ; Australia (inti"oduced).

Dermanyssus avium, Duges.

Dermanyssus avium, Duges, Ann. Sci. Nat., (2), i., 1834, p. 18.

Dermanyssus avium, Murray, Econom. Entom. (n. d.), p. 169,
2 f. in text.

Ho.9its. — Pigeons, canaries, domestic fowls.

Hab. — Cosmopolitan ; Australia (introduced).

Obs. — This species has been recorded as occurring on human
beings, but it was accidental, and due to the individuals coming
into contact with infested birds. It is also recorded that the
removal of an infested henroost resulted in the cure of a case of
supposed phthiriasis. The subject, a woman, was, but for these
pests, clean and healthy.

1'^ Banks — Loc. cif., p. 59.

A SYNOPSIS OK AL'STKAT.IAN ACAKIXA — RAINBOW. 175

Family UKOPODIDJi.
The Uropodidie are distinct from the two preceding famiUes in
general appearance. The mites are small. They are usually
found attached to insects, and are remarkable for the length of
their mandibles, which are often twice as long as the body,
slender, and terminating in delicate chelfe. They are not, strictly
speaking, parasitic, their presence upon insects being for the
purpose of transportation ; moreover, those found upon insects,
are attached by a pedicel of excrement, and owing to the fact
that they are immature, have been termed nympha pfdiinculata.
Up to the present two species have been described from Australia.

Gpiuis Uropoda, Lafv.

UrOPODA SPINULIPES, Cdtif'sf.

Uropnda spmul'i])f'i<, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (C), ii., li^So, p.
7U.

Hah. — Australia (on a Geotrupid).

GenvH Fedrizzia, Caufxf.

Fedrizzia grossipes, Canest.

Fedrizzia yrosi^ijjes, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (G), ii., l^So, p.
707, pi. viii., f. 1 and 2.

/lab. — Australia (on a Geotrupid).

Super-familn ORIBATOIDEA.

The Acarids included in this group are popularly known as
" Beetle Mites." They ai'e small and hard ; some have rather
short legs, and others extremely long ambulatory limbs. Super-
ficially, these mites have a very beetle-like appearance, and this is
doubtless the origin of the popular name. Oribatids may be
easily distinguislied from all other Acarids by the presence of a
hair or seta which is seated on either side of the cephalothorax,
and this arises from a small \xnv. Tliese are usually termed
jjseudu-stiyniaUe, and their function is unknown. The super-
family under consideration is an extensive one and widely
distributed. The species occur on dead wood, lichens, in moss,
amongst dead leaves and forest debris generally ; some are
aquatic, occurring in mangrove swamps and on fresli-water and
marine Algie ; a few species are amphibious. These Acarids

176 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

are never parasitic, but are vegetable feeders. Usually they are
oviparous, sometimes ovo-viviparous, and rarely viviparous. When
the young emerge they have only three pairs of legs, but in the
next stage they have four ; two other changes or ecdyses occur,
however, before the adult stage is attained. About twenty
genera ai-e included in the Oribatoidea, and thtse include many
species, but tlie group has not been touched in Australia, notwith-
standing the fact that quite a number of species occur, and some
are stored away in private collections I have seen specimens
from the Jenolan District. In 1897 Canestrini described several
from German New Guinea. Tryon has recorded one under the
name Leisonia, sp., from Durundur, Q., but this is the only
reference I can find.

Family ORIBATID^.
Genus LiACARUS, Michael.
= Leisonia, Nicolet (nom. prceoc).
LiACARUS SP., Tryon.
Liacarus sp., Tryon, Insect and Fungus Pests, 1889, p. 160.
Leisonia sp., Tryon, loc. cit.
Hah. — Durundur, Queensland

Family TARSONEMID^.

There ai*e not many genera or species included in this family,
but some forms are of the highest economic importance. These
Acarids are exceedingly minute — in fact microscopic. All the
species are parasitic — some on vegetation, some on cereals, such
as grasses, rice and grain, and some on insects ; one species has
been found upon a mole. In Queensland, pine-apples and sugar-
cane are afiected. The Tarsonemidfe are soft-bodied mites, the
males conforming somewhat to the Tyroglyphid type ; but the
females differ not only from them, but from all other Acarians in
having a clavate organ of uncertain use between legs i. and li.^^^
The mouth-parts are formed for sucking ; mandibles slender and
needle-like ; palpi minute, barely visible ; legs short and composed
of five or six joints ; anterior tarsi always terminated with one
claw, the others have usually two and often a sucker; the
posterior pairs of legs ai-e widely remote from anterior pairs ; in

13 Banks — Loc. cit., p. 74.

A SYNOPSIS UF AUSTRALIAN ACARINA — RAINBOW. 177

the males of Tarsonetnua they are ahiiost at the tip of the
abdomen ; in some species the abdomen shows traces of segmen-
tation. One species of Pediculoides and two of Tarsonenius have
been recorded from Australia.

Genus Pediculoides, Targioid-Tozzetti.

■=■ Heteropus, Pal.

Pediculoides alastoris, Frogg.

Fediculoidex alastoris, Frogg., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ix.,
(2), 1894, p. 259.

Heteropus alastoris, Frogg., loc. cit.

Host. — Alastor eriurgus, Sauss. (a solitary wasp).

Hab. — Granville, N. S. Wales.

Obs. — Some exotic species of this genus are parasitic on
destructive insects. In the gravid female the abdomen swells
prodigiously. This is due to the development of the eggs. These
not only hatch within the parent, but the young obtain their
entire nourishment there, and issue as sexually mature males and
females. The new brood usually wander for a time over the
mother's body and then pair. Banks figures a normal and a
gravid female."

Genus Tarsonemus, Cu7u:st.

Tarsonemus bancrofti, Mich, fin.s.j

'J'arsiiiiciiiKs hancrofti, Mich, (m.s.). Bull. Roy. Gardens Kew,
1890, p. 85.

TarsoneniHs bancrnfti, Insect Life, iii., 1890, p. 31.

Tars(ine)ni(s bancrofti, March., Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1902, pp.
103, 104.

'Tdrsoju'iini.^ bancrofti. Banks, Proc. U. States Nat. Mus., xxviii.,
1904, p. 77

Host Vlant — Sugar canes, Sacchannii (i/ficinarimi.

Hab. — Queensland and Barbadoes.

(Ws. — T. bancrofti, Michael, is associated with the sugar-cane
disease known in Queensland as "Red Rust." Tliis disease has
been long established in Queensland, Dr. Bancroft having in

1^ Bunks- Loc. Hi., ]i\\ T-i, 75. f. 144, 146.

178 RECOKDS OF THE AUSTKAI.IAN MUSEUM.

1876 reported the matter to Parliament. In a "Bulletin of the
Royal Gardens, Kew/'^'' I read as follows : "It appears not im-
probable that the disease is identical with one which has been
noted in the Malaj^an Archipelago, and in the Mauritius,^'"' in the
Society Islands according to Professoi' Livei'sidge, and in Bahia."

Tarsoxemus ananas, Tri/oll.

Tarsononus ananas, Tiyon, Queensl. Agric. Journ., iii., pt. 6,
1898, pp. 462-464, pi. Ixxi., f. 1, 2, 5, 6.

Tarsdui'imof anam', Banks, Proc. U. States Nat. Mus., xxviii.,
1904, p. 77.

Hast I'hdit. — Pine apples f A>ia)ta.'<a sy. y.
Hah. — 8. (^)ueeiisland.

Faimli/ TYROGLYPHID^.

This is anotlier small family of mites, yet notwithstanding, one
of great economic importance, seeing that it embraces species
notorious by reason of their infesting foods — cheese, cereals,
tubers, bulbs ; some are also found attached to living mammals
and insects during what is termed the hypopial stage. For
species in this stage three genera were proposed on the supposition
that they were adult Acarids. These were Hi/ixiinis, Duges,
Hoiiuipiis, Koch, and TricJiti(lacti/li(s, Duf. Megnin" made
lengthy observations on the zoological position and economy of
Acarids described under these generic names, and showed that
they were all earlier stages of cei'tain Tyroglyphid?e. The two
latter names were therefore di'opped, whilst the first was retained
and is still used as a name to distinguish these Acarids at a
certain stage of their development — the "nymphe cuirassee,
adventive, heteromorphe."

Tyroglyphid mites are very small, pale-coloured, very soft, and
have usually prominent chelate mandibles and moderately long
legs, the tarsi terminating with one claw ; the body is about
twice as long as broad. The adults are certainly blind, but in
some hypopial foi'ms there are organs which have never been
satisfactorih^ defined and which may possibly be eyes. The
division between the cephalothorax and abdomen is invariablj-

1-5 Michael— Bull. Roy. Gardens Kew, 1890, p. 86.

1" Liversidge — Journ. Roy. Hort. Soc, New Ser.,ii., 189u, pp. cxxxi.-cxxxii. ;

loc. cit., iii., 1891, pp. 14-17.
" Megnin— Comp. Rend., Ixxvii., 1878, pp. 129-132, and pp. 492-3.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTliALIAN ACARINA— ItAIMiOW. 179

distinct, and the upper part of the body is furnished with a few
hairs, and these are generally long. We are indebted to the
labours of Michael^'' and ISalepa^''^ for our knowledge of the
anatomy of these animals, and to their writings students are
directed. The mode of coition in the Tyroglyphidce is exactly
similar to that of the Analgesidte. Behind the (diks there is a
small ojaening — the copulative aperture. In (iluciiilnKins, the
h}irm copalatrix projects externally into a small cone. Copu-
lation is not performed through the vulva, but by this special
opening. -^^ This opening leads to a receptaciilinii sciiiinis, which
connects by a small duct to the ovaries. The transformations of
these animals are amongst the most marvellous of the animal
kingdom. All Tyroglyphidte (except Carpoi/lyphiis, Robin) appear
to lay eggs, sometimes of a large size. The young on hatching
are six-legged, and after moulting obtain two more. From thence
they may pass on to the adult state in the normal way, but more
frequently they pass through what has been already referrefl to
as the lu/jKipial stai/c. The Hi/popiix is very distinct from the
octopod nymph from which it has developed. The body is liard
and chitinous ; there is no mouth orifice, and no distinct mt)uth
parts. The legs are short and ill-adapted for walking. On the
ventral surface at the posterior extremity there is an area distinct
from tlie general surface. This area is provided with sucking-
discs, by means of which the animal clings to the body of an
insect or other creature, and so the Acarid is carried about until
it finds a suitable locality to undergo its next great change or
molt, which transforms it into an octojiod nymph that will feed
and ultimately develop into an adult mite. Hence the hypopai
stage is a phase in tlie life of a Tyroglyjjhid for the purpose of
migration, but the causes which induce a nymph to transform to
the Hypopiis are not known.

When Tyroglyphids swarm in stored foods — cereals and the
like — or buildings it is exceedingly difticult to combat them, since
as they have no traclue they are not very susceptible to fumiga-
tion, though some will succumb to the treatment. The writer
once saw a grain merchant's store in Sydney in which these little
wretches swarmed in countless millions, to eradicate which much
time and no little expense had to be devoted.

Two indigenous species of Tyroglypliidje have been recorded
from Australia, but in addition to these others occur which have
a more or less cosmopolitan range.

i« Michael— Journ. Quek. Club, 1879, pp. 223-230, pi. xiii.

19 Nalepa— Sitz. K. Akad. Wicn., 1883, xc, pp. 197-228; Aim. Mac;. Nat.

Hist., xiv., 1883, pp. 3t)9-371 (al)strac-t).

20 Banks— Proe. U. States Nat. Musouni, xxviii., 1894, p. 79, 8U.

180 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRAr.IAN MUSEUM.

Genus Tyroglyphus, Latr.

Tyroglyphus queenslandicus, (jancst.

Ti/ror/li/phiisi ijiicenslaudiciis, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (6), ii., 1885,
p.' 721.

fhib. — Queensland (on a Cetonid beetle).

Tyroglyphus entomophagus, Lahoub.

Tyrofilyphus entonuiphagiis, Laboub., An. Soc. Ent. France, 1862.
Tt/roc/lyjjJiK.s entomop/KK/Ks, Murray, Econom. Entom. (n.d.), p.
263.

Hab. — Cosmopolitan ; Australia (introduced). Attacks en-
tomological collections. According to Murray, " large insects,
with the body full of fatty particles, those which have not lived
long or which have been brought up in captivity, and which have
not paired, and those which have become iireosi/ (to use the
technical expression), are most liable to attack."

Tyroglyphus siro, Linn.
Ti/ronlt/ji/iiis sini, Linn., Syst. Nat., x. ed., 1758, p. 616.
Acan(s .s/ro, Linn., loc. cit.

Tijroiili/jihiis fiirn, Murra}^, Econom. Entom., (n.d.), p. 267, with
figs.

Hab. — Cosmopolitan; Australia (introduced). Infests cheese,
grain, dried meats.

Geniix. PuLTEA, Canest.

PULTEA DISCOIDALIS, Canest.

Fiiltea (liacoidalh, Canest., Atti. 1st. Venet., (6), ii., 1885, p. 720,
pi. vi., f. 1.

Hab. — Australia (on a phytophagus beetle).

Genus Aleurobius, Canest.

Aleurobius farix.e, De Geev.

Aleurobius farime, De Geer, Mem. Inst., vii., 1778, p. 97.
Acarns fariniE, De Geer, loc. cit.

Hab. — Cosmopolitan ; Australia (introduced). Infests flour,
grain, and stored foods. Does not appear to be common.

06s.— Tryon refers to and figures a fungus-eating Tyroglyphid
mite (? gen. et sp.).'^

■21 Ti-yon — Qiieensl. Agric. Journ., 1898, p. -i56, pi. Ixxi., f. 3, 4.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACAKIXA — RAINBOW. ISl

Creniis Glyciphagus, Herin;/.

Glyciphagus DOMESTICUS, Be Liccr.

Glyciphagus doniesticns, De Geer, Mem. Ins., vii., 1778, p. 89.

Acarus domestic us, De Geer, lor. cit.

Glyciphcuius doiuesticus, Oudm., Tidjs. Voor. Entom., xL, 1897, p.
251.'

.' Ghicipluujus pnnKiruiii, Hering, Die Kratzmilben, 1835, p. 619.

Hab. — Cosmopolitan ; Australia (introduced). This species is
sometimes found in cork, dust, tobacco, collections of herbaria,
meals (such as Hour), furniture. When it occurs in the latter it
may be present in thousands. I have seen furniture in a house
at Paddington, Sydney, where these Acarids were literally
swarming. They feed on the animal fats of horse-hair when the
latter has not been thoroughly cleaned. The species is also known
to infest all kinds of dried vegetable and animal matter which is
not too hard ; hay and fodder in stables, many vegetables and
dungs, dried insects and fruits, sugar, and condensed milk which
has been left exposed, (z. dumesticus is probably synonymous with
Hering's G. prunoruui, but the latter cannot be satisfactorily
determined from the original description and figure which is
lacking in certtiin important details. This Acarid is responsible
for what is known as "grocers' itch." G. do)iiesticus has also been
recorded from the European " Blue Tit:" Parus aerulens, Linn.

(>bs. — Other species of this genus probably occur here, as in
other parts of the world, seeing that bulbs and tubers are infested
by them.

Family ANALGESID^.

The Analgesidye or " Bird Mites," is an extensive family
including about thirty-one genera and seven sub-genera. These
Acarids are found on birds all over the world, and their presence
is regarded as beneficial to a host, from the fact that tliey keep
the feathers and skin clean. Except the ticks few Acarids are
better known than tlie Analgesidaj. Birds being so sought after
by museums as well as private collectors, it is only natural that
these little animals should find their way into collections, and so
receive attention at the hands of systematists. A few species
liave been recorded from Australia and these are enumerated
below. The Analgesiclfe are more or less elongated animals with
soft and transversely wrinkled skin ; usually the cephalothorax
and abdomen are well-defined, but they are not endowed with

182 liECORDS OF TMK AUSTHALIAN MUSEUM.

eyen nor stigmata ; the legs are usually short and stout, and
arranged in two distinct groujDs ; the limbs have five joints, are
provided with a few rather long hairs, systematically arranged,
and eacli terminates with a rather large concave sucker, known
as the aiiihidacrum ; sometimes only one tarsal c\elw is present,
and sometimes two. The mandibles are usually chelate, and
finely toothed at the tip. The upper surface of the body is pro-
vided with a series of stiff bristles, and these present helpful
specific characters. In dealing with the preceding family refer-
ence was made to the method of coition of the Tyi'oglyphida? and
Analgesidfe, so that the matter need not be referred to again
liere. The development and life history of this famih' is not
well understood, but some species, at any rate, are known to pass
througli a hypopial stage. The egg is described as being large,
elongate, slightly curved ; the newly liatched larva has usually
six legs, but some forms occur in which only four are apparent.
Although the nymph has the general form of the adult mite, it
lacks tlie genital organs.

(tcuhh Freyana, Haller.

Sub-Genus Eufreyaxa, Cawst. d' Kraiii.

Freyana (E.) tarandus, Troaea. <(■ Xcu))i.

Frei/cma I E. ) tarandus, Troues. ct Neum., Bull. Sci. France
Belgique, 1888, xxix., p. 333, pi. xxii., f. 1 and 2.

Hosts. — Ibis ntdanocepJiala, Lath., /. strietipenuis, J. Gd., /.
itiolucca, Cuv., and Tlwristicus vielannpis, Gm.

Rab. — India ; Moluccas, Australia, and Patagonia.

Sub-Genus Michaelia, Troues.
Freyana (M.) caput-medus.e, Troues.

Freyana ( M. ) (-aput-medusa, Troues., Bull. Soc. Angers, xvi.,

1886, p. 100.
Michaelia caput-meduseB, Troues. it Neum., Bull. Sci. France

Belgique, xix., 1888, p. 374.

Hosts. — Sula bassana, Linn., and other species of the same
genus.

Hab. — Australia, New Zealand, Europe, N. America.

A SYNOPSIS OF AL'STIiALIAN ACAKINA RAINBOW. 183

GeuHK Pterolichus, liohin.

Sub-Genus Eupterolichus, Canest.

Pterolichus (E.) ornatus, Mci/n. <(■ Troues.

PtiTdlicliiis ( E. ) ()rnatWi,M.egn. k Ti'oue.s., Journ. Microi^raph.,
viii., 1884, p. 258, f. 2.

Hdsfs. — Papega is, sjiji.

Hah. — Australia, New Guinea, India.

Ptkkolichus (E.) piiylloproctus, car. minor, Mri/u. li- Tnnu's.

I'trrolicJiHs (1\.) ji/iiilldjiriictus, var. minor, Megn. and Troues.,
■Journ. Micrograph., viii., 1884, p. 334.

Hosts. — Haliastur indiis var. (jirrencra, Vieill.
Hub.- — Au.stralia.

SHb-denus Protolichus, Troues.

Pterolichus (Pr.) brachiatus, car. crassior, Troues.

I'terolir/ius ( I'r. J brachiatus, var. crassior, Troues., Journ. Micro-
graph., viii., 1884, p. 529.

Hosts. — Triclioijlossus none/iollantliic, Gm., (rlossojisittacus coji-
^■innus, G. Shaw, Loriculus sclateri. Wall.

Hah. — Australia, New Guinea, Celebes.

Pterolichus (Pr.) lunula, Robin.

Pterolichus (Pr.) lunula, Robin, Journ. Anat. et Physiol., xiii., p.
411, ph xxiii., f. 1-3.

Host. — Melopsittacus undiilatus, G. Shaw.
Hab. — A ustralia.

Pterolichus (Pr.) ciiira(;ricus, Mnjn. <{'■ Troues.

I'terolieJius ( Pr. ) chirat/ricus, Megn. ti' Troues., Journ. Micrograph.,

viii., 1884, p. 261.
Pterolichus ajfinis (part), Megn. tt Troues., loc. cit., p. 262.

Hosts. — Pezoporus fortuosiis, Latli., Platj/cenus flareolus, J. Gd.,
and P. elet/ans, Gm.

Hab. — Australia, New Zeahiiid.

184 KECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Pterolichus (Pr.) velifer, Meijn. <(• Tmm's.

Fterolichnx (Pr.) velifer, Megn. & Troues., Journ. Micrograph.,
viii., 1884, p. 262.

Pterolichus (Pr.) ajfitiis (part), Megn. & Troues., loc. cit., p. 262.

„ velifer, Troues., Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1898,

p. 290.

Hosts. — NyDijihicus cornntus, Gm., Pi/rrJiitlopsis jx'rsonatajG. R.
Gray, and Platijcercus Jiareohis, J. Gd.

Hah. — Fiji, "Sew Caledonia, Australia.

Pterolichus (Pr.) favettei, Troues.

Fterolichus f Pr. ) favettei, Troues., Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1898,
p. 290.

Hosts. — Nestor notabilis, J. Gd., X. vwridioualis, Gm., Psephotus
xanthorrhous, Bp., and Micruglossus aterrinius, Gm.

Hab. — Australia, New Guinea, New Zealand.

Pterolichus (Pr.) falculiger, Troues.

Pterolichus (Pr.j falculii/er, Troues., Journ. Micrograph., viii.,
1884, p. 531. ■

Host. — Glossopsittacus concinnus, G. Shaw.

Hab. — Australia.

Sub-Genus Pseudalloptes, Troues.

Pterolichus (Ps.) aquilinus, rar. milvulina, Troues.

Pterolichus (Ps.) aquilinus, var. milvulina, Troues., Journ. Micro-
graph., viii., 1884, p. 573.

Hosts. — Milvus nrihms, Linn., and Haliaster indus var. (firrenera,
Viell.

Hah. — Australia and New Guinea.

Pterolichus (Ps.) spathuliger, Troues.

Pterolichus (Ps.) sfathuli(ier, Troues., Journ. Micrograph., viii.,
1884, p. 577.
Host. — Cali/ptorJii/ncIius wacrorhynchus, J. Gd.
Ilab. — Australia.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARIXA — RAINBOW. 185

Pterolichus (Ps.) cultriventris, Trouoi.

Pterolichus (Ps.) cidtriventris, Troues., Journ. Micrograph., viii.,
1884, p. 577.

W)st. — Glossopsittaais (■o)tcinnus, G. Shaw.
Mab. — Australia.

Genus Analoes, Xitz>ich.

Analoes tetracentrus, Troues.

Anahies tetracentrm, Troues., Bull. Soc. Angers, xxviii., 1899, p.
■30.

Most. — Psej)Jtotus /uciiiato)iatus, J. Gd.
Hal). — A ustralia.

Genus Protal(;es, Troues.

Protaloes australis, Troues.

Protahjes australis, Troues., Bull. 8oc. Angers, xiv., 1885, p. 55.

Host. — (yli/cip/n'la fasciata, J. Ckl.
Uab. — A ustralia.

Protal(;es cartas, Troues.

Protal;/es eartus, Troues., Bull. 80c. Angers, xiv., 1885, p. 56.

Host. — Platyeercus elei/ans, Gni.
Hub. — Australia.

Genus Alloptes, Canest.
Alloptes lobulatus, Troues.
Alloptes lobulatus, Troues., Bull. Soc. Angers, xiv., 1885, p. 65.
Host. — Meliornis sericeus, J. Gd.
Hah. — ^ Australia.

Alloptes securi(;er, Troues.
Alloptes seciiriger, Troues., Bull. Soc. Angers, xiv., 1885, p. 65.
Host. — Dic(eum hirundinaceuni, Shaw and Nodd.
Hab. — ^ Australia.

186 RECORDS OF THE AUSTKALIAN MUSEUM.

Alloptes corymbophorus, Troues. & Neuni.

Alkyptfs coryinhophorus, Troues. & Neum., Bull. Sci. France
Belgique, xix., 1888, p. 367, pi. xxv., f. 4.

Host. — Ibis mitliicca, Cuv.
Ilnb. — Australia.

Alloptes major, Troues.

Alloptps major, Troues., Bull. Soc. Angers, xiv., 1885, p. 78.

Host. — Mewura superha, Davies.
Hah. — Australia.

(Tenus Trouessartia, Canest.

= Fferocolus, Schcen., (nom. pjrcpoc.)

Trouessartia caudacuta, Troues.

Trouessartia caudac^ita, Troues., Bull. Soc. Angers, xxviii., 1899,
p. 171.

Pterocolus caudacutus, Troues., loc. cit.

Host. — Lohivanellits lobntns, Lath.
I/ab. — Australia.

Genus Pterodectes, Robin.

Pterodectes paradisiacus, Troues,

Pterodectes paradisiacus, Troues.^ Bull. Soc. Angers, xiv., 1885,
p. 80.

Hosts. — Pardisea minor, G. Shaw, and Sericulus melimi^s. Lath.
Hah. — Australia and New Guinea.

Pterodectes maxicatus, Troues.

Pterodectes mauichfus, Troues., Bull. Soc. Angers, xiv., 1885, p.
81.

Host. — Glijci/philaf'nsciata, J. Gd.
J/ah. — Australia.

A SY,\01'SIS OF AUSTKALIAN ACARINA — RAINBOW. 187

Family LISTROPHORID^.

Only one species of tliis small family has been recorded from
the Australian region, and that from Tasmania. These parasites
live upon small mammals, including bats. They are small, the
body usually tapering a little posteriorly, legs widely separated,
sometimes — accoi'ding to those who have studied the family —
each pair is at an equal distance from the adjoining ones ; dorsally
there are a few short hairs with longer ones at the tip ; the surface
is usually transversely striate, and the rostrum or beak forms a
distinct cone on the front of the head ; palpi simple, filiform,
three-jointed ; mandibles veiy small, commonly chelate ; genital
apertures situate between third and fourth coxte ; anus at tip of
body. Males invariably differently shaped to females and pro-
vided with a pair of copulatory suckers near tip of venter.-^

The Listrophoridte feed on the hairs of their hosts.

GcnUH CAAfPYLOCHIRUS, Ttouph

Campylociiirus chelopus, Troues.

Campylochirus chflopns, Troues., Compt. Rend. 8oe. Biol., xlv.,
1893, p. 699.

Host. — Opossum (Fseu'lochims cooki, Desm.).

Hah. — Tasmania.

Finnlji 8ARC0PTID.i\

This family includes a numljer of species whicli are, unquestion-
ably, the most disgusting of the entire Acarid Group. These
microscopic animals are notorious for their parasitism on the
Imman subject and domesticated animals, causing intense
physical suffering and often great monetary loss. HarcopUa
scahvd, Geer, is unfortunately common in Australia, and
affects human beings. It is responsible for what is probably
one of the oldest skin diseases known. The Greeks called
it if/Mpa (from i/'w, I rub) and the ancient Romans .scabies
(from scahi'i-i', to scratch). Tn England it is itrli, scald, ijuck
(mark(jp,) ; (jale in France ; K7-dfze and Krdtzaasschlay in Ger-
many ; scabia, roc/na and raspa in Italy ; and sarna, ro/la in
Spain. Speaking more accurately, scabies is known to medical
science as acariasis. The history of the disease is a most in-
teresting one which the reader may peruse for himself.*'

■^'•^ Banks — Loc. cit., p. 94.

'•^^ Neumann — Para-sites and Parasitic Diseases ol" Domesticated Animals,
traTislated by George Fleming, London, 189?, pp. 112-116.

188 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

The tSarcoptida? are white, semi-globose ; the body entire ;
surface transversely striated and provided with a few bristles,
often short, stout and sharp-pointed ; legs short and arranged in
two groujjs, and of these the posterior pairs ai'e usually the
shorter ; the tarsi usually terminate with a sharp claw and a long
pedicellate sucker ; the claw or sucker may, however, be absent
and in place thereof there may be a long bristle : the beak is pro-
minent and the palpi small and three-jointed, and lie closely
pressed to the sides of the beak beneath.

The female Sarcoptid burrows into the skin of its host, de
positing its eggs as it goes. On hatching out, the young, which
are six-legged, start burrowing on their own account, so that
the sufierei- may be affected in patches. The cunicidi or burrows
are close to the surface, so that as the epidermis loosens scaly
effects are produced. The irritation produced causes vesicles or
pustules to occur, and these may become ulcerated by sci'atching.
When the female has completed the task of depositing her eggs,
she dies at the end of her burrow. The pi'esence of Sarcoptids on
the lower animals is the cause of what is popularly known as mange.
The latter disease is common enough on dogs and cats ; it oc-
casionally occurs on horses and sheep, but no cases are on lecord
in respect of cattle ; pigs, too, I am informed by Mr. J. D,
Stewart, Government Veterinary Surgeon, are in New South
Wales at any rate, free from Sarcoptid troubles, and I believe I
am correct in saying that the same remark applies to the other
States.

Genus NoTOKDRES Raill

NOTOEDRES CATI, Heriiig.

Notoedres cati, Hering, N. Acta. Ac. Leop., xviii.. 1838, p. 605,
pi. xliv., f. 9, 10.

Sarcoptes cati, Hering, Joe. cit.

Sarcoptes cati, Neum., Parasites and Parasitic Diseases of Domes-
ticated Animals (Fleming trans.), 1892, p. 125, f. 72 and p.
208.

Sarcoptes notoedres, var. cati, Megn., Paras., 1880, p. 174.

Xotedrus cati, Canest., Prosp. Acarof., vi., 1894, p. 752.

JVotedrus cati, Berl., Acari. Myriap. Scorp. Italia, fasc. 79, (2),
1896.

Sarcoptes minor, Fiirstenb., Kratzm., 1861, p. 215, pi. 8.

Jlosts. — Cats, rabbits.

Hah. — Europe, Australia (introduced).

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARINA — RAINBOW. 189

Genus Sarcoptes, Lafr.
Sarcoptes canis, Gerl.

Sarcoptes canis, Gerl., Kratz., 1857, p. 141, pi. ii. ami iii., f.
11-14.

Sarcoptes canis, Canest., Prosp. Acarof., vi., 1894, jd. 741, pi. Ixiii.,
f. 1-3.

Sarcoptes canis, Neum., Parasites and Parasitic Diseases of Do-
mesticated Animals, 1892, p. 124 and p. 202.

Sarcoptes canis, Berl., Acari. Myriap. Scorp. Italia, fasc. 79, (1),
1896.

Sarcoptes sqiiamiferns (part), Fxirstenl)., Kratzm., 1861, p. 214,
pi. iv.

Hosts. — The dog, and sometimes man.

Hah. — Cosmopolitan ; Australia (introduced).

Sarcoptes equi, Gerl.

Sarcoptes equi, Gerl. (non Sarcoptes equi, Hering, 1838), Kratz.,

1857, p 72, pi. ii., f. 8-10.
Sarcoptes eqtii, Canest., Prosp. Acarof., vi., 1894, p. 745.
Sarcoptes scabiei, var. equi, Megn., Paras., 1880, p. 164, pi. ix.
Sarcoptes scabiei, var. equi, Neum., Parasites and Parasitic Diseases

of Domesticated Animals, 1892, pp. 122, 123, f. 65-69.

Hosts. — The horse ; sometimes man.

Hab. — Cosmopolitan ; Australia (introduced).

Sarcoptes scabiei, Geer.

Sarcoptes scabiei, Geer, Mem. Hist. Ins., vii., 1778, p. 94, pi. v.,

f. 12, 13.
Acarus scabei, Geer, loc. cit.
Acarus siro (part) + Acarns exulcerans 1 Linn., Syst. Nat. ed.

X., 1758, pp. 616, 617.
Sarcoptes hominis, Hering, N. Acta. Ac. Leop., 1838, xviii., p.

584.
Sarcoptes scabiei, var. hominis, Megn., Paras., 1880, p. 169.
Sarcoptes hominis, Canest., Prosp. Acarof., vi., 1894, p. 738, pi.

70.
Sarcoptes hominis, Banks, Proc. U. States Nat. Mus., xxviii ,

1904, pp. 96, 97, f. 181, 182 and 184.
Sarcoptes communis (part), Delaf. tt Bourg., Mem. Pres. Ac.

France, xvi., 1862, p. 290.

190 RECOKUS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Hoit. — The human subject.

Ohs.—l am indebted to Prof. D. A. Welsh and Dr. H. G
Chapman, of the Sydney University, for much generous assis-
tance in my study of parasites affecting the human subject-
From the former, who kindly communicated with Dr. F. A-
Beimet, I learn that scahiea is fairly common amongst patients
presenting themselves at the Royal Prince Alfred Hospital. Dr.
Corbin, Medical Superintendent at the Sydney Hospital, informs
me that scabies is one of the commonest skin diseases ; and from
Dr. Chapman who, on my behalf, communicated with Dr. Noyes
of Melbourne, I learn that much the same condition of things
obtains in the Victorian capital.

I/ab. — Cosmopolitan; Australia (introduced)

Sarcoptes wombati, Jiaill.

'iarcoptes wombati, Raill., Zool., 2nd ed., 1893, p. 659.
Sarcoptes scabiei, var. wombati, Raill., loc. cit.

Hosts. — The Tasmanian Wombat ( PhascuJomys ut'siinis, G.
Shaw) ; sometimes found upon man.

Hab — Tasmania.

Genus Cnemidocoptes, Filrsth.
Cnemidocoptes mutans, Robin.

Cnemidocoptes mntans, Robin, Bull. Soc. Moscou, xxxiii., 1860, p.

184.
SarcojJtes mutans, Robin, Joe. cit.
Cnemidocoptes imitans, Canest., Prosp. Acarof., \i., 1894, p. 755,

pi. Ixv., f. 1-.3, pi. Ixvi., f. 1-4.
Cnemidocoptes mutaus, Berl., Acari. Myriap. Scorp. Italia, fasc.

84, (6), 1897.
Sarcoptes anacanthes, Delaf. k Bourgn., Mem. Pres. Ac. France,

xvi., 1862, p. 261.
Knemidokoptes viviparus, Fiirstenb., Mt. Ver. Vorpomm., ii.,

1870, p. 56.
Sarcoptes mutans, Brads., N. S. Wales Agric. Gaz., xvii., 1906, pp.

125-131, pi. and text figs.

Hosts. — Domestic fowls. This mite, C. mutaiis, is responsible
for the disease in poultry known as " Scaly Leg."

Hab. — Cosmopolitan ; Rockdale, N.S.W. (introduced).

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTKALIAN ACAKINA — KAIM'.OW. 101

Genni) PsoKOPTES, CTfiri:
PsoROPTKS EQUi, Iln-iuji.

Psoroptes eqiii, Hering, N. Acta. Ac. Leup., x\iii., lf^3iS, p. 5^5,

p]. xliii., f. 1, 2.
Sarcoptes equi, Heriiig, loc. cif.

Dermatodectes equi, Gerl., Kratz., 1857, p. 90, pi. iv.
Psm-optes longirostris, vav. equi, Megn., Paras., 1880, p. 191, pi.

xiii.
Psoroptes equi, Caiiest., Prcsp. Acarof., \i., 1894, p. 761.
Psoroptes comniuitis var. equi, Neum., Parasites and Parasitic

Diseases of Domesticated Animals, 1892, pp. 126-129, f. 73-79.
Dermatocoptes eqxd, Fiirstenb., Kratz., 1861, p. 220, pis. 12-15

Hosts. — Horse, ass.

Hob. — Cosmopolitan ; Australia (introduced).

Genus Chorioptes, Gerv.

? CnoRioPTES ovis, Raill.

? Chorioptes ovis, Raill., Zool,, 2nd ed., 1893, p. 675.
Chorioptes symhiotes, var. ovis, Raill., loc. cit.

Host. — Sheep. This species is, I believe, C. ovis of Railliet.
The form occurring in Australia was introduced on sheep from
America. The species included in this genus are restricted in
their attacks to certain parts of the animal, as the feet, the ears
or neck. In this State the feet ai-e attacked, and give rise to
what is known as " foot mange." Cases of this trouble are, how-
ever, few and far between.

Hah. — Europe?, America?, Australia (introduced).

Family ERIOPHYID^.

The family, although including only a few genera is rather
extensive in point of species. Only one form has, so far, been
recorded from Australia — Eryophes pyri, Scheuten, and this
is parasitic on the pear. All the species are of strictly
phytophagus habits, and many of them cause galls to
form on the leaves of their food plants. The early history
of the study of these animals is interesting. Some indi-
viduals in the old school of botanists regarded Eriophyd galls
as Crytogams, and described them as such under the generic
names Erinium, etc. These gall mites are an exti'aordinary

192 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

group, and it is scarcely to be marvelled that they should, before
they were properly understood, have been regarded as occupying
a position in the domain of botany. These mites differ from all
others in that the adults have only four legs, all seated near the
anterior part of the body. The animal is long and tapering,
divided into two parts — cephalothorax and abdomen ; the former
is short and broad, the latter long and multi-articulate.

Genus Eriophes, Sieh. & Nal.

Eriophes pyri, Payenst.

Eriophes pyri, Pagenst., Verb. Ver. Heidelberg, i., 1857, p. 48.
Phytojjhus pyri, Nal., Anz. Ak. Wien., xxvi., 1889, p. 162; Sitzb.

Ak. Wien, xcix., 1890, p. 50, pi. iv., f. 1, 2.
Phytophus arianus + P. cofoneast7-i + P. sorhi, Canest., Atti.

Soc. Ven.-Trent., xii., 1890, pp. 16, 20, 21, pi., f. 7-9, pi. vi.,

f. 14.
Phytophus aronicf, Canest., Difesa dai Parassiti, i., 1890, p. 282.
Phytophus pyri, French, Handb. Destruc. Ins. Vict., pt. 1, 1891,

pp. 119-123, pi. xiv.
Eriophyes piri, Nal., Das Tier., Lief. 4, 1898, p. 25.

Host Plmd. — Pear trees.

Hah. — Cosmopolitan ; Australia (introduced).

Family DEMODECID^.

A small family consisting of one genus and a few species.
The species are all parasitic, the host affected being the human
subject, domesticated animals and Mtis muscidus, Linn. The
mites lurk in the sebaceous glands and hair follicles ; they are
small, elongate, with eight three-jointed legs, thorax broad,
abdomen tapering, transversely striated above and below, and
rounded off at posterior extremity. One species only appears to
be known as occurring here. Stringent quarantine laws are
responsible for the immunity of our domestic animals.

Gemis Demodex, Owen.

Demodex folliculorum, G. Simon.

Demodex folliculorum., G. Simon, Arach. Anat. Physiol. Med.,

1842, pp. 218-237, pi. xi.
Acarus folliculornm, G. Simon, loc. cit.
Dermodex folliciilorum,, Owen, Lect. Invert. Anat., 1843, p. 252.

A SYNOPSIS OF AUSTRALIAN ACARINA — RAINROW, 193

Bermodex hominis, Leydig, Arch. Naturg., xxv., 1859, p. 3-15, pi.

xiii., f. 6.
Dermodex follicidorum, var. hominis, Megn,, Journ. Anat. et

Physiol., xiii., 1877, p. 112.
Dermodex follicrdorum, var. hominis, RailL, ZooL, 2nd ed., 1893,

p. 634.
Macroqaster platypus, Meischer, Ber. Ges. Basel, v., 1843, p. 191-

198.

Host. — The human subject.

Hah. — Cosmopolitan ; Australia (introduced).

In concluding this Synopsis I desire to express my indebted-
ness to Mr. S. Johnston, B.Sc, of the Technological Museum,
who kindly lent me his collection of microscopic slides of Aus-
tralian Acarid parasites for reference and study.

DESCRIPTIONS of axd NOTES ox some AUSTRALIAN
AND TASMANIAN FISHES.

By Edoar R. Waite, F.L.S., Zoologist.

(Plates xxxiv.-xxxvi.).

In October 1905 I spent three weeks in Melbourne and vicinity,
and devoted some time to collecting fishes. In this connection I
have to acknowlege the kindness of the Victorian Railway Com-
missioners in granting me concessions over all their lines
traversed. I also desire to thank Mr. C. W. Maclean, Chief
Inspector of Fisheries, for much personal assistance, and permis-
sion for the use of nets in closed waters, poisons, and other
methods employed in my investigations. I paid almost daily
visits to the Melbourne Fish Markets and also collected on the
coast, principally at Queensclift", whei'e I received every attention
and assistance from Inspector Brady. While in Melbourne I met
Mr. Joseph Gabriel, who is interested in Mollusca, and he has
since kindly sent to the Trustees some small fishes, taken by
means of the dredge.

In consequence of leaving Australia for New Zealand I have
been unable to deal with all the fishes obtained, and liave indeed
devoted attention to comparatively few species. A few fishes
from N. S. Wales and Tasmania are also included.

The new species are : —

* ^Diplocrepis parvijnnnis, N. S. Wales.

* Oj)hioclimis yahr-ieli, Victoria.

* ,, gracilis, N. S. Wales.

The following known species, not being included in Mr. A. H.
S. Lucas' " Census " of 1 890,"^ are regarded as additions to the
Victorian fauna.

Stolejjhorus rohustits, Ogilby,

* CheilohraiicMis rn-fiis, Macleay,

* Grepidogaster spatula, Gunther,
Diplocrepis costatus, Ogilby.

1 The species marked * are figured, the drawings being made by Mr. A. R.

McCulloch.
^ Lucas — Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., (2), ii., 1890, p. 15, et seq.

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN AND TASMANIAN FISHES — WAITi;. 195

Some species, not recognised in Victoria since first described,
were retaken, and their claims to inclusion in the fauna (upon
which doubt had been cast), fully established. The Melbourne
Sole described as Rhombosolea bassensL^, Castlenau, is now placed
in the genus Pelto7-hamphu><. The name Sderopteryx is used
generically for Ophioe/in/is dpvisi, Ogilby.

Additional species redescribed or furnishing material for some
remark are : —

Gobivs imicosus, Giinther, S. Australia, Victoria,
N. S. Wales.

* Dip/oc'fepis cardiitalis, Ramsay, Tasmania,

* Rhombosolea J{esoidei<, Giinther, Victoi'ia,

* BJp.nniiis tasinanianus, Richardson, Tasmania, Vic-

toria, N. S. Wales.

Stolephorus, Lacqiede, 1803.
Stolephorus robustus, OyiJbij, sp.

Spratrlloides robt/stHS, Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii.

1897, p. 64.

This small Herring has not been previously recorded from
Victoriaii waters. I obtained several examples from Queenscliff
and it is pr(jbal)le that many more would have been secured if a
smaller meshed net had been used.

Tliese southern examples have all the habit of .S'. dp/iedtidus,
Bennett, being of slender body, unlike typical examples of .S'.
robiiKtus. The specimens collected have had most of their scales
rubbed off in transit, but as far as can be ascertained these are
smaller and more numerous than in *S'. ddicafuhts, which feature
provides the readiest means of determination, if indeed the
species be distinct.

Cheilobranchus, Richa7'dso7i, 1845.

Cheilobranchus rufus, Madeay.

(Plate xxxvi., fig. 1).

Chilobrdvrhus rufus, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, vi.,
1881, p. 266.

The length of the head is one-eighth of the total, or 2-3 in the
distance between the gill-opening and the vent, and that between
the end of the snout and the vent is 1-5 in the remaining por-

196 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

tion ; the height of the body is 8*6 in the total. The eye is 3 "4
in the length of the head and partially concealed by membrane ;
the nostril is placed close to its anterior upper margin ; the
mouth is small, almost horizontal and the maxilla reaches nearly
to below the middle of the eye.

The dorsal fin commences, as nearly as can be ascertained,
above the vent and joins the anal round the end of the tail ; the
anal arises at a third of the distance between the vent and the
end of the caudal.

Colours. — The general colour is red with six or seven large
purple spots along the middle of each side ; these do not extend
posteriorly beyond the origin of the anal fin^ and may not be
evenly disposed on both sides.

Richardson,'^ in describing the gill-opening of C. dorsalis,
writes : — "A transverse lip, which rises above the adjoining in-
tegument, and has its outer ends free, foi^ms the posterior edge of
the orifice, and appears to be capable of closing it very completely
when the inflected edge of the membrane is pressed against it."
This " lip " is also present in C. rufxs ; it is not a median pro-
cess as might be inferred, but really a pair of organs which to my
eye are nothing but rudimentary pectoral fins. They lie rather
low down on the body, some distance apart, close behind, but
quite free from the gill-membranes, and it is very doubtful if they
have any function in connection therewith, as supposed by
Richardson.

The specimen above described was forwarded by Mr. Gabriel
from Port Phillip, and constitutes a record for Victoria. It is
indistinguishable from examples taken in Tasmania and New
South Wales, and as far as may be decided, without specimens for
comparison, from Richardson's species also. The example
recorded by this author from South Victoria Land (Penguin
Island, 72° S. Lat.) under the name C. aptenodyhim^ is placed by
Dr. Giinther as synonymous with C. dorsalis from N. \\ .
Australia. If the species be the same, the extremes of latitude
reached, furnish a remarkable instance of geographical range.

Local examples of this little eel exhibit some colour variations :
some are marked as above described, others are intense carmine
all over, and a few specimens are similar but mottled with lighter
tints.

•^ Richardson — Voy. Ereb. & Terr , 1845, p. 50, pi. xxx., fig. 1-
■* Richardson — Loc. cif , p. 51.

NOTES OX AUSTRALIAN AND TASMANIAN FISHKS — WAITE. 19T

Rhombosolea, Giinther, 1862.

Rhombosolea flesoides, Giinther.

(Plate XXXV.).

Rhombosolea flesoides, Giinther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3), xi.,

1863, p. 117.
Plenronectesl victoria', Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i., 1872,

p. 168.
Rhombosolea victoria', Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,.

vi., 1881, p. 133.

Flounder,

D. 66, A. 47 ; P. 12 ; V. dex. 6, sin. O. : C. 12 + 4 ; Sc. 72.

Length of head 3.5 ; depth of body 2-1, and length of caudal
4-2 in the total length. Eyes on the right side, separated by a
smooth narrow space, one-fourth the diameter of the eye ; the
lower eye is noticeably in advance of the upper and the diameter
is 4 '8 in the length of the head, or but slightly less than that of
the snout ; the latter is produced into a fleshy process directed
downwards over the mouth. The anterior nostril may be closed
by a trilobed process. The hinder one lies posterior to the front
edge of the lower eye and is a simple pore. The mouth is of
moderate size extending to nearly below the anterior margin of
the eye : it is more extensive on the blind side, and has two
rows of teeth in each jaw ; the nostrils have a higher and
more anterior position than on the right side. Gill-raker&
small, conical, and smooth, slightly fenibriated on the inner
side ; about thirteen in number on the lower limb, scarcel}^
developed on the hinder one. Gills three and a half, a slit
behind the last, equal to the diameter of the eye. The gill
openings are small, not extending to the ujDper angle of the
pectoral above, and closed below the preopercular angle beneath.

Fins.— The dorsal commences on the rostral process, about an
eye diameter from its extremity. Though partially free anteriorly,
all the rays are connected by membrane. They are highest about
the middle of the fin where they form a conspicuous angle, the
thirty-fifth or longest ray being 1*9 in the length of the head.
The rays are continued to within an eye-diameter of the caudal
rays. The ventral commences beneath the middle of the eye and
is quite continuous with tlie anal, the apparent omission of one
ray only indicating the distinction. The vent is situated on the
left side contiguous to this space. The anal is similar to the
dorsal the sixteenth ray being the longest. The right jiectoral is

198 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

pointed above, its length being 1 -5 in the length of the head : the
left fin is shorter, 1 '9 in the same, and is symmetrical, the central
rays being the longest. The caudal is truncate or very slightly
rounded, and the depth of the peduncle is 2-2 in the head.

Scales. — The forepart of the head, the interorbital space, the
margins of the opercula and the bases of the pectorals are naked ;
the body is covered on both sides with cycloid scales, non-imbri-
cate on the anterior portion, but overlapping behind, and upon
the caudal peduncle. Fins scaleless.

The lateral line runs almost straight, there being a slight curve
over the anterior half of the pectox'al, which is less marked on the
blind side ; anteriorh^ on both sides, the line is continued over
the head to the base of the seventh or eighth dorsal ray.

Colours. — Uniform grey above and yellow beneath

Length 242 mm.

This species was commonly offered for sale in Melbourne, and
at Queenscliff examples were taken in the seine. At the latter
place a long series of pools extend between the railway and the
harbour, the home of shoals of Atherines. While wading in the
pools I commonly disturbed some fishes which zigzagged on the
bottom, and raised small clouds of mud. I discovered these to be
young flounders, from one inch to three inches in length When
disturbed they swam rapidh' away as described, for two or three
yards, and then usually doubled back along their tracks, so that
when the mud settled it was not possible to locate them. Nearly
<ill those caught were obtained under my feet, whence they had
evidently gone for the purpose of hiding, for an old boot, bucket
or other object, on being lifted, was found to harbour many young
flounders.

Peltorhamphus, G anther, 1862.

, Peltorhamphus bassensis, Castelnau, sp.

(Plate xxxiv.).

RhoDihosuIea bassensis, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i., 1872,
p. 167.

Sole.

D. 79 ; A. 54 ; P. d-,x. 11, sin. 9 ; V. dex. 7, sin. 4 ; C. 12 + 4 ;

Sc. 79.

Length of head 4'0 ; depth of body 1-74 in total length
exclusive of the caudal which equals the head in length. Eyes, on
the right side, separated by a flat scaly space, less than half their

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN AND TASMANIAN FISHES — WAITE. 199

diameter, which is 4-8 in tlie head. The length of the snout
is one-fifth more than the diameter of the eye, or one-fourth
the lengtli of the head, it is produced into a fleshy process which
covers the mouth ant^M'iorly. The lower eye is slightly in advance
of the upper one. Both nostrils are tubular and arise from the
only naked part of the head ; the anterior one has a valve-like
flap behind. The mouth is small and toothless on the coloured
side and is wholly in advance of the eyes and nostrils : it is large
on the left side, extending far beyond the sinistral nostrils, and
is furnished with se\ eral rows of movable teeth in both jaws. The
nostrils occupy a slightly more dorsal position than those on the
right side. Gill-rakers" 11 -F 2, reduced to mere knobs, the
anterior ones scarcely apparent. Gills four and a half, a small
slit, not more than a third the diameter of the eye, behind the
last. The gill openings extend to the upper angles of the
pectorals, but are arrested below by membrane beneath the
middle of the eye.

Scales. — Head, with the exception of a small space round each
pair of nostrils, body and fins, wholly clothed with small ctenoid
scales, almost equally de\eloped on both sides ; no accessory
scales.

Fi7ts. — The dorsal fin commences at the extremity of the nasal
process : tlie anterior rays are quite free of membrane and the
tips of those following are fi'ee to above the opercular margin, the
first seventeen rays are serrate behind. The highest rays occur
about tlie middle of the fin where they are rather more than half
the length of the head. Tlie rigiit ventral commences at the
symphysis of the lower jaw and is connected by membrane with
the anal. The left venti"al is small having its rays close togetlier
and situated in advance of the vent. The anal is similar to the
dcjrsal and terminates evenly with it. The pectorals are of similar
length, half that of the head, but the right one has more rays and
a rounded margin ; in tlie left the central rays are much the
longest, producing a lanceolate shaj^ed fin. The caudal is slightly
rounded, its peduncle deej), being 1-6 in the length of tlie head.

Colours. — Brownish grey above, white below.

Total length, 234 mm.

This is the common sole of the Mellx>urne markets where I
obtained the specimens examined. I also netted it at QueensclifF.

Though described by Castelnau under the genus Rhomhosoha it
is clear that it cannot be there assigned ; the scales are stated to
be " strongly ciliated which makes the fish feel rough to the
touch." Cycloid scales are a character of the genus. Though

200 KECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

this authoi" writes of the dorsal and anal fins in the singular, he
describes the \ entrals in the plural, which tends to confirm the
natural supposition that Castelnau's fish and mine are identical.
The characters of this species all point to Peltor-hamphus Giinther,
of which one species only P. novK-zealandice' was previously
identified. The Victorian fish differs from the description of the
New Zealand one, among other characters, by having the dorsal
and anal rays covered with scales.

GoBius, Limueus, 1758.
GoBius Mucosus, Giinther.

Gobius mucosus, Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871, p. 663, pi. Ixiii.,

fig. A.
Gohins depressus, Ramsay & Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales,

(2), i., 1886, p. 4.

D. vi. i. 10 ; A. i. 9 ; V. i. 5 ,; P. 17 ; C. 17.

Length of head 3 '6 ; height of body 5-5, and length of caudal
3*0 in the total. Eyes 3 "2 in the length of the head, cutting the
profile and less than a diameter apart ; their diameter greater
than the length of the snout. Cleft of mouth approaching the
vertical, the lower jaw the longer ; the maxilla does not nearly
reach the orbit. Head much depressed, the skin of which is
thrown into sharp folds ; the plications on the snout are irregular,
those on the cheeks vertical, a pair of transverse folds on the
occiput, followed by two longitudinal ones, and another long pair
on each side arising from the margins of the upper and lower jaw
respectively ; the inferior aspect of each ramus of the lower jaw
bears a series of about a dozen short transverse bars, resembling
the teeth of a cog-wheel.

Fins. — The fourth dorsal spine is the longest, one-half the
length of the head ; the anal commences evenly with the soft
dorsal and terminates in advance of the posterior rays ; the
pectorals attain to below the origin of the soft dorsal, and the
ventrals do not reach the vent ; caudal long and pointed.

Anal papilla small, rounded.

Colours. — Yellow, marbled with brown ; under surface, as far
as the vent, white. All the fins, except the ventrals, spotted
with black or dark brown forming bars, longitudinally disposed
on the dorsal and anal, and transversely on the pectoral and

3 Giinther— Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., iv., 1862, p. 461.

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN AND TASMANIAN FISHES WAITE. 201

caiulal fins. The head is devoid of scales and is deeper in tint
than tlie l)odv, the plications being darker still.

Giinther attributed these folds to mucous, but they are distinctly
dermal in nature. A comparison of the type of (r. depressus witli
examples forwarded from Port Phillip by Mr. Gabriel, shows
them to be identical, while there can be little doubt that they are
correctly referred to G. niucosus, descibed by Giinther from
South Australia.

Pentaro(;k, (riiitthrr, ISOO.

Pkntakooe marmorata, Cuvier <t V<dc)tciennes, s}).

ApiKfns marnioratus, Cuvier it Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss.,
iv., 1829, p. 416 ; Valenciennes, Reg. Anim. 111. Poiss., pi.
xxiv., fig. 3.

Pentarogp marmoroM, Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., ii., 1860,
p. 132 ; Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i., 1872, p. 82.

CohhJer.

Castelnau remarks that this fish is scarce at Melbourne, and
gives its local name as " Barber." I found it to be very common at
Queenscliff, where it is as well-known and as equally dreaded as
the "Fortesque" (Centropoyo'n australis) of the .Sydney fishermen.
It was taken by scores in every haul of the seine and recognised
under the name " Cobbler," both at Queenscliff and in the
Melbourne market.

The markings appear to be very constant and remarkably well-
defined ; the similarity to those of the Cenfropogon mentioned,
being noticeable. Valencieinies' figure of a Timor specimen does
not well represent the species as found in Victorian waters.

Crepidog ASTER, Giinther, 1861.
Crepidogaster SPATULA, Giinther.

(Plate xxxvi., fig. 4).

Crepidor/aster spatula, Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit.. Mus., iii., 1861,
p. 508.

D. 6 ; A. 6 ; P. 26 ; \. i. 4 ; C. 12 + x Vert. 16 + 16.

Length of head 2-6 ; width 3-5 ; height of body 5-0 ; width 4-7
in the total length. The snout is broad at the level of the eyes
but narrows anteriorly, its length being one-third that of the head.
The mouth is large extending to nearly beneath the middle of the

202 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

eye ; the upper jaw, which is the longer, has a complete reflexed
lip ; ill the lower jaw the lips do not meet at the symphysis.
Teeth in both jaws very small, villiform, the anterior ones in the
upper jaw forming a patch. The nostrils are near to the front
margin of the eye, the anterior one beaiing a small tentacle.
The eye is round, 4*2 in the length of the head and little more
than half the inter-orbital space, which is flat.

The head is very bi'oad and depressed and the body is sub-
cylindrical anteriorly, but compressed behind. No subcutaneous
spine on the opercle, nor on the preopercle.

The distance between the end of the snout and the origin of the
dorsal is nearly twice that between the latter point and the end of
the caudal. The dorsal fin is very short, its base being equal to
its distance from the caudal. The pectoral is broad and rounded,
its length 2 b in that of the head ; the ventral is attached to
its sixteenth ray. The adhesive disc is broader than long, its
length half the width of the head. The distance of the vent
from the disc is twice that from the anal. This fin is precisely
similar to the dorsal in form and situation. The caudal is
rounded, its length being equal to half that of the liead, and
the height of the peduncle equal to its own length.

Colours. — Colour throughout yellow, the head and body above
and on the sides ornamented with crowded carmine spots,
those on the head round, those on the body lengthened ; the
upper ones arranged transversely to form closely packed bands.
Fins and lower surfaces without markings.

Total length 64 mm.

Three specimens forwarded by Mr. Gabriel, are additions to the
recorded fauna of Victoria. Previously the species was known
from Swa;i River, Western Australia. It is a well-marked form,
readily distinguishable by the short and oppositely placed vf^rtieal
fins, and the backward position of the vent.

DiPLOCKEPiS, (rlinthfr, 1861.
DiPLOfRKPIS PARVIPIXXIS, .sp. nOV.

(Plate xxxvi., fig. 3).

D. 5; A. 5; P. 16 + X ; C. 9.

Length of head 3-2 ; width 4-0 : and heiglit of body 6-1.
The snout is much narrower than the head, shorter than the
eye and 4-1 in the length of the head. The maxilla extends
to just beyond the antei'ior margin of the orbit. The teeth

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN AND TASMANIAN FISIIKS — WAITE. 203

are conical, disposed in a patch within each jaw, and a single
series of larger teeth along the sides. Tlie nostrils lie close to-
gether in front of the eye, the anterior one bearing a tentacle.
The eye is large, it cuts the upper profile and is 3-7 in the length
of the head. The inter-orbital breadth is narr<jw, etpial to the
length of the eye.

Head depressed, body cylindrical.

The distance b;'tween the origin of the dorsal and the end of
the caudal is 1 vS in that between the former point and the end of
the snout. Both dorsal and anal fins are widely separated from tlie
caudal : the former is slightly in advance of tlie anal which com-
mences beneath its second ray. The pectoral is rounded, the
middle rays being loiigest, 3-2 in the length of the head, the lower
rays rapidly decrease in length and the ventral is attached to the
sixteenth ra}'. The posterior sucking disc is almost circular, a
little broader than lo)ig, and I'eaches only to beneath the middle of
the pectoral : the distance of the vent from the disc is thrice that
between it and the anal. The caudal is slightly rounded, its length
2-4 in that of the head ; the length of the peduncle is more than
twice its depth.

Colours. — In life, olive gix^en, uniform, or with Ijrown spots on
the body, arranged as bands, or with bands fully defined which
are four in number ; a brown or red mark on the side of the
snout through the eye to the preopercle.

Length 2-5 mm.

This diminutive species was first brought to my notice by Mr.
A. R. McCulloch, who found it on a seaweed, identified by Mr. T.
Whitelegge as Phyllo-tpora comosa, Agard. It proves to be a
common fish on the coast of New South Wales, and examples in the
collection of the ^[useum were pi'eviously regarded as young
specimens of another species.

DiPLOCREPIS COSTATUS, OijilblJ.

Diphicrepl-t costatus, Ogilby, Proc. Liini. 8oc. X. 8. AVales, x.,
1<S85, p. 270 ; AVaite, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 1904, pi. xxiv.,
fig. 1.

]\Ir. Gabriel's collection includes a single example of this
species, an addition to the Victorian fauna.

204 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

DiPLOCREPis CARDiNALis, Ramsay, sj).

(Plate xxxvi., fig. 1).

Gohiesox cardinalis, Ramsay, Proc. Linn. kSoc. N. S. Wales, vii.,
1882, p. 148.

D. 10; A. 7; P. 22; C. 11.

Length of head 2-7 ; width 3"0 ; height of body 5-1 ; width 4-3
in the total length. The snout is obtusely pointed, short, its
length 4-0 in that of the head. The angle of the mouth is
beneath the anterior fourth of the eye and is almost concealed by
the overhanging px'eopercles. A patch of conical teeth in each
jaw, the outer series the larger. The opercle is represented by a
bony rod ending in a long spine, and the preopercle bears a smaller
spine, both being concealed beneath the skin. Both nostrils are
furnished with tentacles, of which the anterior is the larger. The
eye is 5-0 in the head and equal to half the inter-orbital breadth.

The distance between the origin of the dorsal and the end of
the caudal is 1 "7 in that between the foi'mer point and the end
of the snout. Both dorsal and anal fins lie close to the caudal
but are not connected with it : the anal commences below the
middle of the dorsal and has a slightly more posterior termina-
tion. The length of the pectoral is 2-7 in that of the head and
the ventral is attaclied to its fourteenth ray. The posterior
sucking disc has a free anterior margin and is much broader than
long, its width being 1 -4 in the breadth of the head ; it extends
to beneath the end of the pectoral. The vent is nearer to the
disc tlian to the anal, the relative distance being as 3 to 5. The
caudal is subtruncate, its length a little more than half that of
the head.

Colotirs. — The life colours are not known. In fluid, all ex-
amples are uniform yellow.

Length 70 mm.

Three specimens from near Launceston, Tasmania, collected in
1879, by Mr. K. Broadlient, and three from Ulverstone, Tasmania,
forwarded by the Curator of the Victoria Museum, Launceston, in
1 903. One of the formerbatch is very possibly the type of the species,
but the characters above given are derived from one of the more
recent acquisitions. The somewhat shrivelled condition of the
author's specimens, if such they be, may account for the differ-
ences noted. In the flrst place the structure of the posterior
sucking disc is not that of Gobiesox, and the number of dorsal and
anal rays is understated. Otherwise the specimens agree well
with the description and I have no hesitation whatever in

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN AND TASMANIAN FISHES — AVAITE. "205

assigning them to this species : the opercular spine is charact^er-
istic, as is also the presence of tentacles on both nostrils. The
word " compressed " in the description of the head is an obvious
error.

The four known species of DipJocrcpis may be recognised by
the following characters : —

DiPLOCREPis PUNiCKrs, Eichardson, sp.

Lepidoga.ster puuiceiis, Ricliardson, Vov. Ereb. & Terr., 1846, p. 71, pi. xliii.,
fig. 1-7.

D. 11 ; A. 5. The anal fin commences behind the middle of the dorsal ; the
Tent is placed close to the sucking disc, at a great distance from the anal.

Hah. — New Zealand.

DiPLOCEKPIS CARDINALIS, Rdlliuri/. sp.

Gobiesox cardinalis, Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc, N. vS. Wales, vii., 1882 p. 148.
Diplocrepis cardinalis, Waite, antea, p. 204, pi. xxxvi., fig. 1

D. 10 ; A. 7. The anal fin commences below the middle of the dorsal ; the
Tent is placed somewhat nearer to the sucking disc than to the anal.

Loc. — Ulverstone, Tasmania.

Diplocrepis costatus, Ogilhy.

Diplocrepis costatus, Ogilbj, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, x., 1885, p. 270 ;
Waite, Rec. Aiistr. Mus., v., 1904, pi. xxiv., fig. 1.

D. 8 ; A. 7. The anal fin commences slightly behind the origin of the dorsal ;
both are close to the caudal. The vent is placed much nearer to the anal than
to the sucking disc.

Hah. — N. S. Wales, Loi-d Howe Island, Yictoria.

Diplocrepis parvipinnis, Waite.

Diplocrepis parvipinnis, Waite, antea, p. 202, pi. xxxvi., fig 3.

D. 5 ; A. 5, The anal commences beneath the second dorsal ray, and both
are far removed from the caudal ; the vent is placed much nearer to the anal
than to the sucking disc.

Hah — N. S. Wales.

Blennius, Liniueus, 1758.

Blennius tasmanianus, Richardson.

(Plate xxxvi., fig. 5).

Blennius tasmanianus, Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1839, p. 99 ;
Tran.s. Zool. Soc, iii., 1849, p. 129.

D. xii. 18 ; A. 20 ; P. U ; V. 2 ; C. 7 + 6.

Length of head 3-7 ; height of body 3-8 ; and length of the
caudal 4-8 in the length of the fish. Eyes large, cutting the pi'o-

206 HKCOKDS OF THE AUSTKALIAN JIUSEIM.

file less than lialf a diametei- a[)art, 3-1 in the length of the head
and a little longer than the snout. Orbital tentacles not longer
than tlie depth of the eye, simple and fringed behind. Small
pores occur around the eye and on the preopercular margin.
The maxilla extends to beneath tlie centre of the eve. The teeth
are as is usual in the genus with posterior canines.

Fitis. — The dorsal fin commences behind the vertical of the
preopercle ; the first spine is a little shorter than the eye, the 4-7
spines are equal, and slightly longer than the diameter of the eye,
and the last spine is the shortest, half the length of the first ray ;
the 3-12 I'ays are equal, twice the length of the first spine, winch
latter is about the same height as the last ray. Tlie base of the
soft is one-seventh longer than that of the spinous portion ; the
anterior anal rays are orAy one-half the height of the median
dorsal ones, the}' inci*ease slightly in height posteriorly. The
pectoral is jwinted, the ninth and longest ray being nearlv equal
to the head in length, extends to the anal fin. The inner ventral
ray is half the length of the head. The caudal is sub-truncate and
the least depth of its peduncle is one-third the length of the head.
The lateral line is composed of about twenty-four tubes of which
seventeen form an arch over the pectoral ; the others, which are
less defined and more widely spaced, are horizontally disposed :
there are no pores on the posterior half of tlie bod}'.

Colour. — The ground colour is olive, darker above than below ;
the head is marked with three obliquely vertical bars, of which
the first passes through the eye and forms a V with its
fellow on the throat, the second diverges from the first below
the eye backwards to the edge of the gill membrane, and
the thii'd occurs behind the preopercle ; the body is marked with
nine transverse bars formed each of two series of black spots,
which do not attain the lower surface. Thei'e is a bhuik spot
between the first two dorsal spines, and the base of the fin is
shaded in accord with the body bars ; the anal bears a dark sub-
mai-ginal band. There are no markings on the other fins.

Total length 47 mm.

The single specimen examined was dredged by Mr. Gabriel in
Western Port. It is the one illustrated, and is a half-grown
example. Specimens of this age differ from the adults by the
shorter oi'bital tentacle, the much longer and pointed pectoral fin,
the simple anal papilla, and the much larger eye, in addition to
constant markings which do not appear to be maintained to
adult age.

Mr. A. M. Lea, Government Entomologist, Tasmania, has
forwarded to the Trustees a nice series of this species. I am not

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN AND TASMANIAN FISHES — WAITK. 207

aware of the coloui-s of the adult during Ufe : presened examples
undergo peculiar changes similar to members of the Kyphosid{e :
these are usually manifested as large irregular l)lutches of black
or brown on a pale yellow ground. The markings are adven-
titious, not alike in two fishes, and both sides of the same speci-
men are usually quite dissimilar.

Ophioclinus, Castplnau, 1873.

OpHIOCLINUS GRACILIS, Sp. nov.

(Plate xxxvi., fig. 6).

D. xliii. + 1 ; A. iii. 29 : P. 13 ; V. 2 ; C. 11 + 4 ; Yert.
19 + 32 = 51.

Length of head 4-9 ; height of body at the anal fin 7-4 ; length
of caudal 9-0 in the total. The diameter of the eye is one-fifth
the length of the head, equal to the interorbital space, and three-
fourths the length of the snout. The anterior nostril is in a
short tube, a little nearer to the end of the snout than to the eye :
the posterior nostril is one of numerous large pores, disposed on
the snout, around the eye, on the occiput, preopercle, and lower
jaw.

Twih. — A patch of conical teeth within each jaw, and a
narrow band on eadi side ; teeth on the vomer, none on the
palatines.

Fins. — The dorsal commences in advance of the operculum, the
first spine is two-thirds the diameter of the eye and the fin
increases in height backwards, the single ray being twice the
length of the first spine and joined to the caudal. The anal fin
commences below the seventeenth dorsal spine and is formed of
three short spines, followed by longer rays which are slightly
longer than the corresponding dorsal spines. The pectoral is
rounded, about one-half the length of the head and somewhat
shorter than the inner ventral ray. The caudal is truncate, the
depth of its peduncle more than one-third the height of the body.

Scales. — Head naked, body covered with small non-imbricate
scales (not shown in the illustration). The lateral line commences
beneatli the first dorsal spine ; it is strongly arched and is not
continued beyond the end of the pectoral : a median depression to
the caudal may be traced in some examples, but this is appar-
ently not a true " lateral line."

Colours. — The general colour is brown above and 3^ellowish
beneath, but great variations occur. The illustration represents

208 KECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

a specimen in which the markings are very well defined and such
consist of a longitudinal black band which passes from the snout,
through the eye to the tail : it deepens posteriorly and embraces
the body and caudal peduncle and is also continued in blotches
on to the dorsal and anal fins. The top of the head and the
back including the fin is white. In other examples the band is
brown, sometimes very faint, and the vertical fins may be of the
same tint ; when the head-band is pale in colour it may have a
black lower margin ; the extension of the band posteriorly may
be indicated by some spots on the side of the tail. The pectorals
are generally and the ventrals always white, and if the vertical
fins are coloured they have a light margin.

Of many specimens examined, the largest measured 57 mm. in
length. This species has been taken at various times in rock
pools at Long Bay, near Sydney, by Mr. A. R. McCulloch.

OpHIOCLINUS flABRIELI, sp. nov.

(Plate xxxvi., fig. 7).

D. li. + 1 ; A. 36 ; P. 12 ; V. 2 ; C. 1 1+ 4 ; Vert. 21 + 39 = 60.

Length of head 5-3 ; height of body, at the origin of the anal,
7*5 ; length of caudal 8-0 in the total. Eye prominent, large,
close to the upper profile, 4-2 in the length of the head, and twice
the interorbital space. Length of snout little more than half the
diameter of the eye and bearing two short tentacles, immediately
above the upper lip. The maxilla i-eaches to beneath the third
fourth of the eye.

Teeth. — An extensive patch of small granular teeth within the
margin of each jaw, followed by a narrow band on each side ;
teeth on the vomer but none on the palatines. A broad frenum
in the upper jaw.

Fins. — -The dorsal commences above the opercle, but its origin
is not well defined, and is composed wholly of spines with the excep-
tion of one ray, the last,w]uch is joined to the caudal : the fin rises
rapidly to the fourth spint; and thence is of fairly uniform height,
the spines lengthening somewhat posteriorly ; the median height
of the fin is about one-third that of the body at the commence-
ment of the anal.

The anal fin arises beneath the nineteenth or twentieth dorsal
spine and is formed wliolly of soft rays ; it is similar to, but
slightly higher than the dorsal and is joined to the caudal. The
pectoral is short and rounded, its middle rays 2-4 in the length of
the head. The ventrals are jugular in position, close together

XOTES OX AUSTRALIAN AND TASMANIAN FISHES— WAITE. 209

and formed, each of two stout rays, the inner being the longer, a
little more than lialf the length of the head. The caudal is
rounded, and the depth of its peduncle 2-5 times in the height of
the body.

Scales. — The scales are scarcely apparent, they are deeply im-
bedded, small and widely separated anteriorly, larger and closer
together posteriorly. The head is naked but bears a number of
large pores, especially developed on the snout, around the eyes,
and within the margin of the preopercle. The lateral line is de-
veloped anteriorly only, and is placed above the pectoral but does
not extend as far as the margin of the fin.

Colours. — The general colour is brown, lighter beneath. A
dark band passes through the eye to the preopercle which latter
has no defined edge, being included in the common covering of
the head. The lower and posterior portions of the body bear
some light marbled markings, which extend on to the anal and
caudal fins ; the other fins are without markings.

Three examples were dredged by Mr. Gabriel, the largest of
which measures 102 mm. in length. They are fully adult, the
two females carrying young. These can be distinctly seen through
the abdominal integument and in one individual numbered thirty-
six, each being 12 mm. long.

The genus Ophiodinus was defined by Castelnau'' in 1873, with
0. antarcticufi as the type species. In 1894 Ogilby* described a
fish from Queensland under the name 0. devisi and remarked that
" the neglect of Castelnau to even mention the pectorals is negative
evidence as to their existence in his genus." In his generic
definition Castelnau distinctly refers to the pectorals as follows : —
" Ventral fins inserted in front of the pectorals," and again in his
specific description : — "pectorals much shorter than the ventrals,
of ten rays." I have examined the type of 0. devid and find
that pectorals are not present, and it follows therefore that it cannot
enter Ophiodinus and may tentatively be regarded as the type of
Sderopteryx^ a name proposed by De Vis, but which apparently
never reached beyond the manuscript stage. Ogilby's definition
of Ophiodinus will therefore apply to Hdcropteryx, and not to
Castelnau's genus.

0. yahrieli differs from 0. antarcticus by having two instead of
three ventral rays, and by the smaller number of spines and rays
in the dorsal and anal fin respectively.

7 Castelnau — Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., ii , 1873, p. 69.

*> Ogilby— Proc Linn. Soc. N S. Wales, (2), ix., 1894, p. 373.

210 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

PsEUDOMONACAXTHUS, Bleeker, 1866.

PSEUDOMONACANTHUS CxRANULATUS, ShatV, sp.

Balistps f/ramilafa, »Shaw, in Wliite's Voy. N.S.Wales, 1790, p. 295,
pi. "(p. 254), fig. 2.

This is another species wliose existence in Victorian waters is
regarded by Mr. A. H. S. Lucas as doubtful, no one having,
apparently, identified it since Klunzinger first recorded it from
Port Phillip. I obtained specimens in the Melbourne Fish
Market.

Spileroides, Dnmeril, 1806.

Sph^roides richei, FreminriUe, sp.

Tetraodon richei, Freminville, Nouv. Bull. Philom., ii., p. 250,
pi. iv., fig. 2.

This species is included in the Victorian fauna, apparently only
on the authority of Klunzinger.'' I found it to be not uncommon
at Queenscliff" where it was taken by nreans of the seine net.

Castelnau " observed two sorts [of Tefrodon] on the shores of
Hobson's ^ Bay," namely : — T. hamiltmii, Richardson, and T.
hispidiis, Linnfeus. It is quite evident however, from his desci'ip-
tion, that the species recorded under the lattei* name is really
referable to >S. richei, and that in all probability T. hispidus does
not occur in Hobson's Bay. tS. hamilkmi was found to be
extremely common, and apj^ears to attain larger dimensions than
in Port Jackson.

Klunzinger— Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien., Ixxx., 1879, p 425.

MOLLUSC A FROM THREE HUNDRED FATH0M8,
OFF SYDNEY.

By C. Hedley, Couchologi.st, and W. F. Petterd.

(Plates xxxvii. and xxxiii.).

Various excursions have reaped a supei'ficial knowledge of the
MoUusca of our Continental Shelf. In a recent issue of these
Records a collection was described which Mr. G. H. Halligan
obtained in one hundred and ten fathoms ofF Cape Byron. A
haul made by the same gentleman and one of us in one hundred
fathoms off Wollongong, supplemented the collections trawled by
the " Thetis " Expedition in from twenty to eighty fathoms
between Jervis Bay and the Manning River.

It was evident that at a greater distance from the coast, in
deeper and colder water, another fauna would appear. To search
this zone the writers organised a dredging trip. We were greatly
aided by the kindness of Mr. H. E. Farmer, who, on behalf of
Messrs. Bullivant, generously placed at our disposal a reel and
five hundred fathoms of wire rope. A serviceable steamer of
seventy-four tons, the " Woy Woy," fitted with steam winding-
gear, was engaged for the trip. We enjoyed the company and
assistance of Dr. R. Pulleine, Messrs. E. R. Waite, G. A. Water-
house, F. E. Grant and A. R. McCulloch. The weather on the
chosen date was excellent. Taking our departure at 8 a.m. on
March 27, 1905, from mid-channel between Port Jackson Heads,
we set a due east (true, not magnetic) course, and ran by the
patent log, twenty-seven and a half miles. On sounding no
bottom was got at two hundred and fifty fathoms. Estimating
the depth at three hundred fathoms, we put the bucket dredge
over and paid out most of our wire rope. A full load of sandy
mud, coloured green by glauconite, rewarded us. The tempera-
ture of the mud when it arrived on board was 60° F.

Before again sinking the bucket we fastened a dredge to its
taper end by forty fathoms of rope. This length allowed the
dredge to follow on the ocean floor a track different to that of the
bucket. If tied closer it would in pursuing tiie same path have
only collected material already crushed by the passage of the
bucket. Both bucket anfl dredge returned with a satisfactory
load, but a final descent of the dredge alone proved a failure.

212 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Wliile dredging we had drifted inshore and estimated that the
second haul was in a depth of two hundred and fifty fathoms, at
a distance of twenty-three miles due east of South Head. We
returned to port after an absence of twelve hours.

The study of the Crustacea was undertaken by Mr. F. E.
Grant, and liis paper^ has already appeared.

The Corals have been examined by Mr. J. Dennant, who will
shortly publish an account of them.

An Elasipod Holothurian was determined by Mr. T. White-
legge as Pannychia moseleyi, Theel. There was also a fine Sea-
pen of the genus Kophohelemnon,. Representatives of other
groups have been handed to various specialists and it is hoped
that further I'eports on them may appear. The types of all new
species described in this article are presented to the Trustees of
the Australian Museum.

The decided change of fauna between the one hundred fathom
level and the zone touched by our dredge, appears to us to
indicate that the animals obtained grew below the wai-m southerly
current.

About twenty-five miles south-south-west of the position of our
dredging lies the "Challenger" Station 164 B., where, in four hun-
dred and ten fathoms, a large series of mollusca are reputed to
have been obtained. A large proportion of these were well-
known Atlantic species. This incongruous mixture has been con-
sidered by Crosse-^ and other writers as clear evidence of error.
One of us has discussed* the matter at length and recommended
the rejection of the whole tainted haul.

Perhaps the most important result of our excursion is the re-
discovery of about half of the new " 164 B" shells, but none of
the European species occurred with them. It is evident that the
"Challenger" collectors had mixed gatherings from different oceans,
and while those here recognised are rehabilitated, the balance
had best be carried to a suspense account awaiting further
investigation.

It is no longer possible to clieck the " Challenger " results by
dredging at 164 B, because the submarine telegraph cable to New
Zealand crosses the place.

More than a hundred species of shells are contained in the
collection, some are fragmentary, or for other reasons cannot be
determined. The following is a list of those identified.

1 Gi-ant— Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.Wales, xxx., 1905, pp. 312-324.

'^ Crosse — .lourn. de Conch., xliii., 1895, p. 257.

3 Hedlev— Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxvi., 1901, p. 22.

MOLLUSCA FKOM THKEE HUXDRED FATHOMS HEDLEY. 213

Amiisium thetidls, Hedley.
Adaciuirca sqticwiea, HecUev.
Asf.fh' glyi>tns, Watson.

Bathytoma agnata, Hedley and Petteixl.
Biftium fuscocapitulvm, Hedley and Pctterd.
Bulla incomnioda, Smith.
Bullina scabra, Gmelin.

Cadulus spretus, Tate and May.

CanceUaria ftcohitia, Hedley and Petterd.

Capulns devot)(i<, Hedley.

Carditellfi, anyasi, 8niith.

Cardhim pidcheJhim^ Gray.

Carinaria ausfralis, Quoy and Gaimard.

Cassidea 2)i/rttm, Lamk.

Cavolinia yibbosa, Hang.

„ injlexa^ Lesueur.

,, longirostris, Lesueur.

,, quadridentata, Lesueur.

,, tridentata, Forskal.

,, frispinosa, Lesueur.

Cerithiopsis cacnminatus, Hedley and Petterd
Chlamys asperrimns, Lamai'ck.
Clio pyramidata, Linne.
„ snbida, Quoy and Gaimard.
„ virgnla, Rang.
Cocculiiia fasmanica, Pilsbry.
Columbariuvi pagodoides, Watson.
Coralliophila lischkei, Dunker.
Cuna delta, Tate and May.
Cuspidaria angasi, Smith.
Cuvierina columnella, Rang.
Cyclostrema johnstoni, Beddome.
Cylichna oi'dinai'ia, Smith.
,, p>rotuviida, Hedley.
,, thetidis, Hedley.
Cyniatium kam]>yla, Watson.
Cyrilla dalli, Hedley.

Daphnella vestalis, Hedley.
Dentalium erectaim, Sowerby.
Drillia coxi, Angas.

,, crossei, Smith.

,, tricarinata, Ten. Woods.

,, tvoodsi, Beddome.
Ectorisma granulata, Tate.

214 RECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM,

Emavijinula auperba, Hedley and Pctterd.
Euthi'ia tahida, Hedley.
Hemithyris coluniHS, Hedley.
Leda incypinnta, Smith.

,, miliacea, Hedley.

,, 7'amsaiji, Smith.
Limea murrayi, Smith.
Limopsls tenisoni. Ten. Woods.

,, erpctus, Hedley and Pettei'd.

.]/!iti(jfli<( cmiua, Hedley.

,, watsotii, Smith.

Maryinella ayapeta, AV'atson.

,, allporti, Ten. Woods.

,, h)-azieri, Smith.

,, ciutericula, Tate and May.

„ hevigata, Bi'azier.

,, ochracea, Angas.

„ stilla, Hedley.

,, stramjp.i, Angas.

Mathilda decoixita, Hedley.
Mo)iiU(i arata, Hedley.

,, oleacea, Hedley and Petterd.

,, phili2)pensis, Watson.
Mureoi licinus, Hedley and Petterd.

Xassa jacksojcensis, Quoy and Gaimard.

Pleu7'otoina casea7-ia, Hedley and Petterd.
Polinices snhcostatus, Ten. Woods.
Pm-oleda e^isictda, Angas.
Poromya tcndosa, Hedley and Petterd.

Rissoa filocincta, Hedley and Petterd.
Rochefortia acuminata, Smith.

,, lactea, Hedley.

Seal a ntorchii, Angas.

Terehra laureJanap^ Ten. Woods.
Tihpria nitidula, A. Adams.
TfopluDh carduelis, Watson.
,, laminatnn, Petterd.

,, simplex, Hedley.

7'iirl/iinilla coitfitricta. Smith.
'/'/n-fitrlla (jodpffroyaua, Donald.

,, incisa, Reeve.

,, p/iilippeusis, Watson.

., siniiafa, Reeve.

MOLLUSCA FROM THREE HUNDRED FATHOMS HEDLEY. 215

Venericardia cavatica, Hedley.
Vertico7-dia rhomhoidea, Hedley.
Valuta undidata, Lamarck.
Vnlpecida minmda, Smith.

„ tasmatiica, Ten. Woods.

Xenoplwra tatei, Harris.
Tlie new and notewurtliy sjiecies include the following : —

COCCLLINA TASMAXICA, FdsbriJ, Sp.

Afwia-a parva, Angas, var. tasmanica, Pilsbry, The Nautilus,
viii., 1895, p. 128 ; Xacella tasmanica, Tate and May, Proc.
Linn. .Soc. jST. S. Wales, xxvi., 1901, p. 411, pi. xxvii., f. 89-
90 ; Coccidina nie7-idio?ialis, Hedley, Mem. Austr. ]\Ius., iv
1902, p. .S31, f. 64.

The presence of an inrolled often caducous apex directed the
assignment of this species to Coccidina, and as that genus liad not
been reported from Australasia, the shell was by one of us described
as new. Mr. W. L. May pointed out the similarity between JS^.
tasmanica and C. meridionalis. After interchange of specimens
we agree that they are identical. Mr. H. Suter, who holds a co-
type and joined in the discussion, arrives at the same conclusion.
The species has recently occurred in deep water off the New Zea-
land coast.

MONILEA OLEATA, sp. nov.

(Plate xxxvii., fig. 1).

Shell rather large, thin, regularly turbinate, base tlattened,
periphery subangled, spire elevated. Whorls seven, gi'adually
increasing, regularly rounded except a narrow flat step below the
suture. Colour beneatli white, above pale cinnamon with darker
radial streaks on the last whorl. Entire surface glossy, as if well
oiled. Sculpture : closely scored by sharp spiral cuts, which are
deepest about the periphery, fainter midway up the whorl and
vanish from the base and from the first four whorls. On the
penultimate whorl between the insertion of the lip and the suture,
there are sixteen of these impressed spirals. The flat interspaces are
obliquely ci'ossed by faint irregular growth lines. Aperture veiy
oblique ovate, upper insertion carried far forward, connected with
the lower by a thin dull film of callus. Lip quite sharp, within a
white edge is followed by a brown border anfl that again bv a
nacreous layer. This seijuence again appears along tiie interior

216 RECORDS OF THE AUSTKALIAN MUSEUM

suture. Umbilicus a broad open funnel, penetrating to the
initial whorl, margined by a beaded funicle which ends in an
expansion on the columella base. The interior of the umbilicus
is spirally scored like the periphery, and is undercut at the
junction of each whorl. Height 12 mm.; major diameter 16
mm. ; minor diameter 13 mm.

A single perfect specimen from two hundred and fifty fathoms,
twenty-three miles east of Sydney.

Emarginula superba, sj^- ''^ov.
(Plate xxxvii., figs. 7 and 8).

Shell large, elevated, oval, rather thin, apex much incurved and
overhanging at five-sixths of the length. The sides are arched so
that the shell only touches a plane surface by its extremities.
Colour, exterior gray, interior white. Fissure deeply slit.
Sculpture : about sixty sharp elevated radiate riblets whic-h frill
the interior margin and are parted by narrow deep interstices in
which arise fine secondary riblets. A concentric series of
numerous dense imbricating scales traverse both I'ibs and fuxTows.
Slit fasciole elevated, two thin erect walls include fine close
curved transverse scales. The interior of the fasciole is marked
by a heavy streak of callus. Length 24 mm. ; breadth 18 mm. ;
height 9 mm.

A single specimen from two hundred and fifty fathoms.

This is the largest Australian species, and only two or three
species in the world exceed it in size.

Cyclostrema .tohnstoni, Beddome.

Cydostrema johnstoni, Beddome, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1882
(1883), p. 168; Id., Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxiii.,
1899, p. 215, pi. vii., f. "i a, h.

Two specimens of this Tasmanian species from three hundred
fathoms, are the means of adding it to the fauna of this State.

TiBERiA nitidula, A. Adams, sp.
(Plate xxxviii., fig. 13).

Syrnola nitidula, A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1860, (3),

vi., p. 335.
Pyraviidella nitidida, Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xv., 1865, Pyiami-

della, pi. v., f. 35.

MOLLUSCA FROM THREE HUNDRED FATHOMS HEDLEY. 217

Odosfoiiiia (OMiscxs) nifidnia, Watson, Chall. Rep., ZooL, xv.,

1886, p. 487.

"This species," remarks Dr. AV. H. Dall,^ "is very widely dis-
tributed, both in area and depth." Its range extends from Japan
to the Mediterranean and West Indies, but it has not been
recorded before fi-om the .Southern Hemisphere. In our collection
it is represented b}- a single specimen 7 mm. long, taken in two
hundred and fifty fathoms.

RiSSOA FILOCINCTA, sp. nOV.

(Plate xxxvii., fig. 2).

Shell small, opaque and rather solid, broadly ovate, narrowly
perforate. Whorls five, of which one and a half compose the
protoconch, ventricose, the earlier whorls angled above, the last
rounded, rapidly increasing, not descending at the aperture,
sharply constricted at the sutures. Sculpture : protoconch
smooth, in adult shell the radials first predominate, gradually
grow denser and finer and ai'e at last exceeded by the spirals.
The body whorl carries twelve sharp, erect, wide spaced spirals,
of which the upper are latticed by forty-two radial riblets pro-
ceeding from the suture and fading at the periphery. Twenty
stronger radial ribs, whose interstices are traversed by five spirals,
cross the penultimate whorl. The remaining whorl and a half
has twenty-one coarse, wide set radials, with a spiral thread above
and below. Aperture perpendicular ovate, fortified by a thick
-outstanding varix. Length 3 mm.; breadth 1-7 mm.

Several specimens from both hauls.

BiTTIUM FUSCOCAPITULUM, S^). UOV,

(Plate xxxviii., figs. 10 and 11).

Shell rather large, thin, broad at the base, with straight sides,
tapering to a sharp point, angled and contracted at the base.
Colour pale purple, granules white, protoconch chocolate brown.
The individual drawn has fifteen whorls in a length of eleven mm.,
but a larger decapitated example is thirteen and a half mm. for

< Dall— Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xviii., 1889, p. 334.

218 KECOKDS UF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

eleven remaining whorls. Sculpture : the adult sliell commences
with simple ribs springing fi'om the surface above and below and
projecting at the periphery. The gradual appearance of spiral
sculpture depresses the ribs in the middle and elevates them above
and below in angular tubei'cles. Finally the ribs break up into
bead rows, the last whorl having a smooth central belt through
which runs a spiral thread, on either side lie first a large and then
a small bead row, containing about nineteen grains to a whorl ;
no varix is present. The suture is impressed and sinuous. Pro-
tococh sharply differentiated by substance, colour and sculpture,
of four whorls with a double keel and delicate radial riblets,
tei'minating in a deep bay above a long and nai-row lobe. The
concave base meets the periphery at a sharp angle and is orna-
mented by a few shallow, wide spaced concentric grooves.
Aperture oblique, subquadrate ; lip sharp, simple, the short canal
is merely a deep sinus. Length 1 1 mm. ; breadth 3 mm.

A few dead shells.

After Bittium granarimn, the novelty is one of the largest
Australian members of the genus. The presence of a sinusigera
protoconch is of interest, but we have not sufficient data to now
discuss its teleolo";ical significance.

Cerithiopsis cacumixatus, sp. nov.

(Plate xxxvii., fig. 4).

Our broken specimens, though exhibiting features sufficient to
separate them from known species, do not supply the material for
a complete description. Shell very long, slender and gradually
tapering to an inflated two-whorled protoconch, each whorl o^er-
hanging its successor pagoda-wise. Colour grey. Whorls at
least nineteen. Sculpture : each whorl carries about thirteen
longitudinal folds which taper upwards and do not continue from
whorl to whorl. Three spiral belts and intervening shallow
furrows of corresponding width develop beads on the radials.
The lowest chain of beads is the most prominent, and those above
diminish in succession. Beneath the largest bead row is a narrow
revolving double thread. The beads are more polished than the
interstices. Towards the summit the spiral sculpture fades away,
a sutural furrov/ persisting longest. T.ie first two adult whorls
have only radial ribbing. Length of imperfect specimen 1 0 mm. ;
lireadth 2 mm.

MOLLUSCA FROM THREE HUNDRED FATHOMS HEDLEY. 219

The slender tapering spire and triple i"ow of unequal beads
marks tlie species as clearly different from Australian co-generic
forms.

Two specimens from two hundred and fifty fathoms.

Cymatium kampyla, Waf><ou, sp.

J/'assaria kampi/la, AVatson, Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool., xvi., 1883, p.
594; JV. camjjyln,^ dtfion, Chall. Re})., Zool., xv., 1886, p.
405, pi. xiv., f. 12 ; Lampusia nodocostata, Tate and May,
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxiv., 1900, p. 90; Id., Proc.
Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxvi., 1901, p. 355, pi. xxiii., f. 2;
Lotorium nodocofitafnm, Kesteven, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, xxvii., 1902, pp. 463, 479, f. 1 and 4.

A full series taken in each haul by the " Woy Woy," and
reference to a " Challenge " co-type, enables us to connect the
immature shell described by Tate and May with the adult foi-m
discovered by the " Challenger." All codes of nomenclature
agree that an author is not permitted to alter a name once pub-
lished, the first form of the specific name is therefore here
adopted. The change from " kampyla " to " campyla " proposed
by Dr. Watson would be particular!}' inconvenient for an index.

CORALLIOPHILA LISCHKEAXA, Dunkev, Sp.

Rdijiuia lischkeana, Dunker, Index Moll. Alar. Jap., 1882, p. 43,
pi. i.. f. 1,2, pi. xiii., f. 26, 27 : Purpura serfata, Hedley,
Austr. Mus. Mem., iv., 1903, p. 382, f. 95, 96; Id., Prit-
chai'd and GatlifF, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., (n.s. ), wiii.,
1906, p. 44.

Several specimens, one alive, of this Japanese species were
captui'ed at two hundred and fifty fathoms. This series connects
the adult with the young shell described as Furjiura sertatu.

MUREX LICINUS, sp. nov.

(Plate xxxvii., fig. 6).

Shell rather small, short, broad, angled at the shoulder, obliijuely
biconical. Canal short, open. Apex acute, bent away from the

220 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN JlUSEUJl.

shell's axis. Colour pale brown, inner lip light purple. Whorls
six and a half, rapidly inci-easing. Sculpture : numerous varices,
eight to the last whorl, beset the shell. They are low, but erect,
feebly denticulate, descend obliquely from the shoulder to the
base, above the shoulder converge very obliquely to the suture
across an excavate unribbed space. On the upper whorls they
fade rapidly, becoming extinct on the penultimate. The inter-
variceal spaces are traversed by stout spiral ribs divided by broad
deei^ grooves, about a dozen appearing behind the aperture, no
scales occur on ribs or in grooves. Outer lip expanded, smooth,
within, denticulate without, edged with concentric frills. Inner
lip straight below, arched medially, its margin expanded, free.
Length 17 mm. ; breadth 13 mm.

A single living specimen from two hundred and fifty fathoms,
which may not be adult.

Plburotoma oasearia, sp. nov.

(Plate xxxvii., fig. 5).

.Shell thin, slender, fusiform, spire keeled and turreted, base
contracted. Whorls seven, including a whorl and a half of pro-
toconch, parted by linear rather oblique impressed sutures.
Colour varying from pearl grey to pale orange, usually cheese
colour. Sculpture : the protoconch is glassy with rounded whorls,
the adult smooth and somewhat glossy though duller tlian the
protoconcli. The periphery is sharply produced into a projecting
keel, the fasciole set with pointed radiating tubercles, of which
the penultimate whorl bears eighteen, these tubercles continue
upwards, diminisliing proportionately to the protoconch, but
downwards they degenerate on the last whorl to imbricating
scales. The unarmed keel slightly rises at its termination,
bringing the shelf above it nearer to the liorizontal. The fasciole
ends in a deep and narrow slit. Canal open, produced, bent a
little to the right. Under the lens, delicate growth lines appear
vrhich diverge acutely above and below the keel, crossing the base
they are fiexecl. Aperture narrowly pyriform, a callus spread on
tlie inner lip. Length 13 mm. ; breadth 5 mm.

Several specimens were obtained.

Bathytoma agnata, sp. nov.
(Plate xxxvii., fig. 3).
Shell fusiform, biconical, solid, each spire whorl prominently

MOLLUSCA FROM THREE HUNDRED FATHOMS — HEDLEY. 221

angled at its centre by a tuberculate keel. In the series before
us the proportion of length to breadth varies considerably.
Whorls eight, including a protoeonch of a whorl and a half.
Colour pale cream with an evanescent purple tinge in the aperture.
Sculpture : the suture is slightly puckered by small radiating
folds which run out before reaching half way to the keel. Along
the keel are prominent wide spaced tubercles, numbering on the
penultimate about seventeen, each truncated in front and sloping
at the back to the base of its j^i'edecessor. Behind the aperture
these sometimes degenerate into crowded imbricate scales.
Below the keel the radial sculpture is resumed at indistinct for-
wardly curved riblets. Fine raised spiral threads extend fi'om
the tip of the canal to the protoeonch. In the hollow supra-
carinal shelf they are small and close together ; below the keel,
amounting on tlie last whorl to about forty, they are wider
spaced, often alternating in size and tend to be knotted by the
radials. Protoeonch smooth and very gh^ssy, dome shaped, a
whorl and a half, ending with a sinus. Aperture narrow, perpen-
dicular. Outer lip very deeply insinuate at the keel, then
sweeping forward in a full curve. Columella broad, heavily
calloused, excavate above, swollen and twistefl below. Length
1 7 mm. ; breadth 1 1 mm.

Several specimens from two hundred and fifty fathoms.

The lines of specific distinction appear to be drawn narrowly in
this genus and to depend chiefly upon sculjiture. The novelty
appears intimately related to Plenrotoma (GenofAa) engoiiia,
Watson,'^ differing by the sharper keel, more elevated tubercles
and generally coarser sculpture.

It was evidant from literature that in size, shape and substance
our species made a near approach to certain Tertiary forms named
by Prof. R Tate. We therefore sought the opinion of Mr. J. Den-
nant on their inter-relationship, who very kindly replied, 14th
March, 1906, as follows :—

" The Bathytoma submitted is allied to B. pritchardi^ Tate,"
from the Gippsland Miocene, and to B.fontinnUi<, Tate,' a common
shell in the Oligocene beds at Spring Creek. From the first it is

^ Watson — Jouni. Linn. Soc, xv., 1881, p. 40.5; Id. — Cliall. Rep., Zuol.,
XV., 1886, p. 300, pi. XX., f. 7.

« Tate— Journ. Roy. Soc. N. S.Wales, xxvii., 1893 (1894), p. 175, pi. x., f. 4.

"^ Tate — hoc. cif., \\. 175, \A. x., f. 4.

222 KECOUDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

distinguished Ijy its sharper keels, plain sutures, and far finer
ornament ; and from the second by its less ornate keels, as well
as by the convexity of the posterior sutural areas. Of the two
remaining species in Victorian Tertiary strata, B. decomjMsita,
Tate, has a much shorter spire, while B. angustifi'ons, Tate, is
characterized by rounded keels and overlapping sutures. The
recent species is thus easily separable from any of its fossil
cono"eners."

Tekebra lauretan^, Ten. Woods.

(Plate xxxvii., fig. 9).

Tcrdrm lauretmuc. Ten. Woods, Proc. Linn. 8oc. N. S. Wales, ii.,
IS 78, p. 262. '

This unfigured species has hitherto been known only from a
single specimen, the type now in the Australian Musem, which
has ten whorls in a length of twenty millimetres. A fine specimen
with sixteen whorls in a length of forty-one millimetres was taken
in three hundred fathoms, and provided the material for the
illustration now presented.

Caxcellakia scobixa, xJj. 1tOV.

(Plate xxxviii., fig. 12).

Shell small, solid, bicunical, tabulate, imperforate, rough
sculptured. Colour grey ("? bleached). Whorls five, including
the protoconch, each with a broad concave shelf on the summit,
perpendicular at the sides and contracted at the base. Proto-
conch papillate, smooth, a whorl and a half wound obliquely to
the axis of the main shell. Sculpture : sharp crested wave ribs
traverse the whorls obliquely, between and parallel to these are
fine growth lines ; on the last whorl the ribs amount to fifteen.
The radials are crossed by sjDiral raised cords, which develop a
tubercle at the passage of each radial, between e^ich cord one or
more raised threads. Aperture oblique, subtriangular. Columella
witii three plaits, the upper very oblique. Inner lip overlaid with
a niicroscopically granular callus ; outer grooved internally.
Length 8 mm. ; breadth 5 mm.

The new species can best be compai'ed with a Port Curtis form
provisionally identified as C. australis, Sowerby, than which the

MOLLUSCA FHOM TUKKI': IIU.VDRED FATHOMS — HKDLEV. 223

novelty is less harslily sculptured, has a different protoconch, and
is smaller in projaortion to the number of whorls.

One dead specimen from three hundred fathoms, another from
two hundred and fifty fathoms.

Carinaria australis, Quoy & Gaimard.

Cariuaria au><traHs, Quuy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.,
ii., 18.33, p. 394^, pi. xxix., f. 9, 13; Id., Smith, Challenger
Rep., Zool., xxiii., 1888, pt. Ixxii., p. 35 ; Id., Vayssiere,
Result. Camp. Scient. Prince Monaco, fas., xxvi., 190-1, p.
22, pi. i., f. 11, 16 ; Id., Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr.,
xxix., 1905, p. 171.

Our single specimen adds a genus and a species to the fauna of
this State. After a lapse of more than seventy year's, during
which no examples were reported, it was retaken within a few
weeks here and off the South Australian coast.

Amusium thetidis, Redley.

(Plate xxxviii., figs. 18 and 19).

AniusiiDu thetidis, Hedley, Austr. Mus. Mem., iv., 1902, p. 304,
f. 49.

No complete specimen of this species has been taken. Both the
"Woy Woy" hauls produced a series of separate right valves, and
on a right valve the species was founded. In their company
appeared a series of separate Amusium left valves of corresponding
size and shape, but of discrepant sculpture, one of which is here
figured. In related forms the exterior of the right and left ^■alves
are differently ornamented, so pending the proof of attached
valves, we accept these; left valves as the missing halves of A.
thetidis.

LiMKA MURRAYI, Smith, sp.

Lima murrayi, Smitli, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1891, [>. 444, pi. xx.w.,
f. 26.

Limpa acdinis, Hedley, Rec. Austr., Mus., vi., 1905, p. 46, f. 10.

224 l.'ECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

The figure of L. tmirrayl indicates radial ribs divergent along
the median line, a featui-e not mentioned in the description.
Partly in reliance on this, and partly prejudiced against the
Australian habitat by the European species reputed to have oc-
curred with it, Limea accUnis was distinguished as new. Having
now recognised several of the "Challenger" 164 B niollusca and
confirmed their Australian habitat, we would withdraw L.
ardinis as a piobable synonym of L. inutTnyl, and follow the
description of the latter wJierc it conflicts witli the illustration.

Ll.MOPSIS EKECTUS, Sp. nov.

(Plate xxxviii., figs. 14 and 1-^).

Shell small, solid, nearl}' equilateral, less oblique than usual,
comparatively higli and short. Colour wlut_>. Sculpture : about
twenty concentric reverse-imbricating folds, the inner weaker and
more wide spaced, crossed by faint radiating riblets. Hmall pits
and interlocking tubercles are set round the inner bevelled margin
but ascend only half way from the ventral edge. The teeth are
disposed in two series, parted by a blank space, anteriorly about
seven, nearly perpendicular, posteriorly about six, passing from
oblique to horizontal. Area extremely deep, with a narrow
median chondrophore. Height 4 nun. ; length 3-7 mm.

The unusual depth of the area, and diverse inclination of the
anterior and posterior teeth, difi'erentiate this from other Aus-
tralian species.

Two separate and worn valves from two hundred and fifty
fathoms.

POROMYA UNDOSA, S}). noV.

(Plate xxxviii., figs. 16 and 17).

81iell small, oblong, moderately inflated, anterior end rounded
ventral margin produced, posterior end rather square, dorsal
margin rather straight. A low oblique wave ridge, preceded by
a shallow hollow, runs from the umbo to the posterior \entral
angle, where it projects. Umbo prominent, inflated, the space in
front of it deeply excavate. Abrasions exhibit a smooth nacreous
white shell beneath the tliin pale yellow epidermis. The latter
carries dense minute warts, increasing in size towards the margin.

MOLLUSCA FROM THREP: HUNDRED FATHOMS — -HEDLEY. 225

and disposed in radiate and concentric lines. Interior brilliantly
pearly, the muscle scars indistinguishable in our specimen. The
inner ventral margin faintly minutely crenulated. Length 5-5 ;
height 4-8 mm.

This appears to most resemble P. cymata, Dall,'' from the west
tropical Atlantic, than which it seems to be shorter, with a more
feeble and oblique fold.

Two odd valves from two hundred and fifty fathoms, and
fragments of larger specimens from three hundred fathoms.

Dall- Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xii., 1889, p. 289, pi. viii., f. 4.

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN SHARKS, No. 3.

By Edgar R, Waite, F.L.S., Zoologist.

(Plates xxxix.-xli.).

Carch ARIAS BRACHYURUS, Gilnther.

(Plate xxxix.).

Carcharias hrachynrvs, Giintlier, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., viii.,
1870, p. 369.

Carcharias tnacrurus, Ramsay and Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.
Wales, (2), ii., 1887, p. 163.

Dr. Giinther's description was based upon a stuffed example,
and under the circumstances, such plastic characters as the shape
of the mouth and the snout can scarcely be regarded as affording
reliable specific characters. Messrs. Ramsay and Ogilby, however,
draw attention to these features as providing recognisable points
whereby to distinguish a species described as new.

The omission of C. macrurus from my " Synopsis of the Fishes
of N.S. Wales "^ would indicate that I regarded this name as a
synonym, an opinion strengthened by the examination of a speci-
men recently received in the flesh. This was forwarded from
Lake Macquarie by Mr. James R. Rumsey, and is a female, 840
mm. in length. It is illustrated on the accompanying plate,
which provides an accurate representation. Messrs. Ramsay and
Ogilby describe the eyes as being rather nearer to the end of the
snout than to the anterior gill opening ; the former measurement
was evidently taken round the curve of the snout, and yields a
much longer line than can be shovvn in a profile drawing. The
phrase " the space between the dorsal fins being rather more than
one-third of the distance between the end of the second and the
base of the caudal" is incorrect, and should read "the space
between the dorsal fins is three times that between the second
dorsal and the base of the caudal." The position of the anal 'is
not mentioned in the desci'iption of C. macrurus : I find its

1 Waite—Mem. N. S. Wales Nat. Club., No. 2, 1904, p. 7.

STUDIKS IN AUSTRALIAN SHARKS — WAITE. 227

origin to be beneath the middle of the second dorsal while Dr.
Oiinther describes it as being ojDposite to that fin.

This shark is locally known as the "Whaler," and the following
account is by the late Mr. Edward 8. Hill,-^ written over thirty
years ago, when the species seems to have been commoner tliaii
now.

'•This shark attains only in its adult state to the length of
five or six feet ; the mouth is of a crescent shape, armed under-
neath and around with three or four rows of sharp teeth, and the
point of the nose is almost of a transparent substance ; it is gre-
garious, and may be caught on a moonliglit night, in the early
part of the year, by the score, provided you have good tackle.

A boat was in search of the mullet one fine night, just north of
the .Sydney Heads, with a long and strong net, when the crew of
fishermen saw what to them appeared a fine school, and shot
round it ; Ijut, to their astonishment it was whalers, and tliey
succeeded in hauling over one hundred and fifty of these sharks,
averaging about five feet long.

In strong tide rips like that of Port Stephens, at the Spit in
Middle Harbour, or on the shallows near the Sow and Pigs and
off Heeny's Head in Botany, they are troublesome, and will bite
off as many hooks as 3'ou please ; they afford good sport when you
ai'e inclined that way and have good lines and hooks.

At Middle Harljour we were ^■ery successful wlien we went on
purpose to fish for these sharks ; then we had hooks protected
with wire, and of a good size. The female when caught was fre-
quently opened, to examine the ovaries and count the young-
sharks attached to the outside of each egg by the umbilical cord.
Tliese were three or four inches long, and the moment they were
liberated would swim about and become a prey to the others.

The whaler at this season, and in such position, will take a Ijait
of any kind pretty well, even in day-time, and pull tolerably
strong, and depend on the sharp teeth to cut the line whenever
they please. It is curious and interesting to see their manteuvres,
endeavouring to get free when they are secured with good tackle.
First they will run ; then they will get their shoulder towards
the line, so that they might cut it across with the corner of their
mouth ; this failing they will then have recourse to rolling, to try
their main strength. However, as you continue to haul them in,
they will unroll, and try every dodge to get loose, till a blow with

2 mn—Si/diiej/ Moil, 187-i.

228

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

a club on the point of the nose quietens them. It is astonishing
how easily they are stunned by a blow on that part ; on any
other place the same would have no eftect."

Egg-cases of the Cat Sharks.

The two types of egg-cases illustrated on Pis. xl. and xli. are
not uncommon on the coasts in the neighbourhood of Port Jackson^
but so far I have not succeeded in determining to what species of
Shark they resjDectively belong. The majority of the cases which
I have examined have been cast-up on the beaches, empty. The
few I have seen alive have had the embryos insufficiently de-
veloped to make determination a certainty. They doubtless
belong to the Scyliorhinidpe, of which we have two members,

assigned to the genera Catulus and Paras-

cyllium I'espectively.

Catulus analis, Ogilby, sp.
(Plate xl., and Fig. .38).

Scyllhmi anale, Ogilby, Proc. Lima. Soc.

N. S. Wales, X., 1885, pp .445, 464.
Scylliorhinus analis, Ogilby, loc. cit., (2), iv.,

1889, p. 180.
Catulus analis, Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus.,

iv., 1899, p. 31, pi. ii., fig. 1.

This, the smaller of the Cat Sharks, attains
a length of 570 mm., and to it I tentatively
assign the egg-case illustrated on PI. xl.
The body of the case is comparatively long
and narrow, maximum examples measuring
73 mm. in length and 25 mm. in width. The
exact size and sliape of a large specimen is
depicted at fig. 38, and a contained embryo
measuring 32 mm. in length, was developed
only sufficiently to enable it to be identified
as a member of the family. The plate shows
an egg-case in situ, attached by its tendrils
to a sea-weed (Phyllospora coniosa). In
colour, the egg-(;ase of the Spotted Cat Shark
is usually dark brown, though some speci-
mens are much lighter in tint.

Fig. 38.
Catulus analis, Ogilbj'.

STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN SHARKS — WAITE. 229

Parascyllium coll are, Ramsay c5 0(jUh;/.

(Plate xli.).

Parascyllium collare, Ramsay and Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, (2), iii., 1888, p. 1310; 'Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus.,
iv., pi. ii., fig. 2.

The Collared Cat Shark reaches larger dimensions than the
fore named species, attaining the length of 825 mm. The egg-
case, which I believe to be of this species, is of considerable
capacity, measuring 73 mm. in length and 38 mm. in breadth, and
is light horn-colour in tint. The illustration shows its shape very
well, and rejaresents an example trawled on the " Thetis " Expedi-
tion in 1898, and obtained at a depth of 63-75 fathoms off Port
Kembla. Another living egg was trawled off Botany Bay in 79-
80 fathoms. The former specimen is attached to a Gorgonia
(Plu^nareJla peniia, Lamarck), and contained an embryo measuring
43 mm. in length.

I take this opportunity of correcting an error in the explanation
of the plate, published in the Memoirs of this Museum and quoted
above. " Fig. 2. Male, three-fourths natural size," should read
"less than one-fourth natural size."

ON A VARIETY of GOURA COROSATA.

By Alfred J. North, C.M.Z.S., Ornithologist.

While tlie Curator was engaged in re-arranging the foreign
bird collection, he brought under my notice a mounted specimen
of (ruHi-a coronata which was entirely different from another
typical example of this species in a different part of the case.
The specimen under consideration is in markings and size similar
to the well-known form of Crowned Pigeon, but almost the entire
plumage, except the white wing-speculum and apical tail-band,
had a distinct blackish wash, only a few small places about the
head, breast, wings and tail revealing here and there the bluish
slaty-grey plumage, the chestnut tips of the upper wing-coverts
and band across the back, also being much darker. The locality
of the sjiecimen is unknown, and after a careful compaiison I
concluded it was a melanistic variety of Goura coronata. Subse-
quent research by the Assistant Taxidermist revealed another
skin in the foreign collection. This specimen was received in
1897 as a donation from the Director of the Botanic Gardens,
iSydne}^ the habitat recorded in the register as Java, being undoub-
tedly erroneous. With the exceptions pointed out in the mounted
example, the remainder of the plumage may be described as deep
sooty bluish-black including the head and crest plumes. The only
indications of the normal bluish slaty-grey plumage of Goura
coronata, may be seen in some places on the quills and tail
feathers. It measures — Total length 24-5 inches, wing 12-75, tail
9-2, exposed portion of bill 1-3, tarsus 3-.5, and is distinctly
smaller than typical examples of Goura coronata. Whether the
dark plumage is due to climatic influence, confinement, or typical
of a distijict species, I am unable to say, but I purpose to distin-
guish the latter specimen under the name of Goura coroyuata, var.
niyra.

OCCASIOJNAL NOTES.

IY._CRU8TACEA xkw to AUSTRALIA.

Anyone studying the Australian marine fauna must be struck
with the large number of species, originally described from Japan,
which have been traced south thi'ough the East Indian Archi-
pelago and eventually recognised from Northern and Eastern
Australia.

Examples of two such species, hitherto unrecorded from the
latter- region, have been acquired by the Trustees. The first is a
beautiful specimen of Lamhrus validus, de Haan, the carapace of
which is 40 mm. in length, and was presented by Mr. Thomas
Temperley, who collected it at Dalmer Island, in the estuary of
the Clarence River, N. S. Wales. From Japan, the original
habitat, the lange of this species was extended by Bleeker^ to
.Sumatra.

Again, a fine beach-dried example of Scyllm-iis sieholdi, de
Haan, measuring 410 mm., was obtained from Lord Howe
Island. It has been observed, according to Dr. A. Ortmama,- in
Japan, the Aru Islands and Amboina, so the present record ex-
tends its distribution southward by about one thousand and five
hundred miles.

Allan R. McCulloch.

1 Eleeker -Act. Soc. Iiido-Xeerl. Batavia, ii., ]<S57, p. 17.
'■^ Ortmann — Zool. Jahrb., vii., 1S95, p. 4 5.

iu^*

)X^^^\

RECORDS

OF THE

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM,

EDITED BY THE CURATOR.

Vol. VI., No. 4.

PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES.
R. ETHERIDGE, Junr., J.P.,

SYDNEY, JANUARY 23, 1907.

The 8wi{t FrintinsT Oo., Ltd.. 5 Jamieson Lane, Sydnev.

CONTENTS.

PA»E,
Aboriginal Workshops on the Coast of JVew South Wales, and their

Contents. By R. Ethericlge, Junr., and Thomas Whitelegge ... 233

On the OJigochseta from the Bhie Lake, Mount Kosciusko. By W. B.

Benham, D.Sc. M.A „ '. ... 251

Mineralogical Notes : No. IV. — Orthoclase in New Soutli Wales. By

C. Anderson, M. A., B.Sc .'. 265

The Results of Deep Sea Inrestigation in the Tasman Sea. I. The Ex-
pedition of H.M.C.S. " Miner."

1. Introductory Note on tJie First Deej^-Sea Cruise. By W. A.

Haswell and C. Hedley '. ... 271

2. The Colonial Radiolaria ot the Tasman Sea By Prof.

W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc .' ... 273

3. Mollusca from Eighty Fathoms off Narrabeen. By C.

Hedley, ... .' ' ... 283

4. Foraminiferal Sand Dredged Twenty-two Miles east of

Sydney at a Depth of Eighty Fathoms. By E. J. God-

dard, B.A., B.Sc ' 305

Note upon Mus fompsoni, Ramsay. By Allan R. McCulloch... ... 312

Two New Species of CoUemboIa. By W. J. Rainbow ... ... ... 313

Occasional Notes —

V. — The (xeneric Name Crejndogasier. By E. R. Wait« ... 315

VI. — Note on an Unusvial Set of Stoneplover's Eggs. By A. J.

North ' ... 315

ABORIGINAL WORKSHOPS ox the COAST of NEW
SOUTH WALES, and their CONTENTS.

By R. ETiiERiDrjE, Juur., Cui-atdr, iuid Thomas WniTELEorjE,

Records of the Amtralian J/meum, vol. xi, pt. 3.

ERRATA.

P. 204, for fig. 1 i-ead fig. 2 (B. mrdiualis)

P. 205,

" " jj

Explanation of Plate xxxvi.

Fig. 2 read Diplocrepis cardlnalis.

Fig. 4 read CrejAdogaster (Asj)asmo<jasU^r) .spatula.

Transpose figs. 6 and 7.

of small weapons and implements of various kinds on tJie South
Australian sea-hoard, but there is no indication as to whether
these stone implements were found scattered over the surface
generally or derived from " workshops." The instruments are

1 Etheridge— Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 4, i;»(K), pp. 148 and 165.
'^ Howcliin- -Proc-. Austr. Assoc. Adv Sci., v., 1S93, p. 522.

ABORIGINAL W0RKSH0P8 ox the C0A8T of NEW
SOUTH WALE8, and their CONTENTS.

By R. ETHERiDrjE, Junr., Curator, and Thomas AX'niTELEruiE,

Senior Zoologist.

(Plates xlii.-xlv., and figs. 394.3).

T. — Introduction.

A preliminary account of this subject appeared in the Curator's
Report for 1900.' The report reads as follows: — "A very
remarkable discovery was made by Mr. T. Whitelegge in the
earh' part of the year, along the local sea-board. A series of
heavy gales displaced the sand hummocks at Bondi and Maioubra
Bays, iJee Why Lagoon, etc., exposing what appeared to be an old
land surface. On the latter Mr. Whitelegge found revealed,
what we had never before imagined to exist, a series of aboriginal
' workshops ' where for generations the blacks of the Port Jack-
son District must have manufactured chips, splinters and points
foi' insertion along the distal margins of their spears and for
other purposes. The old land surface at Bondi, as I saw it, in
company with the discoverer, was covered with thousands of these
chips, some of them exquisitely made, with core pieces, chippers
and rubbers. The lithological character of the material used was
very varied, from pure white crystalline (juartz, (jpacpie amorphous
quartz, eveiy variety of chert and quartzite, to rocks of a meta-
morphic character. It is quite clear that the siliceous material
was derived in a great measure from the surrounding Hawkesbury
Sandstone, but the others were probably obtained from distant
sources. I regard this as one of tlie most important ethnological
discoveries made in New South Wales for many years."

Mr. Walter Howchin- appears to have discovered a large number
of small weapons and implements of various kinds on the South
Australian sea-board, but there is no indication as to whether
these stone implements were found scattered over the surface
generally or deiived from " workshops." The instruments are

1 Etheridge--Rec. Aiistr. Miis., ir., 4, ]90U, pp. 148 and 165.
'' Howc-liin — Prof. Aiistr. A.^soc. Adv. Sci., v., 1893, p. 522.

234 RECORDS OF THE AUSTWALIAN MUSEUM.

enumerated as follows : — (1) 8tone points ; (2) Flakes (knives), in
seven vai-ieties of single-edged, ridged, flat and polygonal, lanceo-
late, broad, serrated and trimmed ; (3) Spearlieads of a type
which seems to be restricted to a narrow coastal belt ; (4) Chisels ;
(5) Gouges ; (6) Awls ; (7) Scrajaers, divided into eleven distinct
varieties; (8) Hammers; (9) Anvils; (10) Fabricators; (11)
Cores.

Mr. Brough 8mytli- ga\e tlie following account as to the
use of stone implements : — "The Western Australians use small
splinters of quartz for making the long deep cuts which may be
seen on almost every native — both men and women — across the
breast and arms, with a similar fragment stuck to the end of a
stick they dress and cut their kangaroo skins in preparing them
for use as cloaks. They also stick thin splinters of quartz, broken
by their teeth, to the side of a slutrt stick to serve as a saw."

II. — Desckiption of Localities.

During the early part of the year 1899, in wandering over the
northern end of the sandhills at Maroubra, the attention of one of
us (T.W.) was attracted by sundry Hint chips. Having found
many flints of various kinds on the Lancashire and Yorkshire
moorlands, these flakes were at once recognised as haA'ing been
made by man. On i-eaching the sunmiit of the sandhill, a strange
feature presented itself, instead of the usual bare waste of sand,
the whole surface was studded with butts of Banksia trees two or
three feet high, and one or two feet in diameter. The inter-
vening spaces were covered with a scrubby growth, c(.)nsisting of
the stems and roots of various plants, many of which wei'e
standing Pandanus-like, having the roots covered with lime from
a (juarter to half-an-inch thick. Whilst the interiors of the lime
tubes were lined with a thin cylinder of bark, in other parts the
bark cylinders were standing alone without the calcareous
envelope. The whole area appeared like a miniature skeleton
f Oldest, of black and white stems and roots.

The ground between was strewn with thousands of st(jnes that
had been used by the Aborigines for some purpose or other, and
had all been taken to the top of the sandhills, many of tlie stones
being fjuite foreign to the district. Here would be found a patch
of black flint chips about a yard in diameter, there another of
I'ed or yellow jasper, just as if the native artist in stone-working

Brougli Smjtli — Aborigines of Victoria, ii., 1878. app., p. 520.

AHOUKilXAL AYORKSHOPS ETHEHIDCiK AND WHITKLEGiiE. 235

had only left tlie ground a few minutes before. In fact this was
an abf)riginal " workshop " from which the workers may have
disappeared liunfh-eds of years ago.

After a thorough survey of the ground all the smaller instru-
ments available were carefully collected, the larger heavy instru-
ments being gatliered aiul duly interred to be attended toon some
future occasion. The weapons collected were very valuable,
inclucHng tomahawks, grindstones, a nose ornament, knives,
scrapers, gravers, drills, and spear points such as were used for
fighting or "death" spears, and lastly a very peculiar lancet-like
surgical knife or scarificator. The latter is one of the most
interesting of tlie finds inasnuich as instruments of the same
shape liave been found in America, India, England, and Ireland,
and in tlie latter country they were met with on the tops of the
sandhills just as we saw them at Maroubra and Bondi.

The "• workshops " at Bondi were far more extensive than those
at Maroubra, the whole length of the back of the beach was more
or less covered with tons of stones, all of which had been taken
there and put to some use. In the centre of the beach there was
a kind of delta upon wliicli the coarser materials were deposited,
the sand having been washed ciway on this area ; thousands of
implements, whicla had evidently been used, were found, and chips
or flakes were few and far between. For many months the
original ground at Maroubra, and also the more extended area at
Bondi, yielded an al)undance of implements and at each visit we
invariably returned with as much as we could carry. Unfor-
tunately tilt; new road across Bondi has now covered most of the
sites that afforded the best ground for collecting. Still there are a
few patches left at Bondi, which after certain gales would be well
worth visiting ; the same remarks apply equally well to Maroubra
and other places.

The workshops exposed at Rocklily, Dee Why, and other
places north of Manly, are very small and patchy, the northern
end of Curl Curl Beach is generally good ground to collect on
after a strong north-east wind, but otherwise there is scarcely
anything but sand. During our researches one of us (T.W.)
visited Newcastle, but with little result ; the most likely place on
this extensive beach would be the end of (Stockton Beach towards
Port Stephens.

A few stone implements were found at Botany Bay and at
Kurnell, but there does not appear to be any extensive accumu-
lations at these i)laces. The northern end of Cronulla Beach is

236

UECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

extreniel}- licli in stone weapons, chips and Hakes. It is covered
wich many mounds of oyster and other shells, some of which are
nearly a hundred feet or so in height. The whole surface in
addition to the shells is sprinklerl with chips, flakes and weapons,
and many of the best found were obtained on or near the base of
these oyster mounds. Some distance to the south of the latter
there exists a series of extensive flats and hummocks more or less
co\ered with pumice stone. On this ground a large number of
implements were found, all of which had evidently been used, but
there was an absence of chips or flakes, such as are usually present
on the " workshop " grounds.

A few worked implements accompanied by chips and flakes
have been met with on several wind-swept sandy patches on the
Waterloo 8wamps between Kensington and Bourke Street,
Red fern.

During a short stay at Mr. Mark Toy's Valley Farm, Kanimbla
Valley, Medio w Bath, Blue Mountains, one of us (T.W.) found
the soil on the escarpment slopes, as well as on the flats and the
banks of the creeks, more or less charged with chips, flakes, and
many worked implements, among which were numerous examples
made of white quartz, the latter exhibiting verj- distinct chipping,
in a manner more perfect than in any instruments of quartz
previously found.

During our researches traces of minor " workshops "' which
yielded various weapons, chips, flakes, and other objects of interest
w^ere found at Gerringong, Redhead, Ulladulla and Milton on the
South Coast. There is also evidence of a large " workshop '' on
the southern end of Wollongong Beach, a little distance from the
racecourse stand. The most extensive '' workshop " met with,
however, is situated at Bellambi Beach (PL xlv.). Tliis area is
many acres in extent, and is more or less densely strewn with
stones of all descriptions, at least such as are usually found on
sliell heaps, camping grounds or workshops. Of the larger stones
observed, many consisted of irregular pieces of sandstone (fire
stones ?), fragments of siliceous fossil ti-ee stems, oval or rounded
flattish boulders, probably used as grindstones for pounding seeds,
others of the same shape but smaller, or such as were suitable for
the manufacture of tomahawks. The latter were verj^ numerous,
and also other thicker stones frequently with central pits as if
the}^ had been used as anvils for cracking large seeds or fruit-
stones on.

The smaller stones fit for use were pi'esent in vast numbers, and
eonsistefl for the most part of waterworn pebbles, more or less egg-

ai50kh;i\al workshops — kthkkiu(;e and \vnnKLE(;(;K. l'o(

shaped. They are verv varial)le in size and also in composition ;
a large number of them had ah-eady been tested as to suitability
for cores or from which instruments had l^een manufactured.
The rest of the ground was covered witli innumerable chips, Hakes,
cores, together with a fair sprinkling of carefully-worked weapons,
as well as others upon which much labour had evidenth' been ex-
pended, and yet through a Haw in the stone, or want of care or
skill on the part of the opei-ator, proved to be " wasters.'"

There is ample evidence that many of the sand dunes were at
one time much higher than they are now, and also that in some
parts thev had been covered with vegetation interspersed with
native camping groinids, upon which ^-ast quantities of shells were
deposited ; in course of time the vegetation w^as covered by sand
drifts, other shell heaps formed at the summit, and the whole
again buried. The period of time required for these various
changes must have been very great, and it has I'equired a still
greater lapse of time to produce the present condition. The
shells, probably owing to the rainfall, have in many instances
been dissolved and the constituent lime deposited around the
roots and stems of the plants which lived on the surface. Many
instances proving the correctness of the \'iews as above related may
be seen on the coast at Maroubra and Bondi, but more especially
at Cronulla and Bellambi. In other spots the beds of sliells are
still visible, but in various stages of decay, either having been
accumulated more recently or protected by thick layers of black
soil and covered wuth vegetation. Tlie edges of some of the
sand cliffs at Cronulla, ]Maroubra and Bellambi afford many sec-
tions illustrative of the above remarks. These cliffs are gradually
being denuded by the action of the wind, and constant falls are
taking place, leaving the shells and stones either at the foot of a
cliif or around the base of some large mound on which vegetation,
soil and other shells and stones are still in situ. The sand and
soil are then rapidly blown away, leaving the shells and stones
scattered about the surface ; a gale from one (juarler will cover
the area, and windy squalls from another will lay it bare.

TIT. — Deschiptiox of thk Implements a\u Weapons.

The \arious stone implements obtained from the '' workshops,
camping grounds, kitchen-middens, and alluvial deposits will now
be described in the order of importance as exhibiting flaking,
chipping, or skill in manipulation. Opinions as to the uses of the
implements, with a few exceptions, must be taken as speculati^'e.

238 RECORDS OF TflE AUSTRALIAN MUSIUM.

In soaie instances the use to wliieli any .^iven manufactiu-ed stone
implement was put is known from the fact tliat observers both in
Austraba, America, and elsewhere have seen the natives using the
instruments for various purposes of daily life. Other stone im-
plements whicli no doubt were largely used by the Aborigines
ai-e difficult to define, and we can only surmise as to what use
they were put. Recent weapons and implements, such as are
now made in Northern and Western Australia, afford a clue to
the uses of these carefully-prepared stone tools or weapons, and
also illustrate how the smallest fragments of flint or quartz were
fully utilized in the manufacture of fighting or " death " spear
barbs, saws, surgical lancets, gouges, etc.

No I. — Plate xlil. Group 2.

The most imi:)ortant instrument from an Ethnological point of
view is what we would prefer to call chipped-back surgical knives
(fig. 39). Various authorities have figured and described them,
but so far as we can gather they have never
been found in such quantities as obtained on
the coast of New South Wales. The most
remai-kable feature in connection with these
instrvmients is their more or less uniform
shape, irrespective of size. The thick worked
back is generally curved, and in section is
cuneiform or triangular ; the thin cutting
edge is usually sub-crescentic, sometimes
straight but rarely convex. Judging both
from the vuifinished and perfect instruments
they were manufactured from pebbles about
the size of a duck's egg ; the stone would be
divided transv'ersely in the middle and tlie
instruments struck off from each half. As
to the working or chipping, it is impossible
^"ig- 39. ^Q gay whether this was done before or after

the formation of the implement, but from the fact that
numerous similarlj'-shaped instruments have been found witli,
perhaps, a broken poiiit, which do not exhibit any chip-
ping, we are inclined to the opinion that the thick convex
part of the instrument was worked after the flake of
the recpiisite shape had been obtained. .So far as the cutting
edge or point is concei^ned, there is no evidence rewaled in the
instruments of chipping or grijiding, as the original sliarp edges
and points have not l)een interfered with in any way. As regards

AnORIGIXAL WORKSHOPS ETHKRID(;E AX1> WIIITKLFJiflK.

•239

size the instruments vary greatly, the largest obtained is ahout
50 ni.m. in length, 10 m.m. in breadth, and 7 or 8 ai.ni. in thick-
ness ; the smallef't measures 10 m.m. in length, ■') m.m. in In-caiitli,
and 2 to 4 m.m. at the delicately carved back.

The lithological character of the stone used in
making these implements is extremely variable,
viz., quartzite, fossil wood, white chert, black
flint, red and yellow jaspei-, and other siliceous
materials, most of which were from places remote
from the metropolitan district ; shell was oc-
casionally employed (tig. 40). To what use these
knives were put, we can only surmise. It seems
probable that the Australian Aborigines ha^■e
ceased to manufacture this form of lancet at the
present day — at least from stone. Neither Prof.
W. B Spencer or Dr. W. E. Rotli had any know-
ledge of such implements from any part of
Austiulia

Fii;. 40.

The liteiature relating to these knives is scanty, and so far only
one authority has been found who gives a definite statement as to
their use. all the rest of the opinions, including those herein ex-
pressed, being purely speculative.

Under the title of " Minute 8tone Tmplemeiits from India." *
l)r. Thomas Wilson figui'es and describes knives wliich are iden-
tical in every particular with those found so abundantly on the
sand-dunes along our coast. It is also remarkable that the im
plements are similar in lithological characters : they were " found
in the caves and rock-shelters amongst the Vindhj'a Hills, in
places difficult of access and unknown to the ordinary traveller."
The author states that " the similarity of form and mode of manu-
facture .... is evidence showing the same intention on
the part of the makers, although we are quite in the dark as what

that intention was It is not easy to determine the

purpose of these small imjilemeiits, especially the crescent, trape
zoid and scalene triangular, which have neither known pi'ototype
or antitj'pe ; some of the smaller and straighter objects might
ha\'e served as needles or perforators. .'V possible use akin to that

■* Wilson — .Inn. Report Regents Siiiithsoniaii Inst. (U. S. Xat. Miis.
Rei)ort) for IS92 (1893), j). 4.").-j, ]A. v'n.

240 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

of tattooiui;- might liave been tliat of tlie medicine man for bleed-
ing or scarifying. "

Tlie same autlior in a paper on " Arrow-points, .Spearheads and
Knives of Preliistoric Times," "' figures several flaked stones wjiich
have a strong resemblance to those he describes from India ; we
refer to PL vii., figs. 6 and 9 from Lake Bienne, Switzerland ;
PL XXV., fig. 29 from the island of Crete, and PL xxxix.,
figs. 2 and 3.

The best account to come under our notice of these peculiar in-
struments is that given by Mr. W. K. Moorehead in his " Prehis-
toric Implements.'"" Under the heading of "Scarificators. —
' Delicate Splinters of Flint,' '"' he gives a description of the
finding of the instruments in burial places on Santa Rosa Island
and San. Nicholas Islands. About a ijuart of these implements
was obtained. " They were finely made of j^ellowish-brown
jaspeiy or flinty rock. They were all together when found, hav-
ing evidently been buried with their former owner. Not finding
;iny other specimens in our extensive explorations, extending over
a period of three weeks search for relics, I was convinced that
they were not objects of general use, but were part of the para-
phernalia of a medicine man among the natives, and that their
manufacture required the exercise of unusual skill, and would
only be made by certain individuals of the tribe possessing the
necessary (lualification. Some ten years after the discovery I had
the opportunity to interview some of tlie few representatives of
the former aborigines, and from them learned their uses. They
said they were used by tlie medicine men in the cure of disease, by
scarifying the skin over the affected part, and applying one end of a
bone or stone tube over . . . the scarified parts and exhaust-
ing the air from the tube by sucking applied by the lips of the
operator, thus causing blood to be drawn from the wounds made

by these splinters Hugo Reid says of tlie Indians

of Los Angeles county, that local inflammatien was treated by
scarifying with pieces of sharp flint and procuring as much blood
as possible from the part. (See Overland ^Nlonthlv for August,
1K96).'"

■■ WIImhi Anil. Report Regents Sinitlisonian lust. (U. S. Xtit. Miis.
Kei)ort), for 1897 (1899), pt. 1, p. 811.

•^ Moorelieiul— Prchistoriu Iin))leinents, Ciiu-innati, Ohio, 1900.

' Moorehoad -Loc ciL, p. 246, fig. .379 (p. 247).

ABORICIXAL WORKSHOPS — ETHERIDOE AND AVHITELF.fiGE. 241

Considering the similarity of these instruments, hotli as to
their uniformity in general shape, Haking and lithological cha-
racters, it may be inferred that they were used as surgical lancets,
and in the hands of a skilful medicine man might be used for
purposes other than those enumerated above, such as " crimping "
the skin of the arms, chest and back, to form the numerous
cicatrices so frequently seen on the bodies of the Australian
Aborigines.

A large tiaked-back knife is figured by Sir John Evans,- from
Australia, which diifers little from the smaller instruments, the
only points of difference being the size and the convex cutting edge,
which is rarely the case in those lierein described. The knife
may be more useful in producing the larger cicatrices, but the
smallest kind might also be employed for the lesser tribal marks,
etc.

Very similar olijects have been found in Britain, although of
rather larger size. Evans" figures four, two of which at least, from
Newhaven and Seaford, respectively, are very like indeed. Rather
similar chips are also tigui-ed by Brough Smyth^" as used for this
purpose. We are informed by Mr. E. Bonney'' that in the
Bungyarlee and Parkungi tribes of the Darling River, stone chips
called carnee moolee were actually used to produce the cicatrices,
or raised scars, known to these tribesmen as nincka ; other
similar references could be given.

No. TI. — Plate xlii.. Group 1.

The second group contains many knives of various shapes and
sizes, some of which are neatly flaked or chipped, so as to produce
a fine sharp edge, but the majority were flaked from the core in
such a perfect condition as to cutting edge, that secondary
chipping was not required, and were evidently satisfactory to the
maker.

No. IIT. — Plate xliv.. Group 5.

Large series of implements, probably scrapers of a peculiar
pattern were obtained, which are invariably carefully chipped on
one or both surfaces ; they are more or less lenticular in sliape and

** Eviuis — AiU'ic'iit Stone Iiiiploiuents, Weajioiis and Ornament [< of Great

Britain, 1872, ]). 264, f. 198.
» Evans -io^. cit., p. 251, figs. 190-198.
10 Brough Sni_vtli--Lof. cit., i., p. 381, figs. 2()8-9.
1' Bonnev Jourii. Antliroji. In>t., xiii.. 1SS4, ]i. 12().

242 RECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

some poi-tion of the periphery generally presents a sharp cutting
edge. As to tlie use of this particular form of instrument, littla
is known. Wilson in his "Arrow-points, Spear-heads and Knives
of Prehistoric Tinies,"'^ gives a short description of tliese small
flaked implements, and on PI. xii. lie figures about thirty-six
specimens which are practically identical with the Australian
examples depicted (PI. xliv.. Group 5).

Dr. Wilson gives an interesting account of the discovery of a
scraper "workshop" on the west coast of Brittany, France.
Working in company with M. Gaillard, a visit was paid to the
extreme point of the promontory of Quiberon. Here " a liigh
rocky point level with the surrounding surface, but forty or fifty
feet above the water. It was severed from the mainlanfl by a
crevice a few feet in width passable only at low tide. The entire
mass was of granite rock. It was covered by a layer of soil which
was nearly bare on the ocean side, but on the inside edge it was
three-and-a-lialf feet thick. Beginning at the outside edge by
screening, examining, and throwing the dirt behind us, bits of
broken and wrought flint and fragments of pottery were soon
found. We saved everything. Our work continued across the
point until we had thousands of objects, principally scrapers in
all stages of manufacture. It was a prehistoric scraper 'workshop.
The pecularity of these were their diminutive size : many perfectly
finished were no larger than a man's thuml) nail. At the edge
farthest from . . . the ocean we unearthed the skeleton of a
workman, a man of middle age, he wlio probably had made these
prehistoric implements, who had here lived and had here died,
and had been buried in his workshop and habitation."' In size
the Australian worked scrapei's agree a\ ith those above described.

Brough Smyth" figures a chip for skinning, etc., dug out of a
ruirrnyony heap, with some relation to those of the present
group, but our coastal chips are much more highly flaked, and
usuallv with a central ridae.

No. IV. — Platf, xmh.. Group 1.

Another instrument (flg. 41) which often displays chipping,
flaking and notcliing, was found in great numl)ers. The shape is

1- Wilson — Ann. Keport Regents Smitlisoniaii Inst. (I'.S. Nat. Mus. Ee])ort)

for 1897 (1899), pt. i., p. 867.
!■' Brongli Sinvtli - Loc. nit., i., p. 382, fiji. 217.

A];oi!i(;ix.\i, wdKivsudi's KriiKKiixiK AN'U \viiiTi:ij:< ii ;K.

•J 4:5

in-etty uiiifurni, but in size they are \ery vari-
able. They are generally oblong with the bases
truncate and the apices more or less rounded by
chipping, the lateral margins usually have clear
cut sharp edges just as if they were flaked from
the core, but in some instances secondary' chip-
ping has been resorted to, to make the requisite
sjiarp edge on one or both sides. In the majority
of specimens the sides are notched so as to pro-
(hice a series of saw-like teeth, fine on one side
and coarse on the other. There is little doul)t
that these implemenrs were used as gravers, by
the aid of which the elaborate line work was
made on boomerangs and other weapons. One
of us'* in 1890 gave a full and definite account
of this class of implement which has often
been figurcnl fi-om many parts of the world. The evidence as to
the purposes to whicli these instruments were i)ut was fi'oiii a
reliable eye-witness.

In the description it was stated that "the two cliips exhibited
were given to me by Mr. George 8weet, of Brunswick, Melbourne,
who saw them used by 'Jerry,' of the Telebra Tribe at Marathon,
Central Queensland, to produce the indented lines ornamenting
wooden weapons. They are composed of a black brecciated chert,
with glossy lustre, and a subconchoidal fracture, but appear to
have been fortuitous fragments chipped from larger masses, and
more or less triangular in form. Mr. Sweet informs me that tlie
chips ai'e held tightly between the fingers of the right hand, the
weapon to be worked reposing on the left, and supported by tlie
left ai-m. The chip is then used as a chisel, the carving, in the
practiced hand of the black, i:>roceeding with great rapidity." The
specimens figured on PI. xliii.. Group 1, will fully prove these
gravers are not "fortuitous fragments," as at first supposed, but
implements that liave been deliberately manufactui-ed for a
definite purpose.

Judging from the instruments generally, apart from the tri-
angular form, they appear to be usually adapted for use by the
index finger and tlunnb ; the truncated base is somewhat oblique
and well calculated to afford a firm hold when applied to the
fleshy part of the thuml) ; the rounded apex also forms a surface

1' Etlicridge Xoti-s on Aiijitr. Al»oriy;inal Stone VVeajioiis and lni|>l-;. (Vroc.
Linn. Sor. X. S. WmI.-. v.. |s<)(). p. :!(17, f. i:!).

244 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

around wliicli the index finger can be slightly bent, and thus
provide a firm grip of the tool when in use.

No. V. — Pl. xlii., Group 3.

Included in this group are a number of straight, slender points,
with clean cut edges, and devoid of any secondary working ; they
are generally more or less triangular in section in the distal two-
thirds, while the proximal third has been flaked off, so that in
section they are four-sided.

No. VI. — Pl. xlil. Group 4.

There are a number of instruments generally slaaped like spear-
heads or ai-row-points, frequently triangular in outline, mostly
longer than broad, and sometimes elongate. It is difficult to con-
jecture wdiat they were used for, but it appears highly probable
that most of them were intended to be mounted on the end of a
short handle of wood, the larger kind forming a short spear and
the smaller being vised as knives, drills, skinners, or perhajjs even for
shredding bark fibre. They are mostly clean cut, and secondary
working is evident only in the form of small notches on one or
both mai'gins.

No. VII.— Pl. xliv.. Group 2.

By far the most abundant objects obtained were flakes resem-
bling those formerly, and still, used for making one form of
barbed spear. Although mere flakes, without any trace of
secondary chipping or flaking, these implements, when well made,
have usually a very definite character, irrespective of their size
or exact contour, and ai^e very neat in outline.

The most perfect forms are triangular in outline, tlie basal part
is thick and often elongate centrally, at least on one side ; in
many examples there is a longitudinal ridge, and from the latter
the surface slopes away to the lateral margins. One or both
edges are extremely thin, and, in many specimens, often jagged
in outline ; the edge on one side is thick or blunt, or the stone
may be flaked a little to produce a non-cutting edge. Apart
from the well-formed bai'bs there are many thin flakes which
were used for the same purpose. The implements were manufac-
tured in great numbers as barbs for the fighting or " death "
spear, which had a shaft eight or ten feet long, and the terminal
or distal portion grooved on one or both sides, the grooves start-
ing at a short distance from tlie point of the spear for about

ABORKUNAL WORKSIIOPiS — ETHERHKJE AND VVHITHLECJGE. 245

eighteen inches backwai-ds. The stones above described are
inserted in the grooves with the base downwards and the thin
cutting edge directed forwards, while the blunt edge, if present,
is directed backwards ; the stones were selected according to size,
the smaller being placed near the tip of the spear, and the whole
cemented into the gi'ooves, leaving about two-thirds of the barbs
projecting, It appears highly probable that the blunt-edged
barbs are designed to prevent the extraction of the spear with-
out leaving some of the chips in the wound.

As illustrating the use of the " death " spear, Collins''' supplies
the following account of a man who was emploj'ed to shoot game
for Governor Phillip. He states that " on the tenth of Decem-
ber a convict employed by Governor Phillip to shoot for him was
dangerously wounded by a native named Pe-mul-wy whilst in
quest of game at some considerable distance in the woods. When
brought in he declared, and at a time when he thought himself
dying, that he did not give any olfence to the man who wounded
him ; that he had even quitted his arms to induce him to look
upon him as a friend, when the savage threw his spear, at a dis-
tance of about ten yards, witli a skill that was fatally unerring.
When the spear was extracted (which was not till suppuration
took place) it was found to have entered his body under the left
arm to a depth of seven-and-a-half inches, and was armed for
five or six inches from the point M^th ragged pieces of shells
fastened in with gum, His recovery was pronounced by the sur-
geon to be very doubtful On the twenty-second the

man employed to shoot for the Governor expired of the wound he
had received from the native. On opening the spear appeared to
have wounded the left lobe of the lungs, which were found
adhering to the side. In the cavity were discovered some of the
pieces of stone and shell with which the weapon had been armed."
Other cases as to the fatal effects of the death spear are on record,
but unfortunately at the moment of writing the exact references
cannot be given. It is rather singular that the aboriginal in-
habitants of Sweden should have used a barbed arrow-head (fig.
42) of the same type as the spear formerly used by the natives of
the Port Jackson District, and which is still manufactured by
the blacks in West and North Australia. The only difference
between the two weapons is that the Swedish arrow-head (fig. 42)
was made of bone as far as the apical portion was concerned,

'" C'ullnis- Acfount of the English Colony of N. 8. Wales, 1SU4, jiji. 1 Ifs
and 12:5.

246

RKCORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

M

Fig. 42.

wliilst the Australian examples were of wood. The
flakes or barbs used, however, appear to liave been
the same, and any jagged fragment of suitable size
was used to fix into the grooves of this fatal form
of spear.

The following quotation from Wilson's'" "Arrow-
points, Spear-heads and Knives of Prehistoric
Times," is of interest: — "Fig. 191 is one of the
peculiar forms restricted in number and locality.
Its restrictions in both these regards are so close
that the author has not deemed it necssary to
assign it a class or give it a name. These forms
ax'e confined to Scandinavia and are extremely rare
even in that country. The specimen figured is
from Sweden, was procured by the author and
forms part of the collection in the U.S. National
Museum. It is an arrow-point of bone (fig. 42),
sharped to a fine point, is extremely hard and stiff,
and could pierce equal to any flint weapon. Either
side is opened with a deep and narrow groo\e, into
which have been inserted tiny bits of flint flakes,
with sliarp cutting edges, fastened with bitumen or
gum. Some of these bits of flint have been lost
out of the original specimen, but enough remains
to show its character and effectiveness as a
weapon." It may be that this particular arrow
had been used and the missing chips left in the
body of some unfortunate victim.

Figures and casual references to the stone-barbed
or " death "-spear are fairly numerous, but little
information is available as to their manufacture
or method of use by the natives. Considering
the natives of West and North Australia still make
and use these spears, often substituting glass
splinters, it would be advisable for travellers, pro-
spectors and others to make notes on this weapon
before it is too late.

Collins figures one of these barbed spears, he also gives engrav-
ings of gi'oups of natives, and some seven full paged plates are

!'■ Wil-on— Aim. Rep. Regents Smithsoii. Inst. (U. S. Xat. Mus. Report)
for LS97 (1899), pt. i., p. 943, fig. 191.

ABORIGINAL WORKSHOPS — ETIIERIDCK AND WIIITKLEGGE. 247

illustrated and in every case the '' death "-spear is depicted in the
hands of the aborigines. The majorit}', judging from the figures,
are barbed on one side only, but many are armed on both edges. ^''
The '' Saturday Magazine " contains some account and a figure of
one of these barbed spears. The writer signs his " Sketches of
New South Wales " — W.R.G. [Survej'or Govett]. His description
of the spear under notice is as follows: — "Their spears are
generally from ten to twelve feet in length, frequently longer ;
some consist of one, others of two, and the longest of three
distinct pieces, wliich are chiefly made of 'iron-bark' wood. In
the longest the centre bits are made of the grass tree, wiiich
grows like a tall straight reed, and seems very well suited for the
purpose of a spear. Some spears are hooked and jagged, and
since the nati\es ha\e become accjuainted with glass, they have
taken advantage of that material, by cementing the broken sjiarp
splints of it, which are made to jut out from the top of the siiear
like the points of lancets, as a suljstitute for their connnon wav
of jagging."

An excellent figure (fig. -1:3) of the "death ""-spear
is given by Brough Smyth. ^" He states that "the
Momi'de, a double-barbed spear, is one with which
cruel wounds are inflicted. If it strikes a black fairly,
it W'ill enter cjuite up to the lower barb, anfl it can be
extracted only by cutting open the wound anfl (h-awing
it through. ... A liai'd and tough wood is used
for making spears of this kind. With a piece of
([uartz the native cuts a groove on each side of the
upper end, and he inserts therein small chips of hard
l)lack basalt, or chips of some other suitable stone, and
these chips are fastened in their place by Fid-iipr-ony,
a gum resembling pitch."' Brough Smyth also figures'-"
individual chips of black basalt used for this purpose.

The following includes a few further references to
this spear. The Re\-. G. Taplin'^^ states that " they (
make their weapons of the hard wood which grows in
the country. Heavy spears generally come from the
Upper Murray natives, and are highly valued. They
are made of the hai'd and elastic miall wood, and aie

" Collins- Account of tlie English Colonv of N. S. Wales, 1804, ji. 455

pis. 1-7., pai'ticularly pi. 4 (pp. 367-74)
1** Gro\eit~ Saturday Magazine, 4tli June, 1836 (Xo. 252), p. 217, and 1.5tli

Oct., 1836 (No. 275), p. 156, fig.
'•' I'rough Suivth — Aborigines of Victoria, i., 1878, p. 304, f. 68.
'■» Brough Smyth- -iof. cit., p. 380, figs. 202-7.
-' Taplin Native tribes of S. Australia, 1879, p. 40.

'IAH records of the australiax museum.

formidable weapons. Some of the spears made by the Narrinyeri
are barbed with spicules of Hint. They are called nipralkaipnri
or deadly spears."

Mr. W. E. 8tanbri(lge gi^"es a brief account of the barbed spear
as follows'-- : — " The light spear is about nine feet long and is
either a reed having at the end a pointed piece of hard wood,
about two feet long, secured to the reed by cement and a binding of
sinews, or a thin sapling scraped to the required size with a shell,
straightened and hardened by being passed through hot ashes,
with a piece of the flower stem of the grass tree foi- the butt. In
summer the spears are bai-bed for about eight inches, at the
points, with small pieces of flint fixed in cement."

Sir T. L. Mitchell--' mentions the discovery in a hut used as a
casual habitation near Mount Arapiles, of a numbei' of "jagged
spears, some of them set with flints."

Similar chips are also jjut to quite fi diffei'ent pui-pose, for Capt.
P. P. King described and figured-^ a peculiar knife or saw. " The
knife or ' taap ' is perhaps the rudest instrument of the sort ever
made ; the handle is about twelve inches long, scraped to a point,
and has at the distal end, three or four splinters of sharp-edged
quartz stuck on in a row with gum, thus forming a sort of jagged
instrument. . . . It is thus used : after they have put within their
teeth a sufticient mouthful of seal's flesh, the remainder is held in
their left hand, and, with the ' taaj) ' in the other, they saw through
and separate the flesh. Every natiAC carries one or more of these
knives in his belt besides the hammer, which is also an indispen-
sable instrument with them. " In a footnote he further remarks that
the natives of King George Sound "hold the knife underhanded, and
cut upwards." A modification of this knife, or saw, occurs on the
north-east coast of the continent, by the replacement of the stone
chips with small shark's teeth.-'

No. VIII. — Plate xliii.. Group 2.

Numerous adze-like instruments wei'e obtained, these are
generally clean cut, but some exhibit flaking and chipping to

*^ Staiibridge— Trans. Etlinol. Sot-., (n.s.), i., 1861, p. 292.

-•^ Mitchell — Three Exjieditions into the Interior of East. Australia, ii.,

1 H37, p. 193 ; Evre — Jnls. of Expeditions of Discovery into Cent.

Australia, i., 1845", p. 269. .
-'' King- Surrev ot the Intertropical and Western Coasts of Australia, ii.,

1827, p. 139-40 fig.
-■"' Partington- Tilbiun, 3rd series, pi. 129, f. 1 ; Etheridge — Rec. Austr.

Mils., iv., 5, 1902, p. 207, pi. xxxvi.

ARORIf;iN'AI, WOHKSIHtl'S K rHKl! I l)i; K AND WIl IlICLKr JC H. 249

fashion the stttue to the rcciuircd shape and provide a broad
cutting edge. Tmplenients of this kind but on a hirger scale, were
usually mounted on the end of a stout stick about eighteen inches
in length and sometimes bent, the stone being cementefl in with
gum ; this was used as a gouge. The cutting edge in some cases
is hardlv visible anf! i-arelv projects moi-e than an inch or
less. .Some adzes ha\(' a stone at each end of the shaft.

No. TX. Pr.A'i'E xLiv., Group 4.

Gouges of xarious kinds were obtained in large (juantities.
These are quite peculiar in shape and closely resemble cores.
Thev are frequently Haked or chipped all over, and the cutting
edge is usually semi-circular and pro\i(led with a central notch,
or a slighlv projecting tooth. Thev are mostly thick and more or
less subconical with the working edge at the apex of the cone.

No. X. "Plate xliv.. Group 1.

Smooth scrapers weiv found in abundance especially on the
Aarious shell heaps. Thev are simply clean cut flakes from
pebbles, with one flat side and the other convex, and consisting of
the original surface of the pebble. The thin edge is mostly
smooth Init in some cases it is Hnelv luttched.

No. XL— Platk xMi., (7R0UP 1, Fi(is. 10 and 11.

Two gritty sandstone ras^is were obtained at Bondi. These are
practically identical with similar tools from Cherokee, Iowa,

U.S.A.-''

No. XTI. — Plate xlh.. Group 1, Fk;. 6 from left.

A single nose style or ornament was found at Maroubra. The
oi'nament is nearly three inches long and about one quarter of an
inch in diameter, somewliat tapering towards the ends, and ex-
hibiting two or three faint longitudinal ridges and many slight
transverse depressions, which probably indicate the original
chipping. The specimen however is much worn, probably through
use, and the surface details are obscure. When discovered it was
thought to be simply a piece of ordinary slate pencil, but on
applying a knife it was found to consist of some materiid much
Harder than slate pencil.

2C Wilson — Arm. Eeport Ecgviits Smithsonian IiiM. (U. S. Nat. Miis. Re-
port) for 1897 (1W)9), pt. 1, p. 28."), pi. xxvii.

250 EECOHDS OF THE AUSTliALIAX MUSEUM.

No. XIII. — Plate xliv., Ghoup o.

A ]ai;i;e st'i'ifs of ii're<;ulai'ly sluiped objects was fi)un(l. In
many cases they are simply Hakes, l)iit some exhibit special Haking
and chippiiii;. Tliese instruments were possibly intended to be
used as knives.

No XIV.

Numerous tomahawks, grindstones, knappers, anvils, and cores
wei-e secured, but these were for the most part of the usual kind
anfl do not require any description.

Tlie specimens figured on each plate ha\e been reduced to alxjut
one third natural size. To facilitate reference they are classified
in groups, and inasmuch as they are all arranged in rows, any
particular specimen may be easily found by counting from left to
right in any gi\en group.

ON THE OLIGOCHiETA from the BLUE LAKP],
MOUNT KOSCIUSKO.

By W. B. Bexham, D.Sc, M.A., F.Z.S., Cuir. M.R.S. Tasm.,
Professor of Bioloiiv, Universitv of Otayo.

(Plates \\\i., xhii.).

I have to tliaiik the Trustees of the Australian Museum foi"
givmg me tlie opportunity of studying this small collection of
Fresh-water Annelids, from the Blue Lake, Mt. Kosciusko, as
they are, so far as T am aware, tlie first aquatic 01igoch?etes from
the Australian continent that have heen identified.

The tube received by me in March, 1906, contained a consider-
able number of small worms referable to three species : —

Famihj Tubificid.e.

1. Tiibifex davidis, np. nov.

2. Bi-aiichiiwa pleurothpcd, sp. no\ .

Family Piireodrilid.e.

•3. PhreodrUukh'H nofabilix, gen. et sp. no^ .

These were collected by Mr. Cliarles Hedley, under the
direction of Prof. T. W. E. David, in the Blue Lake, which is
situated at a height of GOOO feet above the sea, near the top of
Mt. Kosciusko. The depth from which they were obtained is
tliirty-five feet ; the bottom is of soft mud, and tlie teni[>erature
was 44" Fahr.

The worms liad, apparently, been treated with osuric acid,
which, unhappily, is ill-suited for these animal.s ; for not only does
it render the body wall rather opaque, so that the internal organs
can only be studied with difficulty in entire specimens, even when
stained and mounted in Canada balsam, but it also appears to
render the chpetje brittle, for, in the smaller specimens, they are
bi'oken ofi" short at the level of the body wall. Hence the lalx)ur
of identification is increased by the use of this i-eagent.

252 RKCOIIDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN' MUSEUM.

The wonns, toi), were soft and so readilv torn iu liaiidling that
it was not possible to make satisfactory dissections for the isohition
■of the genital ducts. Sections have been prei)ared, which with
the study of entire intlividuals, both in glycerine, and after being
stained, have enabled me to give the following account.

Of the three species, Tnhif'e.v davidis is readily distinguishable
by its larger size, especially by its greater stoutness ; the other
two are moi'e slender and scarcely distinguishable from one another
except by aid of the microscope, though Fhrfodriluide!< Jiotahi/is
is altogether a more delicate worm than Brdin'hinra lAenrotheai.

I have not attempted to make .an exhaustive study of either
species, but have limited myself to a description of such features
■as are important in characterising the species.

The types and microscopic preparations which wei'e used in
this study, are in the Australian Museum.

TUBIFEX DAVIDIS, .s;^. nov.

(PI. xlvi., Hgs. 1-6).

The numerous individuals of this worm seem to indicate that it
is the predominant species, so far as this collection allows me to
judge. Unfortunately the majority are broken, and others so
i-oiled as to make it impossible to give reliable measui'ements.

Dimensiofis. — I estimate that the worm measures from 25 to
40 mm. in length, with a diameter of 1 mm.

The skin is smooth, there are no papillae, though the j^osterior
segments are highly glandulai-.

The Protttondn/in is bluntly conical, and is etjual to nearly twice
the length of the first segment.

Choitfe. — The usual four bundles are present on each segment ;
the dorsal bundle consists of two kinds, "capilliform" and "forked
•crochets," but in the anterior dozen or so segments some of the
latter have an extremely delicate membrane, or a single inter-
mediate tooth, between the limbs of the fork ("ctenates") (PI.
xlvi., fig. 2).

The two kinds of cluetaj alternate in a bundle, and in tlie
greater part of the worm each bundle consists of three or four
■capilliforms and three or four crochets ; but in the ante-clitellian
segments, the number of capilliforms is increased to six or even
seven — in these segments the additional capilliforms are dorsally
placed (PL xlvi., fig. 1).

KEPOKT OX THK OLKiOCILETA — HEXHAM. 'IQO

The capillifunns of the anterior segments are nuicli longer tlian
those at the hinder end, and there is a gradual diminution back-
wards.

One of these cluetie from segment vii. measures 5 mm., while
one from near the hinder end measures only l'S7 nun. totai
length.

The crochets of the dorsal bundles have the two teeth of equal
size and form, diverging somewhat from each other, but the
"lower" tooth is not curved away for the "upper."

The number of ch;etie in the dorsal bundles of the anterior
segments is shown in the following table : —

Segment ...

ii.

iii.

iv.

V.

vi.

\ii.

viii.

i.\.

X.

Capilliforms

1

4

5

6

7

G

5

4

4

Crochets ...

2

3

4

4

4

?,

4

3

4

Tile ventral ch;et;e are crochets throughout the body and
usually are three or four per bundle. Tliose of the anterior
segments are larger in all dimensions than those of the rest of the
body.

The two teeth are nearly of etjual length, but the distal (oi-
upper) tooth is the more slender, the proximal (or lower) tooth
being curved away from it in the usual typical manner (PI. xlvi.,
fig. 3). In the anterior segments the two teeth are much more
different in form, the proximal being stouter and the distal still
more slender, so that it appears to be rather larger.

As is generally the case in the family Tubificidye, there are no
chfftje. either dorsal or ventral, on segment xi. of the mature
worm, though they are present in the immature individuals ; in
one indiviflual, in which the genital organs were not yet fulh'
develoi)ed, there is still one capilliform clueta remaining in the
dorsal bundle of this segment, indicating, of course, that the
bristles drop out as the worm attains its full sexual de\ elopment.

In segment x. of the immature worm, the ventral chieta; have
the normal shape and arrangement; but these also drop out as
maturity is approached, and each bundle becomes represented by
a single " copulatoiy clueta " of special form and surrounded l>y
a spherical gland (PI. xlvi., fig. 6).

The copulatory clueta is a delicate, slightly curxed icul, with a
simple blunt pohit, not recurved. It measures 0-1U5 mm. and is
much slenderer than a ventral clueta, and shorter (PI. xlvi.,
fig. 4). The copulatory cha^ta, indeed, is .so delicate, that

l!54 HMCORDS OF THK AUSTKALIAX MUSIiUM.

;dthough I liad seen it aiul sketclied it in glycerine mounts,' I am
totally unable to detect it in an individual stained and mounted
in Canada balsam, although the worm is mature. In sections
the chaita is seen to be solid and without a grocjve, such as exists
in some species.

Tlie Clitelhim covers the segments x., xi., xii. The male pores
and spermatliecal pores occupy the usual position in segments xi.
and X. respectively : the spermathecal pore is situated just
■posterior to tlie "copulatory clueta. "

lNTf:KXAL Ax ATOM V :

Rpprodnctivt' Sijsti'iu. — Tlie testes and ovaries occupy the usual
segments, and the sperm sacs occur in segments x. to xiii. The
male-apparatus is constructed as follows : — The Hat sperm funnel,
lying in the tenth segment, against the anterior face of its
posterior septum, leads into a delicate sperm duct, which after
entering the eleventh segment, is somewhat coiled, or at least un-
<lulating, and passes upwards to enter the "atrium" near the
dorsal sui'face of this segment. The atrium has the usual retort-
shape of Tubificids generally, with its wider end upwards, into
which there open the sperm duct and the moderate sized prostate
(PI. xlvi., fig. 5). The atrial duct then passes almost straight
downwards to the \entral surface, piercing a small penis, which
projects into a small penial sac or chamber, opening to the
exterior by the male pore. There is no chitinous sheath to this
penis, and the entire apparatus is confined to the segmerit xi.

The spermatheca, on either side of segment x., consists of an
ovoid or cylindrical "ampulla"' with very muscular wall, and a
narrow duct about lialf tlie length of the ampulla (PL xlvi., fig. 6).
The circular muscles of the ampulla are very strongly developed
to form distinct rings. As above mentioned, the spermathecal
pore is just behind the copulatory clipeta of each side.

T find no spermatoj^hores, but that is not to say that these are
not formed by this species. As a matter of fact, I could not
<letect any spermatzoa in any of the mature individuals studied,
and unfortunately, the .specimen sectionised turned out tO be in-
completely developed. The sexual organs are present, but not
fully formed, and still more unfortunately I cannot find any other
niatui'e individual suitable for sectionising.

^ Tlie quantity of sand-grains in tlie intestine, and the soft condition of the
body, rendered the investigation of llie clia'tjt rather difficidt. As
compression caused the intestine to burst, and the sand-grains by their
ret'riii<ienev interfered Avith the stiidv of these structures.

KKPOHT ON TllK t H.K .1 ii If.Kl'A HKXH AM. -00

Vascular Sy!<tem. — This presents a large heait in segment viii.,
and in the preceding segments, iv. to vii. paired, very undulating
connnissurals, which are also repeated in the subse(]uent segments
throughout the body. At the liinder end, these become much
longer, and therefore take a more undulating course along the
inner surface of the body wall — but they give oft' no branches ;
there is no network.

I made no particular study of the ucplir'ulia^ owing to the
broken condition of the sections, due to the sand contained in the
intestine. I note, however, that the nephridia couunence behind the
clitellum ; here the pores are well defined, and eA'ident in the body
wall in an individual that had been bisected and flattened out,
after removal of the gut. These pores ai-e in line, as usual, with
the ventral chai'tje, but no similar pores occur anteriorly to the
clitellum.

Remarks. — This species belongs to that grou}) of the genus
Tubifex, which is chaiucterised by the presence of special copu-
latory ch?eta^ near the aperture of the spermatlieca, as in the
familiar European species 7\ (FKnruniori/cfes) harbatvs, Grube.
The genus Tubifex, as emended by Michaelsen (1900), includes a
number of species which have been described under several
generic names such as Ilpinit'uhlfe.r, Spiro.y>rni/fi, Ifi'f'-roi-Iidfa,
EmbolocejyhahiSj as well as Psanimoi-yrfcs.

Of the " Psamnioryctes " group only eight species have been
recorded, viz.: — T. vehitinnn, Grube, T. bnrbafus, Gr., T. hi'itsrheri,
Bretscher, T. camerani, Visart, T. illusfris, Ditlevsen, 7'. /'oxsor,
Ditl., T. sarneensis, Pierantoni, and T. hamafus, Moore.

From each of these the present species differs in certain
characters, such as the form and number of the chieta^ in the dorsal
bundle, details as to the proportions of the teeth of the ventral
chseta?, form of the copulatory clnetie, absence of penial sheath,
etc., etc.

The species which it most closely resembles is T. In'usi-ltrri
(with which T. camerani is possibly identical), but from this the
form of the copulatory clneta seems to mark it oft". In that species
the free end is sharply curved and pointed, it is twice the length
of the ordinary ventral chfeta, and thicker than it : it is also said
to be grooved on its exposefl surface. It is possible that in my
specimens of T. chn-irHs, the copulatory cha?ta is not fully formed —
see above as to the difficulty of studying it — and that when fully
formed it would differ from the condition described above, but I
do not suppose that this is the case, and I believe that we are
justified in regarding it as distinct from the European forms.

256 RECORDS OF THK AUSTRALIAN Mrsi:iM.

For tlie convenience of comparison with Micliaelsen's (Uui;iioses
of the first two of the above listed species, I o-ive brieriy the
cliaracters of the new species : —

Tiivifrx ddvidid, sp. nov.

Integument smootli, dorsal cluetie capilliform and crochets,
usually three or four of each kind per bundle. 8ome of the
crochets anteriorly present an intermediate tooth, or a delicate
membrane. Ventral cha?tte, crochets tln-ee ov four per bundle ;
the teeth eipial, but the lower one stouter. A single copulatory
cha^ta on each side of segment x., slender, slightly curved, l^lunt
pointed, and smaller than the ventrals. There is no chitinous
penis ; spermatheca short, cylindrical, with a duct of half its
length.

Branchiura plkukotiieca,- sp. nov.

(PL xlvi., tigs. 7-1-2)

This is a nuich slenderer worm than tlie preceding, and stouter,
but owing to the coiled state of the mature worms, the figures
given here are only estimated, though approximately correct.
The body wall is highh' granrkdar.

Dimensions. — About 12 to 15 nnn. x 0-5 mm.

Ch(et(P. — The dorsal cluet;e consist of crocliets, and, in the
anterior segments, capilliforms are added to the bundle. Owing
to the brittle nature of the ciiiette, the majority of them, in all the
individuals, have the outer ends broken off, hence there is some
difficulty in distinguishing the existence of capilliforms — but b_v a
prolonged and careful stud}- of entire preparations and sections,
and preparations treated with glycerine and potassium-hydrate,
and the use of high powers of tlie microscope, it is possible to
recognise that in these anterior bundles, one or two of the dorsally
placed bristles are rather more delicate than the rest, and their
bases are rather longer and straight.

I was led to exa,mine the matter very carefully for otlier
anatomical characters — e.;/. tlie modified cliEBtie near the male
pore — have been hitherto found only in association with these
ch;ft;e.

■■i nXfvpov — side, drjKa — spevmutliefa : refers to lateral jiortion of tlie ajier-
tnre of this organ.

IJEPOirr ox THK OLir.OCH.ETA BENHAM. 20/

.Viiteri(n-lv tliere are three oi- fuur chietie in eacli dorsal
bundle, of which one or two are caj)iIliforms. After the clitelluni,
only crochets are px-esent, and usually two per bundle.

The ventral cluette are crochets to the number of two or three
in each bundle. They are slenfler and short, measuring ()()S nun.'
the upper (distal) tooth is nearly twice the length of the jjroxiinal,
and is much slenderer (PI. xlvi., fig. 7).

The arrangement of the chivtie is as follows : — ■

Segment ... ii. iii. iv. v. \ i. vii. viii. ix. x. xi. xii.
Crochets ... 222:12:12 2222
Capilliforms 2 1 2 l) 1 1 1 10 0 0

On the segment xi. the ventral cluet^e are characteristically
arranged in a bunch — the bases divergent, the tips all close to-
gether, projecting through a pore on a small papilla (PL
xlvi., tig. 11) — this bunch of four to six chjeta:-, instead
of being arranged transversely to the axis of the body,
is sagittal,'^ and hence consjjicuous in an entire specimen.
The copulatory ch;et;e, are thus arranged in a reverse way
from the normal ventrals, but in form, the iiidi\idual
copulatory cluetie are crochets, nearly twice the length of
the ventrals, measuring 0-15 mm. The bases of these are
surrounded by a group of muscles, but there is no special gland.

The ClUeUum covers the segment h x., xi., xii. Tlie male pore
is on xi., just outside of and anterior to the copulatoiy ch;etje.
In section, a furrow is seen to run backwards from the pore to the
level of the cluet;e, possibly indicating that in copulation such a
furrow is formed for the transference of the spermatzoa from the
male pore to the spermatheca of another worm, and corresjwnds
to the "spermatic groove " in Acanthodriline Earthworms.

The spermathecal pore is situated near the anterior margin of
.segment x., and occupies an unusual position, in that it lies near
the lateral line of the body, al)Out midway between the dorsal and
ventniJ cha4al rows (PL xhi., tig. 10).

Internal Anatomy : —

ReprodKctiv'^ Sijsfpm. — The testes, ovaries, etc., occupy the
usual segments. The sperm sac is median, and extends through
segments xi. to xvL, while the four preceding segments, vii. to x.,

* 1 t'liul the i/opulatun c-lia'tif of Taiipodrilus simplex, Benliain, to have
tliis (lispositiuii, wliicli is a])])aivntly shown in Stoic's fimiiT of B.
fjifiodrilt's) coccinea.

-08 KKCORDS OF THK AUSTHALIAX MUSKUM.

are tilled with loose masses of developing spermatozoa. The
sperm funnel is Hat, leads into a sliort and delicate duct which
passes directly downwards after piercing the septum to enter the
eleventh segment ; here it passes below the ovary, and I have
been unable to trace it accurately amongst the ova — it winds
somewhat and appears again neai- the apex of the atrium. Its
course, indeed, is similar to that in Tauj/odi-ihis simplex, but it
does not coil round the atrium as in that species.

The Atrium is a cylindrical organ, rounded at its upper end.
It presents three more or less distinctly marked regions — the sac,
the neck, and tlie atrial duct — each having a structure similar to
that described by Beddard (1) in JL suwpybiji. That is, the sac
itself is lined b}' tall glandular cells similar to those described and
figured by me for Taapodrilus simjdex ; the short neck, which is
not abruptly marked off, is lined by cubical cells (I was unable to
detect cilia in my sections, though no doubt they exist as in other
species), but the duct, which is sharply differentiated, is lined by
columnar cells, which support a distinct cuticle, continuous with
that of the outer epidermis (PL xlvi., fig. 8). The wall of the atrium
is muscular, and outside this coat is a layer of "prostate cells" of a
form essentially similar to those described and figured by Beddard
( 1 )'' and (Stole (14). In fact, except for minor details, the apparatus
is characteristically Branchiuran. There is no penis other than
the l)unch of copulatory clneta^ on their papilla.

The spermatheca, situated on each side of segment x., is
relatively small, pyi-iform in shape, with a short distinct duct,
bent at right angles to the ampulla (PL xlvi., fig. 9), to open
laterally as above described. Though the ampulla is tilled with
spermatozoa, they are not moulded into a spermatophore.

The Vascular SyHtem. — Two pairs of enlarged "hearts" are
visible in the entire specimens, lying in segments ^•iii. and ix.,
while in trans\erse sections, a third is seen in segment x.

The usual narrow, undulating commissurals are present in the
remaining segments. I was unable to detect a " supra intestinal
vessel," except possibly in segments x., xL, xii. — for in. these
segments, in transverse sections, two vessels lie above the gut, a
larger, the "dorsal," and a smaller one below it, which may be
the " supra intestinal." Further back, and further forwards,
only a single vessel is visible above the gut; and throughout only
a single one, the " ventral " vessel below. In the greater part of
the body the commissural vessels instead of going directly from
the dorsal to the ventral vessel, break up into a more or less
elaborate plexus on the body wall (PL xlvi., fig. 12), and in the

'' For i-eforonces minibered in brackets see Bibliograjiliv at end of paper.

KKPOHT OX TIIK Ul.KIUCH.K'I'A UKNIIAM. 259

jKisterior tliiid or so tliis network lias \ery small iiicslies : the net-
NS'ork is continuous from segment to segment. Such a network is
i-aie in Tubiticids — it has bee)i described only in Bjviiirhiura, as
emended b}' Michaelsen (9), as well as in Jihlzodrilus /imosits,
Hatai (<S), and to some extent in Ji. piloi^Ks, Goodrich (7).

The form and constitution of the network is more like that
figured by Hatai than of the other sj^ecies referred to, viz. : —
Each "latero-dorsal"and "latero- ventral" vessel fy;^.^, of which there
is a pair iii every segment, after reaching the body wall in these
post-clitellian segments, bi'eaks up into a number of anastomising
Ijranches, with a tendency to a longitudinal and transverse
arrangement. It is (]uite unlike the simpler ariangement of A'.
soive7'hyi, and is less elaborate than that in Ji. rocciHfd (14).

The first nephridium occurs behind the atriopore in segments
xiii. and xiv.

RnnarkK. — That this worm is closely allied to Stoic's "Ilyodrilus
coccineus " there can be no doubt, and thei-e appears to me a
certain amount of truth in Ditlevsen's criticism (6) of Michaelsen '.s
union of this worm with Brtuichiiira so/cfrbi/i in the genus
Bvaiirhinra — but T am not in a position to discuss this question
on the present occasion, and 1 have therefore followed Michaelsen
in placing the species in the genus Ih-aiu-hlnrd. I would remark,
however, that if the two species are distinct, a new generic name
must be found for " Ilyodrilus coccineus," since I/i/<)(/nlii.s was
used by Eisen earlier in a different sense.

In a recent article Michaelsen lias severely criticised my geiuis
Taupodrilns, and denies that it is even specifically distinct from
B. cocciiiea. To this criticism I hope to reply after reading his
memoir on the Elbe Oligoclnetes, which, unfortunately, I have
not yet seen. Possibly, B. plcurothpca may be a \ariety of B.
coccinea, but till I have studied this memoir I shall allow the
above account to stand.

The prei-'ent species may be diagnosed thus : — •
Braiichiura plenrotheca, sp. nov.

Clueta^, dorsal bundles of ll-3 crochets, with capilliforms added
in anterior segments ; ventrals crochets, with upper tooth longer
than the lower. On segjnent xi., behind the male i)ore, a bunch
of copulatory cluv'tie in the sagittal plane, tlie points con\ t-rging,
the chiette similar in form, greater in size than the other
ventrals. Clitellum | x., xi., xii. ; spermathecal jmre lateral, near
anterior margin of x. Male efferent apparatus as in P>. coccinea,
but the atrium elongated o\oid, and the sperm duct opening at
its apex. An elaborate integumcntal blood plexus in the greater
part of the body.

260 Kl-X'OKDS OF THE AUSTKALIAX MUSEUM.

Phreodkiloides, yeii. iiov.

Kesembling Phvpodrilns, Beddarcl, but without a spennatheea.
The sperm cluet opens into a muscuhir, but uon-glauduhir sac,
containing spermatozoa, wliich opens to the exteiior in seg-
ment xii.

Phreodkiloides xoTAniLis, ><p. tior.
(Pkte xlvii.).

Only a single individual of this very interesting worm was
received, but fortunately it was sexually mature. It was, after
examination in gh^cerine, stained and mounted in Canada balsam ;
later it was unmounted, and the anterior end cut into sei-ial
sections.

Dimensions. — It is altogether shorter and more slendei- tlian the
preceding ; it was coiled in a flat spiral at each end, so that the
length here given is only approximate!}' correct, viz., 8 mm. The
body wall is very glandular ; the glands are in two distinct
annular groups in each segment, that is, each segment is bianiiu-
late, of which the larger occupies the greater part of a segment,
and a mucli narrower one lies near the posterior intersegmental
furrow.

Ch(et(i'. — The ventrals commence in segment ii., and the dorsals
in iii. (as in Btlireodrilus). The ventral bundle normallj^ contains
a single chai^ta, which is a simple-pointed sigmoid, Avith very feebly
expressed nodulus (PL xlvii., fig. 13). But in a few segments I
noted two such cluette. These ventrals measure 0-05 mm.

The dorsal ciuetje are entirel}' capilliforms, and there a])pear to
be two in each bundle, one longer and thicker, one shorter and
finer. This is certainly the case in segments iii. and iv., but
unfortunately the rest were broken, the anterior end being-
protected by its curvatui'e retained tiiem when mounted in
glycerine. After manipulation, however, I found that e\en tliese
had been broken. I failed to measure them, but the longer
chcvta was rather greater than half the diameter of the body.

A careful study of transverse sections shows that each of the
subsequent segments contain bases identical with that of these
tvvo segments, i.e., the inner end is abruptly truncated, there is no
nodulus, and the embedded portion is straight — all characters of
capilliforms. Clnette are absent in segment xii., and there are no
copulatory ch;et;e.

The CliteUnni commences at al)out the middle of segment xii.
and surrounds segment xiii., liut only a \^v\ short portion of the
ventral surface is glandular.

The male pore is situated near the anterior margin of segment
xii , ratlier mediad of the line of the ventral cha^tse. There is no
spermathecal pore.

hhpokt on the oll(;ocileta — hexham. 261

Intehxal Anatomy : —

Rpjirodnctlvi' St/stem. — The structure of the male efferent
Hj)paratus is very peculiar. A pair of testes lies in segment xi.,
on the anterior septum ; the sperm funnel is simple, and the
sperm duct after piercing the septum xi./xii., passes hackwards in
a .slightly undulating course on the mesial side of a large muscular
sac, into the neck of which it opens (PL xlvii., lig. 15).

The muscular sac in segment xii. was very conspicuous in the
t'ntire specimen, as it is filled with ripe spermatozoa. It is nearly
cylindrical, l)ut curved, so that it is convex dorsally ; its rounded
free extremity is directed forwards and rests close hehind the
septum xi./xii., while posteriorly, after curving downwards as it
approaches the middle of the segment, hecomes rather narrowei-,
to form a short " neck." This now opens into a small, suh-
spherical chamber through its mesial wall. This cliamber, which
may be termed the " penial chamber,"' in its turn cKinmunicates
with the exterior by a comparatively small pore on the ventral
surface of segment xii. (PI. xlvii., fig. 14).

The structure of these parts is as follows: — The "muscular sac"
is lined by a fiat epithelium, in which nuclei can only be distin-
guislied here and there, surrounded by a thick coat of circular
muscle-fibres (PL xlvii., fig. 16). There is no glandular
covering, and no gland opening into this sac. The
sperm duct has the usual structure, and opens into the
narrow neck of the preceding near tlie (jpening of tlie
latter into the "penial chamber" (PL xlvii., fig. 15). Tlie
short " common duct " thus formed does not differ in
structure from the rest of the sac. At the point of entrance of
the sperm duct, the cilia project into the sac (PL xlvii., fig. 16).
The subspherical " penial chamber" appears to be a,n invagination
of the epidermis, it is lined by an epithelium, which over the
greater part of the outer hemisphere is similar to tiie epidermis,
but the wiiole of the mesial surface of the wall, as well as the
apex and part of the outer wall, is lined by a layer of tall glandu-
lar cells (PL xlvii., fig. 17). The wall is, fui'ther, provided with a
thin coat of circular and longitudinal muscles, as well as " retractor
nmscles " connected with the body wall. The structui-e of this
chamber suggests that it is capable of protrusion, and on one side
of the body, the common duct (or neck of the muscular sac) is it-
self pushed forward into tlie cavity of the " penial chamber " (PL
xlvii., fig. 17) in such a way as to suggest a " penis " such as
exists in some species of Phreodril its (P. albus, P. lacuxtris), but of
much smaller dimensions.

In segments xi. and xii. are masses of developing spermatozoa ;
the former segment is filled by them, the latter only partly so.

'2(y2 KECOHDS OF THE AU.STRALIAX MUSEUM.

tiiul ill segment xiii. is a median sperm sac, with a definite wall.
The ovary is in segment xii. in the usual position, and loose ova
of various sizes also occur in this segment ; in xiii. and xiv. are
also very large ova, one in each segment, lying in an ovisac. The
o\iduct I was unable to trace satisfactorily, but at the boundary
of segments xii./xiii. I detected a mass of small nuclei in a
position suggesting the duct, but the compression to which the
worm had been subjected had entirely obliterated the lumen, if it
be the duct, and though I was able to trace these cells into con-
tinuity with the epidermis, no pore was visible

The alimentary canal presents no special features. The
pharynx is present in segment ii. ; the oesophagus, thick-walled
and of small diameter, extends into the tenth segment, beyond
which it opens abruptly into the thin-walled intestine, which has
a diameter about twice tliat of the cesophagus : here, starting in
segment xi., the gut is filled with sand grains, diatom shells, etc.
There are salivary glands or septal glands on the anterior wall of
segments v. and vi.

Of the vat^cnla)' system the following facts were noted. Tlie
dorsal and ventral vessels are the only longitudinal trunks ; these
are connected by delicate commissurals in segments iii. to vii., the
last being slightly larger than the rest, but not definitely "heart"-
like. There are no integumental vessels ; on the outer wail of the
intestine, however, there is a very regular network of blood-
vessels formed of closely and regularly set circular vessels con-
nected by short longitudinal ones. This recalls Michaelsen's
account of the arrangement in Phreodrilus kergueJenen^is (10).
The blood is quite pale in colour.

The nephridia are loose-coiled tuV)es of a Tubificid character ;
they seem to be asymmetrically disposed, for the first organ lies
on the left side of segment vi. Those of the following segments
are also confined to the left side ; that in segment x. is on the
right side ; and further back I see only one in a segment.

Remarks. — Although the worm agrees with Phreodrilus in
general external anatomy and in several of the internal characters,
so as to be easily included in the family Phreodrilida?, as defined
by Michaelsen (1902), yet it differs from all the species of the
genus Phreodrilus in the structure of the male efferent apparatus,
and in the apparent absence of a spermatheca. I say "apparent"
absence, for it may possibly be that the muscular sac, filled with
spermatozoa, has received those spermatozoa during copulation
with another worm. But in no Oligochjete hitherto studied do we
know of such a spermatheca connected in this way with the male
duct. On the other hand, we not unfrequently find the ripe
spermatozoa filling more or less of the atrial caAity, through

RKPOK'l' OX TlIK OLICOCIU.TA liKNHAM. 26."i

wliicli of course tliey must pass on the way to the exterior. But
in most of these cases tliei-e is no doubt as to the nature of the
chamber ; it is provided witli a glandular linini;-, oi- receives the
necks of the gland cells of the prostate, and thougii we are in
ignorance as to the exact function of this secretion, yet it appears
probable that it takes some share in the process of copulation.
In the present worm, however, the sac which contains the sperm-
atozoa is absolutely non-glandular — there is neither prostate, nor
prostate cells outside it, nor glandular cells lining it. The wall
is strongly muscular, far more muscular than is the atiium in
other aquatic Oligocluetes, and in this respect resembles the
muscularity of the spermatheca in many Tubificids. At any rate,
we have to note the entire absence of a spermatheca corresponding
to that of PhrPodriJus.

In all the species of this genus the spermatheca is a long sac
extending through two or more segments and opening near the
anterior margin of segment xiii. This is quite an exceptional
position for this organ, in the class, for it is almost universally in
front of the male pore, though in certain of the Lumljriculidie it
is behind the pore.

The idea occurs to one that in PhreodrUoides tiie pore of the
spermatheca has passed forwards into segment xii., and has
become coincident with the male pore. But there is nothing
analogous to such a fusion throughout the Oligochfeta, and a more
reasonable explanation is that the atrium has become a reservoir
for the spermatozoa, and that copulation does not occur, that the
muscular sac (or " autospermatheca ") discharges its own speiin-
atozoa on its own ova, during the formation of the cocoon.

But there is another feature in which this new genus ditters
from Phrrodi-iliis — in tliat genus the sperm duct opens into a
more or less tubular organ lined with glandular cells and termed
the " atrium," which in tui-n opens through a " penial sac " lined
by flatter cells, and surrounded by muscles This .sac is quite
small or evanescent in P. kfiniiipleupusis (10), but is of considerable-
size in P. Incuxfrls and othei'S (see Benham, 4), and further, in
most .species the jujre is at the end of a conical pi-otrusible organ
lying in this sac.

From a mert^ inspection of a figure, the male apjjaratus of
P]iri'()d}-il()idpx appears to be readily comparable with that of
P. krr<iiit'lptixlx, Michaelsen, and P. /acusfris, Benham, were it not
that what is a highly glandular sac (atrium) in these two .species,
is a non-glandular, highly muscular sac in PhreodriJoides ; and it
appears that the "penial chamber" of the latter — partly
glandular as it is — niay represent both tlie atrium and the penial
sheath of such a foi'in as P. Jaciixfrix. On the other hand, there

264 }31-X'0HDS OF THK AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

is some sli,ii,lit evidence that this penial chamber is e\'ei'sible,
when it would correspond only to the penial sheath of i^. htcvstris.

If this chamber is really eversible, we must probably conclude
that copulation does take place, and if so, the only sac capable of
receiving spermatozoa is the muscular sac, which would thus
function as a spermatheca. 80 that whatever may be the true
homologies of these parts, the distinctness and peculaiity of the
new genus ai-e sufficiently striking.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1. Beddard, 1892. A New Branchiate Ohgocha'te, Quart.

Join-. Micro. Sci., xxxiii., p. 525.

2. Beddard, 1894. Naiden, Tubificiden, und Terricolen,

Eryeh.Haoihurii Mcujalh. SammeJr., p. 9.
-13. Benham, 1903. Some n. sp. of Aquatic 01igocha?ta from
New Zealand, Proc. ZonJ. Soc, 1903,
ii., p. 209.

4. Benham, 1904. On some n. sp. of the genus Phreodrilus,

(Jnart. .Tourn. Micro. Sci., xlviii., 271.

5. Bretscher, 1900. Mitth. ub. d. 01igoch:«ten-fauna d-

Schweiz, Rev. Snissc ZooL, viii., p. 11-
•6. Ditlevsen, 1901. 8tudien an Oligochaten, Zt^if. Wiss. ZooL,
Ixxvii., p. 416.

7. Goodrich, 1901. On the structure of Vermiculus pilosus.

Quart. Journ. Micro. Sci., xxxvii., p.
253.

8. Hatai, 1899. On Vermiculus limosus, Aunot. Zool.

Ja])on., iii., 103.

9. Michaelsen, 1900. Oligochivta ; Das Tierreich, p. 48, 49,

524.

10. Michaelsen, 1902. Die Oligochaten d. deutsclier Tiefsee

Exped., p. 130.

1 1 . Moore, 1 905. Some Marine 01igocha?ta of New England,

Froc. Acad. Xat. Sci. FhiJadcL, p.
359.

12. Pierantoni, 1902. Due n. g. di Oligocheti marini, JiuV.

Soc. Xatur. jS'apoIi., xvi., p. 5.

13. Pierantoni, 1905. Oligocheti del Fiume Sarno, Archivio.

Zool., ii., pp. 228 and 235.

14. Stole, 1888. Ahh. Bohiu. (jfKeU., ser. 7. vol. ii., p. 38.

15. N'isart, 1901. Tubifex camerani, JioU. Jfatt. Zool.

7'(fri)io., xvi., no. 387.

MINERALOGICAL NOTES: No. IV.— ORTHOCLASE m
NEW SOUTH WALES

By C. Andersox, M.A., B.Sc, Mineralogist.

(Plates xlviii.-lii.).

Macroscopic crystals of felspar are of common occurrence in the
granitic area of Northern New South Wales and have been noted
by various observers, but so far no crystallogi-aphic description
has appeared. It is proposed in this paper to describe and illus-
trate some of the jnore interesting orthoclase crystals comprised
in the Australian Museum collection, plagioclase felspars being
reserved for a subsequent article.

The specimens figured were with one exception acquired by the
Trustees from Mr. D. A. Porter, of Tamworth, to whom also I am
under obligation for particulars of their finding and mode of oc-
currence. Mr. E. C. Andrews, of the Geological Survey of New
South Wales, who possesses an extensive knowledge of the
granites of New England, has been good enough to examine the
collection, and has given me valuable information regarding the
field I'elations of the rocks in which the felspars are found.

For identification purposes Becke's method was employed ; by the
use of a liquid with a refractive index greater than those of ortho-
clase and about equal to the mean index of albite, orthoclase was
easily distinguished from plagioclase. This method was supple-
mented by observation of the extinction angles on cleavage Hakes.
The crystal forms were determined by inspection corroborated by
measurement with a contact goniometer.

CocKBURN Creek.

(Plate xlviii., fig. 1).

A single specimen from •' Beadle's Conditional Purchase, "^
Cockburn Creek, near Tamworth, is in the Museum collection.
It consists of an aggregate of glassy crystals of a typical
adularia habit, accompanied by small brownish crystals of
axinite. The felspar presents the simple combination c (001),
m (110), X (101), c and x having a tendency to oscillate with one
another and give a somewhat rounded termination.

266

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

For chemical analysis some fragments were broken off, and,
after examination with a hand lens and removal of a slight iron
stain by liot hydrochloric acid, ground to fine powder. For
general analysis ■3241 gram was taken, for alkalies 4962 gram.
The alkalies were determined by Lawrence Smith's well-known
method, the amount of alkali in the calcium carbonate employed
being determined and allowed for. The filtrate from alumina
gave no precipitate with ammonium oxalate on prolonged
standing, hence lime, if present at all, must be in very small
amount ; other components possibly present in traces, as oxide of
iron, magnesia, and water, were not specially searched for in view
of the small quantity of material available. Further, the per-
centage of silica is slightly low and of alumina rather high,
perhaps owing to the contamination of alumina by traces of
silica not removed in the first operation.

The appended analysis T. shows tliat the mineral is a nearly
pure potash felspar ; II. is Tschermak's analysis of adularia
from Pfitsch,^ while III. is the theoretical percentages for
KAl Si, 0,.

Si 0.

I.

II.

III.

63-90 %

64-5 °/

64-7 %

AI2O,

20-61

18-4

18-4

CaO

-3

Na^.O

-37

1-3

K, 0

15-39

14-8

16-9

100-27

99-3

100-0

Oban.

(Plate xlviii., figs. 2, 3, 4 ; PL xlix., figs. 1,2; Pis. l.-lii.).

In our collection there is a fine suite of felspar crystals, some
of large size, from this locality, a notable feature being the
excellent development of Baveno twins. This occurrence has
been noted by Porter when describing quartz from Oban,'-^ and he

1 Tschermak— Ber. Ak. Wien, 1., (1), 1865, p. 577 (quoted Dana— Syst.

Min., 6th edit., 1892, p. 319).

2 Porter— Journ. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xviii.,- 1884 (1885), p. 75.

MINEHALOGICAL NOTES : NO. IV. ANDERSON. 267

has recently given me additional information regarding the
locality. The best specimens in the collection were obtained some
thirty-five years ago by the late Mr. Thomas Clarke of Oban
while blasting up a side channel in the granite in order to divert
the stream from the bed of Oban Creek and facilitate the search
for gold and tin-ore therein. Detached crystals of felspar, accom-
panied by tourmaline, topaz, cassiterite and gold are sometimes
found in the alluv'ial wash in the neighbourhood of Oban.

The granite of Oban belongs to the " later and more acid type "
of Andrews'* ; associated with it is a series of eurites, often
pegmatitic, and it is mainly, if not entirely, from the pegmatite
phases that the large crystals of orthoclase here described have
come. A common characteristic in hand specimens is a graphic
intergrowth of quartz and felspar ; this is seen on a large scale
in the specimen shown in PI. 1., fig. 1, where the several
quartz crystals project from the felspar with their vertical axes
parallel. One interesting specimen consists of a group of large
crystals of smoky quartz, the core of one being an elongated
crystal of felspar twinned on the Baveno law but without ter-
minations. A somewhat similar association is seen in PI. li.,
where a well-developed Baveno twin is partly embedded in a
smoky quartz crystal. Besides quartz (usually smoky), which is
a constant companion of the orthoclase, we find associated with
it, tourmaline, in the usual striated columnar crystals, and a
plagioclase felspar, which, from refractive index and extinction
angles, is found to be near albite. Plate Hi., is a photograph
of a slab consisting of large, buff, orthoclase crystals, much
decomposed, seated on which are fresher, whitish crystals of
albite in intercrossing pei'icline twins. A fine example of a
Baveno doublet is shown in PI. xlviii., fig. 2 ; it has the usual
habit elongated parallel to the axis [c, 6]. The two portions are
not quite symmetrical to the combination plane, the face c' (001)
slightly overlapping the face b (010), with which it is practically
coplanar, but the boundaries of the two segments are easily trace-
able by the aid of the series of more or less parallel markings
present on every face and having a direction on each approxi-
mately parallel to the intersection of the particular face with the
plane of the pinacoid (100). These lines of corrosion are some-
what less pi'onounced on the prism m (110), which still retains a
dimly vitreous lusti'e. This crystal measures about 4x2 cm.

A more complicated twin is represented in PI. xlviii., fig. 3. It
may be interpreted either as a triplet according to the Baveno

^ Andrews— Kec. Geol. Survey N. S. Wales, viii., 2, 1905, p. 116.

268 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

law, or the segment on the left of the figure with faces labelled
b, c, 0, X, may be regarded as twinned to the segment in the
normal position on the Manebacli law ; it is not possible
without very exact measurement to decide between these alter-
natives. This specimen, like the last, is much corroded in
approximately parallel lines and it shows here and there small
scales of a yellowish micaceous mineral. It measures about 9 x
3 "5 cm.

Another isolated Baveno doublet (PL xlix., fig. 1) exhibits an
irregular junction of the two segments, that on the left partially
enveloping the other. This crystal, which is drawn with the
edge \b, c] perpendicular to the plane of the paper, measures 3-5
X l'^5 cm.

An interesting crystal of which the exact locality is not known
is similarly drawn in PL xlix., fig. 2. It was acquired in a
collection of Australian and New Caledonian minerals from
Mr. A. H. F. Stephens, who gave the locality as New South
Wales. It bears a close resemblance to the Oban twins, and,
like them, is accompanied by yellowish mica scales ; hence we
may fairly assume that it was derived from the granite of Oban
or the neighbourhood. Like the specimen described above (PL
xlviii., fig. 3), it may be regarded either as a Baveno triplet or as
a combined Baveno and Manebach group. The junctions are
remarkably regular and the crystal as a whole is well balanced ;
it is, though not the largest, perhaps the finest example of a
Baveno twin in the collection of New South Wales orthoclase.
It measures 4*5 X 1 cm.

While the Baveno twins are the finest, crystals also twinned
according to the other well established laws, the Carlsbad and
Manebach, are forthcoming from Oban. Of the former the
crystal represented in PL xlviii., fig. 4, may be taken as typical.
It shows th_e forms c(001),6(010),a(100),m (110), ~(130),;i-(r01),
y (201), o (111); of these the pinacoid a is of infrequent occurence
on orthoclase. The 7n faces are comparatively bright (it seems as
if these resist corrosion with greater success than do the other
faces). The terminal faces are marked by irregular branching
lines with a general direction parallel to the edge [c, a] ; these
markings are of very usual occurence on orthoclase crystals, and,
as they are accentuated on worn crystals, are probably due to
corrosion. The b pinacoid is finely striated parallel to the inter-
secting edges of the prismatic zone. The faces c and .r are
represented in the figure as coplanar ; strictly speaking c
(p ~ 26* 3') is somewhat steeper than x (p = 24° 13') ;

MINERALOGICaL notes : NO. IV. ANDERSON. 269

in PI. xlix., fig. 4, the diiference is slightly exaggerated
to show that the faces are not quite in one plane. Well-
defined cracks parallel to the basal pinacoid traverse the
faces in the prism zone ; by observing the direction of
these cleavage cracks one can easily distinguish c from x,
even when these are to all appearance coplanar and physically
similar, and the dome y is not present. This crystal, which mea-
sures approximately 2 X 1"5 X 1 cm., forms one of a small group
of felspar and smoky quartz crystals with a crumbly pegmatitic
matrix. Seated in parallel position on, and partially embedded
in, the figured crystal are small crystals of albite.

Manebach twins are not met with so frequently as Baveno and
Carlsbad types. One good but rather decomposed example,
accompanied by orthoclase in Baveno and Carlsbad twins, albite
and smoky quartz was observed ; in habit and development it is
essentially similar to the crystal figured in PI. xlviii., fig. 5,
which comes however from Bolivia. In the Oban crystal albite
is in parallel position with the two segments of the Manebach
twin ; hence the albite also must be twinned on the Manebach
law.

On the whole the orthoclase ciystals of Oban suggest a com-
parison with those described from Four-la-Brouque, France.*

Uralla.
(Plate xlix., fig. 5).

In the Museum collection are a few specimens of orthoclase
from the Rocky River, Uralla, which are in general very similar
to the Oban mineral. This similarity is no doubt due to their
having been derived from a geologically equivalent pegmatite.
All the Rocky River felspars, Mr. Porter informs me, were ob-
tained in the alluvial gold wash, where they are accompanied by
ilmenite, zircon, quartz and jasper. It is worthy of note that
no tourmaline or cassiterite is found in the Rocky River wash,
in which it differs from the alluvial drifts in the neighbourhood
of Oban.

A Carlsbad twin from the Rocky River is interesting as an ex-
ample of what is sometimes described as a left-handed twin, as
distinguished from the other figured crystals (PI. xlviii., figs. 4, 6
and PI. xlix., fig. 4) which are right-handed. This is a
comparatively small crystal, measuring about 1 X "8 X '5

< Gonnard— Bull. Soc. Fr. Min. vi., 1883, p. 265 ; Ibid., viii., 1885, p. 307 ;
Ihid., si. 1888, p. 177.

270 KKCOHDS OK THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

cm. It is associated in the hand specimen with crystals
of smoky and ordinaiy quartz, albite in Carlsbad twins,
and small scales of black mica, the last where the idiomorphic
felspar and quartz become merged into a fine-grained granite.
The basal plane is fairly bright, while x is corroded and quite
devoid of lustre, the distinction between the two being obvious at
a glance.

Another specimen from this locality is in all respects similar to
the (much larger) group from Oban figured in PI. lii. The simi-
larity is so pronounced that one would almost be inclined to
regard them as fragments from one and the same block.

Bolivia.

(Plate xlviii., fig. 5 ; PI. xli.x,, figs. 3, 4).

Just as the prevalence of Baveno twins marks the Oban ortho-
clase, so tlae special feature of the Bolivia occurrence, so far as-
represented in the collection, is tlie excellence of the Carlsbad
twins. The crystals are in general fresher tlian those from Oban
and Uralla, this being perhaps due to their being obtained from
druses in the "acid" granite, not from pegmatite veins and
lenses.

In PL xlix., fig. 3 is shown a group consisting of three Carlsbad
twins and a Manebach twin, accompanied by three crystals of
slightly smoky quai-tz ; the same Manebach twin is partially
idealised in PI. xlviii., fig. 5. Another fine ciystal twinned on
the Carlsbad law (PL xlix., fig. 4) is one of a group of four, and
measures about 3 x - X 1 cm. The prism faces are smooth and
bright, the terminal faces and the b pinacoid slightly striated
parallel to their intersection with the plane of the a pinacoid.

Inverell.
(Plate xlviii., fig. 6).

From a decomposed felspar-porphyry about fourteen to twenty
miles north-east from Inverell good examples of Carlsbad twins
are obtained, one of which is drawn and partly idealised.
The crystals are quite different in appearance from those
described above from other localities in the State, as, instead of
being white or buff in colour, they are brick-red. The figured
crystal measures about 2 x - X 1 cm.

That I am able to present a plate of shaded drawings is
largely owing to the instructions and hints of my colleague, Mr.
A. R. McCulloch, to whom my best thanks are due.

THE RESULTS of DEEP-SEA INVESTIGATION in thk
TASMAN SEA.

I.— THE EXPEDITION of H.M.C.S. "MINER.

1. Introductory Notk on the First Deep-Ska Cruise.

By W. A. H.vswell, M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Biology in the

University of Sydney, and C. Hedley, F.L.S., Conchologist,

Australian Museum.

Having been enabled by means of a grant from the Royal
Society of London to procure 3000 fathoms of steel-wire rope
(supplied at cost price by Messrs. Bullivant), and having been
granted, through the courtesy of Brigadier-General Gordon, C.B.,
the use of H.M.C.S. " Miner" with a strong crew under the com-
mand of Lieut. -Colonel J. H. A. Lee, we made on 5th to 7th June a
first essay in deep-sea investigation in the Tasman Sea. The onlv
soundings on the chart outside the hundred fathom limit are
those recorded by the "Challenger" in 1874; and, depending
upon these, we made our first cast of the dredge when we had
reached a position distant about fifty-five miles due east of Port
Jackson Heads, expecting to reach bottom at a depth of about
2000 fathoms. This was unsuccessful, and, owing to the coming
on of lieavy weather, we were obliged to run in nearer to the
coast. Early on the morning of the 7th June the bucket-dredge
was let go in 80 fathoms, twenty-two miles east of Narrabeen,
and returned with a satisfactory load. Leaving this station the
vessel was steered about six miles east by south, and the trawl
was lowered in a depth of 200-300 fathoms. It brought up some
specimens of a Sea-urchin Porocidaris degans, A. Ag., obtained
by the " Cliallenger " at Station 164a, 410 fathoms, and Station
214, 500 fathoms, half-a-dozen specimens of a large Spatangid, as
yet undeterminefl, and an undetermined Pennatulid. As the
the weather still continued extremely rough we were obliged to
desist and return to poi't.

During the dredging operations use was made of the surface
net, and at the farthest east limit a rich surface fauna was met
with, comprising Radiolaria, Foraminifera, a Vorticellid, Dino-

272 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

flagellata, Chajtognatha, a Polyclad, Polychseta, Crustacea,
Heteropoda, Ptei'opoda and Urochorda. Nearer the coast the
Radiolaria, particularly the colonial forms, were less abundant.

The mass of deposit brought up by the bucket-dredge consisted
almost entirely of calcareous organic structures. The great bulk
of this was composed of calcareous Polyzoa, mostly in small frag-
ments, with numerous Foraminifera, many shells, and a consider-
able number of small solitary corals. The representatives of the
last-named group which have been examined by Mr. J. S. Den-
iiant, M.A., F.R.G.S., comprise Platyotrochus compressns, Ten.
Woods, Deltocyathns rokeformis, Ten. Woods, Dimocyathus
parasiticus, Ten. Woods, Leptopaiuus discus, Moseley ?, Koto-
phyllia recta, Dennant, Holcotrochus crenulatus, Dennant, Flahel-
lum australfi, Moseley, Trematotrochus verconis, Dennant ?, and
two new species, one of Trematotrochus and the other of Flahel-
lum. A few small sponges, not yet determined, were attached to
the tangles. The Polyzoa are being examined by Mr. C. M.
Maplestone.

THE RESULTS of DEEP-SEA INVESTIGATION in the
TASMAN SEA.

I.— THE EXPEDITION of H.M.C.S. "MINER."

2. The Colonial Radiolariaof the Tasman Sea.
By Prof. W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc, F.R.S.

(Plate liii.).

The colonial Radiolaria collected during the two-days cruise of
H.M.C.S. "Miner" in June, 1906, were mostly obtained at a
distance of over fifty miles off the coast. Here, probably on
account of the strong southward-flowing current, with a surface
temperatux'e of 65° C, surface life was very abundant and varied.
Owing to the unfavourable weather it was impossible to do more
than drag the tow-net for a time within a few feet of the surface,
and the specimens obtained had to be somewhat summarily dis-
posed of. The fixing solution employed — a copper sulphate and
corrosive sublimate combination — though very efficient as regai'ds
most of the surface organisms, was not entirely successful in the
case of the colonial Radiolaria, having had, apparently, a soften-
ing effect on the jelly which led to the disintegration of most of
the colonies. Fragmentaiy though the specimens are, the indi-
vidual zooids prove to be remarkably well preserved. To com-
plete the observations here recorded, however, the study of further
material preserved in other ways, and of living specimens will be
necessary, and what follows can only be regarded as a preliminary
account of the colonial Radiolaria of this region.

The points of more general interest, to which attention is
directed, are : (1) The observation in a species of CoVozotim, as
well as in Belonozouni aflatiticum and lihaphidozouni pandora
of bodies which appear to be zooids that have undergone conver-
sion into masses of microspores ; (2) The observation in Collo-
zoum arcuatum, n. sp., of a special phase in the life-history
of the Xanthellcc.

It is somewhat remarkable that so few Radiolaria have been
recorded from the Tasman Sea. Of the colonial forms I find
record of only three species having been found in that region,
viz., Sphaerozoiim octoceras, Haeckel, *S'. australe, Haeckel, and
Collosphaerafragilis, Haeckel. The reason for this is, doubtless,
that so little plankton-net collecting has been done in the open
sea. The Radiolaria, and more particularly the colonial forms, do

274 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

not seem to abound near the coast, and, as far as Port Jackson
and Broken Bay are concerned (and I liave little doubt the same
holds good of the other inlets), a simple Radiolarian of any kind
is a 7'ara avis in the surface net, and the colonial forms, so far as
my experience goes, never occur.

None of the three species mentioned above occur in the present
collection. On the other hand it comprises about seven species
previously known from other parts of the ocean.

GentlS COLLOZOUM.

The absence of skeletal parts in the genus CoUozoum^ renders
the identification of the species in that genus a matter of con-
siderable difficulty — particularly when one has to deal with pre-
served material, in which the form of the colony may not be
recognisable. This difficulty is increased by certain discrepancies
between the determinations of Haeckel on the one hand and
of Brandt on the other. Thus with regard to the characters of
the original species, G. inei-mf, supposed by the former to be cos-
mopolitan, and to be subject to considerable variation, there is a
wide divergence in the statements of the two authors. According
to Haeckel's description in the " Monographic, "' in this species
the zooids are usually spherical, but may be compressed
spheroids, or lens-shaped, or, rarely, elliptical, and tliere is a
thick, often double, capsular membrane ; in the " Report "" the
specific name is restricted to forms with spheiical zooids and a
thin, simple-edged membrane. According to Brandt^ on the
other hand, in the species in question the zooids are discoid or
irregular, and a membrane is entirely absent.

Of the specimens oi Collozoum obtained during tlie "Miner"
excursion a considerable proportion belong to what may be termed
the C. inerme group of Haeckel's sub-genus C oUodinium — forms
in which the prevailing shape of the zooid is spherical, and in
which there is a single, relatively large, oil-globule. All the lead-
ing modifications and phases are represented — except that there
are none in which a capsular membrane can positively be said to
be absent.

Until further material has been obtained I think it better to
defei' any attempt to deal systematically with this group. But

1 Witli the exceptions to be referred to later.

- Haec-kel, E— Die Radiolarien. Eine Monographie, 1862., p. 522.
« Haeckel, E— The Radiolaria. Cliall. Eep., Zool.. xviii., 1887, p. 25.
^ Brandt, K — Die Koloniebildende Radiolarien : Sphaerozoen, (Fauna u.
Flora Grolfes t. Aeapel, xiii., 1888., ]i. 6.)

KADIOLAUIA Vh' THK TASMAN SKA — HASWKLL. 275

there are tliiee members of it wliicli present certain features of
speoial interest. These T will distinguish as C. annafuvi, n. sp.,
C. nlpha and C. he fa respectively.

CoLLOZOUM ARMATUM, S/J. nov.

(Plate liii., fig. 1).
The entire absence of skeletal parts is gi\en b}- Haeckel (Rep.
p 2-1:) as one of the diagnostic characters of the genus ColJozuum.
Brandt"', however, states that in C. hprtwvji there may be present
completely isolated needle-like spicules. Spicules identical with
those of various Sphafrozoum-Si'pecieii are present in several of my
specimens of CcUozoiivi, but, frum their mode of occurrence, these
are undoubtedly to be looked upon as of the nature of foreign
bodies. In the form now to be described, however, there is a
true skeleton of an elementary character, although in other
respects there is no departure tVom the character of tlie genus
Col/uzoion.

The form of the colony is unknown, tlie species being repre-
sented only by two fragments, wliich, however, show quite distinct
phases. The zooids in both are splierical, 0-1 mm. in diameter,
with a distinct capsular membrane. One of them is in a fairly
early stage of anisosporous reproduction, each capsule enclosing a
large immber of nuclei arranged in the characteristic way in
rounded groups. The other is in the isosporous phase. In the
latter tlie oil globule is present ; in the former it is not distinguish-
able. In neither ai-e pseudojjodia or pseudopodial matrix recog-
nisaljle. The skeletal elements are extremely slender, simple
fibre-like spicules in the inter-capsular jelly ; they are about
0'2mm. in length or a little longer, with a diameter of not more
than 0-001 mm. The small size of the fragments precluded any
attempts to determine tlie composition of the spicules.

CoLLOZoU.M (alpha).

(Plate liii., fig. 2).

There is only one specimen of this form, a complete colony of
spherical shape, only about 2 mm. in diameter. The zooids are
apparently in the vegatative phase. Tliev are spherical in form ;
only in one case is there a constriction indicating an early stage
in vegetative multiplication. In each capsule there are 20-30

Brandt, K — Die Koloneibildende Radiolarieii : Spliaerozoen, (Faiiiia ii.
Flora Golft'^; v. Neajiel, xiii., 1SS8, ]>. 228 j. '

276 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

nuclei, separated from one another by intervals filled with
granular protoplasm ; these are not arranged in a single layer.
The nuclei appear as completely homogeneous masses of chromatin
of somewhat irregular shape ; in several cases phases of direct
division are observable. Around the whole of the nuclei of each
capsule is a thick ayer of granular protoplasm. The outer
boundary of each zooid is quite sharply defined, but, if a capsular
membrane is present, it is not distinguishable, and must be
extremely delicate. Pseudopodial matrix and pseudopodia are
not to be made out. There is a single spherical oil-globule in each
zooid. About 12-15 Xauthellce are closely applied to each zooid,
and there are also many in the intermediate spaces. The zooids
are about "07 mm. in diameter ; the nuclei about '01.

So far there is nothing to distinguish this form from an early
vegetative phase of one of the C. inerme group. But, scattered
over the surface of the colony, are some fifty bodies which differ
entirely from the ordinary zooids. These are rounded masses of
granular matter most of which are of about the size of the zooids,
while a few are slightly larger, and some are considerably smaller.
These are all superficial in position, superficial to all the zooids
and to all the XanthelUe, most of them projecting on the surface,
and some being covered externally only by a very thin layer of
the gelatinous matrix.

In this, as well as in the other colonial f oi'ms to be subsequently
referred to in which they occur, these bodies are rendered conspi-
cuous in my preparations owing to their not being affected by the
staining agent used (paracarmine), and, in the cleared specimens,
appearing very bright and yellowish in colour. When one of
them was removed, and, after being returned to alcohol, acted on
with ha^matoxylin, a distinct staining effect was produced, certain
granules in the mass becoming more strongly effected than the
rest. Owing, probably, to the condition of the material, the com-
ponent parts of these granular masses could not be definitely
isolated. But I have little doubt from their mode of occurrence
that we have here to do with masses of microspores of small size.
In Brandt's classical monograph microspores and megaspores are
stated to be developed in the same zooid in Collozonni and in
Sphaerozoum, and the allied genera, but, if the above view should
be fully confirmed, this, if it is a rule, is subject to some excep-
tions. This, however, is a question which can only be definitely
settled with the aid of living material.

COLLOZOUM (beta).

(Plate liii., fig. 5).
Another form of this C. inerme group is worth referring to

RADIOLAKIA OF THK TASMAN SEA HASAVELL. 'Ill

owing to a peculiarity of which at present I have no explanation.
In this form, of which there are several specimens, all, unfortu-
nately, fragmentary, the zooids have the usual spherical form,
with a diameter of about '08 mm. They are in the anisoporous
phase with numerous small nuclei (-008 mm. in diameter)
arranged in rounded groups in the typical manner ; and there is
a large central oil-globule. There is a thin pseudopodial matrix
giving off delicate p.seudopodia which form a network. A few
Algse adhere to each zooid and many lie in the interspaces.

There is a thin capsular-membrane ; but this is almost hidden
by a layer of minute bright bodies of about "0016 mm. in diameter,
which adhere to its outer surface. Whatever may prove to be the
nature of these bodies, there can be little doubt from the con-
stancy of their presence in this form and in this alone, that they
represent a definite structure or structures, and are not of the
nature of an artifact.

COLLOZOUM OVALE, S]}. nov.

(Plate liii., fig. 3).

The prevailing form of the zooids is elliptical ; a few are-
constricted as if about to divide. Both of the specimens are in
the vegetative phase, with few (4-10) nuclei in each capsule.
The membrane is delicate, the protoplasm very granular. In
place of an oil-globule there is an irregular space towards the
centi'e giving off branching lobes from which finer channels pass-
out in a radiating manner through the protoplasm to the peri-
phery. There are no pseudopodia or pseudopodial matrix. A
very variable, though never very large, number of Algje are
closely applied to each membrane ; others occur abundantly in
the interspaces.

The length of the longest capsule is 0-125 mm. ; its breadth
0-05. The average length is O'l, and the avei-age breadth 0-05.
The diameter of the nuclei is a little less than O'Ol.

The nearest allies of this form seem to be C. ovatum, Haeckel,^
and C. ellipsoides, Haeckel.^ The former has a single central oil-
globule, and the diameter of itsz ooids is two to three times as
great as in C. ovale. The latter has a number of oil-globules, and
the length of the zooids is even greater than in C. ovatum.

" Haeckel, E.— The Radolaria, Chall. Rep., Zool., iriii., 1887, p. 25.
■? Haeckel. Y..— Loc. ciL, p. 20.

278 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

What may be a different phase of the same species differs from
the above in having the capsular menbrane much less distinct
in the presence of numerous pigment granules in the intra-
capsular plasm. There is a similar lobed space representing the
oil-globule, but it does not give off the narrow radiating channels,
and it may be simple and rounded. The Algte are not in any
way specially related to the zooids.

COLLOZOUM ARCUATUM, Sp. nov.

(Plate liii., figs. -Jta-ic).

In this species, in which the form of the entire colony is un-
known, the zooids are elongate and sausage-shaped. Each
contains about twenty nuclei which are axially situated in a mass
of vacuolated protoplasm with pigment. Within the capsule are a
number of pigmented bodies of irregular shape and varying size.
There are one or two oil -globules.

There are woXanthellceoi the ordinary character, their place being
taken by a number of problematical bodies (figs. 4a, 4b, and 4c),
many of which are in close apposition with the capsules of the
zooids, while others lie in the intermediate spaces. The foundation
of each of these is a spherical cell with a centi'al nucleus, a few
large rounded granules in the cytoplasm and vacuoles. Arranged
around the surface of the cell, which appears to have a distinct
cell-wall, are a varying number (usually six to twenty) of bright-
looking bodies of somewhat variable shape, usually concavo-convex,
often with one or two grooves or notches.

The resemblance which undoubtedly exists between the bodies
above described and the " extra-capsular bodies " described in
detail by Brandt is a purely superficial one. The latter are
derived fi-om the zooids, and appear to represent a phase in a
specidl process of anisosporous division. The bodies now under
consideration, on the other hand, represent a phase in the life-
history not of the Radiolarian, but of the Xaiithellae. These
bodies in fact correspond (as far as can be determined in the fixed
specimen) in every respect with ordinary Xanthellae with the
addition of the small bright objects symmetrically arranged around
each.

In a few cases (PL liii., fig. 4b) the bright bodies are repre-
. sented by an almost unbroken layer of the bright substance.

HADIOLARIA OF THE TASMAN SEA^ — HASWELL. 279

Belonozoum atlanticum, Haeckel.

Belonozoum atlanticum, Haeckel, The Radiolaiia, Chall.
Rep., Zool. xviii., 1887, p. 40.

To this species I refer several specimens which resemble one
another and agree with Haeckel's description and figure in the
character of the spicules. The entire colonies are more or less
elongated and cylindrical. At least two distinct forms or phases
are represented. In one the zooids are comparatively large (from
0-1 to 0"2 mm.), and each contains from one to three nuclei : there
are many Xanthelka in the layer (pseudopodial matrix) innnedi-
ately surrounding the capsule. In the other form the largest of
the zooids is about O'l mm. There are about half-a-dozen small
nuclei in each, and there are very few Algte.

All the specimens contained the sharply-defined granular
masses described as occurring in CoUozoutn alpha. These vary a
good deal in size, but are, for the most part', considerably smaller
than the zooids. In a complete colony there are about a dozen of
them, all placed superficially.

The " Challenger " locality for B. atlanticum is the tropical
Atlantic.

Belonozoum hilli, sp. nov.

This species forms spherical colonies. The spicules are all
simple and unbranched, but are of two kinds. Those of one kind
are extremely slender, elongated and curved, usually as long as,
or somewhat longer than, the diameter of the capsules (0-15 aim.),
and quite devoid of spines. The other set, which are much fewer,
are shorter, usually straight, and beset with spines throughout
their length — the spines being longest towards the ends. Be-
tween these two kinds are a number of intermediate forms — long,
slender, usually curved, and spinose only, or chiefiy, at the ends.

The capsules are large, about 0-15 — 0-24 mm. The outer por-
tion of the inti'a-capsular protoplasm is granular and pigmented.
In the interior are several — 3-6 — oil-globules of considerable size,
and a number of nuclei, most of which are grouped towards the
centre. Embedded in the pseudopodial matrix, which has a reti-
culate structure, are a numlier of Algpe.

Brandt states that young specimens of Sphn-i'ozoimi may have
needle-like spicules only. But, as he states that all the young
stages of the species of that genus which he had closely studied
were more or less elongated — cylindrical oi' sausage-shaped, I
think it is most probable that the species above described is to be
looked upon as a Belvnozoum.

280 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Rhaphidozoum pandora, Haeckel.
Bhaphidozoum 'pandora, Haeckel, The Radiolaria, Chall. Rep.,
Zool., xviii., 1889, p. 49, pi. iv., fig. 6.

Several specimens were obtained of a Rhap)hidozoum which
agrees closely with Haeckel's definition and figures oi R. pandora,
the only difference being that the acicular spicules are somewhat
stouter. The intra-capsular plasm is coarsely granular, and
usually contains a small number (1-6) of large nuclei, though in
a few cases there are a larger number. In zooids with a single
nucleus there is a rounded oil-globule : in those with several
nuclei this has become irregular, sometimess branched. The few
Xanthellae that are present are all closely applied to the capsular
membrane. Masses of granules (microspores ?) of the same char-
acter as those observed in Collozoum alpha, all smaller than the
zooids, occur superficiall)^ here and there, some actually projecting
or the surface.

One specimen differs from the others in having the spicules
more strongly spinose, the connecting shafts of the geminate
spicules sometimes being beset with spines, and the spines of a few
of the spicules having short branches.

The " Challenger " locality is South Atlantic near Ascension
Island.

Rhaphidozoum brandtii, sp. nov.

The spicules consist of ( 1 ) exceedingly fine, smooth, needle-like
spicules (2) 4-5 rayed spicules. The former are mostly aggregated
in such a way as to form a layer investing each capsule. Of the
latter there are two distinct varieties, smaller, which are smooth,
and larger, which are spinose towards the ends of the branches.
The capsules are large (about 0*15 mm). The needle-like spicules
are from "IS to "3 mm. The largest of the rayed spicules are of
comparatively gigantic dimensions, each ray being nearly 0"2 mm,
in length.

From R. acuferum, Haeckel, this species differs in having the
needle-like spicules smooth and straight. From R. arachnoidcs,
to which it is also allied, it differs in having the radiate spicules
spinose and the needle-like spicules straight, not curved.

SPHiEROZOUM QUADRIGEMINUM, Haeckel.

SphcBrozo^un quadrigeminum, Haeckel, The Radiolaria, Chall.
Rep., Zool., xviii., 1887, p. 44.

KADIOLAKiA OF THK TASMAN SEA— HASWKLL. 281

The specimen referred to this species agrees in all particulars
with Haeckel's description except in the dimensions of the largest
spicules, which is given as 0"15 mm., nearly twice as large as any
in my specimen. The zooids have a diameter averaging 0-07 ram.
The intra-capsular plasm is coarsely granular : it contains four to
eight nuclei. Five or six Xaiithellae are closely applied to each
capsular membrane, and there are none in the intermediate
spaces.

The "Challenger" locality for *S'. qwidrigf^iniiivAn is the North
Atlantic and the Azores.

A single fragment was obtained of a Spho^rozoum which closely
resembles the above in the form and dimensions of tlie spicules ;
but whicli has the zooids thrice as large.

Sph^rozoum alveolatum, HaeckeJ.

jSph(erozoum alveolafiun, Haeckel, The Radiolaria, ChalL ^j<pp-,
Zool.) xviii., 1887, p. 4:3, pi. iv., figs. 2, 3.

It is with some doubt that I refer to this species several speci-
mens of a Sphfhrozonm. The alveoli, to tlie presence of which
the species owes ibs name, are certainly absent ; but there is a
close correspondence in the form of the spicules, tliough their size
is less in my specimens than the measurements given by Haeckel.
The zooids in two of the specimens have a diameter of about 0"06
mm. ; they contain granular plasm witii a central oil-globule and
about half-a-dozen nuclei. In certain respects these two speci-
mens, though in the same phase, differ from one another. In the
one the spicules are very numerous, and are definitely arranged
around the zooids ; in the other they are comparatively few, and
are irregularly distributed. The former specimen has no
Xanthdhp in the interspaces between the zooids ; while in the
latter they are numerous.

A third specimen, which has very numerous densely aggregated
spicules, has the zooids twice as large (0"1 to 0*12 mm.) and filled
with a multitude of small nuclei.

<S'. alveolatum was obtained by the "Cliallenger" off Juan
Fernandez.

SPHiEROZOUM GEMINATUM, Haeckel.

Hphwrozoum geminahim, Haeckel, The Radiolaria, Chall. Rep.,
Zool., xviii., 1887, p. 45, pi. iv., fig. 4.

One specimen. Originally obtained by Haeckel in tlie Indian
Ocean.

282 KI'X'OHDS OF THE AUSTllALIAN MUSEUM.

COLLOSPH.ERA IIKDLEYI, sj). UOV.

(Plate liiL, % 6).

The tests are nearly completely spherical, with a number of
short tubes irregularly scattered among small apertures which are
less than half the diameter of the intermediate spaces. The tubes
are never dilated externally, but always gradually decrease in
diameter distally. There are about ten of them in each hemi-
sphere, and about fifteen or sixteen of the small apertures in each
half meridian. The intra-capsular protoplasm occupies only a
small part of the space enclosed by the shell (about half the dia-
meter). There are numerous Algaj within the shell. The diameter
of the shell is -09 mm. The length of the tubes is -012; and
their width at the base about the same. The small apertures are
•005 mm. or less.

This species is distinguished from <S'. socia/is, Haeckel, by the
greater number of the tubes and the smallness of the (jther aper-
tures. S.fragilis, Haeckel, which was obtained at the "Chal-
lenger" Station 165, differs widely in having tubes all over the
surface.

C0LLOSPH.ERA GLOBULARls, Haeckel,
Collosphcera glohularis, Haeckel, The Radiolaria, Chall. Rep.,
Zool,, xviii., 1887, p. 94.
One specimen of this widely-distributed species.

COLLOSPH.ERA HUXLEYI, ./. MuUeV.

Colloi<phwra huxleyi (J. Miiller), Haeckel, Die Radiolarien, Eine
Monographie, 1862, p. 534, pi. xxxiv., figs. 1-11 ; The Radio-
laria, Chall. Rep., Zool., xviii,, 1887, p. 96.
(Several specimens.

COLLOSPH^RA UNIFORIS, sp. UOV.

(Plate liii., fig. 7).

The tests in this species are nearly regular, thin-walled spheres,
perforated by rounded apertures, about ten in the half meridian,
the intervals, for the most pai*t broader than the apertures.
There is usually only one lai-ger well-defined circular apertui'e
with a raised margin ; sometimes there ai-e two of these larger
apertures. They obviously correspond to the tubes of Siphono-
sphtera, but are much less prominent. The tests are 0-06 mm. in
diameter ; the small apertures about 0*05 mm., intervals about
0"01 mm. ; the larger apertures 0-01.

In the presence of the single larger aperture this species
resembles C. pyriformis, Haeckel, but differs widely from it in
the shape and size of the test and the dimensions of the aper-
tures.

THE RESULTS of DEEP-SEA INVESTIGATION in the
TASMAN SEA.

3. MOLLUSCA FROM ElGHTY FaTHOMS OFF NaRRABEEN.

By C. Hedley, Conchologist.
(Plates liv.-lvi.)

The fourth collection from the continental shelf of this coast
I have been privileged to examine was discussed in the last
issue of this serial. The fifth forms the subject of the present
article. It was obtained under the circumstances above related,
on 7th June, 1906, in a single haul of the bucket dredge in
eighty fathoms, twenty-two miles east of Narrabeen, New South
Wales.

Probably the alluvial of the Hawkesbury River is here spread
by the prevailing current, for at this point the continental shelf
extends in an unusually broad terrace. A depth of two hundred
and fifty fathoms is attained at the same distance east of Botany
Heads, while six hundred fathoms are reached south of UUaduIla
at no greater distance off tlie land.

According to the " Challenger " observations, long continued
west winds push the great warm current beyond this station, but
usually its stream sweeps over the position. A ricli fauiui in-
habits this spot. In all I have separated two hundred and forty
species of shells, a total far greater than was realised by the best
liaul of the voyage of the " Challenger." This result is partly due to
the productive nature of the ground, and partly to the efficiency
of the bucket dredge as a collecting tool.

Assuming that we have here the entire molluscan fauna of
three square feet of the sea floor, it is interesting to speculate
what proportion of a fauna extending over thousands of square
miles of continental shelf, subsists on three square feet. If we
counted the plants of three square feet on a river bank, what pro-
portion would they represent of the total flora of the valley ? I
am inclined to suppose that the cases are not parallel, that a
scjuare foot of the sea floor contains a lai'ger proportion of the
fauna of a square mile than happens on land. This is supported
by the continuity of fossil zones elaborated by modern palaeon-
tologists, and is deducible from the uniformity of conditions in

284 RECORDS OF THK AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

deep water. I am struck l)y the repetition in the " Miner's " haul
of most species taken oft' Wollongong, fifty miles south ; and off"
Cape Byron, three hundi'ed and sixty miles north. But if the
series before me represents a tentii or even a quarter of all the
mollusca of the continental shelf, then we are grasping a fauna as
rich or richer than any known.

Of this collection many ajiparently new are too imperfect for
description. Otheis are suitable for publication but time has not
allowed the preparation of drawings and descriptions. As species
observed in previous dredgings are here first introduced, so I shall
hope for a future opportunity to publisli those now put; aside.

Five years ago a collection made anywhere from our continental
shelf would have presented quite thirty per cent, of new species.
This might fairly be ranked as a new fauna. As collections are
described, the proi^ortion of novelties in any particular haul will
decrease. When reduced to three or four per cent, we might
claim to have a fair knowledge of that fauna. A high proportion,
about sixteen per cent., appears in the present collection, conse-
quently much work is to be performed before we gain a tolerable
acquaintance with the mollusca from 20-100 fathoms off" Sydney.

In the first of these reports^ I drew attention to the appearance
in a recent state, of several species previously known as Tertiary
fossils. I now add to these Trivia avellanoides, McCoy. Dr.
J. C. Verco, who is publishing details, informs me that the differ-
ence between my Astele hilix (now i-emoved to Basilissa) and
Tate's Seguenzia radlalis are hardly more than varietal. When
a oood knowledge of both recent and fossil Australian shells is-
combined in one brain, the list of survivors will probably be en-
larged. The types of the new species are to be preserved in the-
Australian Museum.

Dr. J. C. Verco is now describing shells from the continental
shelf of South Australia and finds there a number of the species
here recorded. I have benefited by comparison and interchange
of specimens and it is hoped that duplication of work has been
avoided.

My thanks are due to Mr. G. M. Goldfinch, a volunteer assis-
tant, who undertook the sorting and separation of the collection.
Without his help I should have been unable to present this re-
port at so early a date.

Hedley— Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 5, 1902, \\ 287.

MOLLUSCA FKOM EIGHTY FATHOMS HEDLEY. 285

T!he following are the shells identified.

Acteon austfina, Watson,

„ ronrd, Hedley.
Adacnarca >tijiiamea, Hedley.
Admete stvicta, Hedley.
Ai)iphitha/(imus pyramidatus. Hedley.
Amiisiiim thetidis, Hedley.
Area vfi.ticidnta, Gmelin.
Architectonica afkinsoui, Smith.

„ reevei, Hanley.

Aspella undata, Hedley.
Afinufit fnaca, Eydoux and Souleyet.

,, iiidiiiata, E. cV: S.

,, rosea, E. & S.
Afi/s pransa, Hedley.

Basilissa radialis, Tate.
Bathyar-ca perversidens, Hedley.
Bafliytoma aynafa, Hedley and Petterd.
Bulla incomnioda, Smith.

Cadulus sprelna, Tate and May.
CanceUaria scobina, Hedley and Petterd.
Capnlns devotns, Hedley.
Carditella (Otxjasi, Smith.
Cardiam p'idchellnm, Gray.
Cavolina infl''.xa, Leseur.

,, loiKjirostris v. ang^data, Souleyet.

,, ,, V. strancjidata, Hedley.

,, (/iiadrideuiafa, Leseur.

,, trideatata, Forskal.

,, triapiaosa, Leseur.

Chione despecfa, Hedley.
Chlamys hedb'yi, Dautzenberg.
Cirsonella weldii, Ten. Woods.
Cithna angidata, Hedley.
Clio acicida, Rang.
„ pyrainldata, Linne.
„ snhida, Quoy and Gaini.
„ vinjula, Rang.
Cocadina coi'rcita, Hedley.
Columbarium payodoides, Watson.
Columbdla angasi, Brazier.
„ plexn, Hedley.

CoraUiophihi lis'hkeana, Danker.

286 RECORDS OF TflK AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Coriarins i<e)}iiradiatiis, Tate.

,, vitreus, Hedley.

CrassateUites discus, Hedley.

„ securiforme, Hedley.

Crossed carinata, Hedley.
,, concinna, Angas,
,, naticoides, Hedley.
Cryptopora hrazieri, Crane.
(Jiiua delta,, Tate and May.
,, citncentrica, Hedley.
,, pfdiiciila, Hedley.
C ns])khir'ni brazier'), Angas.

,, latesulcatn, Ten. Woods.

( ' iivicriHa col tirrmella, Rang.
( 'yr](it<fr>'nia iti-^crijitum, Tate.

,, johnsfoui, Beddome.

Cylichna, arachis, Qiioy and Gaimard.

,, jrrutHinida, Hedley.

('l/nia(iii7u kaiiipyhini, Watson.
( 'yriUa dalJi, Hedley.

Dacrydiinn fabale, Hedley.
Daphiiella crebriplicata, Reeve.
,, vestalis, Hedley.

,, sculptior. Ten. Woods.

,, tasnianica, Ten. Woods.

Dentali'nm erectum, Sowerby.

,, hibricatum, Sowerby.

Dimya corvnyata, Hedley.
DriUia dilecta, Hedley.
,, hasireUi, Hedley.
,, mnltilu'ata, Smith.
,, iieiiia, Hedley.
,, peiifayonalis, Verco.
,, fricariiiata, Ten. Woods.

Emariilimla. superba, Hedley and Petterd.
Epi(/)'as iscJmus, Tate.
Enchelits scabriuscuhis, Angas.
Enlima fricatn,, Hedley.
Enthria fabida, Hedley.

Fasciwis fypiciis, Hedley.

(jafrai'lnm auyasi. Smith.

Ilemifhyris coJiinms, Hedley.
Hydatiita t.asmaiiica, Beddome.

MOLLUSCA FHOM KKiHTY FATHOMS— HKDLEY. 287

Leda mUiacea, Hedley.
Lima hassi, Ten. Woods.

,, bullata, Born.
Limacina injiata, D'Orbigiiy.
Limea murrayl, Smith.
Limopsii< brazieri, Angas.

,, tenisoHi, Ten. Woods.

Lippiates torcularis, Ten. Woods.
Liotia cimipactti, Petterd.

,, viinimn, Ten. Woods.

,, fai^manico, Ten. Woods vai'. f'caJari", Hedley.
Lyo'Ufiiella quadrata, Hedley,

Mmxjclla fiiiiina, Hedley.

,, (/ranidosissima, Ten. Woods.

,, liifarid, Hedley.

,, xpird,, Hedley.

Maryinf1I(( (dlporti, Ten. Woods.

„ /ir(i-:l'-)i, Hniitli.

,, I((rl(i<it<i, ViViv/Mtv.

„ mu/fiplicaffi, Tate and May.

„ ochi'acea, Angas.

„ simKoni, Tate and May.

,, sfctnttiaufi, Ten. Woods.

,, stUIa, Hedley.

,, sfj-mu/pi, Angas.

,, irhani, Pritcliard and Gatliff.

Jfafhilda, decorata, Hedley.
Mitra t<ciihi,r}fi>vmix, Ten. Woods.
,, itfratir/pi, Angas.
,, fasmfDiicn, Ten. Woods.
J/i()-oni(irph(( a/hit, Petterd.
}[odiol(i, (liisfridix, Gra}\

,, Hnp((, Hedley.
Jfodioldi'ia xphnididrt, Dunkci-.
JfcfuUea arata, Hedley.

„ philippensis, Watson.

Murex acanf/top/f'rns, Laniaix-ic.
Afyadora alhidn, Ten. Woods.

JVasi^a jacksoniana, Quoy and Gainiai'C
A'licuin obliqna, Laniairk.

Odostomia simplex, Angas.
Omalaxis mpvidionalis, Hedley.
Oxjjyjjrns kermi^drpnii, Lesson.

288 REC015US OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Fhiluhrya inornata, Hedley.

,, pectinata, Hedley.

„ tatei, Hedley.

Philine teres, Hedley.

,, ifcipezina, Hedley.

Flewrotomella J'astosa, Hedley.

,, vejjratica, Hedley.

I'o'hiices beddomei, Johnston.

„ snbcostain, Ten. Woods.

,, nmbilicata, Quoy and Gaim. var.

Foroleda ensicula, An gas.
Foromya hevis, Smith.
FroHucida decorosa, Hedley.

,, minuta, Ten. Woods.

FnncfioreUa demissa, Hedley.

Rissua bicolor, Petterd.

,, filociticta, Hedley and Petterd.
,, integeUa, Hedley.
,, iiovarienfia, Fraiienfeld.
,, olivacea, Dunker.
Rissohia eleyantiila, Angas.
Rochfortia acwminata, Smith.
,, aiigasi, Smith.

„ lactea, Hedley.

tSarepta obolella, Tate.
Scala distincta, Smith.

,, jiikesimta, Forbes.

„ levi/oliata, Murdoch and Suter.

,, translucida, Gatliff.
fSchismope atkinsoiii, Ten. ^^'oods.
ScissureIJa avstralis, Hedley.
tSirins badius, Ten. Woods.
Stiva fervnginea, Hedley.

Tellina tenuilirafa, Sowerby.
Terebratulina radida, Hedley,
Fhraciopsis arenosa, Hedley.
Trigoiiia inargaritaeea, Lamarck.
Trivia avellanoides, McCoy.
Trophon goldsteini, Ten. Woods.

,, laminatus, Petterd,

,, simplex, Hedley.

,, stimulens, Hedley.
Tnrritella opnlenta, Hedley,
,, smithiana, Donald,

MOLLUSCA FiloM EKaiTV FATHOMS — HEULEY. 289

Tmritt^lla yojiJiin', Brazier.

,, sahsquamosa, Dunker.

TijpJiis sj/riiKjianus, Hedley.
,, philippetisis, Watson.

Vfijiericnrdid cavaticd^ Hedley.

,, dil'icfa, 8mith.

V('rmi(-i(1aria nodosa, Hedley.

„ waitei, Hedley.

Verticordia vadosa, Hedley.

,, austral iensis, Smith.

Vohita iindnlatn, Lamarck, v^ar.

Xenophora tali'i, Harris.

COCCULINA coERcrrA, sp. iiov.
(Plate liv., figs. 1, 2).
Shell small, thin, almost symmetrical, slightly elevated, very
narrow. Colour white. Apex prominent, smooth, inrolled, two-
whorled, situated a little behind the centre of the shell.
Anterior and posterior slope about equal. Sculpture, slight concen-
tiic growth lines. Edge of aperture sharp, smooth ; sides straight ;
ends rounded. Length, 4-6 ; breadth, 1-3; height, l-15mm.

The present collection contained a single specimen, another was
dredged by Mr. W. F. Petterd and myself in 300 fathoms twenty-
seven-and-a-half miles east of Sydney.

PuxcTURELLA DEMissA, Hedley.
(Plate liv., figs. 3, 4, 5).
PHucturella denussa, Hedley, T?ec. Austr. Mus., v., 2, 1904,
p. 93, f. 19.

This species was originally described from Foveaux Strait, New
Zealand. Its range is now extended to Australia. The example
dredged by the "Miner" is larger than the type, being 1-5 in
height, 2-5 in length, and 0-9 mm. in breadth. The surface is
clothed with a rather caducous ochraceous epidermis disposed in
oblong grains. When stripped of the epidermis the white surface
of the shell shows no trace of these grains, and would readily pass
for a different species. Towards the margin some specimens have
broad shallow radial undulations. A specimen from off Port
Stephens is in this Museum ; the " Thetis " took it in 63-75
f.'ithoms off" Port Kembla, and I have dredged it in 20 fathoms in
Wreck Bay, N. S. Wales.

290 KliCORDS OK THE ALSTKALIAN MUSKl'M.

8cALA LEVIFOLIATA, Mnvdoch d: Sutn:

Scala /evifo/iata, Murdoch and tSuter, Trans. N. Zeal. Inst.^
xxxviii., 1906, p. 296, pi. xxv., f. 35, 36.

A single shell from the " Miner's " liaul, compared witli a co-
type of the New Zealand species, has tlie periplieral carina less
pronouncetl, and carries above it an additional carina, whicli gives
the AustraUan shell a more rounded wliorl. It is however, identi-
cal in other respects. Tliis entry is an addition to the Australian
fauna.

tScALA TRANSLUCIUA, GatJlff'.

Scala translncida, Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Yict., (n.s.), xix.^
1906, p. 2, pi. i., f. 3, 4.

An imperfect sliell from oft" Narrabeen agrees with Victorian
examples kindlv sent me for the purpose of comparison bv Mr. J.
H. Gatlifi".

EULIMA FRICATA, sp. UOV.

(Plate Iv., fig. U).

Sliell sub-c3'lindrical, scarcely tapering, blunt at either end.
Whorls six, first dome-shaped. Colour : apical wliorls white opaijue,
lower semitransparent, permitting the axis to be clearly seen
through the wall. Suture, above scarcely distinguishable, below
linear. Aperture regularh' pyriform, a slight callus on the colu-
mella. Length, 4'25 ; breadth, 1-15 mm.

Two specimens occurred. This is closely allied to E. )ta:vUln,Sy
Hedley-, from which it differs by Ijeing nearly twice as large and
by having a longer narrower aperture.

CrOSSEA NATICOIDES, Sp. IICV.

(Plate liv., figs. 6, 7).

Shell small, turbinate, solid. Whorls, four rounded. Colour
cream. Sculpture none, surface smooth and polished. Umbilicus
deep antl narrow, its margin a faint basal funicle. Aperture
entire circular, double-edged, on its right lower margin the low
arched butt-end of the basal funicle, then a broad thick callus
tongue, probably marking the termination of a second inner
fiunicle, and reaching half-way across the umbilicus ; lastly a simi-
lar but smaller callus pad laid upon the preceding whorl. Height^
2-35 ; major diam., 3-0 ; minor diam., 2-15 mm.

2 irecUev-^Rec. Au^tr. Miis., v., 2, 1904, p. 96, f. 24.

MOI.LUSCA FROM KUiHTV FATHOMS 11 KDI.KV. 291

A few specimens.

Most of the genus are cancellate ; the present with C. carinata,
Hedley' and C. (jlabella, Murdocli', are smooth. The latter is re-
markable for a double basal funicle. In C. naficoides a second
fuiiicle appears to exist also, but the inner is swallowed by the
umbilicus and its presence is only indicated by the callus on the
aperture. The outer funicle is unusually faint, the basal aspect
of a young shell (PI. liv., fig. 7) exhibits the best developed funicle
before me.

ClTHNA AN(;ULATA, Sp. itOV.

(Plate Iv., fig. 16).

Shell small conical, thin polished perforate. Colour : some in-
dividuals milk white, others hyaline with a yellow apex. Whorls
fi\e, compactly coiled, with rather fiat sides, parted by deeply
impressed sutures. Protoconch not particularly distinguislied.
Sculpture : a sharp elevated cord accentuates the peripheral keel,
abo\e it and on the spire occur a few faint irregular radial ribs.
Apeiture pyriform, anteriorly sul>channelled, outer lip produced
medially, thin at the edge, but fortified remotely by a slight ex-
ternal rib varix. Columella long and nearly straight, its refiec-
tion reaching partly over the umbilicus. Base rounded.
Umbilicus variable, best shown in adults, a narrow furrow cir
cumscribed by a ridge which runs to the anterior extremity of the
shell. Length, 2-9 ; breadth, 1-85 mm.

The genus Cithna, being Adamsian, was confusedly framed as
Dr. Watsoir'^ has indicated. I have not had the advantagt- of
examining authentic specimens, but base based my reference of
our species to Cithna on a beautiful figure by Dautzenberg.''

The abo\e described is one of the commonest shells on the con-
tinental shelf. Besides the present station it is represented in tlie
Museum from oft* Port Stephens (Prof. Haswell, IS.SO) ; 41-50
fath. off" Cape Three Points (Thetis) ; 54-59 fath. off' Wata Mooli
(Thetis) ; 63-75 fath. oft' Port Kembla (Thetis), and 100 fath. off
Wollongong (Halligan and Hedley). No Cithna have pre-
viously been noticed in Australia.

3 Hedley— Mem. Austr. Mu3., iv., (>, U»()3. p. 34.5, f. 71.

* Murclocli — Tranfi. X.Z. Inst., xxsvii., \\)0o., j). 225, pi. viii., F. 10, 17.

5 Watson -Clmil. Rep., Zool., xv., 1886, j). 519.

^ Dautzenberg — Result. Camp. Monaco, Fa«. i., ISS'i, pi. ii, f. 8.

292 rp:cords of the Australian muskum.

TURRITELLA OPULENTA, sp. IIOV.

(Plate liv., fig. 9).

Shell small, glossy, tall and slender. Whorls ten, two of which
form the protoconch. Colour, irregular pale brown marbling on a
milk white ground. Sculpture : the upper whorls are strongly
bicarinate by two projecting spirals which evenly divide the
height of the whorl into quarters. On the lower whorls these
keels are less conspicuous. About the eighth whorl a spiral
thread is intercalated above, between and below the keels ; these
increase witli the whorls, but fail to attain the size of tlie major
spirals. Fine close-set radial riblets traverse every adult whorl,
above they foi-m a coarse lattice with the carin* ; on the older
whorls they merely raise small beads on the keels and inter-
mediate threads ; on reaching the base they cease abruptly. Base
bounded by a strong smooth spiral, within which are concentric-
ally arranged four faintly raised spirals. Along the suture a
crack or fissure is interposed between the basal rib of the upper
whorl and the beaded thread which forms the summit of the suc-
ceeding whorl. Protoconch smooth, globose. Aperture ovate,
angled above, effuse below, lip sharp, columella straight, slightly
thickened. Length, 6 ; breadth, 2 mm.

This species appears to be common and generally distributed
upon our continental shelf. Besides the present stfition it has
occured in 41-50 fathoms off Cape Three Points (type) ; in 250 and
300 fathoms off Sydney ; in 50-52 fathoms off Botany Heads ; in
55-56 fathoms off Wollongong, and in 63-75 fathoms off Port
Kembla.

The sculpture is subject to considerable variation ; in some
examples the spiral sculpture is less, and the radial more promi-
nent than in the individual figured.

Its nearest ally would seem to be Tarritella parva, Angas,' to
which in size and shape it neai'ly approximates, but from which
its radial sculpture and sub-channeled anterior aperture effectually
divides it.

Vermicularia nodosa, $p. nov.

(Plate liv., fig. 8).

Shell small, very solid. Colour gray (? faded). Whorls three,
rapidly increasing, coiled adhei-ent to a foreign body, except a
third of the last whorl, which is free and semi-erect. Sculpture :
thick out-standing radial ribs, about twenty on the last whorl,

7 Aiigas -Proc. Zool. Soe., 1877, p. 174., pi. xxvi., f. 17.

MOLLISCA FliOM EUiEJTV FATHOMS — HEDLKV. 29')

which broaden to the periphery, narrow to the suture, and are
parted by deeply excavate interstices of corresponding breadth.
Aperture circular, its lip constituted by the final rib. Majoi*
diani., 2-25 ; minor diam., 165 mm.

Am6ng described species the Californian V. anelhim, Moi'ch,
alone resembles this. Judging from the figure'' the American
species has finer closer ribs.

Trivia avellanoides, ]\PCoy, sp.
(Plate Iv., figs. 17, 18).

Cyprcta avellanoides, 'M'Coy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), xx., 1867,
p. 436. Id., Prod. Pal.Yict., dec. iii., 1876, p. 36, pis. xxviii.,
xxix., f. 3. a-c.

Trivia avellanoides, Harris, Cat. Tert. Moll. Brit. Mus., i., 1897,
p. 213.

Two specimens, one perfect, the other broken, are the first of
this .species reported as recent. The perfect specimen, of which I
offer a figure, is 4 '5 mm. in length, has thirty-seven thread-like
riblets which are interrupted by a smooth, not excavate, dorsal
space. Its colour is white, the smooth dorsal area more opaque
than the rest.

All authors who have dealt with the species comment on its
extreme variability. The recent example, though not typical,
certainly intergrades with a small delicately sculptured form of
the fossil. Mr. R. Etheridge, who kindly checked my comparison
of the " Miner " shell with a series of \^ictorian fossils concurred
in this determination.

The species is embraced in a group distinguished by a thin
shell, wide aperture, and a narrow outer lip, for which Jousseaume
has pi'oposed" the name Triviella. Its members are distributed in
South Africa, Southern Australia and New Zealand.

Tkophox stimuleus, sp. nov.

(Plate Iv., fig. 19).

Shell minute, thin, prickly, ovately-fusiform, angled at the
shoulder. Whorls five, two of which compose the glossy conical
protoconch. Colour white. Sculjiture : thin close laminate
varices, about twelve to a whorl, ascend the spire oblii^uely, pro
duced on the shoulder in a claw projecting to the suture, crumpled

Trvon— Man. Concli.. viii., 1886, pi. 49, f. 34.
Jo'ussetnime— Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr., ix., 1884, p. 9'.^

294 KECOJtDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

into folds by a ridge on the shoulder and two lesser ones below
the periphery, the shoulder folds rise in hulluw thorns. On the
base the varices cease. Aperture round, the outer lip projecting
in a broad squamose varix, the inner expanding over the axis.
Canal short, broad and open. Length, 3-5; breadth, 2-1 mm.

As our investigations are pushed into colder water it may be
expected that so characteristic an Antarctic group as Trophon
will appear in force. Among Austi-alian species, the present
diminutive form is most like T. himinatiis, Petterd,^" than which
it is shorter, comparatively broader, with more prominent and
wider spaced varices. In all stages a plain distinction is furnished
by the protoconch, which in laininatas is abruptly ti'uncate, in
Mimuleus conical.

As FELLA UN DATA, S}). HOV.

(Plate Iv., fig. 15).

Shell small, solid, ovate. Whorls six, of which two form tlie
protoconch. Colour : cream, with a pale purple-brown, narrow
peripheral zone, which re-appears within the aperture. Sculpture :
each whorl has eight or nine discontinuous rib-varices, which be-
gin with a minute, forwardly-directed hook under the sutui'e,
swell more steeply before than behind, their interstices, broad
wave-troughs, describe a sigmoid flexure across the whorlsj fade
across the base and terminate as scales upon the snout ; the gene-
ral surface is smooth. Protoconch turbinate, glassy. Aperture
sub-rhomboidal, pinched above, exteriorly with a well developed
varix, lined with a narrow, projecting lip. Columella bent ; inner
lip well-developed, rising over a short axial groove. Anterior
canal very short and broad. Length, 6-5 mm.; breadth, 3 mm.

A few specimens, mostly broken.

The genus Aspella was introduced by Morch^^ for Ranella
artceps, Lamk., a species which in Eastern Australia ranges from
Torres Strait to Sydney. Dr. W. H. DalP- revised the genus,
and transferred it to the Muricidae, near Trophon. The absence
of the bilateral varices gives the novelty an aspect strange to the
genus, but the difference is one of degree rather than of kind. In
this respect Aspella senex, DalP^ appears to connect these species.

10 Petter.l -Journ of Conch., iv., 1884, p. 136.

11 Morch -Malak. Blatt., xxiv., 1877, p. 24.

1^ ])all— Bull. Mas. Comp. ZooL, xviii., 1889., pp. 206-10.

i« Dall— Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., iii., 1903, pi. Ix., f. 14.

MOi^LUSCA FROM EUJHTY FATHOMS — HEDLEY. 295

Marginella allporti, Ten. ]Yo<i(h.

Maryinella allporti, Ten. Woods, Proc. Roy. 8oc. Tasm., 1875
(1876), p. 28.

Further study of tlie form I distinguished as Maryiuf^Ua kem-
bleusis^^ has convinced me that it is not separable from the Tas-
manian species, wliose name must therefore supei-sede it.

Admete stricta, i^p. nuv.

(Plate liv., fig. 10).

Shell minute, thin, ovately fusiform, deeply constricted at the
sutures. Whorls five, ratlier tumid medially, flattened above
contracted at the base ; first whorl dome sliaped. Sculpture :
above radials predominate, below spirals prevail. The i-adials are
prominent undulating ribs, numbering nine on the antejxinulti-
mate whoi'l ; they gradually diminisli in size as growth proceeds,
and vanish on the base. The spirals amount to thirteen on the
last whorl, and seven on the penultimate, ; they consist of sharp
elevated cords, o\'er-riding the radial ribs and parted by flat inter-
stices of twice their width ; the interstices are finely, transversely
grooved. Aperture narrowly reniform, rounded above and below
outer lip sharp, colur»ella ending in a single broad fold, whence a
callus layer proceeds svhich overlies a narrow shallow, umbilical
groove. Length, 4'5 ; breadth, 1*76 mm.

A single specimen (the type) from the present station, another
imperfect example from 100 fathoms, sixteen miles east of Wol-
longong.

The genus Admete is now first announced from Australian
waters. The species is inilike any recent shell, but judging from
Prof. Tate's figures'^ it resembles the Tertiarj' CaiiceUaria micra
and C. tjirriciihda.

Pleurotomella fastosa, sp. nov.

(Plate Iv., fig. 21).

Sliell small, rather solid, slender, fusiform. Whorls eight-and-
a-half, of which six form the protoconch. Colour •: adult whorls
straw yellow, protoconch cinnamon brown. Sculpture : running
below the suture the adult whorls have a spiral thread which
ascends into the protoconch for two whorls ; this is followed by a
broad concave fasciole, margined in turn by a sharp projecting

" nedlev— Mem. Austr. Miis., iv., 6, 1903, p. 365, f. 88.

15 Tate- "Triuis. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xi., 1889, p 158, pi. x., f. S, 14.

296 KliCOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

keel which determines an angle in the contour of the shell. Half
way between the major keel and the suture runs a smaller keel.
On the last whorl there are about fourteen spirals, gradually
diminishing anteriorly, below the major keel. The fasciole is
ornamented by spaced, delicate, concave riblets. Fine arcuate
growth lines appear in the interstices of the spiral keels. In the
protoconch, the first wliorl and a half are small, rounded, and
spirally striate ; the rest protrude medially, and are crossed by fine
sharp radial riblets, which on the last whorl number twenty-tv/o.
Their interstices are latticed by spiral threads.

One example of which the aperture is defective. Length, 5 mm.;
breadth, 1 -9 mm.

The figures of Jlaiu/ilia comatotropis, Dall,^'' present consider-
able analogy to our species, but appear to be nai'rower, with fewer
bolder spirals.

If the characters be analysed foi- generic disposal in the per-
plexing maze of the Pleurotomida?, the most prominent features
resolve in the elaborately sculptured protoconch, and the broad
sub-sutural fasciole, indicative of a deep sinus. These features
are repeated, though associated with difl^erent form and sculpture,
by my Pleurotoma veiivatica}''

Verrill's PletirotomeUa,-^ while not exactly conforming to the
requirement appears to come nearest, and is therefore here
employed.

MaNGELIA LUTARIA, Sp. 710V.

(Plate liv., figs. 11, 12).

Shell small, solid, cylindrical, abruptly truncate above. Whorls
five, three forming the protoconch, sloping on the shoulder, per-
pendicular at the side, and concave at the base. Colour grey
(? bleached). Sculpture : deep narrow pits are formed by the in-
tersection of radial and spiral sculpture ; i-adials strong, prominent,
perpendicular, continuous ribs, about a dozen to a whorl, knotted
at the crossing of the spirals, which number four on the upper and
twelve on the lower whorl, the spiral defining the basal angle
larger and more prominent. Protoconch : first whorl wound
oblique to the axis of the main sliell, the second overhanging the
third, appearing as if the apex was wrapped in a turban. Aper-

^^ Fischer and Daiitzenberg — Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr., ix., 1896, p. 419, pi.

xvii., f. 15.
" Hedley- Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 6, 1903, p. 384, f. 97.
1^ Verrill-— Am. Journ. Sci. (8), v. 1872, p. 15 ; Cossmann — Essais de

Paleconchologie comparee, ii., 1896, p. 133.

MOLLUSCA FROM KIGIITY FATHOMS — HEDLEY 297

ture long, narrow, fortified by a heavy varix, in tlie anterior angle
of which is excavated a deep sinus. Columella nearly straight,
overlaid by a slight callus. Anterior canal very short and wide.
Length, 3*0; breadth, 1-15 mm.

One specimen.

This species appears nearest related to ^[, cancellata, Beddome,'''
from which, judging by the figure,'^" it differs by having a whorl
less and by the cancellate sculpture continuing below the more
acute basal angle. In Drillia telescopialis, Verco, weaker and
more numerous radials enclose nearly square jiits, but in ^[.
lutraria they are much longer than broad.

Mangilia spica, s/a llOV

(Plate Iv., fig. 20)

Shell small, slender, conical, base excavate. Whorls six-and-
a-half, including a protoconch of two whorls and a half. Colour :
protoeonch cinnamon, adult whorls white ribbing on a buff back-
ground. Sculpture : eight prominent undulating radial ribs
descend the spire oblicjuely, and terminate abruptly at the peri-
phery of the last whorl. They are over-ridden by five strong
spiral cords, the peripheral the largest, and marking an obscure
angle on each whorl. Between the cords, and broader than them,
are deep, radially-striated interstices. On the base are about six
widely-spaced spiral cords. Aperture narrow, posterior sinus in-
distinct, canal short, broad, open. Length, 4"1 ; l)readth,
l"2o mm.

Two specimens from of! Narrabeen ; another from 100 fatlioms,
sixteen miles east of Wollongong.

Drillia haswelli, sp. nor.

(Plate Iv., fig. 22).

Shell small, fusiform, blunt at each end, rather thin, scarcely
opa(i[ue. Whorls five and a half, the fir.st two constituting a
glassy dome-shaped protoconch, the rest rather inflated, constricted
at the sutures, excavate at the ba.se. Colour chalk white, rather
glossy when fresh. Sculpture : fine spiral threads, one more pi-o-
minent than the rest defines a slight angle on the shoulder. On
the last whorl there are about four above and twenty below the
angle. The spirals are crossed by arcuate growth lines. Aper-

1" Beddome— Proc. Roy. Soi-. Tas., 1882 (1883), p. 167.

-•^ Tate and May -P roe. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales., xxvi., 1901, pi. xxiv., f, 2'i

298 RECORDS OF THK AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

tuve slightly ascending, narrow ab(jve, rounded within a deep
notch, fortified without by a heavy varix ; a thin callus is spread
on the inner lip. Canal short and broad. Length, 5-5 ; breadth,
1 mm.

This species is related to D. Iricarindta, Ten. Woods, from
which it is readily separable by smaller size, broader form, and
)nore delicate sculpture. D. hfisicdJi is represented by numerous
specimens in the " Miner " haul, and seems to be generally dis-
tributed on our continental shelf. The " Thetis " took it in
41-50 fathoms off Cape Three Points, and I have dredged it in
100 fathoms off W(jllongong and -300 fathoms <jff" Sydney.

Drillia pentagonalis, Verco, vm:
Dr'dlia pi'iiUKjonalis, Verco. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. xiustr., xx., 1896,
p. 222, pi. vii., f. 2, 2 a.
This is a new record for Eastern Australia. Observing that the
" Miner " shells differ from the original description by having
seven ribs instead of five, and by being of larger size, I submitted
them to the author of the species. Dr. \erco kindly replied: —
22 Sept, 1906. "Your Drillia \h I think my D. peutiujoiialis.
Yours is somewhat larger, and its angles do not run continuously
from end to end of the shell as in my type, but I feel sure it is only
a variant."

Mitromorpha alba, Fetterd, sp.

Colnmbella alba, Petterd, Journ. of Conch, ii., 1879, p. 104.

Mitromurpha alba, Tate and May, Proc. Linn. 8oc. N. S.

Wales, xxvi., 1901, p. 4.55. JA. flind<'rsi, Pritchard and

Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc Vict., xii., 1899, p. 104, pi. vii., f.

6 ; Id. op. cit, xviii., 1905, p. 51.
A single specimen whicli agrees exactly with Victorian ex-
amples.

Daphxella sculptior, 7'>'ii,. ]r<jo'h, sp.

Chdhurdla scnlptior, Ten. Woods, Proc. b'oy. Soc. Tas., 1878
(1879), p. 38. Id., Tryon, Man. Conch., vi., 1884, pi. xxxii.,
f. 27. Id., Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,
xxvi., 1901, pp. 371, 446. B^-ilfia le</}rtndi,Beddon\c, Proc.
Roy. Soc. Tas. 1882 (1883), p. 167. Id., Pritchard and
Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict, xii., 1900, p. 178. Id.,
Hedle}', Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales., xxxv., 1900, p. 509,
pi. XXV., f. 1, 2, 3. Baphnella bitonjuatd, Sowerby, Proc.
Mai. Soc, ii , 1896, p. 27, pi. iii, f. 9.

MOLLUSCA FROM EI-'UriY FATHOMS — IIKDLEY. 299

This species is already known from Tasmania, Soutli Australia
and Victoria. Two individuals in the present haul extend the
known ran:;e t<J this State.

Cavolinia lonctIKOSTrih, Li'sueur, var. stkanuulata, var nov.

(Plate liv., fig. 1.3).

This differs from the typical form by sudden lateral contraction
of the rostrum, which distally expands in a spout. In the typical
form the rostrum is produced more gradually from the anterior
dorsal margin than in the variety. In var. straiujidata the pos-
terior lateral angles are less developed. Nearest stands the var.
aiujiiJdtd, 8ouleyet,'^^ which has the rostrum not spread distally,
and contracted from back to front instead of from side to side, it
also agrees in the diminutive posterior angles. Boas states" that
he has traced amjuhifa through a series of transitions into Joutji-
rosti'is. But this should not reduce a well-marked variety to an
absolute synonym. 8ouleyet's form also occurs on the coast
of M. S. Wales.

I have not met this variety alive, and only know it from dead
specimens di-edged from the bottom. Besides the present station
it has occurred at sixteen miles east of Wollongojig, and twenty-
three miles east of Sydney. Exain^ijles from the neighbourhood of
th.e Great Barrier Island, New Zealand, are i-eferred to'-'* as a vari-
ation of ('. Jomiirostris. Y-av stiruKjithifa seems a southern form.
Though typical ('. loinjirostris has occurred to me plentifully
along tlie Queensland Coast, as at the Palm Islands, Green
Islanfl and Thursday Island, I have not seen the variety fi'om
the north nor the typical form from tlie south of Sydney.

()xy(;yrus keraudkenii, Lesueur, sp.

Afhriitd, k''ratidreuii, Lesueur, Journ. de Phys., Ixxxv., LSI 7, p.
391, pi. ii. Oxi/(/i/n(s kerandrfniii, Smith, Chall. Rep., Zool.,
xxiii., 1888, p. 16.

Two imperfect specimens were taken on this trip. Previously
the " Thetis'" had obtaiaed fragmsnts of it off Port Kemblain G.i-
75 fathoms, and, in company with Mr. W. F. Petterd, I dredged
another broken shell, twenty-three miles east of Sydney. The
genus seems to be unknown hitherto from Australian waters.

21 Soulevct Zool. Boiiite., ii , 1H.52, p. 1.j2, pi. v., f. 1-6.

'" Boas— Spolia Atlantica, IsHC, p. 211.

"^ Hedley -Trans. X. Z. Inst., xxxviii., 1906, j). 76.

300 RKCORDS OV THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

MoDIOLA LINEA, sp. IIOV.

(Plate Ivi., figs. 23, 24, 25).

Shell small, thin sub-cvlindrical, smooth and glossy, anteriorly
slightly produced and angled, posteriori}- rounded, dorsal and
ventral margins parallel. Umbo low, a little incurved, at a fifth
of the total length. Colour white, with a few small, scattered,
brown dashes. Sculpture regular, concentric growth stria?, which
posteriorly are traversed by a few faint impressed rays. Perio-
stracum tliin, polished. Hinge edentulous. Length, 5*75 ;
height, 2-5 ; depth of single valve, 0-9 mm.

In our fauna the novelty is nearest related to Mudiola arhores-
cens, Chemnitz,-^ which is far larger, and even in its young
stages, of quite difi:erent contour.

Crassatellites discus, sp. nov.

(Plate hi., figs. 26, 27).

Shell small, thin, sub-quadrate, lenticular, inequilateral, the
posterior side being twice the length of the anterior ; dorsal and
posterior margins straight, ventral slightly rounded, anterior pro-
duced. Colour ; buff or vinous, with a few broken radial streaks.
Sculpture : umbo and neighbouring area smooth, followed by about
a dozen sharp, even, elevated, concentric folds, parted by equal
interspaces. Over these run a microscopic sculpture of extremely
fine concentric scratches. Lunule and dorsal area elongate and
narrow. Inner margin of valve smooth and bevelled. Height, 6 ;
length, 7 ; depth of single valve, 1-7 mm.

A group of small, short CrassafeU if e.s horn East Australia much
resemble one another. Single specimens seen separately are diffi-
cult to distinguish, but a series of each demonstrates that slight
though the differences be, they are constant. C. fvlvidd,
Angas,-' is larger; C. janus, Hedley,-" is smaller than C. discus;
besides colour differences, both are more infiated, stronger ribbed,
and the anterior and posterior margins meet at a more acute
angle. The former has, the latter has not, small denticules on the
inner margin. ( '. secnri/orme, Hedley,^' is longer in proportion
to height, the nearly straight dorsal margin, almost at right angles
with the anterior margin, distinguish it from ('. discus.

••21 Chemnitz— Coia-h. Cab., xi., 1795, p. 251, pi. 19S, f. L'016-17.

« Angas— Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871, p. 20, pi. i., f. 32.

2« Hedle^ — Proc. Linn. Soc. X. S. Wales, xxxi., 190f^, pi. xxxviii, f. z9-30.

27 Hedlev-Mem. Austr. Mu3., iv., 5, 1902, p. 312, f. 53.

MOLLUSCA KHOM EIf;HTY FATHOMS — IIEDLEY. 301

This species appears to be the c-Dinmoiiest ' 'rnssafeUifis cm our
continental shelf. Besides the present station, where it occured
plentit'ulh', Mr. Halligan and I (h-edged numerous specimens in
lUO fathoms, sixteen miles east of Wollongtmg. In both these
localities it was associated with <■ '. securi forme. But the record
of ('. sc'cnri forme from 111 fathoms off Cape Byr<m,-'' is, T regret
to say, based on a single valve of 0. 'hscns.

Myodora ALBiDA, Te7i. Woods.

Myodora albida, Ten. Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1875 (1876),
p. 160. J/. (•orrn(/af((, Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. xx.,
1896, p. 229, pi. "viii., f. 1.

This species has not l)een noted from the coast of New South
Wales. A single liroken valve was secured b}' the expedition. A
perfect specimen occurs in the Hargreaves collection labelled
" outside Sydney Heads." It was probably dredged when a
pai-tv of Sydney Natui-alists were entertained on board H.^I.S.
" Clmllenger. "•-•'"

CoRiAREUS, yen. nov.

A genus allied to Lastm, with a weaker, less complex liinge,
a larger, thinner, radiately sculptured valve clothed with a thick
dense epidermis. Type, C. vitreus, Hedley ; second species,
Montaenta semiradiata, Tate.*

CORIAREUS VITREUS, .S/:>. nOV.

(Plate Ivi., figs. 28, 29, 30).

Valve ovate-oblong, slightly inflated, equivalve, closed all
round, inequilateral, posterior twice the lengtli of the anterior,
highly polished, thin and brittle. Colour, milk white. The
epiflermis is peculiar : a thick, dense, felted, entire
rusty-brown coat, which appears as if some foreign
substance had caked on the valves, and which flakes away when
dry in irregular masses. Sculpture : a few distant, concentric,
raised threads mark rest stages in growth ; there are numerous
sharply elevated, thin, radial riblets, irregularly disposed
and spaced, but chiefly grouped in the centre of the valve;
towards the margin additional riblets are inteicalated. Hinge :

^ Hedlev Rec. Austr. Miis., vi., 2, 1906, p. 42.
2» Sprv-' Cruise of Cliallenger, 1876, p. 169.

30 Tate— Trans. Rov. Soc. S. Austr., 1888., p. 63, pi. xl., f. 2 ; Hedley—
Proc. Linn. Soc. X. S. Wales, 1906, p. .'542, pi xxxi., f. 1-2.

:^02 KE(;ORDS OF THE AISTHALIAN MUSKl'M.

in the left valve iiuniediately beneath the prodissocunch there
descends obliquely into the valve a prominent thickened ridge,
above which is a deep narrow groove, followed by the margin of
the valve, which is broadly i-etlected on the umbo ; anteriorly the
chondrophore is followed by a slight ridge ; in the right valve a
thickened posterior tubercle and a slight anterior groove ; no
lateral teeth occur ; the muscular impressions, as is usual in so
thin a shell, are invisible ; inner margin of valve smooth and
bevelled. Length, 60 ; height, 5 ; depth of single valve,
1 -5 mm.

Besides the present station the species occurs in 250 and 300
fathoms oft" Sydney. The indi\idual figured was obtained in the
former station by Mr. W. F. Petterd and> myself.

0. sfinirddiata, Tate, was assocated with ('. rifrotis, both off
Narrabeen and Sydney.

ECTORISMA fJRANULATA. Tate.

Ectorismo qramdata, Tate, Trans. Hoy. Soc. S. Austr., xv., 1892,
p. 127, pL i, f. 3, 3rt.

This species was represented by a \ ah e and some fragments,
which latter indicate that the shell attains a length of 20 nmi.
Examples were recently submitted to Dr. W. H. Dall, who in-
forms me — 21 Sept. '06 — that it is a Foromya, and Tate's genus
therefore unnecessary. The specific name is already occupied by
Nyst in this genus, and if otherwise unnamed the species requires
another designation. The species, howe^ er answers fairly to the
description of Porumya l(crif<, Smith," obtained in 155 fathoms
oft' Raine Island, N. Queensland. So that until actual compari-
son can be made it seems better to use Smitli's name iov our shell
than to coin a new one.

LVONSIKLLA (^UADKATA, Sp. HOV.

(Plate Ivi., figs. 31, 32, 33).

Shell small, thin, inflated, oblong, the posterior side much
longer than tlie anterior. Umbo much incurved. Sculpture :
irregular faint growth lines are crossed by a few inconspicuous
radial furrows, one of which, running from the umbo to the pos-
terior ventral angle, is cut deeper than its fellows ; except round
the umbo, whei e they have perhaps been worn away, small close-

s' Smith— Chal. Rep., Zool., xiii., 1885, p. 55, pi. xi., f. 3.

MOLLIFCA FKOM EIGHTY FATHOMS — HKDLKV. 30.")

set, sharply pointed grains l)e.sti-e\v the surface of the shell.
Hinge edentulous. Length, 3-7o ; height, 2-5 ; depth of single
valve, 1*4 mm.

A few separate valves represent a genus new to the Australian
fauna. Judging from illustrations L. (ihijssicoJo, Sars,''- is nearest,
and differs by Ijeing larger and higher in pi'oportion to its length.
Another single valve was dredged by Mr. G. H. Halligan and
myself in 100 fathoms off Wollongong.

VKIiTlCORDIA VADOSA, ^J^. 11,0V.

(Plate hi., figs. 34, 35, 36, 37).

Shell small, rather solid, compressed, equilateral, sub-circular,
sub-spiral. Umbo projecting. Lunule deeply excavate. Sculp-
ture : about ten low, broad, undulating radial ribs ; except the
umbo, which is smooth, the entire surface is densely covered
with minute radially-disposed elevate grains, which increase in
size towards the margin ; interior nacreous, margin smooth.
Height, 2-65 : length, 2N ; d(*pth of single valve 0-8 mm.

The species is represented by four separate valves in this col-
lection. Another odd valve was taken by Mr. G. H. Halligan
and self in 100 fathoms off' Wollongong.

This opportunity is taken of withdrawing the name Vrrticordia
rhomhoidca proposed*' for a recent shell. I unfortunately failed
to observe that Prof. Tate had already chosen this name for a
Tertiary fossil."

Though related, the fossil appears from the description to differ.
To avoid confusion 1 now beg to sulistitute Verticordia
spfo.m as the name of the New Zealand shell. It has already
(ante p. 2lo) been recorded from this coast.

Yerticohdia australiensis. Smith.

Verticordia nnMralie)isi.-<, Smith, Chall. Rep., Zool., xiii., 1885, p.
167, pL XXV., f 6, C^h.

(Plate hi., figs. 38, 39).

Half-a-dozen mutilated valves correspond to the figure and de-
scription of the species taken by H.M.S. "Challenger" in 155

S2 Sars— Moll. Reg. Aret. Xorvegiae, 1K7H, pi. 20. f. 5.

:« Hpclley-Tmns. X. Z. Tn^^t., xxxviii., HK)") (1906), j). 71, pi. ii., f. 12, i:?,

14."
.•ii Tate— Trans. Rov. Sot-. S. Aiistr., ix., I.ss6 (1SS7), p. 149, ])1. xiv., f. U.

304 j:i:coi;ps of the Australian museum.

fathcuns off Raine Island near Cape York, (^)ueen8land. It has
not been seen since then, and tlie identification of the '■ Miner "
shells will, if correct, widely extend the geographical range of V.
nnsdrdieiisis. Whereas the type is 3| mm. long, a broken valve
figured here is 12 mm. in length. Ours has more lyrae, and I do
not discern " a very faint depression at the posterior end from the
beaks to the ventral margin."' The difference between young and
old individuals may reconcile these discrepancies.

THE ]{ESULTS of -DEEP 8EA INVESTIGATION in the
TASMAN SEA.

I.— THE EXPEDITION of H.M.C.S. "MINER."

4. FoR.VMINIFEKAL SaXD DuED(iKD TwEXTY-TWO MiLES

E.vsT OF Sydney at a Depth of Eighty Fathoms.

By E. J. GoDDARD, B.A., B.Sc, Biological Laboratory, Sydney

Universit}'.

(Figs. -t4-4S).

The sand contains a good variety of forms. In the appended
list the chief forms present are mentioned. This list is nut a
complete one, inasmuch as in the abundant material at hand ad-
ditional forms must be present. It is intended to complete the
list subse(|uently.

The material contains beautiful glauconite casts. This mineral
(a hydrous silicate of potash and iron) is very noticeable as in-
fillings in the species of Ltaietia, certain members of the Rotalida?,
and es[)ecially in the members of the Globigerinidse. The restric-
tion of the glauconite to tliese forms is very marked.

By far the most abundant forms present in the sand are mem-
bers of the Globigerinidje, the conmionest species being Glohiijerina
hul/oidfs. There is a goofl representation of the genera and
species of the family and corresponds closely with that in sand
dredged oft' Wollongong at a depth of 100 fathoms.

The genus Layeua is very abundant and is represented by a
fair number of species. Since such a great number of species of
LdilPiia have been described and the naming uf new species is
objectionable unless some marked character of specific imj^urtance
is detected, it has been deemed advisable not to name a few new
forms whose characters fit in as variations or connecting links
between named species.

Lagena sulcata is the most abundant form and shows great
variation. Many forms — apiculate and winged — with slight and
varied differences represent varieties of this species.

Quite a large number of L. (jJoho'ia show an entosolenian tube.

The genus Xodosaria is remarkably scarce in the material.

Interesting non-spinous varieties of (JristMaria calcar are pre-
sent. Pi>ljjnu>rj)hnia alv^iAiniformis, described by Jensen from

306 KRCORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSKUM.

Byron Bay, at a depth of 111 fatlioins, is well repi-eseiited, the
specimens being larger tlian those present in the Byron Bay
material.

The Rotalidse are well represented. A numlier of species of
tlie Rotaliiue must subsequently be added to tlie list of tliose
mentioned.

Tlie most abundant member of the Nummulinidte is FolydO'
mella macella. This species shows great variation. Many speci-
mens have the septal l)ridges very irregularly developed,
approaching in that respect FolyxtompUa verricnlata.

The occurrence of AllomorpJiind. triijonvJa in tlie sand is very
interesting in connection with tlie distriljution of that form.

The Nubecularidrt' are represented chiefly by the genus Planis-
■pirina.

Although a good number of species of other members of the
Miliolinin:e have been detected, the individual species are remark-
ably poorly represented. Fairly common in the sand is a marine
Diatom, Amphora, sp., allied to Amjihora polyzonata.

The following is a general list of the species obtained so far as
at present determined : —

Family NUBECULARID^.

Sub-family Miliolimn^.

Bilocnlina rirKjinix, Lamarck.
Miliolina hicoruis, Walker and Jacob.

,, sfiparans, Brady.

,, tri(ioni(la, Lamarck.

,, ak-eoliformiit, Brady,
Ffanispiriiia exiyna, Brady.

SpiroJocalina arenaria, Brady.

,, teniuseptata, Brady.

„ limhata, d'Orbigny.

,, impressa, Terquem.

„ excavata, d'Orbigny.

j» Jynililixsima, Brady,

sp.

Suh-famiJy PENP^ROPLiDiNi*;.

Conwspira iiivoJvenx, Reuss.
Orbifolit^s complanata, Lamarck.

F01{AM1MFK1;A1. ^AM) KAST 'F >\I>NKV (iUDDAHl). 307

,Sn',-/:t)ll'ill HArKltlNlNK.

Ojifluihiiidiinn iitro'h^fiiiis, l>!-a(ly.

,, (vaiiftv i>l>l('ii.<4 in .sliajK*).

F,nH a II ASTKOll HIZI UA\

Svli-fcui 11 11 AsTiM )i; iiiziN.r..
Axirorliizit (iri'iiai-hi, Nonnaii.

Siili-f',n)/)/i/ 8ac('amminin.k.

Sllh-t'diil ill/ 1 ! }l AK! ' A M M i N IN'.K.

Hyppraitnuiinh nujuiis, Biady.

F,n„ll!i TEXTULARII!)/E.
Siih-pntt //// Tkxtilariin.T':.

Te.cfu/dr'xi (ii/<j/iifii>iiiix, (i'Oi-bigny.

„ sot/ifftihi, Defrance.

„ frorlin.-i, frOil)ii;iiy.

Gandni'nui sitl,n>tii mhiin, Sr!i\vat;er.

Siih-t'iiiiiih/ lU'l.I.MlNIN.F..

BdliriiKi fexfnhn-(ii(lf'<, llouss.
,, j)i/<l),i<f(i, Brady.

/;/ m //// cm LOST* ) M ELLl L)/E .

ChilofifiitH'^lhi nrnif/.-a, IvOiiss.
AII<mi(>rji]iiii(i /rii/iiini, Keu.'-s.

Fami/f/ LAGENTD.'E.

!,<i(ieiid Kiilcofd, Walter and Jacob.

,, orl)i;/vij<')iri, 8e(iuenza.

Ku/rafd var. (univ/tiris, var. iiov. (fig. 4S)

,, p/uinii/i^ni, Brady.

sulmfa (apiculate and winged varieties).'
f<qnam<>i«i.-vinrriiti(itit, Parker and Jones.

1 Bnulv—Cliall. Kep , ZooL, xlix, i>l. Ixii.

308 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Layewi striata, d'Orbigny.

,, hexagona var. lata, var. nov. (fig. 44).

,, ylohosa, Montague.

Fig. 44. X 1.50.

Suh-fcmiily NoDOSARiiNiE.

Nodosarin scaJaris, d'Oi'bigny.
,, verteh7-alis, Batsch.

)j Ji^iformis, d'Orbigny,

Cristellaria crepidula, Fichtel and Moll (with young in
last chamber).
,, calcar, Linn.

>, „ (non spinous variety), (fig. 45).

Fig. 4.5. X 75.

„ cantata, Fichtel and Moll.

„ hasweUi, sp. nov. (figs. 46, 47).

„ orhictdaris, d'Orbigny.

brondiciihirlii sp.

Sllh-fani Uy PoLYMORPHIXIN^.

Polymorphitia (dveoHniformis, Jensen, Proc. Linn. Soc-
K S. Wales, xxix., 4, 1905, p. 821, PI-
xxiii., fis.s. 8-12.

FOKAMIXIFERAL HANI) EAST OF .SVDNKV — GODDARD. 309

Uvie/et'ina pyi/nifiK, d Orbigiiy.

,, sp. (forms intermediate between U. pyymcea
and U. (icnhaUiy-
fimayii'iixis^ d'Orl )igny

Famlhj GLOBIGEPvINID^.
Globiijerina biil/otdefi, dOrbign}'.

,.• ,, var. fri/uha, Keii.ss.

,, crefncea, d'Orbi,ii;ny.

,, linneana, d'Orbigii}-.

,, ffquihiffralis, Brady.

,, sp. (small species with a textularoid arrange

ment of chambers).
OrhnluKi, universa, d'Orbigny,

,, porosa, Terqueni.

Hastiyerina pelayica, d'Oibigny.
Gandeina nitida, d'Orbigny.
Pidlenia ohliq}iih>cuJatn, Parker and Jones.
,, qiiinqiiplohatd, Keuss.

Family ROTALIIDyl]

Suh-ftmiily SpiRiLiJXiy.^^..
SpirilJiua lirtihafa, Brad}'.

,, „ var. di'iifiridafa, Brady.

Huh-family Botaliin^.
Tmiicatulina j^va^cincta, Karrer.
„ sp.

„ lolxitnhi, Walker and Jacob.

,, iritfillfu^torjii, 8chwager.

„ rcficidafa, Czjzek.

,, t'chinafd, Brady.

Plmiorhidlnu sp.
Discorhina airiiicana, d'Orbigny.

,, hiconcava, Parker and Jones'.

„ vesiculari><, Lamarck.

sp.
,, herthchifi, d'Orbigny.

,, juirii^if^ni^i^, d'Orbigny.

I'ld ritiidiitd xiichi'linimia, d'Orbigny.

,, inpiuu'dli, d'Orbigny.

Aiiohudind iifosseruyosn, Giimbel.
,, arimineniiis, d'Orbigny.

2 Brady—Clmll. Kep , Zoul., xlix , pi. Ixxiv., H>rs. 24-26.

310 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Rotalia sp.

„ calcar, d'Orbigny.

Stih-family Tinopokin.e.
Poli/frema miniacetim, Liniie.

Famih/ NUMMULINID.^.

Suh-tamily POLYSTOMELLINiE

FolysUriiieVa macella, Fielitel and JNIoll.

,, ,, (variety approacliiiig clos^ to P.

crispn and P. suhnudosa).
„ .nthnudosa, Mlinster.

„ criapa, Linn.

Siib- family Nummulitin^.
Opo-culina ammotioides, Gronovius.

Cwstkllaria has.welli, f<2^. nov.
(Figs. 46, 47).
Only one specimen of tins species has been seen.
The surface is quite smooth, and presents a glistening hyaline
appearance.

Fig. 4H, X 100. Fig. 47, x 100.

There is a well developed keel on eitlier side. The general
anangement of the chambers rese.nbles that seen in Crisfe/laria
lata.

The septal lines are slightly limbate.

FOKAMINIFKHAL SAND HAsT OP SYDNEY — <;ODDAHD.

311

Length 3-4 mm. ; bi-eadtli !•() mm.

Fig. 46 represents the lateral view, and fig. 47 represents tlie front
peiipheral aspect.

Fig. 4S, X 150.

La(;ena SULCATA, var. annl"lai;is, rar. nor.

(Fig. 4,s).

This resemljles Lor/fiia sidcata in general charac-
ters. Tlie chamber is globular and is produced into
an apical spine. The neck is smooth and devoid of
any ornamentation. The ridges are fewer in number
than in La(/e/tui milcata. There is a well-developed
annular i-idging towards the abo^■al end of the test.
On this account the variety might be termed
(miiidin-i,^:

NOTE UPON JIUS TOMFSOjVI, RAMSAY.

By Allan H. McCulloch, Zoologist.

Mus fomj)soni, Ramsay, Proc. Linn. 8oc. N. S. Wales, ^■i., 1881,
p. 763.

The Trustees liave received through the repeated good offices of
Mr. C. F. Bolton, of Wagga Wagga, N. S. Wales, a fine series of
rats under the name Mus fomjmnii, Ramsay, together with notes
upon their habits and colouration. It includes eight males, half
of which are black and tlie others grey, and six females, four
black and two grey. Also six young about 70 mm. in length
taken from a nest, all black in colour.

A comparison of both skins and skulls of these specimens,
which agree very well with Dr. E. P. Ramsay's description, with
those of J/, raftvs, Linn., shows that J/, tompsoni is a synonym of
the latter, a conclusion borne out by the similar habits of the two
species.

The Wagga Wagga rats are found about grocers' stores and in
stables ; a nest containing five young, whicli was dislodged in a
stable, was arranged in a scooped-out hole under the brick
flooring, having walls of straw and leaves, followed by a layer of
fine sliredded bark, and an inner lining of wool, feathers and
down.

Mr. K. H. Bennett gave an account^ of the migrations of this
species in the western portion of New South Wales, from which
it would appear that it swarmed into this State from Western
Queensland and was at the time spreading southwards and east-
wards. Examples are in tlie Australian Museum collection from
Queensland, New South Wales, and Tasmania ( M. variahiJiti, H.
and P.).

1 Eennett— Prcc. Linn. Soc. iS". S. Wales, (2), ii., 188f?, p. 44'J

TWO NEW SPECIES of COLLEMBOLA.
By W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S., F.E.S., Entomologist.

(Figs. 49-52).

There has recently been added to tlie Entomological collection
of the Museum, two species of Aquatic CoUembola, representing
two distinct genera — Isofoma, Bourlet, and Achorutes, Templeton.
Of these, which are apparently undescribed, the first was collected
by Professor T. W. E. David, B.A., one of the Trustees of the
Museum, at the Yarrangobilly Caves, and the other by my friend
Mr. S. J. Johnston, B.Sc, fi-om a pond at Bathurst.

In respect of the first which I name, Ixotoma troylodytica, my
colleague, Mr. C. Hedley, hands me the following interesting
observations : —

" Deep in one of the western Yarrangobilly Caves Hows a sub-
terranean brook, in a pool of which and on wet stones around it
the guide pointed out to Messrs. Hamlet, Andrews and self, the
jHotoma. It occurred in large numbers but seemed confined to
one locality. Its movements were sluggish, and so far as we
could see, the brilliant magnesium-wire light carried by the
guide, produced no effect upon it.

So curious an animal of coui-se appealed to my collecting appe-
tite, but proceeding to gattier some, the caretaker reminded me of
the wholesome regulation that no specimens are to be removed
from the cave reserves excejit by permission of the Department.
A few months later Prof. David visited the caves and as the
Department would probably relax their rule in his favour, I
handed to him a tube of alcohol and commended the subterranean
' insects ' to his favourable attention. How kindly he fulfilled
this mission Mr. Rainbow's paper will tell."

Family DEGEERIAD^.
(tphkh Isotoma, Jioinlef.

ISOTOMA T1!0(;L0DYTICA, ifp. not:

(Figs. 49, 50).

Length, 1"2 mm. Colour, creamy white. Head. — Clothed
with a few fine short hairs. A'lih'nncf. — Short ; less than length
of head. Poiff-Anfeniial Oryau. — Oval. Ocelli. — Eiglit on each

314

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Fig. 49. /. troglodytica, Kainb. Fig. .50. /. troglodytica (muci'o) Kainb.

side of head ; these are seated upon dark patches. Body. — ■
Elongate, sparingly clothed with short, fine hairs. Spring. — -
Short, not reaching to ventral sucker ; lyiucro, toothed (fig. 50).
Legs. — Short, strong, pilose ; tarsi, without tenant hairs, claws
long.

Hab. — Yarrangobilly Caves, on the surface of shallow cave
pools.

Famihj PODURID^.
Genus AcHORUTES, Templeton.

ACHORUTES SPECIOSUS, sp. nov.

(Figs. 51, 52).

Length 0*8 mm. Colour, in some examples bluish-grey above,
reddish-grey ventrally ; others wholly bluish-grey, but of a some-
what lighter tint underneath. Head. — Large, sub-triangular,
truncate anteriorly, clothed with fine short hairs. Atitennce. — •

Fig. 51. A. speciosKs, ■Raiiib. Fig. 52. A. speciosus (tarsus), Hainb.

Sliort, four-jointed. 'Ocelli. — Eight on each side ; seated upon
black patches ; I'emote from base of antenna*. Bady. — Cylindri-
cal : segments sub-equal, and clothed with very short, fine hairs ;
apex of abdomen terminating obtusely. Sjyring. — Short, not
reaching to ventral sucker. Legs. — Short, strong, clothed like
the body ; tarsi biungulate, the lesser claw minute (fig. 52).
Hab. — Bathurst ; from the surface of a pond.

OCCASIONAL NOTES

v.— THE GENERIC NAME CREFIDOGASTER.

In conseciuence of i'emo\'al from Sydney I was unable to see
proofs of my paper " Descriptions of and Notes on some Australian
and Tasmanian Fishes," published in the preceding number oi the
" Records."' In writing, I had overlooked the fact that the name
Crepidogaster is not available in Fishes.

On page 201, I followed Giinther in using (Jri'jndtxidsfci- for a
genus in Gobiesocidpe, but this name, applied to fishes in 1861,
was previously used by Boheman (1848),- for a genus of Coleo-
pterous insects.

I therefore propose the name ASPASMOfrASy'/'JIi as a substi-
tute for Crepid()yaHtfr in Fishes.

ED(i\K R. Wa rnc.
Canterbury Museum,

Christchurch, N.Z.

19th July, 1906.

VI._NOTE ON AN UNUSUAL SET of STONE
PLOVER'S EGGS.

The Curator handed me for examination, from Mr. Norman
Etheridge's collection, a remarkable set of eggs of the Stone-
Plover (CEdicnemus (jrallarius; Lath.). It comprises for this
species the unusual number of four eggs. They were fresh, and
all found together in a scantily grass-lined depression in the earth
at Bargo by Mr. G. Hambridge, on the 20tli September, 1 906.
Presumably it is the result of two females laying in the same nest
for the eggs are of two fairly distinct types varying in tlie inten-

1 Waite -Kec-. Austr. Mus., vi., 3, 1906, p]j. 194 ami 201.

■•* Eoheiiiaii — Ins. Caifr.. i., 1H48, ]>. 6H,Ji)h Creininin<i(n- and Harold.

316 KECOUDS OF THK AUSTKALIAN MUSEUM.

sity of their markings, als(j in size. One pair is oval in form, with
the stoue gruund-eulour ahnost uniformly freckled, spotted and
blotched with dull olive-brown. Length (A) 2-2:2 x 1-6 inches;
(B) 2-3 X 1-57 inches. Of the other pair one is inclined to
i"ounded-oval, the other oval slightly compressed at the smaller
ynd. 'The markings on the stone ground-colour of this pair are
distincth' larger and darker, varying from a dark olive-brown to
a dark brown, witii which are intermingled a few underlying
irregular shaped spots, and small blotches of dull inky-grey ; the
markings being evenly distributed over the surface of the shell,
except on the larger end of one specimen, where they coalesce
and form a well-defined cap. Length (C) 2-33 x 1-64 inches,
(D) 2-3S X 1-7 inches.

Alfhed J. North.

P ^^•55-\

RECORDS

OF THE

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM,

EDITED BY THE CURATOR.

Vol. VL, No. 5.

PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES.

R. ETHERIDGE, Junr., J.P.,
Cxifrttoi*.

SYDNEY, 18th JULY, 1907.

The Swift Frintiug Coi.ipany, Ltd., 5 Jamieson Iiaue, Sj-auey.

COi^ITkNTfe.

Lower Cretaceous Fossils from the Sources of the Barcoo, Ward and
Nive Eivers, Soiitli Central (Queensland. By E. Etheridge, Junr.,
Curator... ... ... ... ... ... 317

Notes on the Ai'chitecture of Au.stralian Araneidse. Part 6, Entele-

gynte. By W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S., F.E ,S , Entomologist . . . 330

Additions to the Avi-Fainia of the Count \ of CundDerland. By Alfred

J. North, C.M.Z.S., Ornithologist .'.. ... ... ... 33f»

The Eesidts of Deep-Sea Investigation in the Tasman Sea. IT. The
Expedition of the " Woy Woy."

1. Fishes aiul Crustaceans froni Eight Hundred Fathoms.

By Allan E. McCuUoch, Zoologist ... ... ... 34b

2. !Mollusca from Eight Hundred Fathoms, Thirty -fire Miles

East of Sydney. By Charles II edley. ... ... ;^.5t)

North Queensland Ethnographv. Bulletin No. 9. Burial Ceremonies
and Disposal of the Dead.' By Walter E. Eoth,-d\Iagistrate of the
Pomeroon District, British Gruiana, etc. ... ... ... 365

Mineralogical Notes : No. v. — Cassiterite, Ceru.ssite, Zeolites and other

Australian Minerals. By C. Anderson, M A., B S., Mineralogist 404

Occasional Notes —

VII. — Eggs of Cacomanlls iiisperafits, Groidd. By A. J. North... 423

LOY/ER CRETACEOUS FOSSILS from the SOURCES of

THE BARCOO, WARD and NIVE RIVERS, SOUTH

CENTRAL QUEENSLAND.

Part L— ANNELIDA, PELECYPODA and
GASTEROPODA.

By. R. Etiieridge, Junr., Curator.

(Plates Ivii.-lxii.).

CORRECTIONS.

Page 256, footnote — for "portion" read -'position."

Plates xMi., xliii., xlv., at foot of plate — for " H. Barnes, Junr."
read "T. Whitelegge."

Plate liii. — substitute the plate inserted in this part (o) for that
previously issued (in part 4), on which the figure numbers
were omitted.

Page 404, line 18 — for "the faint line" read "a line."

ends, but in one instance one of the ends is more acute than the
other. The surface is roughened with faint irregular transver.se

1 Ethendgc— Aust. Mvis. Rcc, v., 2, 1904, p. 114, pi. xiv., f. 1-3.

CONTkNTg.

Lower Cretaceous Fossils from the Sources of tlie Barcoo, Ward and

Mtc Eivers, South Central Queensland. By E. Etheridge, Junr., ^^^
Curator...

Xoto. on the Architecture of Australian Araneid*. Part 6, Entele-

■^ nut-. Bv W. J. Eainbow, F.L.S., F.E S , Entomologist . . . 330

LO^.VER CRETACEOUS FOSSILS from the SOURCES of

THE BARCOO, WARD and NIVE RIVERS, SOUTH

CENTRAL QUEENSLAND.

Part L— ANNELIDA, PELECYPODA and
GASTEROPODA.

By. R. Etheridge, Junr., Curator.

(Plates Ivii.-lxii.).

L — Introduction.

The Trustees have ac(pired from time to time during the last
few years, and through the liberality of Mr. H. W. Blomfield, a
large suite of Queensland Cretaceous Fossils in various states of
preservation. Many of these are well known forms, others species
only partially described, and a few apparently new.

The whole series is representative of the Lower Cretaceous or
" Rolling Downs Formation," and is from an area drained by
head waters of the Barcoo, Ward, and Nive Rivers, source
affluents of theWarrego River, itself a branch of the great Darling;
unfortunately more precise localities were not recorded.

2. — Description of the Fossils.

coprolites.

(Plate Ix., figs. 4 and 5).

Obi^. — I have already referred^ to certain bodies from tlie Point
Charles Ci'etaceous deposit as probably coprolitie. In the present
collection are two objects possessing the appearance of coprolites
and very much larger than those from Point Charles. One of
these is three inches long, and three quarters of an inch in trans-
verse diameter. Both are fusiform in outline, tapering at both
ends, but in one instance one of the ends is more acute than the
other. The surface is roughened with faint irregular transverse

1 Etlievidg. — Aust. Mu3. Rec, v., 2, 1904, p. 114, pi. xiv., f. 1-3.

318 RECOKDS OF THE AUSTKALIAN MUSEUM.

constrictions, but the tapering extremities are spiral as in ordinary
Ichthyosaurian coprolites. Both of the specimens are convex
on one side and faintly concave on the other.

A section prepared for the microscope from the fractured end
of the incomplete specimen does not afford much information.
The ground mass is limonitic with scattered quartz grains,
but there are no fish scales or other minor exuvia;.

ANNELIDA.

Geuns Spirul.ea, Bronn, 1827.

(Jahrb. Min., 1827, ii., p. 544). '^

Ohs. — Zittel tells^ us that Bronn selected the involute and free
species Serptda spiriilffa, Lamk., as the type of his genus Sph-alfca.
In the same year (1827), Def ranee proposed^ the name Bofularia
for this and other species, including both free and attached
Tubicolar Annelids. As it is very convenient to accept even
this artificial division of the genus Serjnda, I adopt Bronn's
term for those fi'ee involute species such as >S'. spiruJcm. Tubes
of this nature are met with in Oolitic, Cretaceous, and Tertiaiy
strata.

Spirul.ea gregaria, s]}. not:

(Plate Ivii. ; PL Ix., figs. 1-3).

>Sp. Char. — Shell involute, concavo-sub-convex, from 5-15
millimetres in diameter, consisting of three or four wlaorls,
terminating in a free tube of variable length ; on the concave
aspect tlie whorls are telescopic, and individually rounded, but
on the sub-convex aspect each whorl is sloping and moreover less
faintly convex. Periphery convex, neither ridged nor angled,
section of tube round ; sculpture fine and concentric, the free tube
in some cases corrugated.

Obs. — A hand specimen of calcai-eous shale is crowded on both
weathered surfaces with these involute tubes, in fact they chiefly
compose the rock, associated with a few small Belemnites. The
form is closely allied to *S'. concava, J. Sby.,'^ from the Upper
Greensand of the South of England. In some respects it also
resembles S. bognoriensis, Mantel,'' a Tei'tiary species, but

2 Fide Bronn— Index Pal., Nomen., 1848, p. 1139.

3 Zittel— Handb., Pal., 1 Abth., i., 3, 1880, p. .564.
" Defrance— Diet. Sci. Nat, xlvi., 1827, p. 321.

« Sowerby— Min. Con., i., 1814, p. 125, pi. Ivii., f. 1-5.
'• Sowerby— Min. Con. vi., 1828, p. 294, pi. dxcvi., f. 1-3

LOWER CRPrrACKOUS FOSSILS — KTIIERIDGE. 319

possesses a less number of whorls and a more telescopic concave
aspect.

PELECYPODA.

Genus PsEUDAVicuLA, Efh. JiL, 1892.

(Geol. Pal. Q'land, &c., 1892, p. 449).

Obs. — In my original description, lacking evidence to the con-
trary, I accepted Moore's statement" that the type species
(Lncina aytomala, Moore) was equivalve. I have now material
to show that the shell, I have for years rightly or wrongly named
Fseudavicnla aihomala, Moore, sp., is decidedly inequi valve. The left
valve is the more convex, the umbo higher than in the right, and
slightly overhanging the cardinal margin, the umbo of the right
valve is depressed and does not project above the cardinal margin.
Later acquired specimens of P. australis, Moore, sp., lead to the
belief that such is also the ca.se in that species, as it certainly is
in the one to follow.

PSEUDAVICULA PAPYRACEA, sp. 110V.

Undetermmed Bivalve, Eth. fil., Geol. Pal. Q'land, ivc, 1892,
p. 482, pi. xxi., f. 14.

Sp. Char. — Shell suborbicular, delicate and fragile, compi-essed,
posteriorly alate, test very thin, papyraceous. Left valve convex
in the umbonal region, with a sharply-pointed rather elevated
umbo. Right valve more depi-essed than the left and the umbo
inconspicious. Dorsal margins on both sides straight, those
anterior to the umbo obliquely inclined, those on the posterior
straight ; anterior ends small, the margins rounded ; posterior
alations small, tiat, the margins rectangular. Sculpture of micro-
scopic concentric lines.

Ohs. — This very delicate shell, or fragments of it, occurs through-
out the Pachydomella calcareous mudstone, of which so much of the
collection is made up, in lai'ge numbers in association with the
still more common PachydomeJla chat us. In not a single instance
have I seen the test complete in any one specimen, the usual con-
ditions being that of internal casts, or the latter with fragments
of test adhering, which must have been very thin and fragile.

' Moore— Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., xxvi., 1870, p, 251.

320 RKCORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Tlie outline is that of my conception" of Pseudaiv'cida anomala
Moore, sp., but out of the immense number of specimens and
fragments not one has shown the characteristic sculpture of that
species. Indeed, the only trace of ornament on the shell of
P. papi/racea is that of a few concentric, almost microscopic lines ;
the test is far too thin to carry the well marked decussate sculp-
ture of P. aiiomala.

I believe it to be one of the undetermined valves figured at the
reference above.

The specific name is in allusion to the delicate nature of the
test. Figures will be given in a subsequent part.

Genvs Maccoyklla, Eth. fil., 1892.
(Geol. Pal. Q'land, kc, 1892, p. 451).

MaCCOYELLA CORBIENSIS, Moorc, SJ>.

(Plate Ixi , figs. 1-6).

Avicula corbiensis, Moore, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, 1870, xxvi.,
p. 246, pi. xi., f. 7.

MacGoyella corbie^isis, Eth. fil., Mem. Geol. Survey N. S.Wales,
Pal. No. 11, 1902, p. 21, pi. i., f. 6-10 (fo)- synonomy).

Ohs. — In the phenomenally rich calcereous shale containing the
preceding species and Pachydomella chiitus occur a large number
of left valves agreeing in every particular with the corresponding
valve of M. corbiensis, except in that of size. The maximum
measurements of this species are approximately two and a quarter
inches in length by two and a half inches in breadth, whereas in
the specimens under review the average is about one half of the
above; other than by this discrepancy, I am unable to differentiate
between the respective specimens. In other words, those collected
by Mr. Blomfield are 3f. corbiensis in minature, and seem to
represent a dwarf i-ace of the species. Here and there, it is true,
are examples with a greater breadth in proportion to length than
in M. corbiensis proper, but this cannot be allowed to weigh in
the face of more important features. Again, the posterior alation
seems to be more highly developed in some examples than in
larger individuals from other localities. One -specimen fortunately,
although worn externally, has the internal structure admirably
preserved, particularly that of the articulus (PI. Ixi., fig. 1).

8 Etheridge— Mem. E. Soc. S. Aiistr., ii., 1, 1902, pi. ii., f. 1.

LOWEH CRBTACKOU.S FOSSILS — ETHERIDCJK. 321

An interesting point (occurs in coiuiection witli the relation of
these sliells to O.rytomti rocktfootlfusis, mihi." The shorter and
broadei- examples closely resemble this, but the costal in the latter
are so much less in number. Before i-elegating 0. rockivoodensis
to the position of a synonym of j\l. rorbii'iisis it will be necessary
to see the interior of the former ; sliould the two articuli agree,
and my assumption tliat the present fossils are a dwarf race of
the latter, it will be useful to distinguish them by using the name
of the fii'st in a varietal sense for the present fossils.

(reuns AucELLA, Keyserliuy, 1<S46.
(Reise in das Petschora Land, 1846, p. 297).

AUOELLA HUGHENDENENSIS, Etheviiliji'.

(Plate Iviii. ; PI. Ixi., figs. 7-12).

Avicitla hm/hendeu&nsis, Etheridge, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, xxviii.,
lS72,'p. 346, pi. XXV., f. 3.

Aua'Ua huyheudeitensis, Eth. fil., Mem. R. Soc. S. Austr., ii., 1,
1 902, p. 1 4 (/o7' synonomy).

Obs. — Foremost amongst the specimens of this collection is a
very beautiful weathered example of this species, by far the finest
group I have seen. Although the shell is now well known, other
and smaller specimens reveal some points of structure not hitherto
noticed.

The group (PI. Iviii.) displays to great perfection both valves,
some in apposition. Amongst other notable points are the size
attained, gradual fading away of the delicate costse on the left
valve from the umbonal region downwards, and the oblique fan-
like outline of the right valve.

From the smaller specimens already referred to we learn that
the small triangular auricle of the right valve was in some cases
received (PI. Ixi., fig. 10) in an anterior inflection of the cardinal mar-
gin of the right valve Another specimen displays the central and
posterior portions of the cardinal margin of the left valve (PI. Ixi.,
fig. 11) as a broad sub-triangular concave area, but without a
chondrophore ; the cardinal margin of the right valve posterior to
the umbo is thickened, but without forming a defined area.
Another very interesting fact in the right valve is the delicate

» Etheridge— Geol. Pal. Q'laiul, etc., 1S92, p. 44H, pi. xxiv., f. 15.

322 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

crenulation of the lowei- margin of the auricle, and the concave
dorsal margin of the valve opposite to it (PI. Ixi., fig. 7) ; this
crenulation arises from a rugosity of the concentric laminse of the
sui'face at those particular points.

On comparing the articulus of A. hughendenensis with that of
MaccoypJla we notice the absence of a chondrophoral button in
the rigiit valve, nor so far as I know, has the blunt tooth said to
exist in the right valve of Ancflla been seen in an Australian
specimen.

Genus Modiola, Lamarck, 1799.

(Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1799, p. 89).

Modiola dunlopen.sis, Eth.Jil.

(Plate Ix., fig. 6).

Modiola dnnlopensis, Eth. fil., Mem. Geol. Survey N. S. Wales,
Pal. 11, 1902, p. 2.3, pi. v., f. 4 and 5, pi. vi., f. 1 and 2, pi.
vii., f. 1.

Ohs. — A single specimen is present, rather more than the
posterior third of the conjoined valves. It is the first occurrence
of the species in Queensland known to me.

Gemis Trigonia, Brmiuiere, 1789.

(Encycl. Method., i., 1789, pi. xiv.).

Trigonia cinctuta, Eth. fil.

(Plate Ix., fig. 9).

Triqonia cinctuta, Eth. fil., Mem. Roy. Soc. 8. Australia, ii., pt. 1.,
' 1902, p. 28, pi. iv., f. 4-6, (?) 7.

Obs. — Tliis is represented by an external impression of the
antero-posterior two thiixls of the united valves. The fluctuating
costi^j are well shown with large nodes along the margins of the
cinctures ; the latter aie broad. This is the first occasion on
which C cinctuta has been met with outside the Lower Cretaceous
of South Australia.

Genus Grammatodon, Meek and Worthen, 1858.

(Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 18.58, p. 419).

Gkammatodon (?) daintreei, sp. nor.

(Plate Ix., figs. 7 and 8).

>Sp. Char. — ^^Shell longitudinally oblung, e(juivalve. Valves
tumid, particularly in the umbonal regions which are traversed

LOWER CRETACEOUS FOSSILS — ETHERIDGE. 323

by faint, posteriorly-directed cinctures, and separated from the
remainder of the posterior ends by curved, rounded, but at the
same time prominent diagonal ridges. Cardinal margins wide,
but hardly as wide as the valves ; umbos tumid, depressed, and
faintly prosogyrate, quite anterior but not terminal ; ai'ea long
and narrow, with straight ligamental furrows ; hinge plate nari'ow,
with four and perhaps five short, oblique, inwardly directed
anterior denticles, and five long upwardly and outwardly directed
posterior denticles, the whole of them transversely striate. Ad-
ductor scars faint. Ventral margins gently rounded. Anterior
ends short, steep, the margins well rounded but not oblique ;
posterior ends forming quite two-thirds of the valves, at first
tumid, but beyond the diagonal ridges flattened and alate, the
margins obliquely truncate above, and rounded below. Sculpture
of concentric lines at irregular distances apart and of varying
strength, crossed by fine radiating costa?, alternately larger and
smaller producing an ill-defined cancellation ; the costte in and
around the cincture are stronger than the remainder.

Ohs. — I employ the name Grammatodoii as originally intended
by Messrs. Meek and Worthen, and as distinct from their
Parallel odon}^^ At the same time I do not feel entirely satisfied
that the present shell is a Grammatodoii in consequence of the
oblique j^osterior teeth rather than the latter parallel to the
cardinal margins, and also from the fact that all the denticles are
transversely striate. In the possession of this striation it re-
sembles a Cretaceous genus of Conrad's Polynana.

In some respects G. (? ) daintreei resembles a previously described
Barbatia-Vike Arc — Cvcnlla^a hendersoiii, mihi," from the Lower
Cretaceous of the Tambo District, Queensland, which, I regret, I
am unable to compare with it. In the species mentioned the
umbos are so much more central, and without umbonal cinctures
that I think the two shells can hardly be identical.

G. (?) daintreei is associated with Ai(cella hicykendenensis.
Named in honour of the late Richard Daintree, C.M.G., a former
Government Geologist of and Agent-General for Queensland.

1'' Parallelodon, M. and W. = Macrodon, Ljcett {non Midler), Macrodus,
Beushaiisen, and Beushausenia, Cossman.

" Ethei-idge— aeol. Pal. Q'laiid, etc., 1892, p. 468, pi. xxvi., f. 2 and 3.

324 KECORDS GF THE AUSTRALIAN .MUSEUM.

Genus CoRBULA (Brtajnih-r)^ Lamarck, 1801.
. (Syst. Anim. s. Vert, 1801, p. 137).

CORBULA SUPER-CONCHA, .S/A noi\

Sp. (Jhar. — Sliell inequilaterally subdeltoid, tumid, witli well-
marked posterior production ; slightly inequivalve. Valves very
tumid and projecting in the umbonal regions, with large and
highly pronounced epiostraca'- ; articulus unknown ; cardinal
margins strongly triangular, but without a defined escutcheon ;
umbos prosogyrate. Anterior ends of less width than the pos-
terior, tlie margins broadly rounded ; anterior slope nearly straight
walled. Posterior ends moderately produced, nasute but not
rostrate or ti'uncate ; posterior slope pronounced, flattened, or even
a little concave, bounded by a curved diagonal ridge. Ventral
margins on the anterior sides obtusely rounded, on the posterior
curved obliquely upwards. .Sculpture concentric and fine, both
valves similar.

Ohs. — Nothing approaching this well-marked shell has been so
far as I can ascertain, described from our Cretaceous rocks. It
is referred to Curbida purely on outward characters.

One of the most marked features is the very pronounced um-
bonal and inf ra-umbonal epiostracum (as I term it) in both valves,
imarking growth stages. This is a pronounced feature in many
(Jorhida, although not in all, but here these stages are important
and appear to be almost a specific character. The depth to which
the first stage extends is ^■ariable, but not infrequently occupies
at least half if not more of the length of a valve. The sculpture
is fine and linear, and without concentric corrugations as in some
species.

I have failed to find any near ally in Cretaceous rocks, although
were C. traskii, Gabb'\ less rostrate, it would not be unlike the
present shell in outline ; a similar remark also applies to C.
huckmani, Buckman'^, an Oolitic species.

Figures will be given in a subsequent part.

^'■^ I oDiploy tliis term to signify that most marked of growth stages looking
like a shell upon a shell.

'3 Gabb — Eeport Geol. Survey California, i, 4, 1864, p. 149, pi. xxii., f. 121,
121a.

" Lycett— Siippl. Mon. Moll. Gt. Oolite, etc., 1863, pi, xxxvii., f. 8.

LOWER C'RETACKOUS FOSSILS — KTII KKI l)i iK. 325

(rciins PaciivdoMKLLA,''' ifii. nor.

Obs. — The single species comprised in this genus, although
diminutive, is a most important one geologically. Within the
area from which Mr. Bloomfield's collection was made, it evidently
marks a well defined horizon, and occurs in countless numbers.
Had it not been for this, I would not have ventured to describe
it from the very simple fact that I am unable to give any definite
generic characters except the edentulous condition. The slab
figured on PI. lix., will afford some idea of the enormous
numbers in which this little shell occurs. Furthermore, its
external cliaracters are such that it can be easily recognized in
the field, and this with its highly gregarious nature will always
afford aid to the field geologist.

Notwithstanding its plentitude and in a comparative sense its
thick test, I have been unable to observe either the adductor
scars or pallial line ; for all I can see to the contrary the latter is
entire. Under these circumstances the following description
must serve both as a generic and specific definition. The name
must be regarded for the present, simply as one of convenience.

Paciivdomklla ciiutus"', sp. itur.

(Plate ixii., figs. 4-S)

Sp. Char. — Shell small, transversely ovate, trigonal, very slightly
inequilateral ; test thick. Valves convex, the convexity increased
by one or more epiostraca, the umbonal one usually large and pro-
jecting, when more than one on each valve, they overlap from
above downwards. Cardinal margins slightly angular ; neither
lunule nor escutcheon; articulus edentulous ; umbos prosogyrate,
small. Anterior ends slightly less than the posterior, the margins
of the former rounded, those of the latter more obtuse ; posterior
slope presents, but ill defined. Ventral margins widely semi-
circular. Sculpture concentric and delicate.

Obs — I am not able to suggest even an alliance for this gre-
garious mollusc. The name Fachi/domella is not to be taken as
thereby indicating a relation to the Permo-Carboniferous genus
Pachydomns, it is given simply in allusion to the thick test and
small size, and the specific name similarly refers to the prominent
overlapping epiostraca, that form so marked a feature on each

16 7rd;(vs — tliick, So/iaos— liouse.
IB ;(UTOS — heaped up.

326 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

valve. At first sight the general appearance reminds one of the
Corhnla group, l)ut any alliance therewith is at once discounted
by the edentulous nature of the articulus.

I have examined a large number of internal casts, but only
with negative results ; all the internal features of the test must
have been very weak.

In view of future research, I would like to point out that
Moore described a small bivalve as Mactra triyotialis", and said a
thin slab from the Nive River Downs "appears to be almost
composed of this little shell." Moore's figure was drawn
from a very poor specimen, that is certain. It is equally
clear the figure in question, as it stands, does not represent the
present species. At tlie same time allowing for Moore's very
brief descriptions of his Australian shells, and the often imperfect
material figured, there is the possibility, both being gregarious,
that M. trigonaJis and C. chufvs are one and the same ; on the
other hand the test of the latter is not thin, and supposing them
to ultimately prove identical, they are not a Mactra.

Gemis Cytherea, Lamark, 1806.

(Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1806, vii., p. 1.32).

Cytherea (?) mookei, Eth.fil.

(Plate Ixii., figs. 1-3).

Cyjyrina (?), sp., Hudleston, Geol. Mag., i., 1884, p. 341, pi. xi.^
f. 7 a and b.

Cytherea (Cyprina?) Moorei, Eth. fil., Geol. Pal. Q'land, etc.,
1892, p. 474, pi. xxxiv., f. 12 and 13.

Sp. Char. — Shell ovate, width and length nearly equal, in-
equality of the sides well marked. Valves tumid in the umbonal
regions frequently through the presence of well marked epiostraca ;
compres.sed ventrally. Cardinal margins sharply angular ; lunule
widely diamond or lozenge-shaped ; escutcheon undefined.
Anterior and posterior ends very unequal, the latter much the
larger, occupying at least two-thirds of the shell width, and
slightly obtusely produced ; anterior and ventral margins are
well and regularly rounded, but the posterior is more sharply
I'ounded than the anterior. Sculpture concentric, of very regular
grooves with flat interspaces.

J 1' Moore — Quart. Joiirn. Geol. Soc., xxvi., 1870, p. 262, pi. xiv., f. 6.]

LOWER CRETACEOUS FOSSILS — ETHERIDGE. 327

Obs. — The imperfect shell figured by Mr. Hudleston from South
Australia, and to which I applied the name of Cytherea moorei
is the only described bivahe with any relation to the present
form. There are numerous specimens in the collection, smaller
certainly than tliat represented by Hudleston's figure, but not
otherwise sufficiently differentiated to warrant separation.

I know not what to make of Astwte ivollnmbillaeusis, Moore, ^*
the figure portrays so imperfect a specimen, but the sculpture is
certainly like that of the present fossils.

GASTEROPODA.

Genus Cancellaria, Lamarck, 1 799.

(Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1799).

Cancellaria (1) terrareginensis, sp. tun:

(Plate Ix., fig. 11).

S'p. Char. — Sliell small, ventricose-turbinate, whorls four, sharply
differentiated from one another in size, and all more or less
shoulder-like around the sutures. Body whorl ventricose, greatly
exceeding the penultimate whorl in size, and rendered [quinqu]-
angular by several [five] transverse keels, crossed by prominent
equidistant cost^e extending from tlie suture across the two first
keels only, or perhaps nearly as far as the third ; antepenultimate
whorl with certainly three and perhaps four keels.

Obs. — The mouth is unknown to me and the tentati\'e reference
to CanceUaria is based only on form and sculpture.

I have already described''' the body whorl of a univalve
( Delphhuda (?) stnrti) from the Lower Cretaceous of South
Australia with distant spiral keels, but without longitudinal
costje forming a kind of coronation ; the actual relation of the two
has yet to be shown.

Genus Vanikoropsis, Meek, 1876.

(Report U.S. Geol. Survey Territories (Hayden's), ix., 1876,p. 351).

Vanikoropsis (?) stuarti, Eth. Jil

(Plate Ixii., figs. 9-13).

Vanikoropsis (?) Stuarti, Eth. fil., Mem. R. Soc. S. Austr , ii. 1,
1902, p. 42, pi. vi., f. 18-20.

1"* Moore — Quart. Joiirn. Greol. Soc, xxvi., 1870, p 230, pi. xii., f. 12.

19 Ethericlge— Mem. R. Soc. S. Aus^tr., ii., 1, 1902, p. 41, pi. vi., l". 21 ami 22.

328 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Sp. Char. — Shell more or less naticiform, sub-globose; spire
slightly elevated ; test thick. AVhorls four, the posterior globose
and straight walled ; sutures channeled ; body whorl much ex-
ceeding the others in size, inflated, convex above ; inner lip
reflected and slightly channeled oi- grooved. Sculpture when
unworn of spiral, equidistant slightly wavy ridges separated by
wider valleys, and the whole crossed by a variable number of
oblique coste, which on the posterior whorls pass from suture to
suture, but on the body who]-l are confined to the posterior con
vex surface only ; the points of intersection are minutely nodose^
whilst the crossing of these two systems of ridges converts the
valleys into a series of small quadrangular spaces. When
weathered the minute nodes become worn off leaving small
depressions, and these, added to the already mentioned quadran-
gular spaces give to this superinduced sculpture, a highly ornate
appearance.

Obs. — This little naticiform shell is by no means uncommon in
the Pachydomella calcareous mud stone, although this is, to me,
its first occurrence in the northern extension of our Lower Cre-
taceous.

The costaj appear to be very variable in number, indeed one
specimen is provided with so few as to almost separate it from
the remainder. When completely divested of the sculpture layei-s
and the mouth imperfect, it is almost impossible to distinguish
V. (?) stnarti from Pmudmnaura variabilis, Moore, sp.-°

Genus Anisomvon, Meek and Hayden, 1860.
(Am. Journ. Sci., (2), xxix., 1860, p. 35).

AnISOMYON (?) DEPRESSUS, sj). HOV.

(Plate Ix., figs. 13 and U).

S^)- Char. — Shell ovate-elliptical, patelliform, depressed, the ends
not equally broad ; lateral margins sub-parallel, converging
slightly towards the posterior (?) ; apex depressed, obtuse, nearly
central ; both anterior and posterior slopes convex, the former (?)
the more abrupt.

Obs. — I take the present oppoi'tunity of figuring a shell not
comprised in the Elomfield collection, because although in a
poor condition it entirely differs from both the Patelliform shells
previously described. The name Anisomyon is applied to it solely

20 Etlieridfio— Mem. Gcol. Survey N. .S.Wales, Pal. No. 11, 1902, p. 40.

LOWER CRKTACEOUS FOSSILS — ETIIERIDCJE. 329

from its resemblance to some of the American species so referred
by Meek and Hayden, particularly A. snbovdtiiSy M. and H.,-' as
I have not seen the peculiar muscle scar typical of the genus.

The specimen is much exfoliated hence the sculpture is unknown,
but there is no trace of radii as in Siphoiiaria samwelli, Eth.
fil.^^ It may be distinguished from the shell termed Acm^na (?)
monsivoodensis"^ by me, to which it is much more nearl}' allied by
the outline and relative size of its parts.

Log. — Three miles north-west of Kensington Downs Homestead,
Kensington Downs, near Longreach, Queensland {^1 ./. Eiven).

Genus Odontostomia, Flemimj, 1828.

(Hist. Brit. Animals, 1828, p. 310).

Odontostomia (?) cretacea, sp. nov.

(Plate Ix , figs. 10, 10a).

Sp. Char. — Shell robust-conoid, spire short. Whorls three
and a heterostrophic apex ; body whorl inclined to be globose,
the outline rounded : penultimate and antipenultimate whorls
almost straight walled ; heterostrophic apex globose, apparently
of more than one whorl, lying at right angles to the axis of the
adult shell in which it is slightly immersed. Sculpture of delicate
revolving lines crossed by equally fine straight transverse lines or
costie producing a fine cancellation.

Obs. — This is referred to Odrnitostomia with reservation as the
mouth has not been seen, but the distinct heterostrophic apex
clearl}^ points to this genus or one of its close allies. The group
of Mollusca to which this shell belongs appears to be little known
in the Cretaceous ; Stoliczka lias described one species but it is quite
distinct from 0. (? ) cretacea.

■^1 Meek and Havden — Report U. S. Geol. Survey Territories (Ilayden's),
ix., 1876, IX 291, pi. xviii., f. 5d and 6.

22 Etheridge— aeol. Pal. Q'land, etc., 1892, p. 573, pi xlii., f. 9.

23 Etheridge — Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 4, 1904, p. 251, pi. xxvii.. f. 5-7.

NOTES ON THE ARCHITECTURE, NESTING HABITS, and

LIFE HISTORIES op AUSTRALIAN ARANEID^, based

ON SPECIMENS IN THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

By W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S., F.E.S., Entomologist.

(Figs. 53-54).

PART VI.— ENTELEGYNiE (Continued).

Family ARGIOPIDvE (=EPEIRID^, Auct.).

Formerly this family was considered as including all and only
those species whose snares are geometrical or orbicular. Dr.
McCook in his great work^ adopted this method. Since, however,
some species, which cannot under any consideration be regarded
as Argiopida^, fabricate orbicular webs-, and some true Argiopids
do not, any classification which has for its basic principal the
method or style of architecture, must of necessity be artificial
and unscientific. This doubtful system of classification, of course,
is not by any means new ; it was used by the old school of natui'a-
lists, and so far as McCook is concerned, is interesting only from
the fact that so modern and capable a student still apparently
adheres to and even justifies it.

The family is extensive and widely spread, and the species
comprising it sedentary. Simon has divided it into four sub-
families, viz., Linyphiinje, Tetragnathina^, Nephilinpe, and Argio-
pin?e, and these latter again into numei'ous groups or sections.

Sxih-family, LINYPHIINyE.

The Linyphiina? are regarded by some authors as entitled to
absolute family rank — Linyphiida?, but Simon has included them in
the Argiopida" as a sub-family. In doing so, the author quoted,
points out that though it is possible to trace a number of constant

1 McCook — American Spiders and their Spinning "Work, i., 1889, \>. 17.

2 Kainbow— Bee. Aiist. Mus., iv., 3, 1901, p. 138.

AKCHITKCTURE OF AUSTRALIAN ARAXEID.i: — RAIXBOW. 331

characters that separate Theridion from Lhiyphia, it is not so
easy to separate the latter from Araueus ; the single feature relied
upon by authors to distinguish the two latter, namel}", the greater
or lesser width of the clypeus being of little value and not even
constant. On the other hand there exists between Linyphla and
Araueus all possible passages, in which respect the sub-family
Tetragnathinaj is particularly interesting^

Linyphiinaj are divided into three natural groups : Erigonea?,
Foi'micineai and Linyphiei^', and of these the first and third occur
in Australia. The .second includes two genera, namely, Formicina,
Canest., and Svleni/sa, Sim. The former is apparently restricted
to the Meditteranean region, and the latter Japan.

The head-quarters of Erigonese are apparently Palaearctica. Tlae
group contains upwards of sixty genera, and an immense number
of species. Very few are known from Oceania, and only one
species, Reriene nnalis, Sim., has so far been described from
Australia (Victoria inter.^). The geographical range of JYeri&ne,
Blackw., is " Europa et Reg. mediterr. ; Asia sept., centr. et
orient; Amer. sept, et merid. ; N.-Hollandia et N.-Zealandia.""^

The Linyphie;e group embraces about twenty-seven genera, some
of which are of world-wide distribution. Two only, however, are
known to occur in Australasia : JJathyphantes, Menge, and
Lini/phia, Latr. Of these the range of the former is " Eui'opa ;
Reg. mediterr. ; Asia sept., centr., orient, et merid. ; N.-Hollandia
et N.-Zealandia ; America sept, et merid. andina,"*' and of the
latter, " Orbis I'eg. om. frigida?, temp, et rarius calidse."" Bathy-
phantes is represented by B. weburdi ; it was described by
Urquhart as a species of Linypjhi((/, and was based upon a single
specimen collected at the Jenolan Caves, N. S. Wales. Four other
species, namely, L. melanozaiitha, L. quindecim-jninctata, L. sub-
lutea, and L. iiitens, have been described by the same author
from Tasmania."

The webs of our native species have not been noted ; neverthe-
less, wherever the Linyphiin;e have been studied, they have been
found to make eitlier a Hat or dome-shaped web, suj^ported above,
below, and laterally by lunnerous irregular threads, the spider
standing, usually, underneath in some corner out of sight. I once

•^ Simon — Hist. Kat. des Araignecs, 2nd ed., i., 1892, p. 593.

* Simon — Loc. cif., p. 667.

■'' Simon — Loc. cii., p. 667.

•' Simon — Loc. ciL, p. 70.5.

■^ Simon — Loc. cif., p. 707.

*" Urquhart— Trans. N. Z. Inst., xxii., 1889, p. 236, pi. xvi. fig. 2.

•' Urquhart- Proc. Eoj. Soc. Tas., 1892 (1893), pp. 103-108.

332 RECORDS OF THE AUSTHALIAN MUSEUM.

saw, at Guildford, among some course herbage, a small dome-
shaped snare, such as described above, but the architect was not
at home. Probably it had fallen as prey to some lizard. The
dome of the web was very closely woven. These spiders are very
small ; they may be found among coarse heibage, under ledges of
I'ocks, among reeds in marshes, and in angles between branches of
trees. None of the Linyphiina? construct oibicular snares. An
immature Lhiyphia, sp. collected by me was tjiken with the sweep-
net. They do not appear to be very numerous.

Snh-famihj TETRAGNATHIN^.

This sub-family is di\ided into seven groups, for which Simon
proposed the following names : Cyatholipete, Pachygnathese,
Tetragnathejw, Metea?, Nesticete, Azilieie, and Diphyefe. The
third and fourth of these are represented in the Australian fauna.

Seven genera have been assigned to Tetragnatheje and two of
these occur in Australia, namely Tetraijncdlia, Latr., and Eucta,
Sim.

The genus Tetragnatha is very widely destributed, its geo-
graphica,! area being defined as follows : " Orbis totius reg. calid.,
temp, et frigidje."^" The majority of Australian species occur up
north, but two, at any rate, are found in Tasmania : T. niargari-
tata, L. K., Port Mackay ; T. ferox, L. K., Bowen, Port Mackay,
and Rockhampton ; T. rubriventris, Dol. {^hipafa, L. K), Port
Mackay and Bowen ; T. cylindrica, Walck. (?), Sydney ; T. conica,
L. K., Bowen, Sydney, and Tasmania ; T. lutuhercidata, L. K.,
Rockhampton, Bowen, Port Mackay, Peak Downs, Brisbane and
Sydney ; T. demissa, L. K., Bowen, Peak Downs, Rockhampton,
Gayndah and Sydney; T. (jemmata, L. K., Port Mackay ; 7'. valida,
Keys., Peak Downs, Gayndah and Sydney ; 7'. jrruteiisa, Walck.,
Rockhampton, The Pelew Islands, and Ovalau, Fiji. Eucta is re-
presented in Australia by two species, one apparently peculiar to
our mainland, and the other a Malaisian form. They are E.
cavdifera, Keys., Sydney ; and E. ongrdlla, Thor., Rockhampton
and Malaisia. The range of this genus is : " Europa ; Reg.
mediterr. ; Afr. occid. (filum, E. Sim.), India ; 3 ii\)om&, {caudicnla,
Karsch) ; Malaisia (angniUa, javcuia, Thorell) ; Nova-Hollandia
{vaudifpra, Keyserl.) ; Amer. sept, (vennifurmis, Emert.)"'"

10 Simon— Hist. Nat. des Araigiit'es, 2nd cd., i., 1S92, p. 724.
" Simon — Loc. cit., p. 725.

AIICHITECTIKK OK ALST1:ALIa\ ARANKID^ — KAI^•150^V. 333

Among oi-b-weavers, to wliicli this group of spiders belongs,
tliere are very distinct types, and tlieir webs are ecpially so.
.Some of the latter are horizontal or slightly oblique and others
perpendicular. The horizontal and oblique orbicular webs are
almost invariably tlie work of species included in this sub family.
When a web is oblique, it is due to the nature of its surroundings.
Tetragnathid snares are usually constructed over narrow running
streams and creeks; hence, in the event of one bank being lower
than the other, the natural result would be an oblique web.
Although tlie species appear to prefer the neighbourhood of water,
including not only creeks and water-holes, but also swampy areas,
they may nevertheless be found at times considerable distances
away, so that it is no uncommon experience for the collector to
find a Tetragnathid spider and its snare among coarse herbage.
When alarmed these spiders will sometimes simply drop from the
web, and hang b}' a thread of silk in mid-air. Thus suspended
the creature looks like a bit of stick ; at other times they scuttle
away fiom their webs with great rapidity and seek shelter among
neighljouring plants and bushes. Upon these they rest, secure
from persecution, owing to their colouration. Their long" cylin-
(h'ical bodies, and still longer attenuated legs, add to their
protection. A Tetragnathid when concealing itself upon a shrub
or coarse grass stretches itself along the stem upon which it has
sought refuge. Hei-e, with its body closely adpressed, its first and.
second pairs of legs stretched well forward, and the third and
fourth pairs as carefully directed backwards, it rests in perfect
security. When reposing at the centre of the web, the position
just described is maintained, with the exception that the legs are
not stretched quite so straight, noV are the}' j^laced quite so closely
together. The webs of Tetragnathinie consist of the usual
outer lines and guys which go to make the framework, and which
are, of course, attached to plants, rocks, posts and the like upon
the banks, or between clumps of reeds growing in the water.
From the outer lines the radii extend towards the centre or
" hub " , the latter is open, and consists of a series of notched'
concentric lines, and these form a group by themselves. Beyond
the hub there is a free space, and then a further series of larger
and more widely separated concentric lines. The number of radii
and concentrics varies somewhat, but the principle of construction
is always the same. As a rule there are from eighteen to twenty-
four radii, eight to fourteen concentrics, and five or six notched
lines in the hub. The cocoon of T. cyhndrlca is round, about a,
quarter of an inch in diameter, fine and closely ^\ oven, whit(! with
green tufts ; it is invariably fixed to some object near the web.
Tn connection with the species just quoted, it is interesting to-

334 IJECOUD.S OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

note that it is able, when it drops upon still water, to skim
across the surface. Certain spiders, such as those of the
genus DoJomedes, Latr., have long been known to possess tliis
habit, but one would hardly have associated such with the
Argiopidje. Personally, I am inclined to think that so far as
Tetragnatha is concerned it is only resorted to as a last resource,
— that is, when the creature finds itself so situated, and with its
retreat cut off. Indeed, if a floating stick or leaf be near, it will
instantly avail itself of it. Dr. H. C. McCook has recorded an
American spider — T. [p-allator, Hentz^'^ — that has acquired this
aquatic habit, but he also points out that when it is skimming
over the surface of the water, it stands high upon its legs, i-aises
its abdomen, and pays out threadlets of silk, much after the
manner of aeronautic spiders, and that these threadlets act as a
sail.

The Metea^ introduce the student to a group of comparatively
small, yet extremely brilliant spiders. The groups consists of ten
genera and many species. Of these genera two, i.e., Meta, C.
Koch, and Ar<jij)-oepeira, Emei't., occur in Australia. The range
of Meta is " Orbis totius, reg. temp, et calidje"''^ ; and of Aiyijro-
'•peira, "Orbis totius reg. tropica} rarius sub-tropica?."''' The
genus Orsinome, Thor., although not yet known to occur in Aus-
tralia, may nevertheless be hereafter recorded, at any rate from the
more northern and tropical areas ; at present its range is defined
as " Malaisia ; Polynesia et ins. Madagascar. '""'-

All our Australian species have been assigned l)y authors to th^^
genus Meta, but notwithstanding this some are undoubtedly
Aryyroepeira. One species described by L. Koch (from an im-
mature female) is regarded Ijy Thorell as a very young Xephila
macuJata, Fab."' namely Meta urnata. I am inclined to regard
this, however, (notwithstanding the eminent position of the
authority quoted), an error. There is in our cabinets a species of
Meta from the Jenolan Caves district, which agrees so closely witli
Koch's description and figure, that I have no hesitation in
assigning it to that author's species, namely, Meta ornata.
Further, I liave examined many species of Araneidie from the
Jenolan Caves district, and have not yet met with a Nephila ;
indeed, I doubt if that genus occurs there ; the winter is
too cold. __^_^^

1'^ McCook — American Spiders and their Spinning Work, 1889, i., pp. 158-
161, figs 151, 152.

1'^ Simon — Hist. jVat. des Araignees, 2nd ed., i., 1892, p. 735-6.

i"" Simon — Loc. cit., p. 736.

15 Simon — Op. cit.

1'' Thorell — Kagni Malesi e Papuana, i, p. iv., 1889; also iii., 1881, p. 150.

" Koch — Aracli. Austr., i, p. 13-1, pi. xi., fig. 6.

AHCIllTEri'UIJE OF AUSTRALIAN AHANEIU.'f: — UAINBOW. 335

Of tlip two genera known to occur in Australia, the forms
included in the genus Anj/jro^jicird are much the brightest. This
genus embraces such well-known and widely distributed species
as A. (;eleheftiaii.a, AValck., and A. (ivdinih^fn^ Walck., both of
whicli are exceedingly common.

The webs of these spiders are perpendicular, orbicular, and
very regular ; the free zone separating the hub from the spirals is
rather large. Attached to the framework of the snare there are
numerous iiregular lines, and these form an exceedingly com-
plicated network. The ova-sac is floccose, yellow, and filled with
concolorous eggs ; it is usually attached to a neighbouiing branch.
A. c'^h'Ix'siana, and A. (/notula/a are numerous enough in orchards
and gardens around Sydney ; they are also common in scrul)-lands,
and in parts of the bush that have been cleared.

S,<l,-f,nmhj NEPHILINvE.
(Fig. 53).

'J'his sub-family is divided into four groups, namel}', Phonog-
nathea', Nephilete, Clitietrett', and Herenniea', and of these the
two first occur in Australia The Phonognathese group containing
three genera, is at present only known from Australia, and the
species are few, but 8imon considers that some Malaisian forms
described under the generic names of Epeira, Auct., and Milonia,
Thor., are ni all probability referrable to tliis group. The genera
Phonof/nafJia, occur in " N.-Hollandia et Tasmania," <S'm(/o^y/>?<a,
Sim., "N.-Hollandia," and Ddiochns, Simon, " Nova-Hollandia et
Tasmania."'^

I'hdtKxpiaiha (/nipffri, L. K.,:^Eppira graejf'ei, L. K., and Meia
</r(('iffei, Keys.; Siuf/ufypiui melanin, L. l^.,=Epeira me/ania, L. K.,
and Mffa viplania, Keys.; H. mplanopyyia, L. K., = £'. melanojyijyin,
L. K. ; and Bf^/ioehus zflku'ra, Keys., = JA^/r? zeUvira, Keys. All
of these spiders are of medium size, and their Avebs and ova-sacs are
similar to those of the Mete;t'.

The Nephilese include, according to Simon's classification, only
one genus, nameh', JVpj)Iii/a, Leach. In 1872 L. Koch founded a
genus which he named Sfphi/engi/s, ^'' and which Simon afterwards
retired into the cool shades of synonomy. But his argument that
Xephilnuiys runs into Xephihi would, as pointed out by Hogg,'^"
(who later restored it) "equally serve for connecting through this
species all the genera fi'om Nephila to certainly Gea, and perhaps
Epeira (Araneus, Simon)."

Nephili'}ig>/x, if it be permitted to stand, as I think it should,
would include of course L. Koch's X. srhmclfzii (Philippine Islands)

1" Simon — Hist. JVat. des Arai<j;nee8. 2nd ed., i., 1892, pp. 748 9.

^'' Simon — Loc. cif., pp. 750 and 755.

20 Hogg-Proc. Roy. See. Vict., xi., 1899, pp. 138-9.

336 KKCORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

and ^V. hojmmii (Borneo) as well as Hogg's K. rahihoiri from
the Upper Endeavour River, Queensland.

Npphila is almost entirely a tropical genus. Its range is " Orbis
totius reg. tropicfe et rariussub-tropica?."-' About a dozen species
occur in Australia, and one of them X. maenlata, Fab., the type
of the genus, occurs throughout tropical xlsia, Malaisia, and
Oceania. It is indeed, the commonest species collected by Island
missionaries. L. Koch, has described ten species from this con-
tinent ; W. S. Macleay, one ; and myself, five. Some of these
appear to be varieties of A", macnlata. The species are remarkable
for the great disparity in size of the sexes, the male being a
veritable pigmy in comparison with the female. Tiie act of
approaching the female when pairing is often fraught with grave
danger to tlse male, indeed he often falls to her as prey. Never-
theless, it is apparent from observation that " his size protects
him," for being so small he may at times approach without attrac-
ting her attention seeing that he invaribly does so from the rear,
but woe betide him if in his anxiety he vibrates the web ever so
little. Having safely approached, the male makes a sudden spring
which lands him on one of the hind legs of the female, from whence
he nimbly scrambles on to her back, eventually working his way
to the ventral position, where with his legs thrown round and
clasping tlie abdomen he inserts his palpi into the epigynum. The
act of coition accomplished, the male has still to exercise some
care in quitting the web, for delay would be disastrous to him.
A couple of seasons ago I made a curious observation, which proved
that the female may on occasion, notwithstanding her immense size,
succumb to the voracious appetite of the male. I had discovered
a NephUa ventricosa, mihi, in her web ; she had a male upon her
back (abdomen), and I noted that his fangs were buried therein,
and he was apparently — doubtless, after the act of coition — enjoy-
ing a meal. McCook has recorded a similar act of cannibalism
in connection with Arinwus strix, Hentz," and Baron Walckenaer,-'
to quote McCook, "saw a male of Epeira inclinata take advantage
of a female of his species, which was not able to stir without
difficulty being full of eggs, to attack, garrote, and eat her." This
species of cannibalism does not appear to have been often observed,
but I doubt not it is more common than generally supposed.

The ova-sac of N. edivardsi and K. ventricosa, mihi, may be
noted around Sydney from the middle of March to the end of April,
or the commencement of May. The cocoons are oval and (fig. 53)
enveloped in a dense but loosely woven mass of bright yellow silk,.

21 Simon — Ilisfc. Nat. des Araignoes, 2nd ed., i., 1892, p 755.

■■^- McCook— American Spiders and tlie Spinning Work, ii., 1890 p. 24.

'^'^ McCook — Loc. cit., Wulekaener, Apteres, i., p. 143.

AKCIII TKCTUItK <>F AUSTRALIAN ARAXRID.B — H.MNHOW. 337

Fig. 53. Nest of N. re iiicosa, Raiiib.
uttuched to and suspended amongst the stalks of plants adjacent
to the web The webs of our Sydney Sejihihi', and their strength
to retain small birds accidentally ensnared have already been
described by me.-''

Much of the silk of these and congeneric spiders is emjiloyed

by birds to line their nests. Tn addition to this Nfphiln silk is

used by savage man for a a ariety of purposes. In some of the

South Sea Islands it is sometimes applied by liim to decorate

'^* Rainbow— Pivc Linn. Soc. N. S. WaleP, xx., 1895. pp. 354 359.

338

RKCORDS OF TflE AUSTKALIAX MUSEUM.

carved images, and in New Britain it is used as a material in the
manufacture of "Smothering Caps." A specimen of the hitter has
beenpresented to the Trustees of the AustraHan Museum by Dr. J. C.
Cox, President of the Board of Trustees. It is conical in shape,
about 2ft. -i^in. long and 8 inches round the base, somewhat
flexible, and therefore capable of distension. In the manufacture
of tht^se caps a shaped frame is ptissed over and under the webs
of orb-sveaving spiders until a suffieienc}' of the material is felted
thereon ; it is then removed in one piece. It is said that these caps
are used for smothering adulterous women. On the atoll of Funa-
futi, the natives utili.se the webs of orb- weaving spiders for making
nets to catch mosquitoes and other insects. A forked stick is
converted into a hoop by tying together the extremities of the
arms of the fork. This is then passed over and over through
orbicular snares until the hoop is filled by a membrane of glut-
inous spider tlu'eads. With tliis implement any insect would lie
struck and meshed.'-^''

Herennie;e is a small group consisting of only one genus and a
\ery few species. The genus Ihri'tmia, Thor., ranges through
" Asia tropica, Melaisia et Papuasia."-'' It is not unreasonable
therefore to assume that it may hereafter be recorded from North-
ern Queensland.

Family HYPOCHILIDyE.

ECTATOSTICA TROGLODYTES, Hui<J <indVftt.

(Fig. 5-1).
In a former volume of these Records I
figured and redescribed Higgins and
Petterd's species — Eatatostica tragi udijfi'.-t
^llierid'wM iroijlodytp.ip and quoted from
their paper* a note re the " nest " or
cocoon of the species. Since the publi-
cation of my paper a cocoon has beeii
I added to the collection in the Australian
Museum (fig. 54). It is pear shaped,
and was suspended by a narrow neck;
wliite, densely and closely woven, and
filled with a large number of yellow eggs,
the latter surrounded by a quantity of
white loose flocculent silk. The female
hangs over her cocoon, and stoutly
defends eggs and young.

Fig. 54.

Xest of T^l. trofflodyfex,
Higg. and Pett.

•-■■' Rainbow— Aiut. Mas. Mem , iii., 2, 1897, p. 96.

■^'' Simon — Hist. Xat. des Araign.'es, lul. 2, i., 1892, p. 759.

"^■^ Rainbow— Rec. Aust. Mus , v., 5, 19U-t, pp. 32G-9, pi. xlvi., figa 1-4.

28 Higgina and Petterd— Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 188.3, p. 198.

ADDITIONS TO TiTK AVI-FAUNA op thk COUNTY of
CUMBERLAND.

By Alfred J. North, C.M.Z.8., Oini'tlKilogist.

Ill the " Proceedings of tiie Linnean Society of New South
Wales " in Decemher, 1.S8S,' I recorded " A List of the Birds
found in the County of Cumberland, New South Wales." It was
a bare list of the species, without comment of any kind. Nearly
a decade later in the " Handbook of Sydney and the County of
Cumberland, for the use of the Members of the Australian Asso-
ciation for the Advancement of Science," I gave a second list of
"The Birds of the County of Cumberland." In this list the
species appeared under their respective orders and families, with
brief notes as to their haunts, and localities where they could be
found in the County. Of those species now added several were
included in the first list, but omitted in the second. Two of them
now restored Edoli'iHoma fe}iiiirostre and Mimut caxtaneo-
thora.i' have since been found breeding, the former, regularly
visiting and remaining to breed in the County. By far, however,,
the greater number of the additions are due to climatic influences,,
principally caused by periods of excessive drought inland, and to a
less extent by coastal gales. Some of the additions are founded on
donations made to tiie Trustees of the Australian Museum.
Among the donor.s, not only of additions to the avi-fauna of the
County, but of many rare species, may be especially mentioned,
Mr. Heni-y Newcoml3e of Randwick. He has also been a frecjuent
contributor to the Museum collections for upwards of a quarter
of a century. Several of the species included in the present
list, have been previously recorded at the time when they
were obtained, either in the " Proceedings of the Linnean Societ}'
of New South Wales," or the "Records of the Austi'alinn
Museum."

1 North- Prof. Liini. Sue. N. S. Wales, (2), iii., 188S, p. 1773.

2 Nortli— Haiidl.k. Xwiw Assoc. Adv. Sci., Sydney, 1S98, p. 68.

340 UECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSKUM.

Order PASSERES.
Family PTILONORHYNCHID^.

ClILAMYDODERA MACULATA, (iouhl.

Spotted Boiver-hiyd.

Only a single example of this species has come under my notice.
It was received in the flesh by the Trustees of the Australian
Museum, and was shot in an apple tree in a garden at 8mithfield,
about twenty miles from Sydney, on the 19th May, 1902, by a
son of Mr. James Stein, the donor, and during a severe drought
inland. This specimen, a fine old adult male in perfect plumage,
was exhibited at a meeting of the Liniiean Society of New South
Wales, on the •25th June,*1902.

Famllu C AMPOPH AGI D.i^.

Edgliisoma ti:nuirostri-:, .hu-diiii\

Jdrdinrs C(ifi'rjiiUar-''nti'r.

1 first observed this species in the County of Cumberland at
Waterfall in 1 898, and later at Roseville, on the 20th October, 1 900.
It is a regular migrant, arriving in the latter locality on or about
the same date every year, remaining to breed, and departing
again about the end of January or early in February. Only two
or three pairs visit the district, one's attention being atti'acted to
them by their peculiar frog-like note. A nest found at Roseville,
on the 30th November, 1901, was built in a forked horizontal
branch of a I'asuar'ma siiherosa, and contained an incubated egg
This species is more numerous in parts of the adjoining County
of Northumberland.

Family MELIPHAGID^.

Entomophila picta, Gould.

Painted lloney-fater.

This rare Honey-eater is nomadic in habits and is chiefly au
inhabitant of the inland portions of the State. On the 14th
February, 1901, a nest and two eggs were taken at Fivedock, a
suburb of Sydney, and the parent bird procui'ed. A week later,
collecting on behalf of the Trustees of the Australian Museum,
Mr. R. Grant shot an adult male in the adjoining suburb of
Abbotsford, and brought back with hiin an unfinished nqst of this

ADDIIKiNS TO TlIK A V I-FAUNA NORTH. 341

species. Tliis Honey-eater is undoubLedly one Oi Liie most
beautiful of the large Family Melipliagidie, and one witli the
most strikingly contrasted plumage.

PlIlLKMON ('rrRK0(;L"LARIS, dtnild.

Yclltiir-(hr())it''(I Ffinr-hird.

This species was a})pareiitly driven to the coast by the severe
(^Irought of 190:2. Mr. H. Newcombe presented a specimen in the
Hesh, that he had shot on the 31st May, 190l', at Kurnell.
During the following month Mr. James- Stein trapped one at
Smithheld, and in July of the same year, Dr. James C. Cox,
Crown Trustee, sent me a specimen for identification, obtained
at Pittwater. Previously this species had not been recorded from
the County of Cumberland.

Entomvza cyanotis, Latlinni.

Bhu'-J'acf'd Jloiiey-eufcr.

In my first "List of the Birds found in the County of Cum-
berland," publislK^l in the '• Proceedings of the Linnean Society
of New South Wales " in 1888,'' I enumerated this species. "In
my second list published in the "Handbook of Sydney and County
of Cumberland''' in 189S, it was omitted, owing to the want of
confirmatoiy evidence of its occurrence. I have never seen a
.specimen in the fiesh, but find that I had overlooked a skin in
the Reference Collection of the Australian Museum, obtained by
Mr. George Masters at Wojje's Creek, in July, 1(SG9.

Famihj ART AMID.*].

ArTAMUS ALlilVKNTRIS, (rinild.

Wliiff'-ri'iiffd WiHxl Sn-kJ/o/i-.

Mr. H. Newcombe procurt'd a sj)ecimen at Randwick on the 7th
July, 1902, during the prolongcnl drought, when other inland
species were driven to the coast. TMiis is the only instance I have
known of it occurring in the County.

•'< Nortli— Piw. Linn. So,-. \. S. Wales. (2), iii., 1H8S, p. 1777.
4 North- Jlandhk. AuMv. Ass,..-. A.lv. S,-i., Sydney, 1H!)S.

342 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Fmnihj PLOCEID^.

MUNIA CASTANEOTIIORAX, Gould.

Chpstiiuf -breasted Fhich.

I recorded this species in my first " List of the Birds of the
County of Cumberland " publislied in tlie " Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales.""' It was omitted in my
second list as l)r E. P. Ramsay believed the small Hock of birds
seen b}^ him at " Yasmar," Dobroyde, Ashfield, was escaf)ed
cage-birds. Absolute proof of their occurence in a wild state was
afforded by Mr. A. F. B. Hull who observed this species at Fresh-
water, near Manly, and found nests with young in April, 1906.
Previously in 1901, I had noted it in the southern parts of the
adjoining County of Northumberland, where I was informed it
bred.

Order PICAKIvE
Sidj-order COCCYGES.
Family CUCULID^.

MisOCALIUS PALLIOLATUS, Jjatluim.

Black-eared Cu ckoo.

An extremely rare species chiefly inhabiting the western
portions of the State. An immature specimen procured by Mr.
L. Harrison at Manly on the 1.3th January, 1906, is the only one
I have seen tliat was obtained in the County of Cumberland.

Order HEMIPODID^.
Family TURNICIDAl

TURNI.X VELOX, (roald.

Sinj't-jlyitKj 'rarui.r or ^'' liiitf'-rjl y-(Juail."

This species was included in my first list, but was omitted in
the " Birds of the County of Cumberland," published in the
Handbook of the "Australian Association for the Advancement
of Science." Since then the only instance of its occurrence, that

Xorth- Prop Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2), iii., 1888, p. 1776.

ADDITIONS TO Till'; AVI-FAUXA — NORTH. 343

has come under my notice, is l)ased upon a specimen, received in
tlie flesh, from tlie"^ donor, Mr. A. M. N. Rose of Campbelltown,
on the 31st January, 190:i.

Order LIMICOL^.

Family CHARADRIIDyK.

Snb-Famihj HIMANTOPODIN^.

Cladorhynchus leucocephalus, Gould.

Banded Stilt.

Six specimens obtained by Mr. H. Newcombe in November and
December, 1902, are tlie only examples I have seen procured in
the County.

.SHh-Fami/// TOT A NIN^.

Heteractitis BREVIPES, VieilJ.

Sho)i-tofd Sandpipci:

Four specimens obtained by Mr. H. Newcombe at Coogee on the
2nd July, 1900. A s with many other writers tliis species was
referred to in my previous lists under the name of the closely
allied form Totanns iiirauas, Gmelin.

Order STEGANOPODES.

Fami/>/ PHAETHONTID^.

Phaeton lepturus, Larrjj. and Daiidiu.

White-tailed 'rroplc-hird.

This addition to the avi-fauna of New .South Wales, was duly
recorded b}^ me in June bS9(S " After disastrous easterly gales
on the coast of New South Wales, an immature bird of this
species was picked up by Mr. Henry Burns on the 14th of
February 1898, on the shores of Botany Bay, It was in a dying
condition, and was presented the following day in the tlesl\.
Tliere is no record of a specimen from any part of Australia in
tlic list enumerated by Mr. Ogilvie Grant in his "Catalogue of
Birds in the British Museum."

Nortli - Ktr. Ausf. Mu^., in., ISIIH, p. 80.

344 RKCdHDS OF TH1-: AUSTRALIAN MLSEUM.

Onhn- TUBINAKES.
Family DIOMEDEIDyE.

TlIALASSOCKKON CAUTUS, (rOllld.

SJnj Alhdfj'os.

I saw one of tliese birds at the eiitrauce of Lavender Bay, on
tlie 22nd September, 1905. It was resting on the water, but on
the approacli of a Milson's Point Ferry Steamer flew away,
finally settling down again in Farm Cove.

Mr. R. S. Thomas, of South Clifton, captured one alive on the
beach during the previous month, and presented it to the Trustees
of the Austialian Museum.

THE RESULTS of DEEP SEA INVESTIGATION in the
TASMAN SEA.

II.— THE EXPEDITION of tiu: " WOY WOY."

1. FisiiEs AND Crustaceans from Eihht Hundricd Fathoms.

By Allan R. McCulloch, Zoologist.

(Plates Ixiii.-lxv.).

In contimiatiou of the investigations carried on by means of a
grant from the Royal Society of London detailed on page 271 of
these Records, Professor W. A. Haswell, M.A., made a second
expedition on 26tii to 27th October, 1906 in the " Woy Woy," a
boat that had already l)een engaged in this direction [ante p. 211)
He kindly invited me to accompany him and has furtlier honoured
me by placing the Fishes and Crustacea in my hands for descrip-
tion. In the first instance, the Crustacea were undertaken by
my lamented friend Air. F. E. Grant, but the untimely death of
that gentleman occurred before he had dealt with them.

The specimens here discussed were obtained in a single cast of
a small trawl which Professor Haswell had built on the principle
of one designed and successfully used by the Prince of Monaco.
It was lowered in 800 fathoms at a point thirty-five miles due
east of Sydney,on the 152nd Meridian.

Besides the subject of this paper, the trawl produced numerous
representatives of Echinodermata, consj)icuous among wliich were
a hundred living specimens of Porocidariti eli'(jaiif< which choked
the net, and with their long spines scraped most of the scales ofi'
the fishes that lay near them. Upon their arrival un deck fishes,
crustaceans, and echinoderms alike were quite paralysed and
rigid, while tlie stomachs and intestines protruded from the fishes'
mouths and the eyes from their sockets. Only when they were
placed in formalin did they exhibit any traces of life and then
merely by erecting the fins and gill co^■ers before they died.

At the suggestion of Professor Haswell, I examined the stomachs
of the fishes for any invertebrates that might be undigested, but
in every case they were (juite empty, the fishes having probably
vomited the contents at an eai'ly stage of their ascent.

346 RKCORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

A.— PISCES.

Eight species were taken belonging to five families, and seven
genera of which five have not been recorded from the coast of
New South Wales before, and four are new to Austi'alia. The
species are —

Optouiirus dendcuJafns, Rich.

Macrunriis nig voniaculatns, sp. nov.

Ccdorhynchiis fasciatus, Giinther.

Cfelorhynchus innotahilis, sp. nov.

Trachiclithys iiitermcdius, Hectoi'.

Symphttrtis strictiis, var aiixfrdltK^ var. nov.

Scorpa'.na percoide,<t, llich.

I/<ipIic/i/Jiyn hnsireUi. sp. nov.

MACK OU 111 L)/E.

Optonurus dexticulatos, Richmxhoii.

Macruarns denticnlatus, Richardson, Zool. " Erebus and Terror,"
1848, p. 53, pi. xxxii., figs. 1-3.

Richardson's specimen appears to have had the tail incomplete,
and in his figure it is indicated by dotted lines only. In three of
the six of our specimens it is perfect and in these the total length
is 6-2 times that of the head. The first dorsal spine is unarmed,
and the second dorsal and anal fins have 153, 156, 134, and 144,
143, 125 rays respectively

One other specimen is of interest inasmuch as though the tip of
the tail is clearly missing, the wound has healed over, and the
dorsal and anal rays have grown together around it, thus giving
it the appearance of a perfect member.

Macrourus nigromaculatus, sp. nov.

(Plate Ixiii., figs. 1, la).

D. II. 10-11, 143-150: A. 140-145; P. 20; V. 13-15.

Head 7, depth of body at first dorsal spine 6 to 6-7 in the length
without the caudal rays.

Head compressed, a little longer than deep, cheeks vertical,
Snout much shorter than the eye and but little overhanging the
mouth, very obtusely pointed and with three bony angles which,
however, are not prominent. Infraorbital ridge obscure. Inter-
orbital space with an elongate-triangular depression, the apex

KISIIK.S AND CRUSTACEANS— MCCULLOCH. ."547

directed backwards. Eye very large, its up})er inarifin just cutting
the profile of the head. Maxillary extending to beneath the front
margin of the pupil. Teeth in villifonn bands in both jaws, the
outer series being slightly eidarged. Angle of the preoperele not
produced, its posterior margin directed upwards and backwards.
Barbel rather longer than half the diameter of the eye.

Body compressed, very deep, its greatest deptli being at the
origin of the first dorsal and greater than the length of tlie head.
The dorsal profile ascends rapidly to the first dorsal spine, whence
it drops abruptly so that the fin is attached to the posterior slope
of a prominent hump. The ventral profile ascends rapidly back-
ward from the origin of the anal ; the tail is therefore abruptly
narrower than the trunk, but tapers uniformly to its tip. Scales
small, armed with seven or eight rows of slender spines which
overlap the edge ; about sixteen in a transverse series between the
origin of the first dorsal and the latei-al line. Whole head scaly.
Lateral line strongly arched over the pectoi'al fin.

Second dorsal spine serrate along its entire length, its tip fine
and riexible, and rather longer than the depth of the bod}^; posterior
rays very small. Origin of tlie second dorsal separated from the
first by a space longer than the base of tlie first. Anal originating
below the second dorsal spine. Pectorals slender, 1 -3 in the head,
situated far in advance of the dorsal and a little behind the
ventrals. Outer ventral ray produced, reaching beyond the
origin of the anal. Vent placed midway between the origin of
the ventrals and the anal.

Colour greyish, abdomen and posterior part of the head black.
A large round black spot on the first dorsal fin. Ventrals black.

The differences between the young specimen and the adult lie in
its having a larger eye, about two in the head, fewer teeth on the
second dorsal spine and longer anal rays.

This sjiecies is nearest allied to M. (/ih/ifi; Gilb. and Cium., but
is distinguished by its larger eye and shorter snout. From J/.
ncteues, Gilb. and Cram, and M. hlrundo Coll., which it also re-
sembles, it differs in the fin formuhe and the scales. It would
enter the genus Xezuuiia, Jordan' which is sepai'ated from
Macrourus by having an increased number of ventral rays, " 13
to 15 instead of 7 to 10, as in all other Jfdrruurldo',' but as Jf.
(jibhi'ihixs, 1 2-1 3, and M.setniqi(i)icnnciatus, Ale, Jf.jmmiliceps, Ale,
and M. pofi/lepif<, Ale, have 11-12, Xeziunia is not here adopted.
The.se species show the one to pass into the other by complete and
gradual transition.

1 Jordan— U. S. Fish. Comiii. Eull., xxii., 1<)01-. p. 620.

-S48 i;ecoi:ds c,f tiii<: Ars'iiiALixVN' museum.

Type 227 mm. long from 800 fathoms, thirty-five miles east of
Sydney. Four other specimens ranging from 114 mm. to 205 mm.
taV en with the type.

CCELOHHYNCHUS FASCIATUS, Glblther.

Macrurns ( C wl orhy hcJiu^ ) fasciat at>, Gunther, Challenger Report,
Zool., xxii., 1887, p. 129, pi. xxviii., fig. a.

D. xii. 101 ; A. 100; P. 17 ; V. 7. l.lat. 120.

A single specimen, 220 mm. long, which thougli not in entire
agreement with Giinther's description and figure, is so similar
that despite the wide range between South America and the
present locality, I liesitate to regard it as distinct. It difl:ers
from the Challenger figure in having the tail about two-thirds
the length of the head longer, and produced into a fine point.
The whole body is rather more slender and the anal rays ai'e
longer. The fins are dusky, and the outer anterior Jialf of the
anal is black. Inallothercharactersitisinagreement withthefigure,

It may be that the type specimen had the tail imperfect as in
one of our specimens of Optonii7-ns denticu/atus (see p. 346) in
which case these differences would be of little importance.

CCELORHYNCHUS INNOTABILIS, sp. 7iOV.

(Plate Ixiii., figs. 2, 2a).
D. II. 8; P. 18; V. 7.

Greatest depth of the body 1 1 -5 in the total length. Head
including the spine on the snout 5-5 in the same. Snout 2-4 in
tlie head, longer than the eye which is almost 3 in the head.

Snout broad, its terminal half tapering abruptly and tipped
with a sharp triangular spine. Orbit elliptical, a little longer
than the post-orbital portion of the head, and touching the dorsal
profile. Interorbital space 1 "8 in the longitudinal diameter of the
eye. Widtli of the moutli at the angle of the gape nearly twice
in the width of the head in the same line ; maxillary reaching to
below the posterior margin of the eye. Barbel very small, one-
fifth the length of the eye. Ridges on the head very pronounced.
A median one from the rostral spine to between the first-third of
the eyes The supraorbital ridge extends round the posterior
edge of the eye before turning oft" in a horizontal line to the upper
end of the gill-opening. Tlie inner pair of ridges branch off from
the supraorbitals slightly in advance of the middle of the eye, and
convei'ge gently, becoming parallel till about the middle of their
length, where they again separate a little. The spaces between
the ridges, other than on the top of tlie head and the nape, are
quite bare and formed of soft, membranous, and translucent skin

FISUKS AND C'RUSTACRAXS — McCULLOCH. 349

Bod\' and tail very long and slender, coverea witli small scales
of which there are o between the middle of the first dorsal fin and
the lateral line, and 14 in the same row below. The scales on the
sides have 5 sub-parallel rows of sj ines which overlap the edges.

Space between the two dorsals much shorter than the base of
the fii'st. Second dorsal sjjine smooth, not produced, and equal to
about one-half the head in length ; it is placed a little be-
hind the vertical from the insertion of the ventrals, which are
again posterior to the pectorals. Origin of the second dorsal be-
hind that of the anal, its anterior rays about half the length of
the eye ; those of the anal slightly longer. Longest pectoral rays
barely reaching to below the origin of the second dorsal. Outer
vential ray produced, overlapping the anterior anal rays and equal
to those of the dorsal in length. Space between the ventrals and
the vent shorter than the eye.

Colours, light grey with minute black specks. Iris, lips, belly
and ventral fins black.

This species is characterised by its long and slender form.
Without larger material it is impossible to be quite certain of its
determination, but with the characters as presented by the young
examples it appears to differ from all of the many described species.
C. fenuicanda, Garni, is a closely allied species.

Type 138 mm. long from 800 fathoms, thirty -five miles east of
Sydney. One other specimen 1 10 mm. long taken with the type.

BERYCIDyE.

Trachiciitiivs intekmedius, I/fcfor.

TnirhirhtJijjK hif.i'rmfdins (Hector), Giinther, Challenger Repoi't,
Zool., xxii., 1887, p. 24, {)1. v., fig. d.

One specimen, 120 mm. long, constitutes a now Australian
record.

PLEURONECTIDiK.

SvMPUUiu's STHIOTUS, Gilbert, var. au.stkalis, var. nov.

(Fig. 55),

Sy)n})hurns strlclii.-^, Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Fish. Connn., xxiii., pt.
ii., 1903 (1905), p. 691, fig. 272.

D. 116 ; A. 103 ; V. 4 ; C. 14 ; scales lat. 130 ; sc. tr. 5].

Length of the liead (\n the median line of the body) 6-1, Jieight
of body 4 in the length without caudal. Eyes very small, the
upper slightly in advance of the lower, and half the length of the

350

RECORDS OF THB AUSTRALIAN AlUSEUM.

snout wliicli is one foui'th that of the head. Interorljital space
scaly, tlie anterior part with a l)road flap covering the posterior
nostril. Anterior nostril tubular, situated midway between the
end of the snout and the lower eye Head and body, with the
exception of the snout, covered on both sides with small ctenoid
scales which on the coloured side, extend over the bases of the
fin rays. No lateral line. The dorsal fin
commences over the front edge of the eyes, its
middle rays equal in length to those of the
anal, 3-6 in the height of the body and shorter
than the caudal, which is pointed. Anal
separated from the ventral by a space nearly
equal to the snout.

Colour light brown witliout darker
markings. Peritoneum black, showing

through the abdominal walls. Blind-side
Fig. 55. colourless.

A single specimen 120 mm. long agrees fairly well with Gilbert's
<lescription, but differs in having a somewhat deeper body and
shorter head. Tlie eyes also are smaller than as shown in his
figure and the snout longer. In all other characters however it
appears too closely related to S. sftucfiis to admit of specific dis-
tinction.

SCORP^NID^.

ScORPiENA (Helicolenus) PERCOiDES, Jilchardsoii.

Sebastes percoides, Richardson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ix., 1842,
p. 384; Voy. " Ereb. and Terr.," ii., 1845, p. 23, pi. xv.

One specimen, a female with unripe ova, 3G3 nmi. long.
Colours in life, pink suff'used with yellow, with indistinct darker
cross-bars. Pectorals, dorsal and caudal pink, the spinous fin
deeper coloured than the others. Ventrals and anal white. Iris
golden, surrounded with pink.

(Note. — All the scales were rubbed off the sides by the spinels
•of echini taken in the same haul. Otiierwise the cross-liars may
iiave been more niaiked).

Richardson assigned this species to the genus Srbasfps, but was
corrected by Giinther- who transferred it to Scorpa'na. Waite"

'^ Gunther -Cliallenger Rcpt., Zool, xxii., 1887, p 17.
a Waite "Mem. Aust. Miis., iv., 1899, ]j. 100.

KisiiK.s AND chustackaxs — Mcculloch. ."{ol

placed it undei- Srba>>(apiiit('.s which was considered by Jordan and
Evermann^ to be a synonym of Scorjxena, and later by Jordan'^ as
a close ally of the same.

I cannot refer to Street's diagnosis of Sehastapistes, wliicli
apparently includes only " numerous dwarf species less than three
ijiches long " (Jordan loc. cit.) but as our fish presents all the
characters of UfJicolriMis, a genus doubtfully distinct from
Scorpa'vd, I place it under the above heading.

There appears to be some considerable variation in the relative
l(!ngths of the dorsal spines of this species. The present specimen is in
perfect agreement with Ricliar(ls(jn's original description and figure,
but a numlx'r of others of smaller size, including those taken by
the "Thetis" Expedition, are rather better represented by McCoy's
figure," wherein the longest spines are higher than the anterior
rays.

HOPLICHTHYID^.

HOPLICHTHYS IIASWELLI, Sp. 'Uor.

(Plate Ixiv.).

D. V. 14 ; A. 16 ; P. U-f-4 ; V. I. 5 ; lateral plates 11.

Depth of body <S|, length of head to opercular Hap 2-6 in the
length of the body without the caudal fin. Length of snout ■2-74,
diameter of eye 5"4(S and width of head 1"15 in its length.

8nout broadly rounded, with a median notch at its extremity.
The lateral profile of the head is formed by a minutely dtintigerous
ridge which bears four large spines ; the first, which has a smaller
spine at its base, placed before the anterior margin of the eye,
another similar one before the posterior margin, a third
directed inwards at the end of the preopercular margin, and
the fourth and largest formingthepreopercularspine. Abony plate,
wider than the interorbital space, extends backwards from the
nostrils, between which and the lateral margins is a soft fleshy area.
Back of head covered with rough bony plates and smooth naked
areas. The sculpture on the plates consists of minutely denti-
culated, radiating ridges, the centres of which are larger or
smaller spines. The opercles bear three strong ridges which ai-e
armed with small spines along their length, and terminated by
larger spines. A pair of large humeral plates, each bearing a
strong spine.

* Jordan and Evermann — Fishes of N. and Middle America, ii., 1898, p. 1835).

■'' Jordan— Guide Study of Fishes, ii, 1905, p. 434.

'' McCoy — Prodr. Zool. Vict., i., 1879, pi. 33 not very good).

352 liKcuuDs OF Tin: austkalian museum.

Tlie lower jaw is longer than the upper. A broad band of
villiform teeth in l)oth jaws, the innermost ones being the largest.
A A'ery long band on each palatine, and a large patch on the
v(jiner whicli sends backwards two other parallel rows. All the
iiuier teeth are larger tlian those of the jaws. The maxillary
reaches almost to the fx-ont margin of the orbit. Gill membranes
united to the isthmus, without a fi'ee fold, and separated by a
space equal to half the interorbital width.

Above the lateral series of j^lates and posterior to the first
dorsal fin, are some widely scattered, thin, cycloid scales, almost
entirely imbedded in the skin. On the caudal peduncle they are
more numerous, overlapping and smaller. The large lateral plates
are roughened by a number of minutely denticulated ridges radi-
ating from the large blade-like spines, which latter increase in
size backwards. The pores of the lateral line are placed below
the middle of these spines, and there are no smaller secondaiy spines.
The hinder edges of the plates are smooth and deeply cleft in the
middle.

The spines of the first dorsal are slender, tlie second lieing the
longest, 1'38 in the snout (this fin is malformed in the lai'ger
specimen, the measurement being therefore taken from the smaller
one). The second doi'sal ray is the highest and more than once
and a half longer than the highest (7th) anal ray. The anal
commences beneath the 2nd or 3rd dorsal ray and terminates far
behind that fin. Caudal almost truncate, the upper rays a little
longer than the lower. The four lower pectoral rays are free
except for a low membrane at their extreme base. They are
thickened, and longer than the rays above them. The following
one or two rays may be also simple but are joined by membrane
to their tips. The venti-als are inserted well in advance of the
pectorals, the rays increasing in h^igth backwards. Both specimens
have a small anal papilla.

Colours in life pinkish yellow above, white beneath. Doi'sals,
caudal and pectorals pinkish, the latter finely edged with white.
The vertical fins and tail with darker markings.

I have pleasure in associating with this fish the name of
Professor VV. A. Haswell, the leader of the expedition.

This species is closely allied to //. lilatoimrys, Jord. and Everm.,
but appears to be distinguished by its different fin formula, the
character of the lateral plates, the lower pectoral rays being
divided to their base, and by the shape of the snout.

Type 430 mm. long, from SOO fathoms, thirty-five miles east of
Port Jackson. One other specimen, 340 mm. long, taken with the
type.

FlSlIi;S AN'D CRU.STACKANS — McCU LLOCH. 353

B.— CRUSTACEA.

The trawl obtained three species, two of which, Lati-fiUupsis
petteixU, Grant, and Paiiddlns DKU-fius, A. M.-Edw. are dealt
with here. The third is i-eservcd for furthei- consideration.

LATREILLID^.

L.\TREILLOPSIS PETTEHDI, (rnnif.

(Plate Ixv.).

L(itrei//(i/)sts pi'tterdi, Grant, Proc. l^inn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, xxx.,
1905, p. 317, pi. X., fig. 2.

A giant specimen with a carapace measuring 79 mm. long
enables me to add further details to the oiiginal description of
this species. It is a male, and though presenting chara'jters
markedly different from Grant's description and figure, a com-
parison with the type in the Museum collection, which is only
6"55 mm long, convinces me that it is tlie adult of this sjiecies.
The following is a description of the specimen.

Carapace subquadrilateral, but tlie width across the hepatic
regions narrower than the hinder margin ; the length to the ba.se
of the I'ostral spine very little more than the greatest breadth,
which is behind the middle of the lengtli. Sides vertical, the
greatest depth, which is at the base of tlie chelipeds, just half the
length.

Rostral spine slightly deflexed, about half as long as the
supraocular spines, its base broad and depressed. Supraoculars
uptilted and armed with two spines, the one nearest the base
directed outwards and upwards, and the other outwards only.

Whole carapace, with the exception of the frontal and hepatic
rt!gions, covered with small granules which are more numerous
along the lateral and posterior margins. Regions moderately
well defined. The middle and medio-lateral parts with deep
grooves. Linea anomurica distinct. Epigastric region with two
large sub-spiniform granules, and smaller approximated ones
between them. Proto-, meso-, and metagastric regions each with
a large tubercle, that of the first-named being spiniform and tlie
a!iterior of a series of six arranged parallel with the sides of the
carapace. Cardiac and epibranchial regions prominent, with
larger (worn) tubercles. Hepatic region inflated, with three large
mammiliform spines above and three smaller ones below. A
similar spine at the anterior hepatic angle and another above the
base of th(> antenna^.

354 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Eye-stalks less than half the length of the supraocular spines,
which do not conceal them from dorsal view ; eyes very large,
though comparatively smaller than those of the young specimen.

CoxcB and ischia of all the pereiopoda with spiniform granules
below. Meri with spines on both mai'gins which are largest
behind, and each armed distally with a strong spine above ; their
hinder and lower surfaces bespread with spiniform granules.

Chelipeds about 21 the length of the carapace and slightly
more than half that of the third pair of ambulatory legs. The
carpus is granular. Hand very large and swollen, only a little
deeper than thick and covered on both inner and outer faces with
very small rounded granules, the largest of which tend to form
rows. Fingers curved inwards, with widely spaced tufts of short
bristly hairs, the mobile finger with a large blunt tooth near the
base.

Ambulatory legs of the first to third pairs with the carpus
almost smooth. The propodus is roughened with minute
forwardly-directed spines wliich are most numerous below.
Dactylus with five rows of spinules of which two are above, one
on each side and one below.

Last pair of legs much shorter than the preceeding, a little
longer than the chelipeds. Propodus short and broad with four
slender spines placed close together on its hinder margin, into
which the very small dactylus closes.

The ischium and merus of the maxilipeds are very k»ng and
narrow and coarsely granular. Their iinier margins thickly
clothed with long bristles. The following joints smooth and
cylindrical. Exopodite slender, its basal portion granular.

All seven segments of the abdomen are distinct and faintly
granular, and completely covering the space between the bases of
the maxilipeds and legs. The middle line of segments 1-6 is
raised and on 1-4 bears a small spine. Segments 3, 4, and 6 have
also small spines on either side of the raised portion.

Colour in general pink, the carapace becoming whitish on the
sides. Eyes orange above. Hands dark yellow, separated from the
black fingers by a white interspace. Distal end of the joints of
the ambulatory legs and the dactyli rose-colour, the latter with
rows of yellow spines.

The most striking differences between the young and adult
specimens are, in terms of the latter, the broader and much less
quadrilateral form of the carapace, and the less prominent hepatic
regions ; the granulations and spines of both carapace and legs
though much stronger and more numerous, are not so long in

FISHES AND CHUSTACKANS — MiClLLOCMl. 355

pitjpurtion. The two terminal joints of tiie last [laif of legs are
also less modified than in the young specimen.

PANDALID^.

Paxdaias (plesionika) mahtius, a. M.-Erlir.

Fandalus (Flesiunika) martius (A. M.-Edw.), Alcock, Cat. Crust.
"Investigator" 1901, p. &5. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Fish Comm.,
1903 (190(i), pt. iii., p. 914.

A large sei-ies, agreeing well with Alcock's detailed description.
This species was dredged by the Challenger at Station 164a oif
Sydney, in l,:iOO fathoms, while it has also been recorded from
various localities eastward to the Kermadec and Hawaiian Islands
and west through the IncHan Ocean to the Mediterranean Sea.

CCELORHYNCHUS FASCIATUS, Gunther.

As the foregoing was passing through the press I received the
following letter from Dr. G. A. Boulenger regarding the type
specimen.

"You are perfectly right in suspecting the specimen of
C (jelorhynchus fasciatus figured by Giinther in the " Challenger
Report " to have a mutilated tail. Its companion has the tail
intact, and is therefore longer and ends in a fine point, as normal
in the Macrourus. I have besides seen several further specimens
obtained oif the Cape of Good Hope by Dr. Gilchrist."

354 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Eye-stalks less than half the length of the supraocular spines,
which do not conceal them from dorsal view ; eyes very large,
though comparatively smaller than those of the young specimen.

Coxiw and ischia of all the pereiopoda with spiniform granules
below. Meri with spines on both mai-gins which are largest
behind, and each armed distally with a strong spine above ; their
hinder and lower surfaces bespread with spiniform granules.

Chelipeds about 2| the length of the carapace and slightly
more than half that of the third pair of ambulatory legs. Th(!
carpus is granular. Hand very large and swollen, only a little
deeper than thick and covered on both inner and outer faces with
very small r(.)unded granules, the largest of which tend to form
rows. Fingers curved inwards, with widely spaced tufts of short
bristly hairs, the mobile finger with a large blunt tooth near the

hnap

The most striking differences between the young and adult
specimens are, in terms of the latter, the broader and much less
(juadrilateral form of the carapace, and the less prominent hepatic
regions ; the granulations and spines of both carapace and legs
though much stronger and more numerous, are not so long in

FISHES AM) CllUSTACKAXS — mVVLLOCU. 355

piupoitiun. The two terminal joints of the hist pair of legs are
also less modified than in the young specimen.

PANDALID^.

PaXDALUS (fLIvSIONIKa) MAKTIUS, A. M.-Edir.

Fandaliis (Flesionika) niartius (A. M.-Edw.), Alcock, Cat. Crust.
"Investigator" 1901, p. 55. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Fish Comm.,
1903 (1906), pt. iii., p. 9U.

A large series, agreeing well with Alcock's fletailed description.
This species was dredged by the Challenger fit Station 164a off
Sydney, in 1,200 fathoms, while it has also been recorded from
various localities eastward to the Kermadec and Hawaiian Islands
and west through the Indian Ocean to the Mediterranean Sea.

THE RE8ULT.S of DEEP SEA. INVESTIGATION in the
TASMAN SEA.

IL— THE EXPEDITION of the " WOY WOY."

2. MOLLUSCA FROM ElOHT HuXDRED FaTHOMS, ThIRTY-FIVE

Miles East of Sydney.

By Charles Heuley.

(Plates Ixvi.-lxvii.).

In continuation of the biological examination (jf the ocean
floor off Sydney conducted by Professor W. A. Haswell with the
aid of a grant from the Royal Society of London (as detailed ante
p. 271) an excursion was made in the " Woy Woy," on October
26-27, 1906. We proceeded thirty-five miles from the coast, and
lowered the bucket dredge in an estimated depth of 800 fathoms.
It returned nearly full of green ooze. ^ When the whole load was
washed through a sieve of thirty-four to the inch, liardly more than
a cupful was retained of shells, foraminifera, or such solid bodies.
The only thing alive was a Tubicolous Annelid. From shallower
depths of about a hundred fathoms, ten times as much matter
would be left in the sieves. So large a proportion of silt to shells
seems to indicate that deposition is here proceeding rapidly. I
should also have inferred tliat the deposit of such finely divided
matter implied a perfect calm, but my friend Mr. G. H. Halligan
who has given these problems special attention, does not consider
such a deduction necessary.

On the other hand the fiagella of the antennae in an undeter-
mined prawn from this horizon extended for more than three and
a half times the length of its body. Mr. A. R. McCulloch
suggests that this enormous dcvelopement would be manageable
only in absolutely still water.

Both species and individuals were less abundant than in the
samples of sea bottom previously examined. About sixty different
kinds of shells were separated, about a third of which are new.
From these the following are selected for description.

1 For an account of our glauconite deposits, see Collet and Lee — Proc. Roy.
Soc. Edinb., xxvi., 1906, p. 273,

MObLUSCA FROM EKMIT IIUNURED FATHOMS — IIKDLEY. 357
LlOTIA CAPITATA, sj>. uov.

(Plate Ixvii., figs. 13, U).

Shell iniuute, subdiscoidal, spire slightly elev'ate, umbilicus wide.
Colour cream. Whorls three. Protoconch of a whorl and a half,
tilted and inflated. Last whorl scarcely in contact with its pre-
decessor, at last deeply descending. Sculpture, sliarp projecting
ring ribs, widely spaced on the last half whorl, but crowded on
the penultimate, the interspaces and protoconch smooth.
Aperture oval, oblicpie, entire, downwardly directed, fortified by
a prominent ring varix. Height 0-6, major diam. 1'3, minor diam,
0-9 mm.

A single specimen.

The present is closely related to liiffoiifia pemambucfusis,"
with which the apex especially associates it, but from which it
differs by being about half the size and not involute. Though
these are not typical Llofla, that genus seems to harmonise better
with their appearance than does Bifronfia.

TuRnrn-XLA curialis, sp. nm\

(Plate Ixvii., fig. 19).

Shell veiy small, turrited. Colour pale cieam. Whorls eleven
including a protoconch of two rounded whorls. Sculpture, the
third, fourth, and fifth whorls have a single smooth spiral rib
running between the centre of the whorl and the lower suture.
From the sixth whorl onwai'ds, this spiral develops conspicuous
grains, about fifteen to a whorl, but finally these become olxsolete
behind the aperture. F'roiu the .seventh to the last whorl two
narrow, wide spacefl smooth spiral lyrae re\'olve above the bead
row. Five low spirals ornament the base. Aperture defective in
all examples seen, but the direction of growth lines indicate a deep
median sinus. Length, 7, breadth 2 •95 mm.

Several specimens from SOO fathoms.

Tn size and shape this n^sembles T.cnniiiJata, Donald,'' but differs
in the spiral sculpture.

,2 Watson— Chall. Rei)., Zool., xv., 1886, p. 137, pi. viii., f. 13.
•'' Donald— Proc. Malaeol. Sec, iv., 1900. p. 52, pi. v. f. 2.

•358 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSKL'M.

RiSSOA PROFUNDIOR, .^p. UOV.

(Plate Ixvii., fig. 15).

Shell small, ovate, tunited rimate. Colour cream. Whorls
five. Sculpture, two apical whorls smooth, remainder with
elevate, distant, arcuate, radial ribs, thirteen to a whorl, which
gradually vanish on the base. Along the summit of each whorl
runs a broad spiral band linking together the tops of the ribs. A
few (six or seven) raised spiral threads traverse the base and
periphery. Aperture broadly ovate, inner lip reflected. Length
2-95, breadth 1-85 mm.

A few specimens.

The pi'esent seems shorter and broader than E. acnticosfafa,
Dall., ■* to which it has a strong general resemblance.

PVRENE BABYLONICA, Sp. ncn\

(Plate Ixvii., fig. 16),

Shell small, solid, glossy, conical, apex pointed, base contracted.
Whorls five and a half, the lower narrowly but sharply tabulate.'
Colour cream. Sculpture, the protoconch consisting of a whorl
and a half is smooth and very glossy, the next whorl is duller
with incipient ribbing. On the last three whorls there are strong
widely spaced perpendicular ribs, which on the penultimate
number fourteen. Below the periphery they gradually vanish,
above they tei'minate in a blunt point, the summits are linked
together by an indefinite spiral cord. The anterior extremity is
scored by six fine spii-al grooves. Aperture oval, feebly denticul-
ate within the outer lip, on the columellar wall a thick callus
layer. Length, 5-5, breadth 2-5 mm.

Three imperfect specimens.

Pyrene strix, Watson,* appears to resemble this but is larger,
without the denticules in the aperture and has a different apex.

It is curious that four widely differently species of the collection
before me, viz., F. bahylonica, Rissoa prof unci ior, Mitra mlrandd.,
Smith and Dril/ia rhalleiu/eri, Smitli, affect the same style of
ornament.

< Dall— Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xviii., 1889, pi. xix., f. 10.
« Watson- Chall. Rep., Zool., xv., 1886, p. 237, pi. xiii., f. 2.

MOLLUSCA FKOM KKUIT IILNDKIOD FATHOMS — IlKDMCV. •{59

Arculauia dipsacoides, sp. nov.
(Plate Ixvii., fig. 21).

Shell ovate, rather thin, remarkably tabulate. \Viiorl>i eight
of which half are comprised in the protoconch. Colour, cream,
except the protoconch which is pale purple. Sculpture, protoconch
conical, smooth, with a peripheral keel which is just exposed above
the suture of the succeeding whorls. In the adult whorls spiral
threads reticulate radial riblets, producing sharp tuberculate
granules at the point of intersection, on the last whorl there
are eleven spirals and twenty-two radials, both cease on the base
and vanish on the subsutural shelf, the radials mount the spire
obliquely, between the riblets are fine radial threads. Behind the
canal a broad furrow encircles the base. The aperture is without
the thickening usual in the genus, which gives an unfinished
aspect to the shell, outer lip sharp and denticulate by the external
sculpture. Three rest stages on the last whorl are indicated by
thin lamelhe followed by grooves. A thick callus layer is spread
over the inner lip. Canal very short, recurved, the truncate base
of the columella bent outwards. Length, 12, breadth 8 mm.

This species appears to be abundant and wide spread in deep
water. Besides the present station in 800 fathoms, it was taken
in plenty by Mr. W. F. Petterd and myself in 250 and 300
fathoms. It was misquoted in our report (ante p. 214) as Nassa
jaeksoiiemis, Q. & G.. Dr. J. C. Verco has shown me examples
of A. dipsacoides wliich lie drerlged in deep water oft' the coast of
S. Australia.

Of published species the nearest ally is iVdssa rpluomtlla,
Watson,'' from deep water oft' New Zealand. The novelty is of
smaller size, with smaller and more numerous granules.

The familiar Kassa of Lamarck^ is not here employed because
Dr. W. H. Dair has pointed out that Nansa was earlier used by
Bolten'' with a difterent meaning, namely for the group of
Buccinnm i^prhim., Bruguiere, generallj' known by Adams' name
of lopan.

« Watson— Clmh. Rep., Zool., xv., 188() p. 187, \A. xi., f. J).

7 Lamarck— Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1799, p. 71.

" Dall -Joiirn. of Conch., xi., 1906, p. 295.

'J Bolten -Mus. Bolten., (2), 1798, p. 132.

360 RKCORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

EPITONIUM BELLICOSUM, i^}>. tlOV.

(Plate Ixvii., fig. 18).

tSliell slender, tunited, imperforate. Whorls eight, first three
smooth and tightly rolled, remainder so untwisted that the
volutions are only connected by the tips of the lamella?. Colour,
milk white. Sculpture, thin, outstanding, rather curled lamelli^,
which on the final whorl amount to seventeen, on the shoulder
angled and produced in a sharp point, thence crossing the whorl
obliquely, end applied to that of one of tlie preceeding whorl and
thus mounting the spire obliquely and continuously. Between
the lamella:' the shell is quite smooth and glossy. Aperture sub-
circular, lip reflected, the outer one developing the usual shoulder
angle, the inner spread over curled ends of the basal lamella?.
Length, 7-5, breadth, 3-35 mm.

A few specimens from 800 fathoms and others from 250 fathoms
twenty-three miles east of Sydney.

The novelty is related to E. jnkesiannm, Forbes,'" but is
distinguished by the expanded spiny lamella? and consequent
angle at the shoulder.

The name Scalaria for this genus has been generally abandoned.
In substitution, Scala has been advanced," but the anonymity of
the Catalogue in which it appeared is fatal to its acceptance.
Granting this it is necessary to fall back on Bolten's Ejntonmm,^'^
recognised by De Boury" and others as applicable to the genus.

Cancellakia scobina, Jledley and Fcttcrd.

Cancellnria xi-ohina, Hedley and Petterd, ante, p. 222.

This species did not occur in the 800 fathom liaul, but is now
iiitroduced to remark on synonomy. Since last writing on deep
sea shells, I have had an opportunity of comparing an example of
C scobina, from 80 fathoms, off Narrabeen, with the type of

1" Forbes— Toy. " Eattlesnake," ii., 1852, p. 383, pi. iii., f. 7.

11 Melvill-.Toiirn. of Conch., s., 1904. p. 340.

1-2 Bolten— Mus. Bolt., (2), 1798, p. 91.

!•' DeBourv— Mdii. ties 8ciili(l:i\ 1SS«), ji. x.

MOLLUSCA FROM EIGHT HUXDRED FATHOMS — HEDLEV. 361

CartcfJIaria micrn, Tate/' in the Tate Collection, University
Museum, Adelaide. The fossil has more and finer spirals, but
weaker radials. Tn size, shape, and otlier respects they are
identical. My conclusion is that the recent C. scobiiKi may be
reiifarded as a sliifht variation of the fossil C. viicra.

Philine oscitans, S/J. ?iOtv

(Plate Ixvii., fig. 17).

Shell small, opaque, moderately solid, oblong-ovate. 8pii-e not
concealed, plane, of two and a half i-apidly increasing whorls,
separated by a deep sutural furrow. Sculptured by spiral rows of
small close punctures, radially undulate with rather coarse incre-
mental lines. Colour, pale yellow. Aperture very large, rounded
anteriorly. Columella witli a heavy callus. Outer lip free at the
vertex, ending in an acute angle. Length, 2, breadth, I'G mm.

A single specimen from 800 fathoms. On reconsidering the
species noticed (ante p. 288) as P. trappzia from 80 fathoms ofl:'
Narrabeen, I find that these specimens belong to the present foi'm.
Philine trapezia, Hedley,'' is related but is narrower, thin, and
possessess a distinct and characteristic angle.

Led A PALA, sj>. jior.

(Plate Ixvi., fig. 1).

Shell small, smooth, inequilateral, moderately inflated, tlie
rostrum not differentiated from the remainder of the valve, with
a slight pearly sheen. Culour, olive-buff. Umbo prominent,
antei'ior and ventral margins rounded, posterior dorsal margin
concave. Hinge with 10 posterior and 8 anterior teeth. Specimen
drawn is — height, 2-85, length, 4-25 ; depth of single valve 1"15
mm. Another fractured valve is 4"1 mm. high.

Numerous separate valves from 800 fathoms.

The novelty approaches J^eda oblomja, Pelseneer,""' from the
Antarctic, but is less pointed posteriorly.

" Tate -Trans. Eoy. Soc. S. Ausfr., xi., 1889., p. 158, pi. x., f. 8.

" Hedley— Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxvi., 1901, p. 704.

i« Pelseneer -Result V. y. "Belgica," Moll., 1903, p. 23, pi. vi., f. 79-80 (as L.
antartica, p. 09).

362 HECOKDS OF TllK AUSTRALIAN MUSKL'M.

Leda FORTIS, hJ). tlOV.

(Plate Ixvi., fig. 2, 3).

Shell small, solid, smooth, nearly equilateral, subtriaiigular,
rather inflated. Colour cream. Sculpture delicate growth lines.
Rostrum short and bnmd, with an angular ridge. Dorsal mar-
gins meeting at an acute angle. Anterior and \entral margins
rounded. Hinge with t^velve teeth on each side. Height, 3-7 ;
length 4 2 ; depth of single valve, 1 45 mm.

Several .separate valves.

This species appears to belong to the sub-genus Jiqyltfria.^''

NUCULA DILECTA, Smith.

Niiciila dilecfd,, Smith, Pi'oc. Zool. Soc, 1891, p. 442, pi. xxxv.,
f. 23.

Of common occurence in the vicinity of the type locality is a
Nncnla which coincides with the account of Nucida dilecta and
which is accordingly identified as such. But this involves adding
..y. ddecUi to the synonomy of Nucjda ohliqua, Lamarck, the
nomenclature of which was discussed in dealing with the
"Thetis" mollusca.1*^

CUSPIDARIA ALVKATA, SJ). UOV.

(Plate Ixvi., fig. 6).

Shell much infiated, nearly equilateral, umbo prominent, dorsal
margin rather straight, anterior perpendicularly truncate, ventral
I'ounded, posterior scarcely sinuate, rostrum hardly apparent.
Colour cream. Sculpture, medially there are faint radiating
impressed lines which vani.sh on th(; anterior quarter, but pos-
teriorly gradually pa.ss into deep and wide furrows. These fur-
rows notch the maigin and are parted by sharp elevated ribs of
v/hich about ten are stronger than the rest, the broadest furrows
contain each a small intei'stitial riblet. Except the smooth umbo
the whole surface is over-run by fine close concentric threads
which bead the crests of the ribs. Length, 9 5 ; height, 8 ; depth
of single valve 3 mm.

A single valve and a few fragments were procured.

" Sacco— iloll Terr. Tert. Piedmont , pt. xxYi.,1898, p. 5(5.
"* Hedley— Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 5, 1902, p. 292.

MOLLUSCA FROM KKJIIT HUNDRED FATHOMS — HKDLEY. 363

The posterior radial ribbing recalls C alcocki, Sinith^'' from the
Bay of Bengal, from which the abbreviated rostrum rearlily dis-
tinguished the Australian species.

ThYASIRA ALHKJKXA, sp. IMV.

(Plate Ixvi., fig. 4, .5).

Shell minute, rather higher than long, translucent with faint
growth lines. Anterior margin slightly sinuate, ventral rather
.straight, postei'ior rounded. Fold almost obselete. Umbo pro-
minent, median, incurved. Muscle scars opaque, solid, projecting
above the interior surface and visible from the outside. Height,
2 ; length, 1-9 ; depth of single valve, 0-75 mm.

A few separate valves.

This species is very distinct from any yet recorded from
Australia. It appears to belong to the sub-genus Axiun/.us,'-^
characterised by the absence of the fold, but is narrower with
more prominent umbo than any referred to that group. The
white cheeks of the opaque adductor scars contrasted with the
translucent shell are a convenient recognition mark for the
species.

Lucina induta, sp. nor.

(Plate Ixvi., fig. 11, 12).

Shell minute, very thin, brittle, glossy, white, concealed beneath
a thick hard brown mass which cakes, cracks and splits oft' when
dry. In shaj^e subcordate, rounded anteriorly, subangled pos-
teriorly, beaks prominent incurved. Lunule absent. Sculpture,
irregular concentric undulations and striations. No muscle scars
visible. Hinge, tlie valve margin is produced under the umbo to
simulate a cardinal tooth, the ligament occupies a naiTow groove.
Length, 3 ; height, 265 mm.

Several complete specimens, from 800 fathoms.

As usual with thin sliells the muscle scars are invisible, indeed
so few salient characters are presented that the systematic position
of the species is uncertain. Possibly it may enter Vaticinaria.-^

'■' Siiiitli-Aiiii. Mug. Nut. Hist., (8), xiv., 1«9-1, j). 170, \^\. v., f. 8.
■M V'^crrill and Busli— Proc. U. S. Nat. :\Ius , xx., 1898, p. 790.
'■" J)all— rroc. f. S. Nat. Mur., xxiii., 1901, p. 830.

364 UECORDS OF Tllh: AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

TURQUETIA INTEGRA, sp. nov.

(Plate Ixvi., fig. 7, 8, 9, 10).

Shell small, moderately solid, rather inflated, nearly ei[uilateral,
oblong, higher behind than before, dorsal margin straight, anterior
and posterior rounded, ventral slightly sinuated. Colour cream.
Umbo inflated, prominent. A slight shallow median sulcus exter
nally. Sculpture : fine irregular incremental lines. Hinge, a
narrow external ligament, no laterals, a tubercular subumbonal
cardinal and socket in each valve Pallial line entire. Height,
3-5, length, 6 ; deptli of single valve I'O mm.

A few separate valves were taken in 800 fathoms. My figure
and description is based on a better example dredged in 250
fathoms, twenty-three miles east of Sydney by Mr. Petterd and
myself.

The generic allocation of this species has been a matter of
difliculty to me, and I have taken refuge, though not with feelings
of security, in Turquetia. This at least corresponds to the extent
of having a simple pallial line, no laterals and one cardinal in each
valve. Our species is larger and has not the short truncate pos-
terior side of the type. Turquetia was proposed by Velain'^^ for a
small bivalve from St. Paul Island in the Indian Ocean. Its
hinge was more fully explained by Bernard'-'.

2!» Velain— Archiv. Zool. Expcv., vi., 1877, p. 134, pi. v., f. 15-17.
23 Bernard— Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., iv., 1898, p. 84, f. 6.

NORTH QUEENSLAND ETHNOGJJAPHY.'

Bulletin No. 9.

BriuAL CereiMonies, and Disposal of the Dead.

By AValteu E. Roth, Magistrate of tlie Ponieroon District,.

British Guiana; late Chief Protector of Aborigines, Queensland ;

C<K"responding Member of the Anthropological Society, Berlin^

the Anthropological Institute, London, etc.

(Plates lxviii.-lxxi\ ., figs. oG-GO).

Contents.

Sect. 1. Introduction.

2. Pennefather River Ceremonies.

3. Lower Gulf of Carpentaria Coast.

4. Princess Charlotte Bay.

5. Cape Bedford.

(). Bloomfield River.

7. Tally River.

8. Russell River.

9. Boulia District.

10. Cloncurry District.

11. Upper Georgina River District.

12. Rockhampton District.

13. Brisbane District.

1 . The interpretation of many of the gruesome details embodied
in the following pages will be rendered intelligible by bearing in
mind that, speaking generally, the main purport of the ceremonies
connected with the disposal of the dead is to avenge the deceased,

' Bulletins 1-8 inchisive wore presented to both Houses of Piirlianient in
Brisbane (see Queensland Parliamentary Papers, 1901-1900), and subse-
quently printed and piiblislied by the Government Printer (George
Arthur Vauglian). The eollections, on which much of tlic matter con-
tained in these " Bulletins " depends, liaving now ])assod into tJie
possession of tlie Trustees of the Austrahan Museum, ])r. Eofli's notes,
will from time to time apj)ear in tlie " Records." — Editor.

366 HECOKDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

and by so doing, to insure the well-being of the survivors. Death,
disease and accident are not natural phenomena in that they are
believed to be due directly or indirectly to human agency,- to
some enemy in the Hesh or spirit^ dooming the individual to a
particular form of death pjj. by lightning, flood, spear : it is this
spirit of the dead in one form or another that brings all
their troubles and dangers to the living, and hence the anxiety of
the latter to satisfy its claims to the last farthing. Furthermore,
the influence for good or for evil of such spirits is to be judged
from the bodies whence they have been originally derived,' witli
the result that the spirits of women, children, infirm and invalid
old men, whom, during life, the survivors had no reason to fear,
need not be bothered about in the way of ceremonial to the same
extent as is considered necessary with the more virile of the men.'
Deceased warriors have to be well propitiated to prevent them
returning to do evil to the living. On these lines, the differences
in the funeral obsequies depending upon the prowess, sex, age, etc.
of the departed can be accounted for, minor distinctions in the
methods of Iiolding the inquest and discovering the ouljjrit
varying with the modifications in local superstitions.

Again, this ignorance of the true meaning of death leads to
difficulties in recognising the period of its occui-rence," the exact
time of tlie spirit's release from its fleshy prison ; these difficulties
are all the more excusable when it is remembered that the spirit,
vital principle," etc., may be associated either with the shadow,
breath, heart, after-birth, ears or nose, and hence can be seen, heard,
smelt, etc. As a consequence, it comes about that the deceased
may s^Deak and be spoken to, that he may be supplied with
victuals at the grave-side, that he may be fixed in the best position
suitable to allow of him watching the ceremonial dances etc.
carried out in his especial honour, and that he may be decorated
to such an extent as will satisfy his vanity to the full. It thus
also follows that only when the spirit has been propitiated and
avenged (by the sacrifice of another's, etc.) that what remains of

2 Bull, 5— Sects. 113, 11-4.

3 Bull. 5— Sects. 115, 116.

4 BiUl. 5— Sect. 65 et seq., 74, etc.

■^ Bull. 5 — Tlie names of females wliicli are iiecessarilj tabu after dcalli,
Sect. 72.

<> The Pitta Pitta natives of Boulia use tlic same word i-clii to express the
verbs to die, to lie down.

' Bull. 5— Sects. 65 to 70.

NoKTii (.)Ui;i:nslani) i;tji\u(;kaphy — koth. 367

tlie corpse is tiiially disposed of for .^ood and all, that the deceased's
property is divided, the widow taken to wife, and the signs of
mourning discarded.

The significance of the eating of the Ixxly wlioll^^, or in pait, is
certainly very difficult to understand. The practice is found
indulged in by perhaps oidy the few immediate relatives to practi-
cally the entire camp, while the Hesh eaten may be limited to that
of virile men only, or again, male and female, old and young, may
all be partaken of. Tlie natives will admit that their feelings in
the matter are prompted by sentiments akin to love and affection,
by hungei', by ideas of sanitation," by a sense of punishment and
spite,'' and by fear.'" Without any leading question, and I have
made the enquiry over and over again for years past, I have never
yet succeeded in learning from an aboriginal, living under native
conditions, that the; individual who eats human flesh benefits in
any way by accjuiring the moral or physical (jualities of the persoii
made a meal off : no male, with any respect for liimself, would
wish to obtain the attributes of a woman or child.

In all cases, the widow becomes ultimately the property of one
or other of her late husband's group- or blood-brothers." On the
Bloomfield River wlien a single man dies, the woman to whom he
may have been betrothed, but not yet cohabitated with, may be
betrothed again, or married straight away. The widow, though
she may be found now and again even after her re-marriage
wearing her late husband's necklet, forehead band, etc., has
nowhere any legal right to his property, chiefly consisting of
fighting-weapons, which usually passes to one of his brothers.

The deceased's hut is usually burnt, or taken to pieces.

White and red, one or other, or both, are the colours ado])ted
by the mourners : the former would seem to savour rather of
grief pure and simple, the latter being more significatory of the
avenging sentiment. Elsewhere'- will be seen a description of
the various decorations peculiar to such circumstances, some of
them donned only according to the age, sex, rank, etc. of the
deceased individual, whilst others (such as the cross-shoulder

" i.e. to prevent exposure of the botly with euueoiuitant " stinking."

'•> Bull. 3— Seet. 38.

10 Safe in tlie knowledge tliat luiving eaten the eorpse, the impossibility of
. itself or its spirit returning to do theui liarui is assured.

1' See Marriage. — Widows.

i'-* See Deeoration. — Clotliing.

368

UKCOK'DS OF TIIH ATSTliALIAN MUSEUM.

ornanieuts) which in certain cHstricts may be absolutely distinctive
of the period of mourning may in other areas have no such signi-
ticatory importance whatever.

2. On the Pennefather River, wliich is fairly t3'pical of the
procedures usually followed in tlie upper portions of Cape York
Peninsula, differences in the burial ceremonies vary much with
the age and sex of the individual concerned. Old men and
women, as well as young women, are buried within a day or two
after decease in the neighbour"hood of the camping-ground, and
the camp shifted. Children are usually put out of sight directly
after death, though sometimes they may be carried about, wrapped
up in bark, until they get dried, before being stowed away rather
than buried, among the roots of a tree, in a cave, etc, The father
of the child does not visibly appear to be much concerned over
its death, though the mother takes it to heart, and will put on
mourning in the form of shell necklaces and chest ornaments-
which a})pear to be used only in the case of deaths of infants and
children : the necklaces are placed either around the neck or from
one shoulder across to be opposite armpit, and are made of Solen,
Oliva and Columbella shells, while the special chest ornaments are
manufactured from the pearl shell, or Mallens. When young men
die the body is at once put into a sheet of bark, bound rounrl and
round, and slung to a pole supported by two forks,^' but in the
neighbourhood of Margaret Bay, the body may be slung up without
any Ijark covering except a dilly-bag or two o^ser the head (PI.
Ix viii., fig. 1 ). Until such time as the corpse becomes dried, the num-
ber of months depending upon the season, etc., there is a singing
and stamping performance taking place over it morning and
evening. The mourners both male and female cover themselves
completely with charcoal, and with beeswax stick on their fore-
lock anything of a red colour, usually either a feather of the
Blue Mountain Paroquet, or (the women^ a flower of Erythriua
vespertilio : the women in addition tie a particular kind of fibre-
string (Bull. 2 — Sect. 15) round the belly and ai'ms, this string
being often coloured red, and on the Peninsula Coast-line, cer-
tainly in the neiglibourbood of Pennefather River and Margaret
Bay, may wear a special kind of cap manufactured on the same
pattern as the local dilly-bag ; it is known as a Nggara
(NGG)." While the men sit or stand around the slung corpse,

1^ Tliese two forked uprights often give tlie only clue to the charred remains
scattered around.

" Capital letters expressed in this manner were used by Dr. Roth through-
out the former Bulletins to indicate nanu^s of the various tribes referred
to. Thus NG-G means the Nggerikudi Tribe of the Pennefather and
Batavia Rivei-s. See Bull. 3, p. 3 — Editor.

North (iUEKXsLANr) i:tiixoora)'IIV —roth. 360

the women, advancing from a distance in pairs, keep singing and
stamping as tliey approach : tlie stamping consists of a simultan-
eous jerking movement of both feet, the dust being thrown up
with eacli jerk. Tliere is a belief that by thus stamping there is
a chance of bringing the life, vital principle, etc., (the Ngai or
Cho-i'^) back into the dead body : it is cur-ious to note that the
women make the same steps when an indivithial lias a fainting
fit"'. If the young man met his deatli in the water a corresjiond-
ing dance takes place in that element, the throwing up of the dii.st
witii the feet being now replaced by the splashing of the water
with the hands. During the intervals between the morning and
•evening ceremonies, the women sit underneath the pole on
which the corpse is tied. The body is finally burnt, with the
exception of the head, the fibula bones (NGG, pau-uto or pau-to),
the soles of the feet (^N(xG, Ko-e-ana), and the Heshy portions of
the fronts of the thighs. Where the corpse is l)urnt, the nearest
tree is marked with a sloping vertical cut, and the camp shifted :
it is believed that when once the body is crematetl, there is no
moi-e chance of the Cho-i coming back in the fiesh, but that it
hovers somewhere about the bush. The decapitated liead is
carried about in a piece of bark, or a dilly-bag, etc., by the mother.
I'he iibula-bones are wrapped in matcli-hox bean or tea-tree bark,
tied round and round with fibre-twine (raddled or not) and
further decorated with Emu, Blue Mountain Paro([uet, Cockatoo,
or Native-Companion feathers (PI. Ixi.x) : sucli a pau-to is slung
either from around the forehead so as to liang over the nape of
the neck, or el.se over the fore-arm. The individual who thus
carries these personal mementoes is a son of the deceased's sister :
the onus of preserving these relics may thus fall upon two, three,
or more men sometimes. Furthermore, the portions of deceased's
flesh (thighs, and feet) wlien originally cut from the corpse
are baked in the ashes, and cut up into little bits to be eaten one
or two at a time morning and evening by the same individual or
individuals who are responsible for tlie pau-to. The eating pro-
cess takes from two to three months, sometimes longer, to complete,
and throughout all tliis period the jjerson remains dumb, and is
known as te-itima : he is supposed to actually lose the powei- of
speech, and though going al)Out his l)usiTU?ss as usual, ex[)res.ses
liimself only liy signs, claps his hands if lie wants to attract otiier
people's attention, maintains the signs of mourning, and lets his

1-' Bull 5 Sect (is.

!'■ Bull 5^^^l•(•t. 70, last iwriigvapli

•^70 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN AIUSKUM.

hair grow.''' But dui'ing all this loss of speech, the te-itima^
when done with the eating of the human ilesh, has gradually
discovered the niurdei'er who doomed the deceased, and b}' the
time that he is convinced of the identity, he finds himself in the
centre of a gronp of old men bending towards him with their
faces to the ground : speech returning, he commences with a
guttural, then a babble, and so gradually expresses himself more
and more distinctly when he gives his hearers tlie name of the
guilty party. He subsequently makes an ombo, or death-charm,
ill the form of three or four bone-needles'" splintered from the
fibula which he has been carrying with him. AV'ith this ombo
the deceased is subsequently avenged on the murderer, either at
the hands of the victim's sister's son as alreafly mentioned, or
should a convenient opportunity present itself, by the victim's
mother's-father's-brother's sun. Should the ombo fail to take
immediate effect the accused may liave to stand the ordeal of
having spears thrown at him,^" and this may lead to general
fighting and trouble.

3. Down the Lower Gulf Coast, <'.//., on the Lower Mitchell,
Nassau, and 8taaten Rivers, very little reliable information is
forthcoming concerning procedures, relative to the disposal of the
flead. In large measure this is due to the natives being still in
their pristine condition, and frightened of strangers, European
settlements few and far between, and no interpreters available.
As far as my investigations led me, however, I was satisfied that
with one or two variations, the fuiieral obsequies are run generally
speaking,on the same lines as at the Pennefatlier River. One such
variation is tliat during tlie period of discovering the individual
guilty of killing the deceased, tlie nearer relatives in place of losing
their powers of speech, have to avoid eating red-meats, <'.y,
opossum, bandicoot, kangaroo, cattle, such foods as iguana, itc ,
being permissible. A singular i-estriction from red meats by the
nearer relatives has also been met with amongst the Maytown
and Middle Palmer River Natives (Koko-minni Blacks). Further-
more, instead of carrying about the deceased's fibula, etc., or pau-
to, the avenging I'elatives wear in similar position an ornament
covered with Ahrus seeds, which is said to contain portions of
deceased's flesh (PI. Ixx.) this same decoration may on occasion
thus become the sign of a challenge to fight. This ornament

" I have seen siu'li diniib men even at tlie Mapoon Mission (Batavia Eiver)
so late as 1898, and sinee tlien on tlic Embley and Arehev Rivers, and at
the Moreton Electric Teh'gra])li Oflice.

1*^ Bull. 5- Sect 136.

1" Bull. 8— Sect. 13.

NORTH (^UHICNSLAXI) ETIIX0(;RAP1IY — UoTII. 371

(KMI, lin-ji-ihi), on the Middle Palmer Kivei' is about six inches
long, gradually enlarging towards its extremity, foi-med on a basis
of black cement substance encircled on its upper half with kan-
garoo twine, and studded over its lower with Ahrns precatorms
or sometimes Adenanthera ahrosperma berries. When the berries
are not obtainable, the kangaroo twine may l)e alone employed ;
it is of course only used by males.

4. At Princess Charlotte Bay, although every effort is made
to prevent a fatal termination to sickness or accident within
the precincts of a camp, by remo^•ing the moribund patient to
a distance, there appears to be no compunction about biinging
the corpse back immediately after death, and temporarily burying
it well within the camping ground. The restrictions of the tabu
are applied to the actual spot where death takes place. The mourn-
ers, men and women, alternately sleep at and cry over the grave,
wear mourning belts (men) or chain strings (women) and cover
themselves with mud. The belts, similar to those at Cape Bedford,
are wound round the waists, and are made of a central core of
opossum-, or human-hair string, around which another twine is
tightlj' coiled.-" The chain-strings'-^' are worn either over one shoulder
across to, and under the opposite arm-pit, or else round the neck,
one individual thus wearing three different sets at the same time.
After some three or four days, when the friends and relatives who
liave been sent for are gathered round, the body is exhumed, and
packed up in a piece of bark the ends of which overlap like a
tongue, while the sides are sewn across in single boot-lace style. In
thisfashion the corpse is carried about frcmi campto campfor a long
period, many months maybe, indeed until such time as the deceased
tells his brotlier, uncle, etc., who it was that doomed or put him
to death. But should lie not choose to tell, his relatives will find
out for themselves by means of hair-twine made from hair removed
from the corpse. As this is being manufactured and rolled
and stretched along the thigh,''^''* the names of suspected persons
are called aloud ; the name at which it breaks is that of the person
who committed the i\Qi^<\. If the individual thus detected lives
in some other district, the hair-twine is mentled, forwarded to one
of the deceased's relatives in that neighbourhood who takes his.
i-e\'enge and sends it back when completed, in fact the return of
the twine shows that the alleged assailant has paid the forfeit
with his life. On occasion, especialh' in the case of women and

ao Bull. 1 —Section ] 5.
••21 Bull. 1.— Section VI.
-' Bull. 1.^ Section 2.

^i7'2 UICCORDS OF TIIK AU.STliALIAN MUSEUM.

children, the mourner will watcli nii;lit after iiiyht at the lijrave
to try and find out the guilty party. At any rate, wlien once
what is considered to be sufficient proof is fortliconiing as to the
identity of the murderer, lie is followed about for many a long
day, so that he should forget all about it and not liave his suspic-
ions aroused until a suitable opportunity occurs foi- either spearing
or choking him, especially when no one else is present. But
should the alleged culprit get some private information that lie is
" wanted " on the charge, so to speak, he may prove too cunning
and wide-awake to be caught. Under such circumstances he will
be waited for some evening while in camp, perhaps engaged on a
corrobboree, etc., when he will be struck with a spear from some-
where under cover of the darkness, or tlie shelter of the trees.
On examining the spear wliich has struck him, his mates will see
that it is mud-painted, and by this sign will recognise why he has
been put out of the way. If by any chance the alleged murderer
should eventually escape vengeance, the life of his mother, brother,
or sister will be forfeited, and only when such penalty has been
l)aid does the victim's corpse cease its peregrinations to be j)erm-
anently buried deep down in the ground.

5. The following account of the disposal of the dead at Cape
Bedford was written for me(1902)inherownlanguage'-' by Muluir*
one of the black women at the local Hope Valley Mission, and
thanks to the superintendents, the Revs. Schwarz and Poland, I
am enabled to supply its free translation.'-^

Gurabudo bama-ngai duyu meielil. Bama liieiii, bama
Again men deatli tell. Man (when) died, man

warka-ngamu ungga-dir-budongo gura gauwal budongo
altogether a crying-with-very and scream \ cry

bar-ngal. Ngamu, kanal, dirnggur, benior,

cry. Mother, elder-sister, 3'ounger-sister, fathers' sister,

gammi, babbi, ungga warka iiatcheltchil. (Jura

mother's mother, father's mother, cry many cry. And

niangal danangan-ngun kambul wudye-go kundandal ; yirmbi,
hand their-with belly violently strike ; lips,

numbul, kambogo galmba. Gura bobo-we walli dakan

cheeks, head too. And ground-on here-and-there down

'^ Koko-yiiiiidir, the graiumiir and strufturcof which is di'iai!cil in J»n]l. -.

'•** Name signifying a Quandong.

'■^'' Tlie description given is very complete, except that dealing witli Mie inquest
wliich she, on account of her sex, Avas not allowed to see. This portion,
however, of tlie burial service is given in more detail in connection with
the Eloomfield River Natives who are only about fm-ty miles distant.

NORTH QUEENSLAND ETHNOGRAPHY ROTH. 373

(liulai-a gura dalinhakabaya bobo-we gura bol)u

go and tlirow (themselves) down ground-on and soil

danibanbar niangal-nda, gura tamal-nda galmba bobo dabellnl.
tln-ow hands-witb, and feet-witb too ground kick.

Gura bama mala svudyego kaimbahnbal. Dirainggur ngii
And man guilt}' vebemently (tliey) scold. Old men

galmba ungga batcheltchil warka. Gura dana galmba gari

also cry ciy very. But they too not

yimidir ungga-\ve-go, gari bama kaimbahnbal, galmba gari
similar crying-witli, iiot man scold, also not

bobo-we dalmbakabaya gura mangal-nda dodi danajigango

ground-on throw (themselves) and hands-with body their-own
galmba gari kundandal. Galmba gari bama unggawe-go

too not strike. Also (tliey) not men crying-foi-

kaimbahnbal. Garkcj bera dana bama mala, mako-badaigi >

scold. By-and-bj'e certaiiily they man guilty, always

ganil-nda kaimbahnbal. Ungga katabatega pitaigo dana
song-with scold. Cry having broken a little they

gamai-ga dudara. Gura dodi danangan-go durng-gahig-gal ;

white-clay for go ((juick). And body their smear ;

(Hrainggur galmba gamai-nda durng-gahig gal mundal-go. (ilura

old men too white clay with smear some only. And

ngamu, peba bm-la duyu-wego ungga Ijatchil-budo, burlangau
mother, father both the dead-for ciy cry-indeed, them both
gamai bamal mandendi, garko burla durlng-galng gaya

clav men fetch, by-and-bye those two smear each other

gamai-budongo yitar kambogo-we gura dodi-we galmba.

clay-much ])ut head-on and body-on too.

Bama yaba bieni garka-ngun diral nangu-nga

Man elder-brotlier died, younger-brother l>y wife him-of

<lamalmal : iiuhi ngando bama yenfhi-me-gal bur-ngal-ngaya,
speai's : li<' women men others-before will pull

yerka-ngu. Kalka nangun-ga 3'ei'ka yendu-mun karbalbal,

boy's on account of. Speai- his own l)oy another-by hold,
ngando gari dama-tinu. Ngalan iigurku pulega dana ninia
woman not shall throw. Sun evening falling tliey gra\e

garbarenggo bakalkal, galbaigo y(jku daba bandendil wahnba
middle in right dig h)ng wood sticks cut platform

nga(hi-galbaigo 3'itarnu-ngo, dikan galmba bur-ngal-ngal

(knee-extended, ?'.r".) in a line put-to, grass also pull,

wahnba- wego ngada-galbaigo nandiur ngaranu-ngo bodu
platform-for in a line resting-place spread-by, bark

galmba mandendi wanggar-mun baitchai'-nu. Daku namo-dir
also fetch abuve-fnjm to cover. Things there-with

374 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

badatega, clana duyu mandendi. Nganiu iiangu iiulu kana

finished, they corpse fetch. Mother his she first

uima-we garnbarnbar ungga-dir-go. Gura kanal, diruggur,

grave-in jumps cry- with. And elder-sister, younger-sister,

yumur, babbi, gammi, bemor,

son (daughter), father's mother, father's father, fathersyounger, sister
dana duyu wogur-gur budo ungga-dirgo. Duyu yitarnu-ngo
they corpse follow indeed crying-with. Corpse to putin-inorderto
garko ngamu nangu dawil wakur kadanu. Gura nula
by-and-bye mother his tlie}' call outside to come. And she
wakur kadaiga, dana nima-we yitar bodu-n baitcha,
outside having come, they (him) grave-in put, bark-with cover,
gura bobo-n kobarbil. Bama dana duyu kobarbil, gura dana
and soil-with bury. Men they corpse bury, and those

ngando-ngai duyu danaigo woguren, dana nawaigo nima-we
women corpse before followed, the}'^ just-there grave-at
ungga batcheltchil-budo. Duyu kana kobarbi-ga, garko
a-weeping cry indeed. Corpse once buried, then

ngando-ngai )nundal kadara nima-we ungga batchinu-ngo. Gura
women some come grave-to a cry to cr3\ And

dana nanggor nawaigo nima-we-go dagalgaya mundal
tliey camp just-there grave-at-just build some (coming)

naka-nun, mundal goarlnggar, mundal diliar-nun mundal
east-from, some west-in, some southfi'om, some

gunggar-nun. Dana wabalego nanggor dagalgaya gulboigo :
north-from. They wide-spread camp build together :.

duyu garbar-enggo(w)unana. Dana wudur nobungo barbega,
corpse middle-in rests. The}" night one having-slept,.

ngando nulu ungga-dirgo kadara, gura dirainggur-be
the woman she a crying-with comes, and old-men-to

kambogo walli (w)umalma nangu kundanu-ngo, dana nangu

head roundabout gives it to strike-for to, they her

galmba kundandal. Gura milbiren. Ngando garnbi-bud-ongo
too strike. Also wommera-with. Woman blood-much-very

dodi na,ngu-go ngalba gariibi. Gura dana ngando-ngai
bodv her-own all blood And they the women

ngalan-be gumbin burlnggar wogur-gur duyungu. Namodir
dav-during string mourning-string plait the dead-for. Tliis

badatega, garko gumbin-ngai gamai-ngu-nda durng-galng-gal,

finished, then strings cla3'-with smear,

garko manu-we goma yirngahigal gura gamur godera-uie

then neck-on together wind-round and ann-pit two-under
yitar, burnga galmba wambirdamal kambogo-we yitarnu-ngo.

put, dilly-l)ag also tear up head-on to put-for.

NOHTH QUEKN-SLAXD ETilXOfiHAPHV ROTH. 375

Xamo-dir murga ngaiido-ngai wogur-gur, (lirainggar gari.

These only women plait, old-men not,

dirainggur-be murga ngando-ngai wogur, gura dana hirljalbal.

old men-for only women jilait, and they \vear(them)
Gura peba-iTgan burnga-ngai dumbehnbil gura diar \'itar
And father-by dilly-bags breaking(tearing) and hole put-in
kambogo burnggatinu gura dana namodir-be burnggaya gura
head to enter and they this-in enter and

manu-we yitar. Gura burnga dodi nangume buntjil-buntjil-go
neck-on put. And dilly-bag body his-on incomplete (broken)
burngalngal gura yendu pita kambogo- we yit;ir. Murga
pulls and another small one head-on places. Only

dirainggur yendu-mun gumbi-ngo gamai-go mandendi, gari

old men others-by string-only clay-only taken, not
warka-nganui j'imidir ngando-ngai. Gura ngando dana nangu

altogether like women. And woman they her

kundaiga, dajia nangu gari gura kuli-dir. Dirlen dana

having struck, tliey her no more angry-witli. Tlierefore they
ngando-ngai yimidir nganni kundal '. Ngai ! burla

the women like this why strike ? What a question I both

danaigo ngamburgo g'ilgi mate-ga kaimbalmbate-ga,

before aliv(^ jealousy became-because (}uai-reled-because

kundandate-ga nangu muri-budo. Dana ngando-ngai

struck-because her (they) forbade-indeed. They women

namodir-ga-budo kundandal, dirainggur galmba wabu-bakal

that-for-indeed strike, old men too spear in the leg

yimi-yimidir-gala diral bienega. Garko bama godera dadara

just tlie same wife having died. By-an<l-bye men two go
melbi-dir duyu-ngu dauun-ngai dawinu-ngo. Gura burla
message-with corpse-for friends call-to. And tliese two

bobo yuba bama-dir-go wamega, burla dudan-be-go

place close to men-wnth having approached, they the wav-on
gamai-ngu-nda dodi l)urlangan-go durnggalnggal. Garko

clay-with bodv their-own smear. By-and-ln'e

bama-gal gamai-tchir-go miraya, burlangan nadega

inen-before clay-with appear, them having seen

gauwal-tchii'-go bama yendu-me merelil. Garko liurla yerlnggaigo

scream-with men other-to tell. Then tliey separate
dagaya garko burlangan bama nobun-il wamil melbi-dir.
sit down then them man one approaches message-with.

Gura burla mell)i nangun-gal meril-budo duyu galmba
And they message him-before tell-indeed the dead also
meril. Gura nulu melbi duyu-ngu meril-budo.

tell. And he message corpse-onaccountof tells indeed

376 KICrOltlJS OF THK AUHTKALIAN MISKUM.

Ngando-iigai iiielbi duyu-ngu iiadega daiui gauwaltcliir-go

Women message corpse-of having heard they screani-with
ungga l^atclieltcliil guivi, dalmbakabalbaya bobo-we, gura
weeping cry and throw themselves ground-on, and

bama kaimbalmbah Diiainggur gahnba ungga batchil gura
man blame. Old men also wailing cry and (but)

gari gauwal-tchirgo galmba gari bama kaimbalmbal ungga-we-go,
not scream-with also not man blame ci'ying,

garko bei'a dana ganil-nda kainibahnbal makobadaigo.

by-and-bye certainly they song- with blame always.

Gura dana wudur godera barbega gura dana kadara
And they nights two having slept then they come

duyu-ngu, dirainggur ngando-ngai galmba. Warka-ngamu
tlie dead-t'or, old men women too. All collectively

gari, mundal-go bera. Gura dana bobo yuba

not, some certainly. And they place close to

wamega duyu-dir-go dauungun daiiangan damalmal

ha\ing approached corpse-with friends tlieir .spear

duyu-ngu. Gui-a ngandongai ungga-dirgo kadara.

dead man-on account of. And women crying-with come.

Gura dana duyu yuba wamega dana ninia-we ungga-dir-go

And they corpse close having come they grave-at cry-with

dagalgaya gura ungg'^ batcheltchil, dir-ainggur galmba.
sit down and wailing ciy old men too.

I)auungun dirlen danangan ngan-ni damalmaH yimidir gura

Friends tlierefore them why speai- ? Similarly also

nulu danangan-gal netchin dadarai-ga gura bienega nulu

he them-l)efore always went-because and having died he
dauun danangan kana-ngan-go gari wamega dananguu
friends their from the very first not having met them (he)
dube-ga-budo. Namongu-budo dana yimidar damalmal.

left-because-indeed. Therefoi-e-indeed they like-this spear.
Gura dana duyu nima-we budur kundo-kundo bantchentchi
And they corpse grave-in nights many attend on

duyu kana kada manatinu. Duyu kana kada balkai-ga, l)ama
corpse first foul to become. Corpse once foul made, man

Jiobung(j nulu warbi-dirgo cladai'a gurlnggo liandinu

one lie tomahawk-with goes bark-trough to cut

duyu-ngu. (Uira nulu bandega gurlnggo-dirgo kadara,
corpse-for. And he having cut bark trough-with (he) comes,
nulu gurabudo yoku-we bauwal ngara wai-nganu-ngo dallel

he again fire-in cooks bark to take off-for hght

gural. Gura ngolu kadaltchal gura pegur-nda

makes. And criid<:led extremity ties up and wooden ])('g with

NUinil (^ri;KNSLANI> K'lHNOfJIiAI'll V -Kd'III. 'M7

Imkal ,ti;ura l)(4)ir diu" n.<;sulu-j;all)ai,<,n) bakalk.-il

pierces and edo;e hole.s knee-extended (i.e. in a line) di^s
gumbin birbaiiu-ngo. Gura gurhiggo ganuii-nda

string to wind on-for. And bark trougli white-clay with
durnggalnggal wol)a-n gahiiba (hn-nggal gurnerngurneru
smear red clav-with also smear piebald

gural walu-budongo (w)unanM-iigo ; nganui-ngun

(he) makes appearance-very l)ecome-tu ; the mother-by

gumbin galbai-galbai wogurgur duyu kadanii-ngo. Daku
string very long plaits corpse to tie up-for. Things

namodir badatega dana gurabudo barbil.
these finivshed they again sleep.

Dabadal)aiga dana diiyungu biirntchirngaraya, duyu

By sunrise they corpse-for will gather corpse

warnganu-ngo. Manu dirainggur bera ngandongai dana
to take out-for. Only men of course women they
nimawe ngudo-kadalmul dana netchin 3'erlnggar-go ninggal
gra\e-in not-come they always separately sit

nanggor daitchen-be gura ngamu yubaigo ungga

cam}) freed from the ' tabu ' and mother close by cry
batchetchil ngambai-go. Gura dana duyu warngalngal

wails closed (i. I?. nottakingnotice). And they corpse takeout
gurlnggowe yitar-nungo. Gura dodi duyu-we dana

trough put into-to. And body corpse-of they

warka-ngamu-ngun gari karbal, murga dowe

all coUectively-by not hold, only wife's brother-in-law

nangu-mun dodi nangu karbal, gura gurlnggowe yitar,
him-by body of him holds, and trough-in puts,
kambogo galmba, mundal banggar niraa-we-go dubil, gurlnggo
head also, some flesh grave-in leaves, trough
gayin kadai-ga. Gura dirainggur dana warka-ngamu nima-we
full comes-because. And old men they altogether grave-to
kadai, dana dumul nadinu-ngo nangu kanaigo ngambur-go
having come, they splinter see-to him first (when) alive
kundaiga, damaiga, bandega. Namo-ngango-gala dana dumul
having struck, speai-ed, cut. Therefrom-verily they splinter
banggar nangu-me nadinu. Gura dana dumul nangu
flesh his-in will see. And they splinter his

nadega, garko wornda bobo-n kobarbil.

having seen, then the empty (i.e. pretended) soil-in bury.

Nayvni badatega garko nulu gurabudo gurlnggo gumbin-il

This finished then he again trough string-with

wudyego kadaltchal. Nayun badatega, garko duyudirgo

firmly ties. This completed, then corpse- with

378 UECOKDS OF THE AUSTKALIAN MUSEUM.

gurlnirgo luuinbal gural gura yandal. Yandaiga namongango

trough on-the-head makes and stands up. Having risen thence
nulu dindal-budo-ngo dudara wauw-u-ngun nangu dirbaiga-budu

he t]uick-very runs spirit-by him abducted-because
duyu-dir-go. Gura nangu dauaigo kundai gurhiggo nawaigo
corpse- with. And him once killed trough just there

pulelil. Gura nula gimil namalma nangu kunclaiga : gimil
falls down. And he stick sees him killed- with : stick

kana nadega nulu ngundu kadara duyudii-go. Gura bama
once having seen he back comes corpse-with. And men
warka-ngamu dana nangu nima-wego bantchentchi gura iiulu

altogetlier they him grave-at await and he

danangan-gal kadaiga nulu gimil meril nangu

them-to having come he stick shews him

kundaiga : namongan-budo dana bama mala gural gura

having killed-with: therefrom-indeed they man guilty declare and

kaimbalmbal. Garko dana warkangamu nima-ngoal kadara

blame. By and by they altogether grave-from come
duyu-dirgo nanggor daitchen-be gura duyu melu-we

corpe-with camp freed from 'tabu '-in and corpse shade-in
yitar. Garko ngandongai kadara duyu-ngu ungga

put. By-aud-bye women come corpse-ou accountof a wailing
batchinu-ngo gura dana ungga katabatega dana

to ciy for and they wailing having broken off they
kadagai birbalbal bobo yendume dakatinu gura

moveable-possessions gather place other-on to sit down and
dana dadara. Dirainggur nobungo nawaigo nandaya nulu
they go. Old man one there will remain he

pirra-wego ninggalnggal watchi mala nadinu-ngo. Gura
foliage-behind sits spirit guilty to see-for. And

dana dadaiga wutchi-ngai wau-wu ngangoigo kadara nima gu,
they having goue spirits breath (juickly come grave-to
unggadirgo, gau-wal-tchirgo, gamai-tchirgo, kalka-dirgo,
Mailing-with, screaming-with, clay-with, spear-with,

niilbir-tchirgo, yokudir-go, diral-tchirgo, pitagur-tchirgo.
wommera-with, wood-with, wives-with, children-with.

Gura nulu wauwu mala namalma nangu damauu gura nangu
And he spirit guilty looks for him to spear and iiim
nadega nulu nangu damanu. Gura nulu nangu damaiga
having see :i he him will-spear. And he him havingspeared
dana gauwal-tchirgo gura numbur-tchirgo dudara guru
they screaming-with and noise-with run away and

bobo-we burnggalngga ya warimana ya-budo, gura danangan-ga
ground-iuto enter will disappear-indeed, and them-fi-om

NORTH QUEENSLAND KTHNOGRAPIIY — HOTll. .379

bobo wudye-go nangarrgaralaya guia nulu ni;ila-n yoku
«arth veliPiiiently will shake and lie guilty-at wood

mulbango karbalbal. Clura dana wauwu-ngai warimanati-

Hrmly holds. And they spirits haviug disappeared-

budo, bobo kaiia nangaren nulu yoku dubil gura kadara
iodeed, earth first sliook he wood lets go and comes

gura dirait)ggur-be nielbi meril wutchi-ngai warka-rigamu
and old men-to news tells spirits altogether

wamega gura yeudu damaiga nangareu-budo.

having seen and one having speared (earth) having shaken-indeed.

Meielil gura dana wauwu nima-ngu kadarai : nayun
(He) tells (them) also they spirits gsave-to came those (only)
gari yendu ; wauwu peba ngamu gura dauuu-gai daaaogao-
not others : spirits father, mother and friends theni-

gala nulu uadetchi : gura nulu wauwu yendu damai
indeed he saw : and he spirit another speared

nayun dauun bama yendu-me. Gura dana kanaigo bania
this one friend men others-of. And they before men
duyu bantchentchi gnra bobo dubil. Ngando-ngai bobo nayun
corpse waited at aufl place leave. Women place this
gari-budondo waminda, dudan iiamodir-be galmba gari

not at all should come to, road the same-on also not

kada-nda, purai galmba gari puda-nda bobo tabul-ngau.
should travel, water also not should drink, place 'tabu'-with.

Murga namo-dir tabul dirainggur pudaral ; ngandongai
Only there-with tabu old men drink : women

pudanda danangan kundanda, dana namo-ngubudo yinil,
would di-ink them would kill, they therefore-indeed fright,
dana netchin dudan yendu-me dadara : nmrga dirainggur
they always road other-on go : only old men

dudan-go dadara. Gura duyu mokul matega kana, dana
road-on go. And corpse old has become first, they

moari guru walar duyu-wego wokelkil gura kadagai

hair and beard corpse-on account of cut off and property
nangu-nga bauwalal, gari warka-ngamu, mundal-go bera.
his-of burn, not all together, some-only of course.

Ngando-ngai galmba moari wokil. Moari kana wokega garko
Women also hair cut. Hair once have cut then

<lana ungga batcheltchil warka-ngamu duyu-ngu. Gura
they weeping cry all together the dead-for. And

kabir-kabir belumayar-ngai dana yinil manaya, danangan

girls widows they fright become, them

manega-mu, dana moari wokega. Dana moai-i wokega dana
would take, they hair having cut. They hair having cut thev

380 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

galmba bama niaiiaiia guia belumayar garka-ngun

also men take and widow younger brother-by
niana.
taken.

The following is the free rendering of the foregoing : —

"Again, I will tell you about men's burials. When a man dies,
all the others set up a great crying and wailing. Especially do
the deceased's mother, elder and younger sister, father's sister,
mother's mother and father's mother lament very much. Further-
more, with their hands they violently beat their belly, lips,
cheeks and head. And they get down on the ground here and
there and throw themselves about, at the same time casting up
soil with their hands and kicking the ground. And vehemently
the}^ blame the person or persons whom they consider are guilty
of having killed him. The old men also cry very much but not
as continuously as the women and they do not scold anyone as
yet : neither do they throw themselves on the ground nor beat
their body with their hands, nor do they blame anyone while
crying : afterwards, of course, in a special kind of wail,-" they ciy
and blame the man who is believed to be the cause of deceased's
death — this they do for a long time When they have ceased
crjdng they haste to get white clay to smear over their body.
Only the dead man's father and mother continue crying, and for
them the others fetch clay, and they also smear it over their head
and bod3^ When one's elder brother dies the younger one
prepares to spear the wife of the deceased and pulls her about
before the others — because of the man's death : but one of them
gets hold of the spear and prevents him wounding the woman.-'
At sundown they dig a grave''" right in the centre of the camp,
and cut long wooden sticks, to make a platfoi-m with, by putting
them all in one line"-^" and spreading grass over them. They also
get some bark to cover this from above. After all that is done,
they fetch the corpse. The deceased's mother jumps crying into
the grave, whilst the elder and younger sister, daughter, father's
mother and father, and father's younger sister follow the corpse, they

-^ Ganil -a sort of plaintive burial song.

'■^' The idea of this is to sliew that during life, in their domestic quarrels, tlie

wife may have oecasionally got the better of the deal, and accordingly

the surviving brother by attempting to spear lier, shews that lie is

getting even with her.
-** Face to the west, but reason for this observance is xinknown, and a fire kei;t

alight in the close vicinity.
'^■> Lit — like the knee extended.

NOHTll (^IKKNSLAM) KTHN(>(;i;.\I'l[V — liOTH. oiS 1

also ciyiniL'-. In order to get the corpse into the graxe, they have
to ask the mother to step out. And wlien slie has done so, they
put in the corpse, cover it with bark, and then the whole with
soil.. Then the grave diggers as well as the women who had
followed the corpse to the grave, commence to cry there again.
Once the corpse is buried, some of tlie other women approach the
graxe for lamentation. And coming from all directions— east,
west, south and nortli, they build a camp of considerable size
around the grave, the corpse resting in the centre. Next day,
the dead man's wife coiiies along crying, offering her head to all
tlie Dien ai'ound to be struck ; and they strike her too with a
wommera until she is covered with blood. During the da}', the
women plait mourning strings''" for the dead. This done, they
smear a lot of strings witli cUy and wind tliem around their necks
and the two arm-pits : they tear up dilly-bags and pull them over
their heads. These of course are plaited, only by the women, not
by the men, but they give the bags to them to put on. The
deceased's father also tears some up and makes an opening into
theni big enough to let his head go through and wears them round
his neck : furthermore, he draws some all over his body, and a
small one over his liead (PI. Ixviii., lig. 3). The other men only just
use the strings [beltsj''^ or the white clay, not everything like the
women.'- When the striking ceremony with the wife is over,
they are no longer angry with her. But why do they hit the
woman at all ? What a question ! Because when her husliand
was alive, they both had been jealous of each other, anil had
([ua)-relled and fought : this they could not approve of, and they
tlierefore strike the woman just in tlie same way as tiie okl men
spear the husband in the leg after his wife's death.-' • By and liye,
two of the men go off as messengers to invite the friends for the
funeral, but before they get to the camp they smear their bodies
with white clay and so put in an appearance : as soon as the
people visited see them coming, they slioutitout to all the others.
Then the messengers separate, and sit apart at a distance
from the camp, whence an individual will ap[)roacli to hear what
tliev have to say : they tell him all the news, also of the occur-
rence of the death : and the person who has approached passes on

=« Described in Bull. 1— Sect. 12.

•^1 In the case of the males, wlio wear tlieui around the waist, the mourning-
belt is of a different pattern, and is described in Bull. 1— Sect. 15.

"- If bee's wax is available both male and fensale mourners will fix up their
liair with it into thronis.

^^ i.e. to cry quits— see previous footnote.

382 HliCORUS OF THE AUST15AL1AN MUSEUM.

the iiew.s (see Bull. 8 — Sect. 8). When the women he;u- this
message, tliey cry out and scream, throw themselves on the
ground, and blame the individual whom they deem to ha\e
caused the death : the men also do a crv, hut not so loutl as the
women, nor do they blame anyone while crying : but later on
they always do so in a special kind of wail ( = ganil). After two
days they leave for the burial service, men and women, not all
of them, but some. And when they get close to the place wliere
the corpse is lying, the visitors, i.e. the deceased's friends, throw
spears at them on the dead man's account. The women ai-e
crying all the way to the grave, at the side of which they sit down
still crying, tlie men doing the same. But why tlo these visiting
friends of the deceased throw spears at them ! Because the dead
man had always travelled with them, but had died among his own
people without having been to see them (the visitors) for a long-
time previously, just as if he had left them altogether. Tliis is
the reason for the spear-throwing."' They then keej) the cor[)se
in the grave for many days until it gets putrid. Then one man
goes away with a tomahawk to cut out the bark-trough to wrap
the corpse in. This bark wliich he brings back with liim, he puts
in the fire to get the sap out so as to peel it better. Then he ties
up the crinkled-extremities''' of the trough, pierces them with a
wooden pin, and in the same straight line pierces holes along tlie
edges of the trough for the string to go through, from side to side
when finally sewn up (Bull. 7, fig. 22(3). Then he smears
it with white- and red-clay to make it look pie-bald and give it a
nice ai^pearance, while the mother of the deceased plaits a very long-
string to tie up the corpse with. When all that is finished, they
l)ass another night over it. By sunrise the}' will assemble again
on account of the corpse, to take it out of the grave, which of
course is only done by the men. No women will then be at the
grave. Separate from one another the}' now continue to sit in
their camp, from which the ' tabu ' has l)een removed, while tlie
mother cries by herself not far away without taking notice of
anything. .Viid in the meantime tliey take the corpse out of the
grave and put it in the bark trough. But no one touches the
body except the wife s l^rotlier-in-law, /.i'., deceased's brother who

■^* In other words, altliougli tlie dec-cased used to wander about, and Uc
friendly -^vitli the visitors, he had not lieeii to st'e them for a loii^ time
])ast, and accordingly his deatli coidd not he (hie to tlieir agency: on
the other hand, by throwing the spears at his own peopht, tlie ^ isitors
shew whom thcj consider resjioiisible for it.

•A"i Ngolu- front of tlie ankle which is always more or less wrinkled or
creased.

NOKTii (,>ii:k.n>land i:tii.\o<:1!ai'iiv — Kuril. ;>S3

opens it, etc. : lie also wraiis it up witliiii the trough, including
the head. Some of the flesh is left in the grave because of the
trough being full. Now all the men come 1o the grave to find the
'splinter " which is believed to remain in tht^ dead man's Hesh, and
with which he was struck, speared, or cut by the one who doomed
him'" while he was alive ; and when they find it, as they pretend
to do, they bury it in the soil with the remains. After this, the
brother ties up the corpse in the trough (juite firmly, ])uts it on
his head,''^ and stands up. Then he runs away from there as fast
as he can, being dragged along by the corpse "s spirit, and on the
very spot where the man was originally doomed'^" the trough falls
off. And he sees the stick with which the deceased had been
doomed, and directly he sees it he brings it back with the corpse.
All the others are waiting for him at the grave, and having joined
£hem he shews them the stick. Thus they recognise the guilty
man, i.e., the owner of this stick, and are angry with him. B}'-
and-bve the}' all leave the grave, and taking the ti'ough to the
camp from which the ' tabu ' is now removed, put it in the shade.
Then the w(jmen conic forth again to cry over it, and when this
is done they take up their moveable-possessions and shift their
camp somewhere else. One old-man onh' remains there, hi ling
himself behind bushes in order to see the spirit^'' of the guilty one.
And as soon as the others are gone tlie spirits quickly appear at
the grave wailing and screaming, painted with white clay, carry-
ing spears, wommeras, and pieces of wood, and also ha^ ing tlieir
wives and children with them. But the watcher looks for the
guilty one to spear him and does so when he sees him. Having
speared him, the others run away screaming and rattling, disap-
pearing into the ground. And through them the earth quakes
violently but the one who spears the guilty individual holds
firmly to the bushes When the spirits are quite gone, and the
earth has finished shaking, the old-man lets go his hold of the
bushes, comes back and tells the others about his having closely
seen all the spirits, about his spearing one of them, and about the
earth shaking. The spirits that came to the grave were those of
deceased's father and mother and friends, no others, and those
only had he seen ; but the one he speared was another man's

*■ Tliis idoii t)f clooiiiiii^'. the presence of tlie si)liiitei", etc., is explained 1 ully

in Bull. 5 -Sect. 111.
^' Lil. — makes it (>ii-tli(>-lic;i(l.
a-* 1,(7.— i-truck.
^•' For a description of these 'wntclii,' etc., see Bidl. o — Sect. IKi.

3S-1 liKCOKDS OF TUK ACSTUALIAX ML'SKUM.

friend.'" And those wlio bad previously attended to the corpse
now leave the locality where the flesh is buried in the ground.
The women dare by no means go to the spot again or walk on the
same road or e\'en drink water from this place which is now
' tabu ' except to the old men. If tlie women did so they would
be killed hy the deceased's spirits : that is what they are
friglitened of, and so they always take another road while the
men follow the usualtrack. After some time when the corpse
becomes old, the men cut off their liair and beard out of regard
to the deceased, and burn some of his property, not all, but only
some. The women also cut their hair" : this done, they all
lament again over the dead. But what the girls and widows now
have to fear is that some one might take them, tiow that their
hair has been cut. For when their liair is cut men can take tliem
to wife, and tlie widow is claimed l)y the deceased's younger
brother."

The trougli is carried about at least until the hair is cut, and
finally buried somewhere in deceased's own countr}', hidden in a
cave, or put under the ground : it is the mother or mother's
sister who carries it about. The carrying about of the remains
here is locally believed to be a sign of love and affection : were
the survivors not to ensure its being properly carried out, it
would look as if the deceased had had no friends among the
tribe.

Old men and old women, so long as they are inhrm, are buried
straight away without any ceremon}'.

6 The Bloomfield River natives^- make a distinction in the
final obsequies between those males who have passed their days
in comparative peace and quiet and those who have rendered
themselves unusually prominent.

In- the case of any male who happens to have no powerful
relatives, or who has never made himself conspicous by any deeds
of A'alour or [U'owess, and in the case of any female whatsoever —

1" He tluis coiilirnis tlie guilt of the alreadv suspected person who has been
blamed, and who will sooner or later be made to pay the penalty, usually
a life for a life.

^1 Tlie hair so eut from the mourners is rolled tightly round a stick, and
placed upon the trough enclosing the deceased. No marriages amongst
the relatives of the deceased arc allowed to take place imtil the hair-
cut ting takes place.

^■' 1 am indebted to Mr. R. Hislop, late of Wyalla, Bloomlield River, for
much ot this information.

NOIiTII i^rKKNSI.ANI) iril 1 N< H Mi A PI I V -- IMTI 1 . 3>85

directly such an one is dead, the body is \vra})ped up in a sheet of
tea-tree bark, with the arms laid at the sides or crossed over the
breast. It is thus kept for a few days until the relatixes, for
whom the messengei's have been sent, can come up and view the
body which is uncovered from its wrajjpings as occasion re(]uires.
Each night the body is mourned, the mourners covering them-
selves with jjipe-clay or white mud — a ring of it around the
women's faces in addition — and as often as not besmearing their
bodies with the oily exudation from the corpse : whenever the
latter custom is practised, they must not wash themselves until
the stench has entirely disappeared, which it sometimes takes
upwards of a couple of months to do.*' In between the wailing
and the crying, they will moan somewhat as follows " Oh,
Brother (etc., as the case may be), how we used to go hunting the
kangaroo," "how we used to" do this or that, recalling some
familiar episode or adventure in connection with the deceased,
" and now you liave left me behind! " The bod}' is at length
buried during any time of tlie day, the place of burial being
immaterial so long as it is away from the camping ground and
remote froin any particularly plentiful patch of food, Ix'cause any
such place of burial, and anytliing growing on it is ' Uihu ' to the
women, not however to the men. Tlie hole which is dug is about
tlnee by one-and-a-half feet at the surface, w])ere it forms an oval,
and about three feet in depth where it is larger l)y lieing made
circular. While still wrapped in its bark-sheet, the corpse is
doubled up both at the thighs and at the knees, coAerings and all,
so that the knees are in close apposition to the face, and the
whole tilted in towards one or tlie other side : if the deeeased
has died away from his home he is placed in a position facing it,
otherwise lie is made to look towards the east. The grave is
then tilled up with earth, and sometimes a vertical l)laze or cut
of indeterminate shape is incised in the neighbouring trees.

When an aboi-iginal who has had plenty of friends or who has
made a name for liimself, at last closes his eyes in death, there is
a greater amount of mourning, and steps ai-e taken to dis(-over
the nnu'derei' wlio dcjomed him, then to inniish him. Having
been wrapped in bark, the corpse is laid in a trench not more
than a foot deep, and covered with earth, wliile at the same time
an ordiiuiry black's hut is built ovei- the site : in this hut, the
chief moui'ners have to temporarily reside and hence its size will
depend upon the number of peoi)le it has to accomodate. Wlien
all his friends, relatives, and other \isitors have at last been

■■•^ Note tluit on tlic I'eiiii('t;illicr I\i\<T tlic vital |iriiiri|)l(' iiiiix iic (■(iiincctcd
widi llie f-ciisc c.f Miicll ( Mull. .') .Soft. (i.S).

386 RKCORDS OF TFIK ATSTHA LIAX MlSKl'M.

gatheivcl togetlier, and tliis may take sev^eral days, the grass-
covering' of tlie Iiut is i-eiuoved, but the frame-work allowed to
stand. Certain of the old men and the dead man's nearest
relatives — and tliere are here reckoned to l)e his group-motlier's
or blood mother's brothers — next dig him up, la}' him on the fiat,
and carefully examine for any bruises or marks of external
violence, and consult as to tbose that ma}' be accounted for, and
those that may be laid at the door of some enemy. They next
start removing the whole of the outer skin, commencing opera-
tions by pressing with the ball of the tlnnnb and so peeling off
the cuticle with its colouring matter and leaving beliind a com-
paratively pale surface. Another examination is now made for
any marks of violence, and of course certain bruises are invariably
discovered. Then follow two vertical cuts, one on either .side close
to the spine, cutting through the proximal ends of the ribs and so
removing the whole of the head and back-bone in one piece : a
view is thus obtained from behind into the tlioracic and abdominal
cavities with the object of obtaining any additional confirmatory
clues as to the cause of death, which are always forthcoming in
the shape of a wooden splinter, spear-tip, etc. Finally, tlie whole
of the left u])per extremity, including the shoulder-blade, and left
lower extremity, minus the pelvis, are remo\'ed, and together with
tlie head and back-bone sewn up in a bark trough of the pleat-
type" : this trough is taken charge of by the mother or mothers
during the day, but by a blood- or group-brother at night, when
it is often utilised as a pillow. On top of this pillow are placed
portions of the deceased's hair which will subsequently be worked
up with fibre-twine to make mourning strings. The whole of the
remainder of the corpse is then either re interred in the same hole
which it had previously occupied, but now made deeper, or else
occasionally cremated.

After various deliberations, the old men, relatives and friends
of the deceased, come to an unanimous conclusion as to the owner-
ship of the wooden splinter, spear-tip, etc., that is alleged to have
been removed from the inside of tlie corpse ; the ownership is
practically always tacked on to some individual, resident or
stranger, who happens to have no powerful friends or who may
have the reputation of making himself generally objectionable all
round. Of course tlie accused indignantly denies the charge, and
argues to shew that he had always been on amicable terms with
the deceased, tlif.t they had often gone out hunting together, that

^* Bull. 7--Sect. 5S, and figs. 223 and 22(;.

N'Oinil (.irKKXSI.AND ETilXCHiRAPHV liOTH. 387

they liad nevei- had any qiuin-el, and finislies ])\ trying to shift
the blame on to somebody else ; his efforts in this direction may
prove successful or not. At any rate, some one is fixed upon,
guilty or not, who I'ecognising it to be a ease of " needs must when
the de\il drives " offers expiati<^n^"' by challenging his accusers to
spear him. Two of his mother's brothers, or, if these are not
handy, two of his own brothers, standing on either side are
allowed to lend assistance, tlieir weapons of defence however being
oidy three woninieias, one apiece. The first whom the accused
cliallenges is usually tiie deceased's mother's-brother, then come
the brothers, fiienfls, etc., though in the excitement of the moment
some two or three will rush up to a distance of some tenor twelve
yards or so, and simultaneously let Hy their spears at him. The
alleged culj^rit, notwitlistanding the immense mental and physical
strain, may thus, with the help of his two friends, succeed in
escaping ajiy serious effects from the thirty or forty spears which
have been thrown during the good hour and more that he has ex-
posed himself. .Should he come through the ordeal successfully,
aiuJ a lot depends upon his previous conduct and the influence of
powerful friends, his accusers will ultimately run up and cling
i-ouiid his neck, indulge in a certain amount of weeping, all make
friends again, and finally fix the guilt a second time, generally
upon tlie weakest tribe and its most friendless member. Tn this
district, some oue nnif'f he killed for the death of every "impor-
tant " male aboriginal. The l)ark-trougli containing the remnants
of the corpse is now carried about from camp to cam}) by one of
the brothers ; it is supported on his head witli a pad, and may go
oil its peregrinations for fiom two to three months, a renewed
wailing taking place at each fresh camping-ground. Ever}' now
and again, just about dusk, the brother with one or two friends
infdces a circuit of a mile or so with the remains round the camp,
and so soon as they can assure themselves that they hear the
bi.'iies rattle**' as the package is jogged along, they know that they
are in the neighbourhood of the alleged murderer. In this Bloom
field River District, the Bannabilla natives at the mouth of the
i-i\er are deemed to l)e the weakest and most friendless, and one
of this tril)e is generally, as a last resource, fixed upon as the cul-
jirit : the latter is enticed away on some hunting expedition, for a
coriobboree, etc. and then mercilessly speared from l)ehind. The
bai-k-trough with its contents is not necessarily buried immediately

Bull. H ^^i-ct. 13.

Noeflless to i^av, tlicsc arc iiiadc tn rattlr wlicii the siiitalilr u])|iort unity
ofi'er.-.

.S88

HKfOUDS OK TriK AUSTUALI.W MISKLM.

after vengejince lias been taken, but is often carried al»i)ut until
such time as one of the deceased heros motluns, brothers, or sons
happen to die. The immediate relatives do not cut their hair
until all the ceremonies are completed.

7. Amonj^st the Lower Tully I'iver'' natives, friends and rel-
atives attenfl upon the sick person until the last moment, and
immediately after death tie him or her uj) with lawyer-cane, a
procedure in which all assist ; the tying-up position is with the
flats of the hands in close apposition, either pressed closed to one
side of the head, or else passed fofwai-d b"t\veen t!:e two sliins

Fig. 56. I'ig. 57.

(figs. 56, 57). The body is either buried or l)urned, there being no-
thing to choose bet ween these methods, and if cremation is fixed ui)on,
the burning may be either immediate or subsetpient ; occasionally
it may be desiccated. The tied-up l)ody may be kept for two or
three days l)efore actual burying, etc., especially if the deceased
had been a favourite, and portions of it may now be eaten, amongst
other reasons, in order to give cause for fight and f|uarrel at the
Prun-ground.*'' While thus awaiting burial, etc., it is not removed
from the luit in which it has been placed, but is visited all night,
relay upon relay of men and women indiscriminately, taking it
turn about to do the howling and wailing.''' In close proximity
to the hut, the mourners may be seen si|uatting in groups, two
three, or four individuals together, with arms around each other's
neck or shoulders, heads all turned down and towards each other,
bodies swaying from side to side, and all liemoaning and crying.

''" ifr. I^. r.rook, Juiir. vein kindlx autod as iiitorprotcr for inc liciv.
^ Bull. 4— Sect. 15.

*'•' Tlie blacks liere are in no sense friglitencd at the pr-^^eace of a eorp.-e ; it
is tlie spirit, etc., afrei- tlie burial or ereiiiation that ihev liave a th'ea'l of.

NORTH (;ri;K\SL.\Nl> ICTIIXOCiKAPIIV — KOTII. 3S9

At iutiTvals tliey go to \ie\v tlic corpse, and "kiss"' it witli a
blowing sound on tlio foreliead or cheek. The body is usually
carried from the hut to its ultimate destination ou a man's head,
iind tlie hut subsequently burnt or otherwise destroyed ; it may
however be slung lengthwise on a pole and so borne between two
men. The place of burial or cremation is never out in the open
plain, always in some shady spot on the edge of the ri\'er-bank or
dense serul). Tiiere would ajjpear to be no special burial ornaments,
though as signs of love and affection in order to keep the deceased
in reintMiib ranee ■^''— not necessarily l)y implication as signs nf
mourning —there are a few facts to be noted. Thus, after any
cremation, the female relatives, generally the neices on either side,
look out for the teeth and wear them after the manner of a fore-
head fringe, each tooth attached by a blob of wax to tufts of the
frontal hair. If a child dies at or soon after birth, the navel-
string is cut oft' and worn as a necklace by the mother.''

With ground-burial, the body, having been tied up in position
as ab-eady described, is ready for the grave. Tliis may be shallow
and lonuitudinal, or vertical and deej) : in the former ca,se, the
corpse is always laid on its side, with the head in any direction,
whereas in the latter it is put down feet first, / *'. in a sitting
posture, the whole being then filled in witli earth and built up a
bit, with bushes and grass placed on top. The bones, whether of
males or females, may subseciuently be removed from these graves,
painted with red ochre and so carried about in the dilly-bag by
the frienfls and relatives who every now and again may b? seen
crying and wailing over them. Thus in one of the local camps I
ob.ser\ed three or four i)eopIe sijuatting in a circle and wailing
over the bonas lying in their midst, talking as it were tn th ^ skull
strung on a twine which was handed in turn from ojie to thf other :
they expressed themselves somewhat as follows— " How we miss
you I", " We used often to limit together," " We remember when
Koi '^ went away,' etc.

Cremation is acco!ii[)aiiic(l with ciMciuoiiial only when the social
status of the decease-d warrants it. With any ordinaiy mortal
the body in the tied position is cari'ied on the bearer's head and
thrown ou to a specia'ly pi-epared pvre, from out of the ashes of

■■^" This is tlie neal•e^it trauf^latioii that could be made of tlic seiitiiiiciit wliic-li

tlie natives tliem!?elves (lescrihcd to nie.
•■'1 111 tlie Atlierton Scrub, T Ikim' seen a iiiotlier tbiis wearing the heart ot her

dead infant.
-^ BiilL 5 -Seet. (55.

390

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

wliicli the female relatives may subseijueiitly pick some of the
calcined bones, teeth, etc., as already mentioned, though this
practice is not an essential The cremation may take place during
any part of the day. The deceased's bark blanket and personal
knick-knacks being burnt at the same time, though as a rule, the
latter, especially his necklet, will go to the widow ; his fighting
weapons become the property of his younger brothers. In the
case of certain " virile," specially distinguished and respected men,
some very complicated customs are associated with their cremation,
as follows. To start with, a corpse under such circumstances is
not tied up, but kept for some days until well
swollen up, when it is carried down to the water
where all its outer skin and haii' is washed and
rubbed oiT, and its hands tied together. Tlie site
for its ultimate cremation having been selected, one
of the old men, chosen for the occasion, carries the
corpse over his shoulders, like a "pick-a-back"
baby, its legs dangling over his chest, its arms
fixed by its tied hands over his forehead, and its
head swaying from side to side (fig. 58), it is thus
born in front of the procession, men and women
advancing in indian file, but all silent. On arrival
at the spot chosen (fig. 59), the body is placed on the
ground and made to assume the squatting position
(fig. 59c), proj^ped up against the butt of a
tree, and there it remains watching all the subsequent pro-
ceedings until late in the afternoon.''' In the meantime,

Fis. 58.

\/ -^c

luir. 59.

■"'•^ The natives infoiiucd me tliat tlie 1 1 d j uas ji;ijo;elv so iiluitd ru ihat it
eoiild see eTervtliiiiir.

Xoinil (M iniNSLAXl) KTIINO(;l!APIIV WoTII. 391

those wild had fullowi'd it to its pivseiit resting phice com-
mence collecting iii-ewood, tlie men gathei-ing big pieces of
timber, and the women little ones : the larger sticks are placed
on the spot where ultimately recpiired for the cremation (tig. 59y)
while the smaller ones are gathered together in a heap about
twenty yards distant (tig. b9\). The women now ta'ie themselves
to the left hand side of the corpse and squat side by side all in
one straight row (fig. 59w); their business is to cry, U) strike their
forks"'* and assist in the singing. The men collect together close
to the lieap of bigger faggots, between it and the dead body
(fig. 59a), and advance in indian file behind the same old gentleman
who carried tlie corpse to its present resting place, and who now
marches at the head of the procession ; it is he who leads the song
in which the others join, but he alone keeps the time with the
sounding-sticks '', stamping his foot at each beat as lie slowly comes
forward, the others following and keeping exact step with him.
The song which is sung over and over again all the way, and while
the sticks are sounded is — "Yakai ! ngaja winjiri winje ngenuna
chaimban, kuna pundili warre-marigo."""' The route taken is to-
wards and around the pile of smaller sticks, and as each
individual passes it he picks up a twig with his left foot,
and hopping on his right, to the beating of the time
gets back to whence he' started, the circuit enclosing the two
heaps of faggots being completed : etich now takes the twig from
his left foot with his hand, and places it on top of the pile of big-
timber. Collecting again at the same spot, another start is made,
the same performance gone through, and circuit after circuit com-
pleted until tlie whole heap of smaller sticks is removed by foot.
T was informed that if the men wei'e to touch with their hands
any of the small bits of wood, before arriving at where the big
faggots are heai)ed, they would get sores on their hands, and
what is more important, the timber would not burn properly
when lighted. The second heap having been thus cleared away,
the old corpse V)earer accompanied by the men walks close up to
the dead body, upon which they next all turn their backs and
retire to a spot about thirty feet distant. They all now re-
approach the body simultaneously in rows of twos or threes, one
solitaiy gin, not necessarily a relative, bringing up the rear, and
all of them singing and repeating the song already mentioned.

■■' Bull. 4— Sect. 2'.){e}.
■"•"• Bull. 4— Sect. 29 (/).

■■"■ AiY.- " Aliis! I wonder wlicrc he {i.<'. Koi, Hull..") Sect, (i.j) uiet you!
We will take \our iiuts out and see."

392 KECOiUJS OF THE AUSTHALIAN MUSEUM

Tlie men do not come forward in ordinary walking gait, but each
has liis hands on liis hips, thighs separated, with an inward
movement of the knees at each advancing jerk of the body all
done to the time kept by the old gentleman's sounding-sticks, and
the old woman's clapping of the Hats of the hands held well in
front of her. This procession may thus advance and retii'e in
broken order, some two or three times. The same old man as
before now carries the corpse in the manner already described, and,
in conipanv with three or four of the men and the gin, makes the
circuit of the timber-heap a few times (fig. 59z), and then drops
his Inirden at the same tree-butt that he started from. Finally,
the corpse is removed to a spot on the furtlier side of the edge of
the scrub (fig. 59m), three men only accompanying its bearer,
the other males having joined the row of women with whom they
are now squatting, the females alone beating time to the singing
of the same old song. Having reached its new destination, the
corpse is laid on its back, and awaits the setting of the sun. As
soon as this is lialf way over the horizon, another old individual,
us'ually a Kobi, or "medicine-man," sits astride the dead body,
towards its head, aiid makes the following incisions : one, right
across the top of the belly, and one down eacli extremity of that
incision, so as to allow of the Hap of skin being turned downwards.
He remo\es the stomach only, vvraps it up in the deceased's bark-
blanket, aud holding it in front of him crouches along as he
makes his next mo^e to the near sifle of the edge of the scrub
liglit in front, and in close view of the group of assembled men
and women squatting in their original places (fig. 59k). I use
the term " crouches " purposely, b(>,cause, as the old man passes
along, lie looks suspiciously on either side and over his shoulders,
as if he were being watched by, or was watching for, sometliing
of whieli lie was terribly afi-aid. The interpretation of such
action on his part is that Koi" might come and do to him what
lie lias done to the deceased, i.p., taken th(> ^ital principle, breath,
etc. away: he accortlingly keeps watcliiiig to see that his three
<• >m23anions are closely following, because this spirit can only harm
liim when alone by himself. All four move along in quick time,
stamping in step to the sounding-sticks whicli his three com-
panions carry, and as soon as the spot fixed upon is readied, the
bundle is placed on tlie ground and the old man left alone witli it.
No one actually sees what lie next does, but it is firmly believed
that he cuts open the paunch and finds the " rope," " something,"

J5ull. .') Sect. <)5. llf).

WORTH (/IKKXSLANI) ETlIXOnRAlMI Y — ItOTII. 393

etc.''*" that tlie deceased lias been doomed with, and uiiieli he
buries separately to prevent its returning and giving the tribe
trouble. He is thus able to understand tlie cause of death and
to discover the guilty party. After the burial of this "some-
thing," etc. he rejoins the others and all now proceed to the corp.se
oVer which they have a good cry, it being finally carried by the
same oUi man who did the post-mortem on to the funeral pyre,
already lighted, and there left to be consumed. And while the
fire burns, the widow will advance along the edge of the scrub
in the din-ction of where the sun has just set, waving bushes
which she holds in front of her, aiid sweeping them outwards :
with lier feet she takes a side-step or two alternately to left and
right, the gentle swaying of her limbs and body constituting a
most graceful and pleasing movement. With the sweeping of the
bushes, she is supposed to drive away the Koi of her late husband.
At the next Prun'''', the guilty party is charged with tlie oiFence,
and has to answer for it in the usual manner. Dessication is a
form of disposal of the dead practised only in the case of very
distinguished males, indeed for such as would be considered
worthy of cremation with ceremonial ; after being disembowelled
and dried by fire on a grid or platfoiin, the corpse is tied up and
carried about for months.

s. On the Russell River, this desiccation process appears to be
highly developed, the "mummy" being ornamented (Pis. Ixxi.,.
Ixxii.).

9. In the Boulia District''" when an individual, male or female,^
dies, some bushes are heaped over a net spread out upon tlie
ground, and on these the extended body is laid, the arms lying
at the sides or down the front. Generally with a spear, the net-
is fixed lengthways above, so as to enclose the corpse in a sort of'
net sheet. Two or three men, side by side, carry the body resting
erosswtiys on their heads, the whole of the camp accompanying
them to the burial place. A grave having been dug, the body is
laid in horizontally, face up, with the head pointing to the north,
which is considered the orthodox position: the depth of the grave

■■■•* Bull. 5~Seet. 114.

i'J Bull. 4— Sect. 15.

'■■'' The account of tlie disposal of the dead in tlie Boulia, Cloneurrv, and
Upper Creorgina Districts is extracted and revised from my "Ethnological
Studies," etc., published in 1S97 ; coinparatirely very few natives aio now
to be met yvith in these areas, those that survive being more or less con-
taminated with civilisation.

,394 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

appears to \aiy with tlie nature of tlie soil, but about four feet is
the average, though this is often exceeded. The corpse is next
covered with logs placed longitudinally, tlien with a layer placed
transversely, to be followed with a filling in of earth and soil :
on top of all this are placed heavy logs and bushes, perliaps some
heavy stones, all closely interlaced, and reaching to a height of from
three^to four feet above the adjacent surface which is cleared to a
fhstance of a few feet all the way round.''' The boomerangs,
spears, etc. lielonging to the deceased are eithei- buried w ith him,
destroyed by fire, or more rareh^ distributed amongst his brothers
while his name ceases to be mentioned. Burial follows almost
inniiediately upon death taking j^lace tliough if the closing scene
occurs at night it is not carried out until early dawn. The
coipse is in no ways decorated or painted. At the grave,
aiul wliile it is being dug, in tlie midst of the weeping
and the wailing, the woman will cut themselves with stone
or glass down the outer and anterior aspects of the thighs,
in numerous more or less parallel superficial incisions :
previous to the cutting, and possibly with the idea of
making the wound all the more painful, the (xlenormiston
women ha\e been known to wash their thighs with their urine.
These signs of mourning with the females have their counterpart
among certain of tlie male relatives at Carlo, Glenormiston,
Herbert I)ov\ns, and Roxburg Downs, but apparently not at
Boulia, who make a single large and much deeper crucial incision
on the corresponding portion of the thigh. The actual burial
being completed, all return with many a sob and tear to the
camp where they plaster their heads with blobs of " parta" (PPT),
or g3-psum, causing the whole head of hair at a distance to appear
■one mass of white (PI. Ixxiii., fig. 1) ; owing to such fixing-up with
this material, a mourner is si)oken of as " parta-maro," ie. plaster-
possessor. In any camp uncontaininated and away from the
settlements, this plastering is atlopted by all, whether the deceased
])e man, women or child, though it is worn longer by the nearer
relatives, if. the widow or widower, blood-brothers and -sisters.
It is these nearer relatives, and they only, who in addition, colour-
grease themselves down as far as the waist, both back and front,
\vith led and yellow ochre in pattei'ns varying with the .sexes, and
wear an opossum-string armlet ; in the case of a young child
deceased, no painting would be adopted by anyone. Exclusive
of the nearer relatives, in addition to the gypsum, or more usually

'" Tn the Pitta Pilta laiii^uage of Eoulia, a gravi' is called imir-ra IvaiiiV)(
(i^stick stone).

\(JKI'II (.»U!:i:XSLAN'I) KTllNOfJKAIMIY KOTII. 395

when its supply luiis sliurt, greased ashes or imid by itsv^lf may
be smeared o\'er the winkle l)ody as external emblems of grief.
Crying and weeping is repeated nightly for a week or two,
especially by the nearer rehitives who may repair to the grave for
tlie purpose, the sisters continuing when tlie brotliers cease ; they
generally go in parties l)eing af i-aid to go singly on account of the
deceased's ghost, sjnrit, etc. Food, pituri, tobacco, etc., may be
left regularly at the graveside, and tlie corpse openly informed to
that effect. If the individual who doomed, pointed the bone, etc.,**'^
at the deceased has been recognised before the death took place,
his identity would be confirmed, or otherwise discovered here by
the tracks from the spirit, etc., at the grave. When an individual
ha.s been killed by the whole tribe collectively, <.'^, in punishment
for some serious crime, he is usually made to dig his own grave,
which is subseijuently closed in similar manner except that the
boomerang.s, etc., with which he has been done to death are substi-
tuted for the long logs innnediately covering thecorpse ; wlien, as in
cases of murder, the assassin lias been caught red-handed, the slayer
and slain are buried together in the same grave previously dug
by the survivor. In time of open hostilities, those who are killed
are left on the field l)y their enemies, with broken spear or boomer-
ang close beside to show the passing wayfarei- how tlie iiidi\ iduals
in (juestion met their death.

1 0. In the Cloncun-y District among the INIaitakudi, the corpse is
usually buried in a crouching position with head down, enclosed
in a net perhaps, then covered with some tea-tree bark, and the
earth thrown on top : no logs or sticks are piled up above, but
the ground is smoothed to the level of the surrounding surface
and a more or less circular area cleaned up. When night falls, a
fire is lighted at a few yards distant from the grave, and some
meat, etc., hung up on a neighbouring tree : this may be repeated
for three or four nights following, and occasionally now and again
during the next few months, until it is believed that the deceased
" has got too old, has gone away somewhere else." In the olden
days the women usefl to wcjar the gvpsum as a sign of mourning,
but nowdays both sexes only besmear themselves witli mud, or
else paint themselves red as far down as the waist ; incisions used
also to be made along the fronts of the thighs, several small
superficial ones on the women, and two or three deep ones oq the
meu. Whire uo visible or otherwise intelligible cause of death
presents itself, one of the niedicine-mea will tind out whether tliis

''•^ Eull. 5— Sect. 14-i.

396 i;i:c'()i;i)s of 'I'iik aistkaliax mlseim.

is due to Malkaii,'' or his counterpart, who iu this country, is
believed to kill blacks, or to some human enemy with the
niangai''^ ; in the latter case he would make believe that he had
picked up the particular incriminating ^ew-craw in t'^e neighbour-
hood c£ the grave, and accuse some individual of having committed
the crime. In other cases, the near relatives of the deceased may
learn something for themselves by stickiii": upiigbt a small forked
stick on the grave itself, and placing on it a manda-kuya''' ; this
is done at nigbt, and if on the following morning this amulet has
fallen down, it is })roof positive that the late lamented has met
his death at tl e hands of an enemy " from a long way country."

11. In the Upper Georgina ])istrict, along the river from
Cavandotta upwards, tree-burial is practised. A sort of platform
of logs is built in the tree about ten or twelve feet from the ground,
and upon this, wrapped in its net, etc., the corpse is laid : various
sticks and bushes are placed on top, and in and among them the
deceased's possessions may be enclosed. The body is usually laid
-with the head in the direction of the north or north-east. Among
the Yaro-inga, between Urandangie and Headingley, I was in-
fornijed by members of the tribe that, in the special cases of im-
portant personages, when all tlie Hesh is rotted off, the bones may
be removed and buried in the ground, with nothing on the surface
to indicate their presence beneath. In the neighbourhood of
Camooweal, I have seen tlie body of a flog buried up in a tree in
exactly the same manner as a human corpse. Gypsum in this
district is also used as a sign of uk turning : the same material
prevails also in the Leichhardt-8elw3'n District, thougli the Kal-
kaduns use red and yellow paint in addition.

12. To return to tiie eastern coast-line, when any ordinary
adult male died at Toi'illa or Pine Mountain''", his big toes as well
as his legs were bound together. His wife and blood-relatives
stayed in camp where they moaned and wept, cutting their hccids
with tomahawks and beating themselves with sticks and shields,
while other blacks would remove the corpse to a spot about half a
mile away, dig a shallow grave, and scatter the excavated soil to
n distance of a few feet all the way round. The body was next
laid in tlie grave and covered over with logs, sticks, etc., but no
soil, that which was excavated being carefully smoothed over.

••' Bull 6— Sect. 118.
• <• Bull. 5— Sect. 144.
'■• Bull. 5— Sect. 1.54.
' '■ Information given h\ Mr. W. H. Flowers, late of Torilla.

XOHTH yUlCKNSLANL* KTIIXOGKAPHV — KUTII. .')97

^ext nioriiing, this smooth loose soil round the jj;ra\e wou'd be
carefully examined for any tracks, for it was firmly belie\ed that
the individual who had murdered or otherwise doomed the deceased
would be certain to visit the victim's place of burial, and so be
identified. Three or four days later portions of the flesh would
1)6 cut away and put into small dilly-bays, which were together
tied up in a bundle and carried about by the widow or mother
for months, fi'om six to twelve, until such time as the bones were
disinterred, when they were all j^assed through a more or less
triangular aperture cut in a lioUow ti'ee. If tlie deceased had
been a great warrior, his body, previous to the gi'ound-burial,
would be placed on a stage about six feet high for some few days'
during which period the young men would go miderneath to
collect the drippings which would then be cai-efully rubbed into
their skins : occasionally the kidney fat would be removed and
used in similar fashion. With women, no trouble appears to liave
been taken : they were just wrajiped in bark, put in a shallow
grave lined below with long saplings, covered with earth, saplini;S
again, and left there. When little children died, their laodies
were kept whole in camp until tree-buried. Mourning was in all
cases mnintained until the final tree-burial, and in the case of a
married man's death, the widow had to remain in camp througli-
out all this period, only after which was she allowed to re-marr}'.
W^ith very slight variations, the description of the disposal of the
dead at Torilla and Pine Mountain holds good for the whole coast-
line from the neighbourhood of Mackay to Broadsound, llock-
hampton, including the Keppel Islands, down to certainly Miriam
Vale, though naturally such practices with closer European
settlement, etc., are rapidly dying out if not already extinct.
Throughout the tract of country under consideration, I had several
opportunities during 1897 of examining the empty graves as well
as the bones, almost invariably male adult, hidden in the neigh-
bouring trees. The apertures in these hollow butts— more or
less mitre-form, though with age and growth of the bark they
become rather oval (PI. Ixxiv.) — are from twelve to twenty-
two inches long by five to seven inches wide, cut at
a height of from four to six feet from the ground, and
closed from within either with grass, sticks, or bark : they
are said to have been painted around in red and white,
zig-zag fashion. At that time also I heard frequent mention of
the scaffoldings that had been noticed at Yeppoon, Mt. Hedlow,
and elsewhere, but which even then were things of the past. At
Miriam Yale''" the platform was formed of a few sheets of bark

''■' The description of the burial ceremony here was g,iven me by the late Mr.
E. C. Roe.

398 i!i-;(;oHDS of the Australian museum.

resting on cross-pieces supported on the forked extremities of
posts some ten or twelve feet high fixed firmly into the ground.
Tlie corpse previously stabbed in the loins, from which the putrid
matter subsequently trickled out, was laid upon this platform face
upwards : it swelled a good deal for the next few danyn but soon
became sun-dried, and was then left totally exposed for from
three to five months according to the state of the season. With-
out any intermediate ground-burial, it would now be taken down
and squeezed head foremost through the aperture cut for it in the
hollow tree chosen. Previous to the exposure on the plat-
form, the hands and feet of the deceased would occasionally be
eaten, and especially would this be the case with one killed in
tribal warfare. Females used to be ground-buried straight away
after death, and left there, though now and again a woman's
corpse, wrapped up in bark, would be seen carried around for
months from camp to camp, though with what object is now
unknown.

At Rockhampton and at Broadsound, when an infant
died, the mother would tie up one or both of the dried tiny hands
in a dilly-bag and carry it about with her long after the burial
had taken place. On the Keppel Islands'"^ in addition to tree-
butt burial, rock-shelter graves were employed, the front lower
edges of such shelters being ledged in with small pieces of rock.
In one of such caves, on North Keppel, well-hidden from cursory
observation by growing brush-wood, in a space about four and a
half feet wide, and three feet from front to back, I found the closely
packed remains of at least eight adults and two infants : the latter
weie enveloped in bark contained each within a dilly-bag, while
the bones of the adults, except the crania and maxilhv, which
had been left exposed and separate, were wrapped up in a fishing-
net. Scattered here and there among the debris and sand were
dolls'^l On this same North Island I also came across a dilly-
bag, containing the remains of a piccaninny wrapped up in bark,
hung up with twine from a tree branch. Some of the inhabitants
of the smaller islands about Broadsound are said^" to have taken
their dead out to sea in a canoe and thrown them over-boai'd.

13. Amongst the Brisbane District blacks, variations in burial
-customs'^ depended upon whether the deceased were adults or

'''^ Now (1906) deToid of natives.

o Bull. 4-Sect. 11 (h).

™ On the authority of Mr. W. H. Flowers, late of Torilla.

■?' Tlie above jiarticulars were taken down between 1900 and 1902 in the
coin-se of conversations with Mr. Tom Petrie. There is now no survi-
vor of the Brisbane blacks.

XuliTil (iUKKNSLAND KTHNOfUtAPHV — ROTH. 399

children, male or female, defoi'iued or not, etc. Wherever a l)lack
di(»d or was eaten, the trees in close proximity wer(> nicked around.

In the case of adults, immediately after death, some old " medi-
cine man " not necessarily a relative would cut off the whole
genitalia if a male, the clitoris only if a female, wrap them up in
grass and place them high up in the fork of a tree : this was
significatory of tiie sexual instinct being finished with, and to
prevent the spirit (nguru) of the dead entering into sexual re-
lations with the living. The next process depended upon whether
the corpse was to be eaten or not : it was eaten if deceased was a
well-known warrior, a medicine-man, a man or woman killed in
fight, or a woman dying suddenly in good condition.

If determined on eating the body, it was immediately carried, legs
foremost, on the shoulders of two or three old men to a distance of
half or three-quarters of a mile from the camp, which was thereupon
shifted, the men, women and children following. When a bigfire had
been made, the body was laid face downwards on a large sheet of
tea-tree bark lying alongside. The others squatted in groups in
a circle all round the deceased, a few yards distant, each with its
own fire. One "medicine-man" now took the sap-wood of an old
tree, a piece about a foot long and three or four inches wide, got it
well lighted, removed the bui-ning cinders, and while still glowing,
applied it all over the corpse, except the head, thus singeing off
every vestige of hair (except of course that of the scalp hair and
beard) and causing the flesh to turn a kind of light brown colour ;
he then rubbed the whole body over with his hand, thus removing
all the burnt shreds of outer skin and hair particles. Standing about
one hundred yards away were three other "doctors" each holding
a stone knife in his mouth .• one of them would advance singing,
the knife now held in his hand, pass through the circle of scat-
tei-ed groups, and reach the corpse. If the corpse was that of a
male, it la}^ on its stomach. The newcomer after making a median
incision right through the skin from top of the head, along the
neck, right down the middle of the back as far as the anus, would
tlien retire to join the groups around; the second "medicine-man"
would advance in similar fashion and incise, from the median cut
just made, across the shoulders down the middle of the backs of
the arm, fore-arm, and hand as far as the knuckles, and similarly
retire ; he would be succeeded by the third doctor who cut from
the exti"emity of the median incision, down along tbe middle of
the buttock, and back of each thigh, leg, and heel. If the corj^se
vras that of a female, it lay on its back, the three incisions being
correspondingly made on the front : median, from the top of the
head right through the middle of the nose and face, down the

400 IfI<:CORDS OF THE austualian muskum.

neck, clicst, and belly as far as the fork : the second, from the
neck down to the fronts of the upper extremities as far as the tips
of the pahiis : the third, from the foik down the fronts of the
thighs and legs as far as the insteps. Two of the doctors next
commenced to get off the skin along tliese incisions, removing it
in one piece with attached toes, fingers, ears, etc., and then to
stick it up on spears to dry before the ftre. The body after its
entrails, heart and lungs had been removed, was next cut up by
the doctors and carefully disjointed, its different portions being
indiscriminately shared by themselves and the people around
among whom they were thrown.

The old and young alike of bf)th sexes partook of it
after roasting, the pelvis, skull, jaw and b(jnes of botli
limbs being previously removed from the portions so rlis-
tributed, and put aside : it was only the back-l)one to-
gether with the ribs and attached meat that were thrown
into the fire and so destroyed. The sentiment which prompted
this eating of the deceased was a double one : the survi\ors knew
where the dead actually were and so could not be frightened by
their spirits, while the disposal of the corpse in this manner pre-
vented its going bad and stinking. The liver was eaten, but the
entrails, heart and lungs buried, the spot being marked by three
sticks about a foot high, each wound round with grass-rope, and
stuck closely* apposed into the ground. When the bones, which
had been put aside, had been cleaned of all their flesh and brought
by the deceased's mother, widow or sister (in order of preference)
back to camp, one of these women would take the whole pel vis, '-
put it on a log, and start striking it with a sharp tomahawk-
stone, taking care that when a crack should at last be heard, the
name of some individual in particular^' should be mentioned. She
would then recommence the hammering, so ari-anging matters
that when the crack again took place, the same name would be
repeated. And the old men would say " Ku-re ! Ku-re ! ",''' and
thus accept the proof that the person mentioned was actually the
one implicated : so much so, that when met with, the latter would
be put to death, usually by sneaking upon liim at night-time.
After the deceased's skin had been thoroughly dried, it was
covered with charcoal and grease, folded up and carried, together
with the bones in a dilly-bag by the mother, widow or sister, who
would cry o\'er it for some ten minutes or so regularly at night and

'■^ A thigh-bone was struck to similur ])urpose.

''•^ This was usually some member of anotlier tribe on whom they liad a

special " down."
"* An expression of astonisliment, wonder

NOirni liUEIiNSLAXU ET11N0(;UAPIIY — ROTII. 4:01

at early day break. Portion.s of it, e.g., chest and Imck where the
.scars were, were given to the women friends of another tribe, wlio
when tliey got back to their camps, would start another crying
match over them on their own account. This giving of the skins
to women of another tribe denoted that tliese womeji's husbands
and their friends were not considered the guilty parties : it was a
sort of confidential tip that they were not suspected and might in
perfect safety come to visit the tribesmen of the person deceased. ''
After the remaining skin, with the bones, had been carried about
by the women already particularised, for some two or three
months, or until such time as another corpse had to be similarly
treated, the dilly-bag was finally slung up on top of a forked stick
stuck upright within a hollow tree.'^'' Several of such bags might
be placed in the same tree which was considered " dimanggali,"
i.e. tabu.

"J^-ee-burial without eating was the method of disposal in the
case of any ordinary male mortals, and all women e.xcept those
killed in fight or who had died suddenly in good condition.
After removal of the genitalia as before mentioned, the body was
wrapped round in a sheet of bark, tied tightly I'ound beyond the
head, and bound carefully round and round with wattle-bark, only
the tips of the toes being left exposed. It
was carried feet-foremost on the shoulders of
two men to some gully or out-of-the-way place
in which they never hunted (if on the coast,
to one of the mangrove islands) where a tree
with suitable fork, i.e. six or seven feet off the
ground, was chosen. Two forked sticks were
next cut and fixed upright about seven feet
from the tree, and a platform erected (fig. 60), but in such
a way that when the body was resting on it, with head
next the tree, the feet were always towards the N\est.
Under this platform a circular space of about four feet diameter
was cleared, and here a small fii-e was made, with the
deceased's spear and waddy (if a male) or digging-stick (if
a female) stuck in the ground : the deceased's spirit was thus
enabled to go about and hunt at niuht, and also cook his or her

Tills explaiued liow Mr. Tom Petrie was receivud so well by tribes bejond
llio Turi'bal boundaries, when they knew that lie liad been given por-
tions of tlie skin of Yabba's son, a well known and respeelecl Brisbane
character.

In neiglibouring tribes, a shelter-cave now and again ve])laced tlie lioilow
tre(!.

402 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

food. ISText day, two of the old women — mother, widow, or
sister — would go out to the resting place, recognise the imprint of
a human foot'' close to the fire, arrange between themselves to fix
the guilt on a darkie of another tribe whose foot-print they would
declare it to be, and, returning to camp, spread the information
thus obtained. During the crying at night and at dayl^reak the
alleged culprit would be cursed and sworn at by the relatives and
friends with sucli epithets as " big head," " big belly," " crooked
leg," etc., and threatened with what would be done to him when
caught. Two or three months later, when the body had rotted, it
was taken down by two of the old women, opened out, the skull,
jaw, pelvis and limb-bones cleaned up and rubbed with charcoal,
while the remainder of the corpse, including the bones of the
toes, fingers, ribs, and back-bone, was burnt. Having brought
the bones in a dilly-bag back to camp, a fire was made at about
one hundred yards distant, and hither the whole company present,
including the two women, proceeded. The mother, widow, or
sister of the deceased then started hammering away at the pelvis,
etc., as before, making it crack when mentioning the name of the
person whose foot-print liad been originally detected, and thus
confirming the evidence of accused's guilt, the latter being accor-
dingly put to death at first apportunity.

Deformed people, after their demise, were just pushed and
jambed naked intu a hollow log, no more trouble being taken
over them.

The bodies of 3-oung boys and girls were never skinned or muti-
lated, but usually put up on the tree-platforms unless tliey died
suddenly and in good condition when they might be eaten by men
and women, the enti'ails, etc., being cut away and buried under
three sticks as already described. The corpse of a very young
child was roasted whole, and eaten by old women only. New
born babies might be killed and eaten, only by the old women,
immediately after birth, especially if this process had given the
mother much pain or trouble : it was usually the midwife who
screwed the infant's neck round, breaking it by liolding the jaw
and back of the head between the two hands and so twisting it
round. Similarly, if the mother died in child-birth, the child
was deemed guilty of having killed the mother, and Avas invari-
ably immediately killed and eaten by the old women.

'''' Purposely made by some old scoimdrel of a " medicine-man " tlie niglit
liei'ore.

XOiail QUEENSLAND ETHNOGRAPHY ROTH. 403

The mourning was either relative to mutilations or tu decora-
tions. Men, old and young, jabbed their heads with points of
tlie spears or with tomahawks until the blood flowed : the older
men were always keener on this. Similarly, the old women
banged and cut their heads with the digging-sticks : the young-
ones would cut the whole front of tlie thighs in parallel lines of
small incisions with pieces of broken flint or sharp shell.

Red was the essential colour of mourning. In the case of the
old men, the entire back, front, limbs and face were co^•ered with
this, relieved here and there with a sj^lash of pipe-clay, but none
on the face. The old women were similarly painted, but with
more splashes of white which was also specially dabbed on the
face. Feathers (swan's, etc.) tied up into bunches and covered
with raddle, were fixed with beeswax into the hair of old women
only. The immediate relatives and near friends would keep
these decorations on for perhaps two or three months, whereas
the others would drop them after a few days. The 3'oung men
and young women would ne^•er wear the red paint or feathei's as
signs of mourning. No eulogy of the deceased took place, neither
was his name mentioned.

MTNERALOGICAL NOTES: No. V.— CASSITERTTE

CERUSSITE, ZEOLITES and other AUSTRALIAN

MINERALS.

By C. Andekson, M.A., B.Sc, .Miiieialooist.

(Plates Ixxv.-Ixxx.).

CASSITERITE.

Emmaville, New South Waleh.

(Plate Ixxv., %. 1).

The crystal of cassiterite from this locality here figured is of
interest as having an acute pyramidal habit through predominance
of the di-tetragoiial pyramid z (321) ; it resembles the needle or
spai-able tin of the Cornish miner, a tj^pe which seems ver'v rare
in Australian cassiterite. The prism faces are strong) v striated
owing to oscillatory combination between m (110) and r (-30), r
however being subordinate. The crystal measui-es 1*25 x "75 cm.
The part bounded by the prism faces is mainly black with patches
of semi-transparent "ruby tin," the apex of the crystal down to
the faint line traversing the faces of z, a little below and parallel
to its intersections with s, is black with metallic lustre, wliile the
central part is reddish and ojjaque. From this curious distribu-
tion of colour the probable hist(jry of the crystal may be deduced.
Thus it may be inferred that it was at first prismatic in habit,
most likely terminated by .s- (111), and of a black colour. With a
change in composition (indicated by the cliange in colour) the
prism ceased growing and the pyramid z predominated : finally
came another change in composition at a time when tlie ci'vstal
had assumed nearly its present habit.

MINKKALOOIOAL NOTES : NO. V. — ANDERSON.

405

Elsmore, New South Wales.

(Plate Ixxv.. figs. 2, 3).

Fine crystals of tinstone are found at Elsmore, where they
occur disseminated through greisen ; weathering sets free the
cr3\stals which become concentrated into alluvial deposits of
economic importance. A large proportion of the crystals are
reddish, forming the so called ruby tin. The usual habit is stout
prismatic, and the crystals seem to be invariably twinned on «
(101), the usual law; doublets are comparatively rare and some
of the crystals are very complex. Fivelings in wliich a large in-
dividual supports on each e face a smaller crystal in twin position
are abundant, and specimens showing the nine individuals com-
posing a complete twin crystal of this type are b}'^ no means un-
common.

In PI. Ixxv., fig. 2, is represented according to its actual
development a doublet of -75 x "5 cm. in which the two
portions are about equal in size and development and the line
of junction is barely visible. Unfortunately this beautiful crystal
is fractured on one side where it was attached to the matrix. It
is essentially similar to the crystal figured by Becke,^ which how^-
ever has no z planes. The forms determined and the mean co-
ordinate angles are tabulated below :

Measwed.

Calculated

Error.

Forms.

<t>

'

0

/-•

9

9

O 1

O 1

O '

O (

>

a

100

0 3

89 57

0 0

90 0

3

3

in

110

44 57

90 0

45 0

90 0

3

0

r

230

33 43

90 0

33 41

90 0

2

0

h

120

26 38

90 0

26 34

90 0

4

0

s

111

44 51

43 35

45 0

43 33

9

2

z

231

33 31

67 36

33 41

67 35

10

1

a

100

0 15

22 12

0 0

22 12

15

0

'

Bec-ke -Mill. Mittli., Heft 3, 1877, pi. i., f. 5.

406

RECOKDS OF THE AUSTKALIAX MUSEUM

A more complicated twin is drawn (PI. Ixxv., fig. 3)
in ortliograpliic projection ; here we have a relatively large
crystal with four smaller individuals twinned to the former
on (101). As the four smaller crystals are essentially
similar the group has been idealised in the drawing. The lower
surface consists of the s faces of the main crystal and one very
small individual in twin position. The colour is black and the
faces are as a rule smooth and brilliant, yielding excellent reflec-
tions. The dimensions are approximately -75 cm. (parallel to
vertical axis) X 1 "00 cm.

The measured and calculated angles are given below :

Measured.

Calculated.

Error.

Fo

•ms.

0'

P

<t>

P

<P

P

o /

O '

o /

O 1

■

a

100

0 4

89 56

0 0

90 0

4

4

m

110

45 7

89 58

45 0

90 0

7

2

r

230

33 33

89 57

33 41

90 0

8

3

h

120

26 33

89 56

26 34

90 0

1

4

s

111

45 16

43 18

45 0

43 33

16

15

z

231

33 37

67 38

33 41

67 35

4

3

a

100

0 5

22 11

0 0

22 12

5

1

Hogue's Creek, near Duxdee, New Soutpi Wales.

(Plate Ixxv., fig. 6).

Hogue's Creek furnishes good tinstone crystals with the usual
stout prismatic habit, sometimes simple, sometimes twinned ; a
fine example of a simple crystal yielding the forms a, m, r, h, s, z,
is here figured. The faces of r are narrow, the pyramid s is large
and striated parallel to its intersections with e. Dimensions
approximately 1x1 cm.

The Glen, New England, Neav South Wales.
(Plate Ixxv., fig. 5).
A rather large crystal, about 3 X 2-5 cm., from this locality

MIN'KKALOGICAL NOTKS : NO. V. AN'DERSOX.

407

presents a form different from those described above ; it is a
fourling on the common \a,\v, two segments being about equal in
size, the other two much smaller.

Stantiiorpe, Queensland.

(Plate Ixxv., fig. 4).

The figure is drawn from one of several small crystals partly
embedded in a decomposed rock of indeterminate nature carrying
crystals of quartz. It measures only 2 mm. approximately in
length, but its faces ai-e bright and the signals good. It is
twinned on e.

The followins; forms and measurements were obtained :

Measured.

Calculated.

Error.

Fo

•ms.

4>

P

^

P

^

P

o /

o /

O '

O 1

'

a

100

0 0

90 2

0 0

90 0

0

2

m

no

45 0

90 0

45 0

90 0

0

0

r

230

33 37

89 59

33 41

90 0

4

1

h

120

26 35

90 1

26 34

90 0

1

1

s

111 ■

44 55

43 27

45 0

43 33

5

6

z

231

33 44

67 38

33 41

67 35

3

3

a

100

0 13

22 17

0 0

22 12

13

5

(Plate

CERUSSITE.
Broken Hill, New South Wales.
Ixxvi., figs. 1, 2, 3 : Plate Ixxvii., figs. 1, 2, 3).

The mines of Broken Hill have yielded some magnificent ex-
amples of crystallised cerussite ; the form and appearance is so
characteristic that Broken Hill cerussite can generally be recog-
nised at a glance. It occurs as long prismatic crystals, often
coated with rounded, tapering crystals of smithsonite (carbonate
of zinc), or again covered with brilliant anglesite. Frequently it

408

KKCOHDS OF THE AUSTKALIAN MUSEUM.

is found in reticulated masses, forming very attractive specimens.
Very typical are arrow-head twins on r (130), sometimes opaque
white and of considerable size, at other times ti-ansparent, when
they are as a rule smaller. Twinning on m (110), the more usual
law, I have not observed, but Miigge'- and Spencer'^ mention its
occurrence.

Simple crystals are not common ; one such is represented in PI.
Ixxvi., figs. 1,2. It is tabular on b which is striated parallel to
])rism and brachydome edges ; r oscillates slightly with h.

It yielded the following forms and angles :

Measiu-ed.

Calculated.

Error.

Forms.

1

4y

P

0

P

•^

P

o /

o /

o /

o /

b

010

0 1

89 55

0 0

90 0

1

5

r

130

28 37

89 57

28 39

90 0

2

3

X

012

0 2

20 4

0 0

19 52

2

12

k

Oil

0 1

35 51

35 52

1

1

I

021

0 2

55 21

55 20

2

1

V

031

0 2

65 6

65 15

■1

9

z

041

0 2

70 59

70 55

2

4

H

051

0 1

74 55

74 32

1

23

y

102

89 56

30 40

90 0

30 39

4

1

,s

121

39 26

61 42

39 20

6r 51

6

9

p

111

58 37

54 14

58 37

54 14

0

0

0

112

58 21

34 48

')

34 46

16

2

When twinned on r and long prismatic in habit the crystals
resemble PI. Ixxvi., fig. 3 ; if the prisms are short vertically with
predominant r, and the faces of the domes k and k meet in an
edge, above, below, and at the sides, the resemblance to an arrow-
head is ver}^ striking. A typical twin of this form is shown in
PL Ixxvii., figs. 1,2; here the notch is formed by r in oscillatory
combination with m, and the edges are replaced by r oscillating
with 6.

The forms and angles obtained are as in the table belo\\', in
which we have the mean result of measurements on three
crystals :

- Miigge— Neues Jalirb. Miu., ii., 1897, p. 78.
« Spi'iicer — Min. Mag , xiii , 1901, p. 39, f n.

MIXKKALOOICAL NOTES: XO. V,

-AXDERSON.

409

Forms.

mi
ri

K

h

Pi
h.,

r.,

Xn

s.,

u

001
OlO
110
130
012
Oil
021
102
111
010

110

130
012
Oil
032
021
102

111

112.^

(

Mpiisi

ired.

<^

P

o /

O '

0 2

89 58

58 36

89 59

28 35

89 59

0 1

19 53

0 1

35 55

0 2

55 23

89 26

30 46

58 37

54 15

57 16

90 0

1 20
64 9

89 59

85 39

90 0

57 15

19 53

57 11

35 57

57 12

47 33

57 13

55 9

32 34

30 38

1 24
64 5

54 14

1 29
64 42

34 46

Calciilatetl.

Error.

0 0
58 37
28 39

0 0

90 0
58 37
57 18
f 1 19
164 5
85 57
57 18

32 42
i 1 19
\64 5
f 1 19
\64 5

90 0

19 52
35 52
55 20
30 39
54 14
90 0

19 52
35 52
47 19
55 20
30 39

54 14
34 46

2
1
4
1

1

o

34
0
2

n

\4

18
3

7
6
5
8

(5

no

137

0
1
5
14
11
1

Two groups of four crystals, twinned in pairs on r were
measured. Denoting the four segments by I, II, III, IV, we
have I and II twinned on r, likewise III and IV twinned on r,
but although the orientation of III and IV relative to I and II
is almost the same in the two groups I have not succeeded in
proving it due to twinning on any known face. Appended are
the angles obtained between the b pinacoids of the four segments :

(!)•

(2).

57°

13'

61

26

4

4

57

18

61

54

4

38

(Calculated for r twin 57° 18').

^1 A h.,

hi A h.,

bi A ^,1

bi A b.,

bx A b.,

bi A b,
An attempt was made to determine whether the reticulated

410 RECORDS OF T]IK AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

form so common with Broken Hill cerussite is due to repeated
twinning' on r or twinning on r combined with twinning on tn or
on some other law. Suitable specimens for this purpose are not
easy to get, but, from a group consisting of part of the plate
forming one side of the rhomb-shaped net and two small attached
crystals with elongation apparent!}' parallel to the two remaining
directions, the following measurements were obtained, all the
reliable data being utilised in order to get results as accur-
ate as possible :

&i A h., 57° r (Calculated for r twin 57° 18).

bi A h , 58 35

From these figures it is appai-ent that I and II are twinned on
r while III is independent, or exemplifies a third twinning law.
Miigge, who was the first to describe the cerussite of Broken Hill
sayb^: — " Neben Zwillingen kommen audi Drillinge vor, ind^ssen
wurden polysynthetic Bildungen nach (130) audi ia Diinn-
schliffen nicht beobachtet, wohl aber Verbindungen von Zwillingen
nach (130) mit gitterformigen Drillingen nach (110), welche
letztere auch durch tafeligen Habitus nach (010) sich von
Zwillingen nach (130) unterscheiden." If Miigge means by this
that the mesh-like form is the result of twinning on (110) com-
bined with twinning on (130) I can only say that so far as my
observations go I am not able to substantiate his conclusions.
Unfortunately he does not give the measurements on which his
inferences are based, and it would be absurd for me to question
their correctness, but a tabular extension on b is not a criterion
of distinction between twinning on (130) and twinning on (110)
as the habit is a common one with cerussite.

Zeehan, Tasmania.
(Plate Ixxvii., fig. 4).

One specimen in the Museum collection shows several small
but well developed crystals, simple and twinned, on a matrix
of galena with patches of friable limonite. A doublet on m
was measured and yielded the forms c (001), b (010), vi (110),
r (130), X (012;, k (Oil), ? (021), v (031), ,:; (041), 2) (HI). The
faces in the zone [010, 001] are striated and slightly inter-
oscillating. A group (PI. Ixxvii., fig. 4), is made up of four indi-
viduals of which I and II, also III and IV are twinned to each
-other on m, while I is twinned to III and II to IV on a possible
face (760) for which the calculated value of <^ is 62*^ 24'. This
form has not been recoi'ded for cerussite, and it is just possible
that we have here merely a case of accidental grouping, but the

^ Miigge — Loc. cit., p. 79.

mineFvAI-o<;k'AL notks : \o. v. — anukkson.

411

measuied aiigles given in the table agree rather well with tlie
assumption tliat a new twinning law is in operation.

Me isiu'e 1.

Calculat'^d.

Error.

Foi

ms.

1

^>

9

0

P

0

P

0 1

0

0 /

0 /

/

/

c

001

—

h,

010

0 1

90 1

0 0

90 0

1

1

«i

100

90 2

90 0

90 0

))

•2

0

till

110

58 41

89 59

58 37

J J

4

1

n

130

28 41

89 56

28 39

2

4

Xi

012

0 12

19 38

0 0

19"52

12

14

ii

021

0 12

55 22

5)

55 20

12

2

2/1

102

89 34

30 41

90 0

30 39

26

0

Ih

111

58 40

54 15

58 37

54 14

3

1

ho

010

62 57

89 52

62 46

90 0

11

8

Uo

100

27 3

89 59

27 14

„

11

1

fn-i

110

4 23

89 52

4 9

5 J

14

8

Vn

130 J

88 26
34 20

89 59

(-88 35
1 34 7

55

111
113

1

X.2

012

63 1

19 6

62 46

19 52

15

46

H

021

63 1

55 24

))

55 20

15

4

V-i

031

63 1

65 11

?)

65 15

15

4

^2

041

63 1

70 56

?)

70 55

15

1

2/2

102

27 9

30 40

27 14

30 39

5

1

Pu

111

4 32

54 12

4 9

54 14

23

2

b.

010

55 11

89 56

55 12

90 0

1

4

m^

110

3 29

89 59

3 25

5)

4

1

n

130

26 29

89 58

26 33

5)

4

2

.X'S

012

55 10

19 53

55 12

19 52

2

1

^3

Oil

55 10

35 54

5)

35 52

2

2

«3

021

55 7

55 19

))

55 20

5

1

i -Oi

031

55 7

65 15

))

65 15

5

0

^3

041

55 4

70 44

))

70 55

8

11

y-i

102

34 49

30 41

34 48

30 39

1

2

1

U.J

66 22
6 28

54 13

|66 11
\,3 25

54 14

I'll
I 3

1

h.

010

7 17

89 31

7 34

90 0

17

29

110 1

66 3
51 5

90 0

1-66 11
\51 3

)'

0

Xi

012 ^

7 26

20 5

7 34

19 52

8

13

412

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Washi\(;ton Extended Mine, White River, Tasmania.

(Plate Ixxvi., fig. 4).

This is represented in our collection by one specimen in which
small crystals of cerussite occur in cavities in galena coated with
yellow limonite ; in habit it is tabular on h, which is slightly
striated parallel to prism and brachy-dome intersections. The
angles are tabulated below :

Measured.

Calculated.

Error.

Forms.

0

P

<i>

P

0

P

o

o /

o /

o /

1

h

010

. 0 0

89 59

0 0

90 0

0

1

r

130

28 40

90 2

28 39

)»

1

2

X

012

0 0

19 50

0 0

19 52

0

o

k

Oil

0 2

35 57

35 52

2

5

%

021

0 0

55 25

55 20

0

5

V

031

64 59

65 15

0

16

^

041

0 1

70 37

70 r.5

1

18

n

051

0 0

74 8

74 32

0

24

y

102

90 2

30 41

90 0

30 39

2

2

p

111

58 37

54 12

58 37

54 14

0

2

Comet Mine, Dundas, Tasmania.

(Plate Ixxvi., fig. 5).

The crystals, which occur on a matrix of galena and powdery
limonite, are thin tabular on h and twinned on m ; the figured
crystal is a trilling resembling the cerussite of the Magnet Mine^
The two crystals twinned to that in the conventional position are
small in comparison and scarcely penetrate the larger. The
measured angles agree fairly well with the calculated values.

Anderson — Eec. Austr. Mns., vi., 2, 1905, p. 93, pi. xx., f. 1-3.

MllltefeALOGICAL NOTES : NO. V. — ANDERSON.

413

Measured.

Calculated.

Error.

Forms.

^

P

^

P

0 /

1

p

0 /

0 /

0 1

h,

010

0 3

89 58

0 0

90 0

3

2

«i

100

89 57

89 56

90 0

))

3

4

mi

110

58 40

89 59

58 37

))

3

1

'>\

130

28 40

89 58

28 39

))

1

2

x,

012

0 6

19 53

0 0

19 52

6

1

k,

Oil

))

35 55

))

35 52

6

3

ii

021

0 0

55 20

))

55 20

0

0

^1

031

0 3

65 12

))

65 15

3

3

Pi

111

58 36

54 14

58 37

54 14

1

0

K

010

62 47

89 59

62 46

90 0

1

1

aa

100

27 13

90 0

27 14

>)

1

0

Wta

110

4 7

■ 89 58

4 9

))

2

2

^2

130

/88 35
\34 8

89 59

f88 35
134 7

))

{?

1

t'2

031

62 46

65 39

62 46

65 15

0

24

63

010

62 35

89 58

))

90 0

11

2

"a

100

27 20

89 58

27 14

))

6

2

TO3

110

3 59

89 57

4 9

)j

10

3

^•3

130

(88 48
134 3

89 58

(88 35
134 7

>)

n

2

^3

021

62 36

55 16

62 46

55 20

10

4

;J3

111

3 57

54 15

4 9

54 14

12

I

BARITE.

Commonwealth mine, Wellington, New South Wales.

(Plate Ixxviii., fig. 1).

Crystallised barite is by no means common in New South Wales;
in fact the crystals now dealt with and those from St. Peter's
near Sydney" are the only examples known to me.

At the Commonwealth Mine it occurs as clusters of trans-
parent, colourless or slightly yellowish (iron stained) crystals,
with prismatic development along the b axis. The faces are not
quite smooth and the angles obtained are not very good.

" Anderson — Ree. Austr. Mus., vi., 2, 1905, p. 89, pi. xix., f. 2.

414

RECORDS OP THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Measured.

Calculated.

Error.

Forms.

<^

P

<!>

P

<(>

P

C

001

• /

o /

\'

1

'

1

^7

320

61 22

89 58

61 28

90 0

6

2

m

110

50 52

90 4

50 49

)'

3

4

0

oil

0 7

52 54

0 0

52 43

7

11

d

102

90 0

39 1

90 0

38 51

0

10

u

101

89 46

58 34

58 10

14

24

J

113

51 11

34 27

50 49

34 43

22

16

z

111

50 51

64 26

64 18

2

8

y

122

31 18

57 07

31 31

57 1

13

6

MONAZITE.

The Gulf, near Emmaville, New South Wales.

(Plate Ixxviii., fig. 2).

The crystal is reddish brown, somewhat worn and not
measurable on the reflecting goniometer, but the angles ob-
tained with the contact goniometer are sufficiently good for
determinative purposes. The crystal measures 1 -5 X 1 '5 x "5 cm.
and is twinned on (100). It is projected on the plane (010) and
drawn in ideal symmetry.

Specific gravity : 5'152.

SCHEELITE.

Hillgrove, New South Wales.

(Plate Ixxviii., fig. 3).

At Hillgrove scheelite has been found in considerable quantity
but it seldom occurs in crystals. One specimen consisting of a
number of fragmentary crystals gi'ouped in parallel position is in
our collection and is here figured. It is greyish and translucent ;
the faces are rough and striated, and the angles obtained with
the reflecting goniometer are not very satisfactory. Specific
gravity : 6'00.

A io
A e

Measured. Calculated (Dana).

= 131 A 131 = 23^ 20' 23° 16'

= 131 A 111 = 28 18 28 21

= 131 A 101 = 67 12 68 ISi

MINERALOGICAL NOTES : NO. V. — ANDERSON.

415

Mount Ramsay, Tasmania.
(Plate Ixxviii., fig. 4).
This is the mineral analysed by Traube^. It occurs in horn-
blendic rock in well formed crystals up to one inch in length and
in crystalline bunches. The measured crystal is about 1 cm. in
the direction of the vertical axis and is greyish and semi-trans-
lucent. The faces are fairly brilliant and gave good signals ; only
the pyramid e (101) is present.

Measured. Calculated (Dana),

e A e' = 101 A Oil = 72° 45'

e A evn = 101 A Oil = 107 15

72° 401'
107 191

VESUVIANITE.

Barraba, New South Wales.
(Plate Ixxviii., figs. 5, G).

Vesuvianite is found as yellowish-green transparent crystals in
and near a cutting on the road from Barraba to Bundarra, slightly
eastward of the Ironbarks Creek crossing. It has been described
by Mr. D. A. Porter*, who states that it is found lining cavities
in massive garnet forming a vein in serpentine. The crystals are
accompanied by silica in the form of hyalite, and a greenish
mineral in thin tabular, hexagonal crystals which has not yet been
determined but may belong to tlie chlorite group. The base is
usually present but is invariably rough and non-reflecting.

One of the best and largest crystals, 3 5 X 1 mm., was measured
and yave the following; forms and angles :

Measured.

Calculated.

Error.

Forms.

<}>

P

<t>

P_

o '

/

P

° 1

" 1

C

001

a

100

0 5

90 0

0 0

90 0

0

0

m

110

45 1

89 45

45 0

1

15

o

on

0 37

28 15

0 0

28 15

37

0

P

111

45 10

37 12

45 0

37 14

10

2

t

331

44 56

66 46

))

66|19

4

27

s

131

18 27

59 41

18 26

59 32

1

9

i

132

18 16

40 7

)>

40 22

10

15

"< Traube— Neues Jalirb. Min., Beil-Bd. vii., 1890, p. 232, quoted Dana's

System of Mineralogy, 6th Edition, 1892, p. 987.
« Porter— Joiu-n. Koy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxii., 1888, p. 85, pi. i, f. 12.

416 RECORDS OF THR AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

ZEOLITES.

Wherever we find decomposed felspathic rocks we may look for
zeolites in their amygdaloidal cavities. Generally several zeolitic
species occur together, sometimes forming intergrowths, and, as
in crystalline habit, qualitative and even quantitative composition
certain zeolites have a strong family resemblance it is not always
easy to discriminate between them. In this paper I have confined
myself to describing those of whose identity tliere is no reasonable
doubt.

CHABAZITE.

Ben Lomond, New South Wales.
(Plate Ixxix., figs. 1, 2).

The basalt of Ben Lomond is much decomposed and so full of
cavities that in hand specimens it sometimes presents the vesicular
appearance of pumice. The smaller cavities are often completely
filled with an incoherent, yellowish-green substance which has a
clayey odour when wetted ; the powder has not been analysed
but is probably bole or some equally indefinite mineral of the
kaolin group. Larger cavities are filled with zeolites sometimes
beautifully crystallised ; chabazite predominates and is accom-
panied by analcite and delicate acicular crystals which are mainly
mesolite but may possibly be natrolite in some cases. Yellowish
calcite in scalenohedra or in spherical aggregates accompanies the
zeolites. The specimens in the Museum collection were obtained
by purchase from Mr. D. A. Porter who has also supplied us with
particulars of the occurrence.® The specimens were obtained from
excavations and cuttings on the Northern Railway line, the finest
being found in the " Big Cutting " situated about a mile in a
northerly direction from Ben Lomond railway station.

The chabazite is sometimes crystallised in simple rhombohedra
much striated parallel to the edges rjr and rjr" or forms unequal
interpenetrating twins with the vertical axis as axis of twinning,
but it usually presents the characteristic form of phacolite with
the forms r (lOllj, s (0221) and e (0112) twinned on the same
law. The crystals, which attain a diameter of 3 cm., are but
little inferior to the well-known phacolite of Richmond, Victoria ;
they are less regularly developed however, and are strongly
striated parallel with the intersections rje. A common feature
is a crateriform depression at the apex shown in plan in PI. Ixxix.,
fig. 2. In such crystals each individual of the twin really consists
of three portions in parallel position.

9 Porter— Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S. "Wales, xxii., 1888, p. 87.

MINERALOGICAL XOTKS : NO. V. — ANDERSON.

417

Four analyses (III and IV being duplicates) were made with
the following result :

VII.

CO ^ -M ^

Cl ^ C-l r-r 1 ' '

o
6
o

—1 (M 30 CO CO C£> Cq

O r-< lO'*<X)'*COlO

o

;>

o
o

CO 1— I t^ «D <M CO r— 1

o ■^-iTf<COi— ilO iCii — 1

CO

en

>

.— 1 -* --H

>

-^ CO CO Ol O CO
^ ^ lO lO O 1 ^ CO

a

1-4

CO ^ ,_, CO --H lO x

Ol

1— 1
1—1

I— 1 Ti< .— 1

C5

l—i
t— 1

^ CO 00 >— 1 t^ 1 CO Oi

X

- ^ CD o o 1 6 o

Ol ^ <M .— (

o
o

t^ O ^ o t- CO

^ CD t^ CO O 1 ^ O

OS
C-1

1—1

~ 1— I t~ Oi oi 1 O 1— '

en
en

1 +
oo

l°Sdo"opo^q

OO

w'w

418 RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

I. — Ben Lomond ; taken for water •4915 gram , general -9914 gram

II.— „ ; „ -4920 „ , „ -5878 „

III.— „ ; „ -8631 „ , „ -8631 „

IV.— „ ; _ „ 1-2842 „

V. — ,, ; mean of analysis I. II. III. IV.

VI.— Table Mt., Colorado.'"

VII.— Calculated for CaO. Al.O^. 4SiO,. 6H,0.

After 46 hours over strong sulphuric acid the loss of water
amounted to 2-0 %•

Inverell, New South Wales.

Crystals of chabazite similar to PI. Ixxix., fig. 1, are found em-
bedded in a decomposed basaltic rock forming a cliff near the
bridge at Inverell."

Bell Mount, Middlesex, Tasmania.

(Plate Ixxix., fig. 3).

Some fine crystals, '75 to 1"5 cm. in diameter, have been found
loose and coating a vugh in tertiary basalt at this locality.'^ Like
the Ben Lomond and Inverell minerals these ai"e penetration
twins on the vertical axis, but they differ from the former in the
presence of a (1120) and t (1123). The crystals arc strongly
striated in the directions indicated in the figure. Two crystals
were obtained by exchange with Mr. W. F. Petterd of Tasmania.

ANALCITE.

Ben Lomond, New South Wales.

The analcite is beautifully crystallised, transparent and glassy.
The crystals are small averageing about two mm. in diameter and
seem to consist uniformly of the trapezohedron (211^, A typical
crystal was measured and gave the result :

211 A 2ll = 48^41'; calculated 48" lU'
211 A 121 =33 17 : „ 33 33^

w Hillebrand— Bull. U. S. aeol. Surv., 20, 1885, p. 24.

'1 Wilkinson — ^Jotes on the Geology of N.S. Wales, p. 62, Government

Printer, Sydney, 1882 ; Porter — Journ. Eoy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxii.,

1888, p. 88, pi. i., f. 7.
12 Petterd— Papers and Proc. Eoy. Soc. Tas., 1902-3, p. 24.

MINERALOGICAL NOTES : NO. V. ANDERSON.

419

For analysis material was selected from several specimens
carrying analcite in druses and cavities.

I.

II.

III.

7o

7o

/o

H,0

8.71(ign)

8-37

8-2

SiO.,

54-39

55-81

54-5

AlA

21.76

22-43

23-2

CaO

1.33

,

K.O

tr.

Na..O

13-77

13-47

14-1

99-96

100-08

100.0

I. — Ben Lomond, N. S. Wales ; taken for water -1492 gram,
general -3039 gram.

II.— Table Mt., Colorado."

III.— Calculated for NaoO. Al.O,. 4SiO,. 2HoO.

MESOLITE.

Ben Lomond, New South Wales,

The slender ci ystals are too minute for optical determination ;
extinction is sensibly straight. The mineral fuses to an opaque
white bead giving the sodium flame. For analysis a vugh lined
with a downy covering of interlacing acicular crystals was de-
nuded, yielding, -5509 gram, of apparently pure material. Water
was determined by ignition.

H,0

8i(),

Al.,0, ■••
Cab ...
K,0 ...

Na.,0 ...

I-

IL

III.

IV.

%
11-86
43-88
27-14

7-03

tr.
10.48

"A:

12-16
46-17

26 88
8-77

. 6.19

7o

11-75
43-83
29-04

7-84

7-80

12-4

46-4

26-3

9-6

5-3

100-39

100-17

100-26

100-0

.'■^ Hillebrand— Z-00. cit., p. 29.

420

RECORDS OP THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

I. — Ben Lomond, N.S. Wales.
II.— Table Mt., Colorado.'"
Ill, — Eisenach, Thuringia.'*

IV. — Calculated for

C Na., O. A1,,0
I 2 (CaO

3Si02. 2H2O.
ALO3. 3SiO,. 3HaO).

NATROLITE.

Inverell, New South Wales.

The mineral occurs as transparent colourless aggregates,
radiated in structure. Extinction is straight and compensation
takes place with quartz wedge perpendicular to direction of
elono;ation.

H,0 @ 100° C-
H,0@ 100° C +
SiO^

AlA

CaO

KoO

Na,0

I.

11.

IV.

7o

0-38

8-90

46-38

27-36

0-83

0-13

15-63

1 9 '84

47-31

26-77

0-41

0-35

15-44

9-5

47-4

26-8

16-3

99-61

100-12

100-0

I. — Inverell, N.S. Wales ; taken for water -6459 grams, general
•8978 grams.

II. — Cape Blomidon, Nova Scotia.^*

III.— Calculated for Na,0. ALO,. 3SiO,. 2H,0.

THOMSONITE.

Inverell, New South Wales.

This is white, radiated, decrepitates before the blowpipe^ intu-
mesces slightly and yields an opaque white bead. Analysis was
made in duplicate :

1^ Hillebrancl- — Loc. cit., p. 35.

J'' Liicdecke— Neues Jahrb. Min., 1881 , ii., p. 34.

"^ Brush — Anier. Journ. Sci , xxxi., 1861, p. 365.

MINERALOGICAL NOTES : \0. V. ANDERSOX.

421

I.

TI.

III.

IV.

"/

"A.

/o

/o

B.,0 Qi: 100° C-
H,0 (a: 100° C +

-68
12-05

■ not det.

< 12-91

1

f 13-75

Sib..

40-60

40-76

40-88

37-00

ALO,

29-67

29-79

29-68

31-39

Cab

11-74

11-58

11-88

11-50

Na.,0

5-62

5-87

4-72

6-36

100 36

100-07

100-00

I. — Inverell ; taken for water 4240 gram, general -4820 gram.
II. — Inverell ; taken -5395 gram.
III.— Table Mt., Colorado.^''

IV.

^ , , . . f f Na.O. ALA 2SiO... 2iH.,0.
(calculated torj^ (CaO. AlA- 2810,." 2iH.,0).

SCOLECITE
VV'ekkis Cheek, New South Wale.s.

This mineral is associated with heulandite and stilbite in a
decomp(jsed andesitic rock containing plienocrysls of plagioclase
almost completely zeolitised ; the scolecite occurs as white nodular
radiated masses. Before tlie blowpipe intumesces slightly and
fuses to a blebby enamel. Mr. D. A. Porter who presented the
specimens to the Trustees informs me that it is rather rare at the
locality.

The mineral gelatinises with hydrochloric acid and yielded the
fV)llowing percentages :

I.

TI.

III.

"/„

7o

H.,0

13-94

14-48(diff.,

13-8

SiO,

45-19

46-03

45-9

ALA

25-56

25-28

26-0

FeA

—

0-27

CaO

15-39

12-77

14-3

lv.,0 .
Na..()

1 0-74

0-13
1-04

■

100-82

100-00

100-0

'' llillebraiKl — Lor. fit. p. 25.

422

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

minute transparent
cavities in the de-

I. — Werris Ck., N.S. Wales ; taken fur water -4540 gram
general -7504 gram.

II.— Table Mt., Colorado. 1^^

III.— Calculated for CaO. AL.Og. SSiO,.. 3H,0.

HEULANDITE.

Werris Creek, New South Wales.
(Plate Ixxviii., fig. 7).

At Werris Creek heulandite occurs as
colourless crystals lining small amygdaloidal
composed rock. It has the usual pearly lustre on the clinopina-
coidal cleavages, which are found to be perpendicular to an acute
positive bisectrix, thus distinguishing the mineral from stilbite
which otherwise it resembles closely. The crystals liaxe the
characteristic coffin shape, the forms present being b (010), m
(110), X (021), f, (201), u (111), .s (2"01). The available material
is Uh) scanty to permit an analysis.

STILBITE.

Jamberoo, New South Wales.
This locality was discovered by Mr. B. G. Engelhardt by whom
the mineral, which occurs in trachyte, has already been described.^^
An anal3^sis was made on a specimen in the Australian Museum
presented by the original discoverei-, with the appended result :

H.O

SiO.,...
Al,,6,

FeA

Cab

K.>0...

Na.,0

I.

II.

III.

7o
17-53
57-61

i 15-56

8-22

( 1-19

7o

17-30
58-79
14-61
0-47
9-53
0-23
0-32

17-2
57-4
16-3

7-7

1-4

100-11

101-25

1000

I. — Jamberoo ; taken for water -2755 gram, general -5593 gram.

II.— Bordo, Faroes.'^"

III.— Calculated for (Na.,,Ca) O. AI2O3. 6SiO.,. 6H.,0.

" Hillebrand~ioc. cit., p. 37.

1" Engelhardt— Proc. Linn. Soe. X.S.Wales, (2), vi., 1891, p. 5, pi. i. : -Inquet

and Card^Rec. Geol. Sui-v. N.S.Wales, viii., 1, 1905, p. 17.
-0 Heddle— Min. Mag., i., 1877, p. 21.

OCCASIONAL NOTES.

Vn.— EGGS OF CACOMANTIS INSPERATUS, GOULD

The eggs of the Brush Cuckoo of Gould's folio edition of the

■'OO

" Birds of Australia " were unusually common last season on the
highlands of the Milson's Point Railway Line. Mr. A. A. John-
ston took no less than seven eggs in as many nests of Rhipidura
alhiscapa. One nest four feet from the ground that he had to lift
the bird off, revealed two eggs of the Brush Cuckoo, and one egg
of RhipidxLva alhiscapa. This was on the 24:th November, 1906.
The nest of this pair of birds he took again on the 9th January,
1907, when it contained two eggs of the White-shafted Fantail
and one egg of the Brush Cuckoo. On the 5th January, 1907, he
took a nest of Malnrus lamberti with two eggs, also an egg of the
Brush Cuckoo, which is the first time I have known the egg of
this Cuckoo to be found in the nest of this species. Four fresh
eggs were taken from a nest of the same pair of birds on the 16th
January, and two eggs of Lambert's Superb Warbler from the third
nest of this pair of birds, on the 29th January, 1907, also an egg
of the Brush Cuckoo. On the 18th November, 1906, Mr. Johnston
took a nest of Myiagra vnbeoula, containing two eggs of that
species, also an egg of the Brush Cuckoo.

As I have pointed out in " The Ibis,"' the Cacomantis
insperatus of Gould, agrees with Latham's description and figure
of Ciiculus Jiabe/li/ormis, but not the species, the latter name has
been applied by writers in general.

Alfred J. North.

1 North— Tlie Ibis, 1906, p. .53.

\a^a.£"\

RECORDS

OF THE

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM,

EDITED BY THE CURATOR.

Vol. VL, No. 6.

PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES.
R. ETHERIDGE, Junr., J. P.,

FRIDAY, 20th MARCH, 1908.

The Swift Printing Company, Ltd., 5 Janiieson Lane, Sydney.

i2srr)E:x:.

PAGE

Aboriffinal Workshops N.S.

Walsp, see Workshoiis
AcANTHiSTius .verrrt/w* ... 61
aeanthoptenis, Mtrex .. 287

acanthnmt-i, Seius ... ... 173

kCK'RXSS domestictts ... ... 181

exculcerans ... 189

farina- 180

folHculonon ... ... 192

(jallitup ... ... 174

limacttm ... ... 150

refle.vus ... 163

scabiei ... ... 189

.tiro 180,189

felarius ... ... 153

«er/i«t>, LiMEA ... 46,223

AcHORUTES, speciosiis ... 314
acicula, Clio ... ... 285

AcM.SA parva, var. fa.'unanica 215
AcRlLL A mill id It /a ... ... 52

ACTEON fl-H^^/'i^rt ... ... 285

rosea ... ... ... 285

acuminata, Eochefortia 214, 288
Adacnarca ... ... ... 46

.<iqnamea ... 45. 213, 285

Adeorbis angulaia ... 50

Admete -y/m-^a ... 285,295
Mov.\^Q,\i^ strigatus... ... 59

(P.qiiilateralis, Globigerina 309
affniis, Beryx ... ... 60

affinxx, Protolichus ... 184

affinis, Pterolichus 183, 184

agapeta, Marginella ... 214
A G A u e h re v ipa Ipus ... 161

rt/Z/Z/w/umw.?, Textularia ... 307
agnata, Bathytoma 213, 220, 285
nlastoris, Heteropus ... 177

alastoris, Pediculoides ... 177
alazon, Liotia ... ... 49

alba, CoLUMBKLLA ... ... 298

alha, MiTROMORPHA 287, 298

albida, Myodora ... 287, 301
«//n_9'e«a,THYASiRA ... ... 363

alhivtntris, Artamus ... 341

alho-striatum, 'J'heridion ... 27

ALEUROBIUS_/rtrU((C ... 180

Aleuterius hroionii ... 80

Allomorphixa frigona ... 307

Iriqonula ... ... 306

sp.' 307

PAGE

A LLOPTES cori/mbop/idnix

.. 186

lobulatiis

.. 185

major

.. 186

securiger

.. 185

r?///5o;7i MARGrNELT.A214,287,295

aireata, Cuspidaria ... 363

alreolatum, SPHiEROZOUM ... 281

alvfofiformi.i, MiLiOLiNA ... 306
a/ real ill iformis, Pol ymo u-

phi'na 305,308

Amaukobius so<"i'«/i'« ... 9

Amblyomma hgdro-saiiri ... 169

limhafuin ... ... 170

moreli(B ... ... 170

postouclatttm... ... 170

trigidtatiim ... ... 170

«>w6m/««*, ECHIDNOPHAGA .. 101

aiiiericanii-i, Argas ... ... 164

i-HHwowcxV/p-y, Opercdlina ... 310

Amphisilk crisfafa ... 60

A MPHiTHALMUS pgraniidaUts 285

Amphora, sp. ... ... 306

Amusium thetidis, 41, 213,223,285

aaucanthe.'i, Sarcoptes ... 190
Analcite, Ben Lomond, N S.

Wales 418

anale, Scyllium ... 228

ANALGESlDiE ... ... 181

Analges tetracentriis ... 185

analis, Oatulus, eo^tr-ca^e... 228

analifi, Neriene ... ... 331

analis, Scylliorhinus ... 228

Ananiis tai:<!oiiemi(-^ .... 178

aiias-e, Tarsonemus ... 178

Ancoc^lus ... ... ... 28

livcn.i ... ... 28

angasi, Carditella 213, 285

angasi, Columbella ... 285

angasi, Cuspidaria 213

angasi, Gafrarium... ... 286

angasi, Marginella ... 42

angasi, Eochfobtia ... 288
Anglesite, Lewis Ptaidf, N.S.

Wales ... ... 92

Maestrie's Mine, Dun-
das, Tasmania ... 90

Mine Meretrice, New

Caledonia 91,97

r/H_5ru/<7('ff, Adeorbis .. 50
angulaia (var.), Cavolinia

angulida ... ... 285

426

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

PAGE

angul at a, GiTUS A. ... 285,291

anguilla, Eucta ... ... 332

Anisomton rfpju)'e«.?j(-v ... 328
annularis (var.), Lagena

sulcata ... 307, 311

annulata, LiOTiA ... ... 42

annnlatii.t, Rhipicephalus 166
annulatus, (yar.) australis,

Ehipicephalus ... 167

rt«0)/»a/«, PSEUDAVICULA ... 319

Anomalina arimineiixi.i ... 309

grosserugosu ... ... 309

antarctica,SciM'SX... ... 63

antipodiana, Aegtrodes ... 25

Avisivs niarmoratus ... 20]

A PONOMMA CO«CO?OJ' ... 169

decorosum ... ... 168

ecinctum .. ... 169

hydroaauri ... ... 169

trimaculatum ... 168

aptenodi/ttim, Cheilgbran-

CHus ... 196

aquilinu.i, var. milvulina,

PSEUDALLOPTEB ... 184

afjuihnus, var. milrnUna,

Pterolichus ... 184

Abacana aurita ... ... b2

le)itieulari.9 .. ... 82

rtrrtcAi.9, CiLiCHNA ... ... 286

rt/-i7^a, Monilea ... 214,287

araucana, Discorbina ... 309
Akca. reticnla/a ... 41,285

Abchitectonica atkiii-ioni. 285

reevei ... ... ... 285

arenatum, CoIjIjOZOVm. ... 278

ArtCViiAUiX dipsacoide.i ... 359

arenaria, Asteorhiza ... 307

areiiaria, Spieoloculina ... 306

art)iosa, Thraciopsis 42, 288

A'RQA.s americanus ... ... 164

persicus ... .. 164

reflexus 163

sp 164

ARGASID^ 163

ARGIOPID^

330

Argtrodes

25

antipodiana ...

25

incisifrons

25

margaritarius

25

Aegtroepeira celehesiana .

335

granulata

335

Akiamnes

24

coluhrinus

14

nna»«5, Phttophus

192

PAGE

ariminensis, Anomalina .. 309

armata, Sci^na ... ... 71

armatmn, COLLOZOUM ... 275

«n»(7i;H.9, Cabanx ... ... 71

arma/«.s, PAT.ffiCUS ... IQyll

aronice, Phytophus ... 192

Akfx^ivs, alhirentris ... 341

aruanns, Megalateactus ... 98

ASPASMOGASTEB ... ... 315

AsPELLA nndata ... 285, 294

asperrimus, Chlamts ... 213

as-^arius, Ch^todgn ... 66

Astaete ti'Ollumhillaensi.'i ... 327

A STELE hilix... ... ... 48

glyptus 213

AsTEOEHizA arenaria ... 307

Atax ciimherlandensis ... 160

atkinsoni, Architectonica 285
alkinsoni, Schismope 42, 288

Atlanta jfjwea ... ... 285

inclinata ... ... 285

keraudrenii ... ... 299

rosea ... ... ... 285

atlanticum, Belonozoum ... 279

Atys pransa ... ... ... 285

Aucella Jiughendenensis ... 321

AvhOTVS piirpurissatus ... 59

aurita, Aeacana ... ... 82

auritus, Ostracion ... 82

aitstrale, Flabellum ... 272
anstraliana, Cel^enopsis ... " 172

australiensis, Verticordia 303
australis, Carinaria 213, 223

a««^ra/w, Episinus ... ... 25

australis, Gltphidodon ... 69

aitstralis, ModioIjX ... ... 287

australis, Poetheus ... 7

australis, Protalqes ... 185
australis (var.), Khipiceph-

ALUS annulatus ... 167

australis, Scissueella ... 288
australis, ( var.), Stmphurus

strictu 349

austrina, AcTEON ... ... 285

avellanoidfs, Ctpr^a ... 293
arellanoides, '1 rivia 288, 293

Ayicvlk (-07 hiensis ... ... 320

Jiughendenensis ... 321

avium, Dermantssus ... 174

Axinite.Bowling Alley Point,

N. S. Wales ... 133

Colebrook Mine, Dun-
das, Tasmania ... 135

Moonbi, N.S. Wales 135

INDEX.

427

B

PAGE

bahiflonira, Ptrene ... 359

badiiis, SiRiu.s ... 42, 288

baiUonii, C.?<:siomoeus ... 71

haillonii, 'rRACHl.>lOTUS ... 71

BkijiHTES chinensis ... ... 79

gramdatua ... HO, 210

hippocrepis ... ... 80

penicilHgerus ... 80

baucrofti, TARbONEMUs ... 177
Barite, Commonwealth Mine,

N.S.Wales ... 413

St. Petere, Sydney ... 90

Basilissa radiaJis ... ... 285

bassen.ns, Peltorhamphus 198

bassensis, Rhombosolka ... 198

bassi, Lima ... ... ... 287

Bathy ABCA perver-sideiis 41, 285

Bathtphantes ire6«rfl't ... 331
Bathttoma agiiafa... 213, 220, 285

savcimtla ... ... 53

beddomei. Polinices ... 288

bcl/ico-sHiii, Epitonium .. 36b

Belonozoum atlanticmn ... 279

hilli 279

Beelesia rapax ... ... 173

bertheloti, Discorbina ... 309

Hertx affinis ... ... 60

bicolor, RissoA ... ... 288

itco;'«i>, Janulus ... ... 25

iicorHi'.y, MiLiOLiNA ... ... 306

biiix. A STELE ... ... 48

BiLOCULiNA ringeim ... 306

An««c«/(7i*«.v ScoLGPSis ... 63
hioceUatus. Gltphisodon .. 68, 69

bitorquafn, Daphnella ... 298

biiorquatiis, Hoplocephalus 38

JiiTTWM fnficocajnl Ilium 213, 217

Hlknniu.s ^rt.y)HaHia)n/-y ... 205

Jioijiwi^k pjigmcea ... ... 307

te.rtnlaroides... ... 307

BooPHiLus ioi'M ... ... 166

BoKNiA r«(fta^a ... ... 48

bostockii, Labkichthyr ... 70

bovi-i, BooPHiLUS ... ... 166

bovix, Ixodes 166

hrachiatu.'i, var. crassior,

Protolichus ... ... 183

Jirachialus vht. cra.'ssior,

Pteholichiis ... ... 183

Awc//v«r(f.9, Carchartas ... 226

Bramichthys 72

wood ward i ... ... 72

BuAtiCHivR ■ pleiiro/hfcci ... 256

brandiii, Rhaphidozocm ... 280

brazieri, Cryptopora ... 286

page
brazieri, Cuspidaria ... 286

brazieri, Limopsis ... ... 287

6r«rieri, Marginella 214,287
brevipalpu-f, Agaue ... 161

brevipes, Heteractitus ... 343
breviro-siris, Melithrei'TXIs,

Insular form of ... 20

broadhur-'iti, Cynoolo-sshs ... 73
brownii, Aleuterius ... 80

hrownii. P&eudomonacanthus 80
brownriggii, Glyphidodon 69

brownriggii. Glyphisodon 68

Bryobia _9'/ono*rj ... 152

nobilis ... ... 152

prcBtiosa ... ... 152

ribis ... ... ... 152

speciosa ... ... 152

sp 152

BucciNUM inci.sinn ... ... 99

Bulla incommoda ... 213, 285

bitllata, Lima ... 42, 287

BULLINA .?Ci:?6rrt ... ... 213

bid /aide.?, Globigerina 305 309
biiJIoides, var. triloba, Glo-
bigerina 309

Burial. Cannibalistic 399, 402

Cave 398

Ceremonies, Bloomfield

River 384

Boulia 393

Brisbane 398

Cape Bedford ... 372

Cape York 368

Centi-al East Coast

Queensland ... 396

Cloncurry ... ... 395

Georgina River ... 396
North Queen.= land ... 365
Princess Charlotte Bay 371

Tully River 388

Cremation ... ... 398

Decorations 368, 371, 394, 403
Desiccation ... ... 393

Earth 389,398

Gypsum Cap ... 394,395
Inheritance of widow

and property 367, 390, 394

Inquest 366

Memento by notched tiees399
Mourning 382, 384, 385,

394, 396

Offerings 395

Propitiation ol spirit ... 366

Sea 398

Sexual mutilation of dead 399
Song 391

428

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

PAGE

Biiiial Ceremonies, iSurili

QuHensland, continxipd

Sorcery, Detection of

Mnrderb.y370. 371,

;}83, 38fi,"392, 395,

396. 397,400, 402
Tree ... 396.397,401

Venfjeance, Extra'tion

of ... 372,381,387

Women and children

397, 398, 402
biirsDiiis, Eleginus... ... 39

hurninu-t Pseudai'hritis ... 39

CACOMANTJsi«.5'^j6'rrt/'«.y. egsTs 423
r«rMwn'»ff^«.s, Cerithiopsis213,218
CKDViaVH sprettis ... 213, 28.t

ccecus, iJiPULUs ... ... 78

C^HlOMORiiS haillonii ... 71
calcara/ii.s, limpiCEPHALirs 166
calcar, L'ristellapia 305, 308
calcarifer, Holocentrus ... 62
calcarifer, Lates ... ... 62

calcar. Eotalia ... ... 310

Caltptr^a. calyptrceformis 41
caliiptnrformis, CALTPTPiKA 41
Campages ... ... ... 43

furcifera ... ... 43

Camptlochikus chelopus ... 187
canariensii. Uvigerina ... 309
Cancellaeia micra ... 361

scohina 213, 222, 285, 360
Cancellarta terrareginensiH 327
Candeina niiida ... ... 309

cams, Sarcoptes ... ... 189

capitala, LioiiA ... ... 357

Capulus devotus , 41, 213, 285
caput- medusae, Fretana ... 182
caput-medusae, Michaelia 182
Caranx armatus ... ... 71

speciosus ... ... 71

Carcharias hrachi/ttrus ... 226

macruru.s ... ... 226

carditialis, Diplocrepls 204, 205
cardinalis, Gobiesox ... 205

Ckkdita. cavatica ... ... 41

dilecta ... ... 41

Carditella angasi .. 213, 285
CxRDiVM pidchellnm 213,285

tardui'lis, J'eophon... ... 214

PAGE

Carettochelys 116

insculpta ... ... 110

Carinaria australis 213, 223

carinaia, (Jrossea ... 42, 286

Camninite, Magnet Mine, Tas-
mania ... ... ... 141

cart UK, Frotalges ... ... 185

casearia, Pleurotoma 214, 220
Cassidea ^yrKm ... ... 213

Cassiteiite, E'pniore, N.S.

Wales 405

Emmaville, N.S. Wales 404
Hogue's Creek, N S.

Wales 406

Stant'hotpe, Queensland 407

The Glen, N.S. Wales 406

ca.itaneothorax, MuNiA ... 342

cati, NoTEDEUS ... ... 188

caft, Notcedres ... ... 188

ea^t", Sarcoptes ... ... 188

cati var. Sarcoptes nototdrex 188

Catulus analis, egg-ca.se ... 228

lahiosus ... ... 57

caudacuia, I'rouessarti.\ .. 186
caudacutns. Pterocolus ... 186
caudifera, Eucta ... ... 332

cautits, Thalassogeron ... 344
cavatica, Cardita ... ... 41

cavatica, Venericardia 215,289
Cavolinia gibbosa ... ... 213

inflexn ... 213,285

longirostris ... ... 213

longiro-Hris, var. an-

gulata 285

longirostris, var. stran-

ffulata ... 285,299

quadridentata ... 213

tridentata ... 213,285

trispinosa ... 213,285

Cel^no ... ... ... 172

Cel^nopsis atistraliana ... 172
celehesxana, Argyroepeira 335
celeripes, Ehyncholophus 155
Centriscus scutatus ... 59

Centrogenyh vaigeiisis ... 61
Ceratophyllus Ai//i ... 103

rothschildi ... ... 103

Cerithiopsis cacuminatus 213, 218
haUigani ... .. 51

Ceiussite, Broken Hill, N.S.

Wales 407

Comet Mine, Tasmania 412
Magnet Mine, Tasmania 93
Washiniiton Extend-
ed Mine, Tasmania 412
Zeehan, Tasmania ... 410

IXDEX.

429

I'AliE

Chabazite, Bell Mount, Tas-

niJiiiia ... ... il8

Ben LotJiyti(i, N.S.

Wnles 11(3

Inverell, N.S. Waie.-^ 418
CH.a:TODERMis macciil loc/ii 81

peniciUigerus ... 80

(yHJiTODON assariiis... ... 66

truncatus ... ... 67

CH^TODONTID^ ... 64

CuEiLOBRANCHUS aptenodytum 196

dorsalis ... ... 196

rufns ... ... ... 195

Chelidonichthys kumti ... 75
Chelmonops truncatus ... 67
chelopus. Campylochirus ... 187
checreuxi, Halacarus ... 162
f/iet))-ei*.ri PoLYMELA ... 162

CHEYLETID^ 150

Chilobranchus r«/«« ... 195
Chilouactylus nigrican.^ ... 63
Chilostomella ovoidea ... 307
chinensis, Balistes... ... 79

chinen.sia, MoN acanthus ... 79
Chione de.ipecta ... 41, 285

fhiragricus Protolichus ... 183
chiragricH.9, Pterolichus. .. 183
Chironkmus maculusu-i ... 63
Chlamydodera maculata ... 310
Chlamys a.yjemmu.? ... 213

hedleyi ... ... 285

Choeioptes ovis ... ... 191

siimhiofe.i, Vfir. ovis ... 191
6'/i«<i'w.?, Pachydomella ... 325
chry.sof(B>iia. LuTiANUs ... 62
chnisotania. Mesoprion ... 62
CiCHLOi'sJi/a)i)Piito.ius ... 62

liiieatus ... ... 63

ri«fY«(!a, Trigonia 322

cinnabarimis var. Tetrany-

«;hus telarius ... ... 153

CiRSONELLA weldii ... 41, 285

CiTHNA aiiffuldta ... 285,291
citreoguluris, Philemon ... 341
Cladorhynchus leucocephalus 343
Clathurella sculptiov ... 298
Ci,\i,\Dovv& gloria-maris ... 60
Clio acicula ... ... ... 285

pyramidata ... 213,285

.iuhula ... 213,285

rirffula ... 213,285

Clupanodon neopilchardus 58
Clupea neopilchardus ... 58
Cnkmidocoptes mutaii.^ ... 190
CoccuLiNA coercita ... 285, 289
me-ridionalis ... .,, 215

page

tasmanica ... 213,21.5

C(ELorhynchus/«.«"i«^!(.s- 318 355

innutahilis ... ... 318

coercita, Cocculixa .. 285 289

col'are, Parascyllium, egg-
case ... .. ... 229

Collodinium ... ... 274

CoLLOSPH^RA ^/6iV(/r?;-(.v ... 282
hedlet/i ... 282

hu.rleyi ... ... l:82

uniforis .. ... 282

COLLOZOUM ... ... ... 274

arcuatum ... ... 278

armatum ... ... 275

ovale 277

sj«. (alpha) ... ... 275

sp. (beta) 276

OoLPOGNATHUS deiitex ... 61
coluhrinns-, Ariamnes ... 24

columhre, Rhynchoprion ... 163
Columbarium pngodoidcs 213,285
COLUMBELLA «//va ... ... 298

angasi ... ... 285

ple.ia ... ... ... 285

columnella, Cuvieeina 213, 286
colitrnus, Hemith\ris 41 214 28rt
commensalis, Melanella ... 42
commiuiis, vnr. eqiti. P.sorop-

TES ... ... ... 191

communis, Saucoptes ... 189

compacta. LlOTiA ... ... 42

complanata, Orbitolites ... 30(5
compressus, Flatyoteochus 272
concentrica, Cvi^A ... 42,286

concinna, Cross ea ... ... 286

concinna, Tetragnatha ... 332
coiicolor, Aponomma ... 169

coniferus, L^ELAPS ... ... 172

Conopora tenuis ... ... 41

constriclu, Turbonilla ... 214

Copidognathus lamellosus 163

pulcher ... ... 163

Coprolites, Lower Cretaceous 317
Coralliophila lischkeina'l 19, 285
corhien.ns, AviCULA... ... 320

corhiensis, Maccoyella ... 320
CoRUV\jPi. super-concha ... 324
Coriareus ... ... ... 301

semiradiatus ... ... 286

ritreus ... 286,301

CORNUSPIRA i/J('o/('f)i.9 ... 306

coronata, var. nigra, GoURA 230
corragata, DiMYA ... 42,286

corrugata, Myodora ... 301

corymbophorus, Alloptes ... 186
CossYPHUS ('i(/;n'H(r*... ... 70

430

RECORDS OP THE AUSTRALIAX MUSEUM.

PAGE

... ao8

203, 205
... 192
... 213
286, 300

costata, Cristellaria

COStatui, DiPLOCREPIS

cotoiieaffri, Phytophus
coxi, Drillia
Orassateli.ites discus

securiforme ... 42,286,301
cra'sior, vmi.. Photolichus

brachiatus
cra-fsior var., Pterolichus

brachiattis
craiericii/a, Marginella
crehriplicata, I»aphnella
Crenidens tephrceops
creiiulatus, HoLCOTROCHUS
Crepidogaster

spatula
crepidula, Cristellaria
crt'tacea, Globigerina
cretacea. Odontostomia

cnspa, POLT-TOMELI-A

cristata, Amphisile
Cristellaria calcar

costata

crepich/la

hasweUi

orhieularis
Crocoite, Magnet Mine, Tas-
mania
Ckossea carinata

concinna

naticoides
crossei, Drillia
Crtptopora hrazieri
Ctenopsyllus mvscuii
cucumeris, Tetraxtcuus
cultriventria, Pseudallopt
cultriventri-t, Ptekolichus
cumberlandensis, Atax
CuNA coHcenirica

delta ...

particula
curialis, Turritella
Cusi'iDARiA alfeata...

angasi...

brazieri

latesidcata

truncata
CrviERiXA columnelhi
cyanomela.s, Olisthops
ci/aiibtis, Em'OMYza
Cyclosteema inscriptii

183

183
214
286
H3
272
315
201
308
309
329
310
60

305, 308
308
308

308, 310
308

141

42, 286

.. 286

286, 290

213

286

109

154

185

185

... 160

42, 286

213, 286

42, 286

357

362

213

286

286

47

213, 286

.. 71

.. 341

42, 286

E.S

johnstoni

micron
Cylichna arachis

jnlinaria
j>i otumida

.213,216,286

42

... 286

... 213

i-2, 213, 286

page

Cri^wnv A tenuis 54

thetidis ... 213

cylindrica, Tetragkatha 332,333
Cymatium kampifla 213,219,286
Cyxoglosscs broadhiirsti ... 73

Cypr.ea arellanoide-i
Cypeina moorei

sp

Cyrilla dal/i
Cytherea moorei

... 293
... 326
... 326
213,286
... 326

DAcnYViVMfabale 286

dainireei, GrUAMMATODoy ... 322
fZa/Zt, Cyrilla ... 213,286

Damperia lineata ... ... 63

Daphnella bitorquata . . . 298
crehriplicata ... ... 286

sculptior ... 286,298
tasmanica ... ... 286

vestalis ... 213, 286

dasyuri, Stephanocircus ... 107
Datolite, Colebrook Mine,

Diindas, Tasmania ... 142
davidis, Tubifei ... ... 252

decorata, Mathilda 42, 214, 287
decorosa, Pronuctla ... 288

decorosum, Aponomma ... 168
decoroxiis, Ixodes ... ... 168

Deliochus zelivira... ... 335

Delphinvla *!'«Wi ... ... 327

delta, CrNA 213,286

DELTOCYATiirs rotcBformis . . . 272
demissa, PrxcTURELLA 288, 289
demissa, Tetragnatha . . . 332
Dentalii'M erectiim 42, 213, 286
lubricatu7n ... ... 286

dentex, Colpognathus ... 61
dentex, Plectropoma ... 61

denticulata var., Spirillixa

limbata ... ... ... 309

dcnticulattts, Macrourus ... 346
denticulatii.S!, OvTO'SVB,v& ... 346
depressus, AxisoMYON ... 328

depre.isiis, GrOBivs ... ... 200

DERMAXYSSID.^ ... 173

Dermaxyssus avium ... 174

ffallinre ... ... 174

Dermatodectes ey(M ... 191

DERMODECID^ ... 192

DERMODEX/o//ic«/orH;« ... 192

folliculorum, var. hom-

inis ... ... ... 193

hommis ... ... 193

INDEX.

431

r At; !■:
DERMODICOIDEA ... 148

despecta, Chioxe ... 41, 285

rfcwm, Ophioclixus .. 209

'/e(U>/, SCLEKOPTERYX ... 209

deootus, CA.vVhVii ... 41,213,285

DlAPKOCORUS ... ... 26

mullipuHctatu-s ... 26

dUerta, Cakdita ... ... 41

f/tVecfe, Drillia ... 42,286

dilecta, Emargixula ... 42

dilecla, NrcTLA 362

dilecta, Venericabdia ... 289

DisiYA, corruqala ... 42,286

DiPLOCREPis card ill (1119 204, 205

cu.sfatiis ... 203, 205

pdriupiiinis ... 202,205

pit nice ii.t ... ... 205

diptacoide-i, ARcrLARi.^. ... 359

DiPFLUS 77

emeus ... ... ... 78

rfj.9(-0n('«/w, PlTLTEA ... ... 180

TtiscoUMi-SA. araiicniKi ... 309

hcrtheloti 309

hicoHcara ... ... 309

p-iri.siensi-t ... ... 309

rrniciilHris ... ... 309

sp 309

discus, Crassatellites 286, 300

disciLs, LF.PTOPMyvs 272

distinctii. ScALA ... ... 288

doUchi)ithns, L^slAps ... 172

doiiie.'i'icii.'), AcARrs ... ... 181

d<iiiu:.iti"i(n, Glyctphagus 181

dorsiU.<), Cueilobranchcs ... 196

Drillia foa-i 213

crossei ... ... ... 213

dilecta 42,286

ha-sicelli ... 286, 297

legrnndi 298

multiliratu ... ... 286

nenia 42,286

pi'iitiic/niKilin . . . 286, 298
fiiciirinafa ... 213,286

iroodsi... ... ... 213

drinffii, JvhlS ... ... 71

dugcni, Ixodes ... ... 166

Diigong bones on tlie coast of

iV'ew South Wales
diiiilopm^i.i, Modiola
DrNocYATiirs parnsiticHs

17
322
272

Edoliisoma foHuirostre
edelensis, Labkichthys

340

PAGE
ECTORISMA c/runiilnti 213, 302

EcTATOSTicA tr.oglodi/tcs ... 338

cclnctnm, Aponomma .. 169

echiiiata, Tbuxcatuli.va ... 309

Echidnopaiiaqa 'WiA«/«//.v ... 101

alivardsi, Nephila ... ... 336

elas'ica (var.) Hippospongia

equina ... ... ... 119

?'%««*■, Eur YTOPSis 26

elcij )ix, Porocidaris 271, 345

e/vt/illl'!, PsEUDORISSOINA ... 51

flegii/ititln, Rissoiyx 288

Eleqisvs hiirsinns 39

rllipticHlll, RUIPISTOMA ... 165

cUipticics, Rwivic^^viiA.i.vs ... 165

rlongntm, Myxus 60

P'lops iaidiLs... ... ... 58

Emarginula dileita... ... 42

- siiperba 214,216,286

'-/«'«'/, Man GELiA ... 53,214,287

ensicitlas, PoROLEDA... 214, 288

ENTELEaYN^E 330

cufoniophagiis, Tyboglypiius 180

EXTOMOPHILA jt^V^f 340

E^SToyiYzx cijniwtis ... ... 341

¥^vm\iK graeffei 335

iiiclania ... 335

iiielatiopi/giri ... .. 335

EPEIlilD.E.! 330

Ephippus iiiif/tifa-ci'diK .. 66

J>piGRrs .scliiiii.x ... 286

EpiyEPHEhVsfaxciiifiis . 61

EpisrNv.s ... ... .. 25

anstridis ... ... 2,5

Epitoxium ie/i'ico.y'/w 360

eqiii, Dermatodectes . 191

("!?«», PSOROPTES ... ... 191

fl2«t, Sarcoptes ... 1S9, 191
eqici (var.), Psoroptes com-
iniinis

eqili (var.), PsOROPTES /(/llf/i

rosti is
cqifi (var.), Sarcoptes .tfidici
equina (var.), cla.4icn, Hippos

pongia ...
eqiii/i'i, (var.) meandrin'foriiii.i

Hippospongia ...
erect II 1)1, DextALIUM ..
erect iix, Li.^ropsis
Eriophes ;;//>•(■
Eriophyes ;j(rt
ERIOPHYID.E

EuYNETES .^i'/ZWCrtWi ...
EUCHELVS sc.nhriiiu-ulii >•

191

191
189

119

EucTA angiuUa
cuudifera

... 120
42, 213, 286
214, 224
. 192
192
. 191
. 150
... 286
. . . 332
... 332

432

RECORDS O*^ THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

PAGE

EUFRETANA tcinui fills ... 182

Kv-LiSiK fricata ... 286,290

EuLiMELLA tiirrita ... ... 42

V.VFKAViiiA pellncida ... 119

KUPODID^ 150

EUPODOIDEA ... 149,150

EuPTEROLiciirs o)V(rt<«4- ... 183

phyUoproctns, var. minor 183

EuRTOPis ... ... ... 25

elegans... ... ... 26

mnbiUcata ... ... 26

ErsPONGiA iUawarrn ... 119

EuTHRiA fahida ... 214, 286
exCfiratd, SPIROLOCFLINA ... 306

e.riffiia, Planlspirina ... 306

e.rif/ua, PsErDORissoiNA ... 42

e.rtrnnea. Smaridia ... ... 155

exi'lcerfms, Acarfs ... ... 189

Eyi.AIS nincrvUochi ... ... 159

fi'hfile, Dacrtdium ... ... 286

/W/cM%«-, Protolichus ... 184

fah'iiUger. Pterolichfs ... 184

farince, Aleurobius... ... 180

/«,'?«■«<<?, Perca ... ... 61

fii.fcififii-, CcELORHTNCirrs 348,355

fil-ciatHS, EPINEPlIELt'S ... 61

fuHciatiis, Macrurus ... 348

./h.srirtCw.s Pt-LEX 103

FasCINUS ti/picns ... ... 286

fasto.'ia, Pleurotowella 288, 295

/«rtf«i, Protolichfs .. 184

fio-i'tti, Pterolichus ... 184

'PvAm\7//.ik grossipes ... ... 175

fero.v, Tetr\GNAT11A ... 332

ferruginea, Stiya ... ... 288

JiliiiiieiitosHS, CiCHLOPS ... 62

Jihni)eiifon(«, HeterosC'ARUS 71

Jiliforiiiis, NoDOSARiA . . . 308
Jilocincta, PissoA ... 214, 217, 288
Fish-fry killed by Utrictlaria 3

Fish-fry, retarded growlli C'f 4

Fi..\BELLrM australc ... ... 272

sp 272

fnrnUiiibntu.s, Gamasus ... 173

/fe9o?V('f«, Ehombosolea ... 197

Jlin(ler.si, Mitromorpha ... 298

fiJ'ictilotmii, AcAnvs... ... 192

f(i/'ic/ilurii)ti, Ubemodex ... 192
foUiculorHm, var. h(inibii.<t,T>KR-

MODEX ... 193

fort is, Leda 362

page

fragilis.'iima, Spieolocfltna 306

FreyanA caput-nicdnsfp . . . 182

tarandiis ... ... 182

fricata, Efeima . . 286, 290
Frondicflaria, sp ... ... 308

/V(;w<r-, Pat.kcfs ... 75,76,77
/«n7/r><r, Campages . . . ... 43

fuscn, Atlanta ... ... 285

.fiisca, Psammosph^:ra ... 307
fi(.irocnpitllh()ii, BiTTIFM ... 217

//■(i^if/;, Ophioclinfs ... 208

Gafrarifm aiig'(si ... ... 286

gn/ii, P.SEFDOMOXACANTHFS 79

gaUime, Acarfs 174

gidluia', Dermany.«<sfs . . . 174

ClAMASIDyE 171

GAMASOIDEA ... 149,171

a AM Asvs J! firoliii/liafii.f ... 173

GaNORHYNCHFS .«/,•.«■;;/ (7f 7/ ;■ ... 129

Gafdryina .iiilirofiii/dafti ... 307

geminritiini, SpH Ji-.ROZOFM ... 281

gemmnla, U'etragnatha . 332

geoniiumts, ScOEPis ... ... 64

gibhosa, Cayolinia ... ... 213

giq<(s, Mfrex ... ... 99

Gilbert, John 125

Glauberite, pesudouiorplij

after. White Cliffs . . 34
Glauconite casts of Foriiiiiiiii-

fera 305

Globigerina (e-qi(il<it(r<ili.<t ... 309
biiUoidcs ... 305,309

bulloxdes, var. triloba ... 3()9

cretacea ... ... 309

linneana ... ... 30!)

sp 3()9

/7^/-o*rt, Lagena ... 305,308

ghibulari.s, Collo.spii.i:ra ... i;82

gloria-ii/ftri.i, Cleidopfs ... 60

gloria-mari.i, MoyocEyTUiii ... 60

(^foriosrt, Bry'Obia ... ... 152

Gly'Ciphagfs doniciticii.^ ... 181

irunoruiii ... ... 181

Glyphidodon «««^»v///.f ... 69

brotrnriggii ... ... 69

Glyphisodon biocclhitii.'! 68, 69

bruwnriggii ... ... 68

glgptti,^, ASTELE ... ... 213

GoBiESOX carilinnli.i... ... 205

QoBivs depre-isiis ... ... 200

Mttcosus ... ... ... 200

godeffroyana, Tfrritella ... 214

INDEX.

433

PAGE

golthteiiii, ThoI'HON ... ... 288

GouKA covdiiata. var. «'//?« 230

gracilis, Miceomehts ... 23

graciliK, Ophioclinus ... 207

graeffei, Epeira 335

grnejf'ci, Meta ... ... 335

graeffei, Phonogxatha ... 335
grallarius. QiDicxEMrs, eggs of 315
G-RAMMAtodon (laintreei ... 322
yraiiu/afa. Argyroepeira ... 335
(/raiiulata, EcTORiSMA 213, 302

granulatus, Balistes 80, 210

g'a»ulatvs, PsECDOMONACAN-

THrs 80,210

granulosiiisima,MkyGY.i.ik ... 287
ijregaria. SPiRrL^A... ... 318

grof-serugosa, Anomalina ... 309
gro-i.tipex, Fedrizzia ... 175

guentheri PsEVDOLABRrs ... 70

GrTMNODACTVLrS lotlisiafh'lisis 13

olirii. ... ... ... 14

GtMNOTHOR.AX pnnctaio-

faxcidtux ... ... 58

H

H.^■:MAPHVSAL1S IfUchi

165

longicornis

16

micropo/a

166

papuaii'i

165

rosea ...

166

IIALACARID^ ...

161

Halacarus cherrexd-i

162

kispidiis

162

lamellosHS

163

ohlongus

162

panopee

162

panopce, var. squamifera

162

pulcher

163

haUigani, Cerithiopsis

51

hamiltoni. Sph^ROIDES

210

Harpe v«/joi«a

70

hasseltii, Latrodectus

28

hasta, LuTJANFS

63

hasta, POMADASIS ...

63

Hastigerina pelagica

309

haswelli, Crlstellaria

308,

310

haswelli, Drillia ...

286,

297

haswelli, Hopliciithts

351

Iipdlegi, Chlamys ...

285

I.eillpyi, COLLOSPH-ERA

281

PAGE

Helicoleni's ;>'>rcou/ev ... 350
Hemithyris vol urn us 44, 214, 286

Heteractitis hrevipes ... 343

Heteropus alastoris ... 177

HETEROSCARrS^/ff)«e«^O.V".S 7 1

Heiilandite, Werris Creek,

N.S. Wales 422

he.rcigonii, var. lata, Lagexa 308

hilli, Beloxozoum ... ... 279

hilli. CERATOPHYLI.rS ... 103

hippucrepis, Balistes ... 80

ki/ipocrepis, PsEUDOMONA-

canthus 80

HiPPOSPONGiA equina, var.

elas/ica ... ... 119

eqtiiiia.Mxr meandrini-

furmis ... .. 120

sp 120

hisj/idus, Halacarus ... 162

hispidus, TetrAODON ... 210

hispid i(s, Poly-mela ... 162

HiSTioPTERUS recurvirostris 62

HoLCOTROCHUS creiiulafus ... 272

HoLOCENTRUM riihrum ... 60

HoLOCEXTRUS calcarifer ... 62

holocgclus, Ixodes .. ... 167

Ao)Mi«w, Dermodex ... 193
hominis var., Dermodex fol-

liculorutn ... ... 193

Ao/Mi«iv, Sarcoptes ... ... 189

hominis var , Sarcoptes scahiei 189

HOPLICHTHY'S haswelli ... 351

HoPLOCEPHALrs hitorquutus 38

hnngaroides ... ... 38

sfephensii, climbing

habits of ... ... 38

horrida, ScORP.ENA ... ... 74

horridum, Stxancidium ... 74

hughendenensis, Aucella ... 321

hiighendenensis, AviCULA ... 321

humeral is, Terapon ... 62

humeialis, Tkeravos ... 62

huxleyi, Collosph^ra ... 282

Hydatina tasmanica ... 28i)

Hyracuna odontoqnathns ... 160

HYDRACHNID^ 159

HYDRACHNOIDEA 149, 159

hgdrosatiri, Amblyomma ... 169

hgdrosauri Avo'soyaix ... 169

hgdrosaiiri, Ixodes .. ... 169

HYLlDiE, retarded growth of

tadpole of ... ... 4

Hyperajimixa rar/ans ... 307

HYPOCHILID^' 338

Hypsipops ... ... ... 69

microlepis ... ... 67

434

Hi-XOIJDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

PAGE
ICHTHYODECXES ma rdthoneiisi.'i 8

identdf U.I, IxoDEH ... ... 1(36

illawarra, ErspONaiA ... 119

impi-es.^a, SpiROLOCULiNA ... 306

tHcatiH.s, ToTAXus ... ... 343

t»PWa, TCTRKITELLA ... ... 214

incisifroit.<i, AuGTRODES ... 25

inci.iu.1, ErccixuM ... ... 99

i.Hc^i««/'7, Atlanta ... ... 285

iiicommoda, BpLL.-i. ... 213, 285

illCO)lslail.S, OPTHALMIDIl'iC 307

in,duta,'LvcmK ... ... 363

inflata, LiMACiXA ... .. 287

i«/^e.C(7, Cavolixia . 213,285

InnotahiJvs, Cceloiuiyxchus 3-48

inopinata, Led.\ ... ... 214

mornnta, Philobrya ... 288

i.ti.scriptum, Oyclosteema 42, 286

iH.?c?</y;i?a, Carettochelys ... 110

i.'».s/>errir^«5,CAC03iANTis,eggs of 423

integella, RissoA ... ... 288

integra,Tvuqv^TiA ... ... 364

intermeditt.?, Trachichthys 849

involven.i, CORXUSPIEA ... 306

iscAw?(*, Epigri's ... ... 286

Isotoma troqlodiilica ... 313

IXOD.E '.. ' I'i7

Ixodes /.loci.v... ... ... 166

decovonuit ... ... 1 ^"8

dugesii ... ... 166

halocijclus ... ... 167

liydrosauri ... ... 169

ideniatus ... ... 166

ornitliorhynchi ... 167

tasmani ... ... 167

trimaculafu.s ... ... 168

rarani ... ... 168

rXODIJXE 165

rXODOIDEA ... 149,163

J

jacksoiiensis, Nassa 214, 287, 359

Janulus ... ... ... 25

bicornis ... ... 25

johnsioni, Cyclosteema 213, 216

juJce.nana, Scala ... ... 288

JrLis drill gii ... ... 71

lineolatiis ... ... 70

K

Jcampqla, Cymatium 213, 219, 286

page
kampgla, t^AasxniA ... ... 219

kemblen.si'i, Marginella ... 295
keraudrenii, Atlanta ... 299

keraudrenii, Oxygyrus 287, 299
Knemidokoptes viviparv.^ 190
^Mw?^ Chelidonichthys ... 75
kiimii, Trigla ... ... 75

lahiosH.^ Catulus ... ... 57

Labrichthys hontockil ... 70
edeleiixis ... ... 69

punciulata ... ... 69

Labrus feiricu.9 ... ... 70

lactea. Rochefortia 214, 288

L^LAPs conifeyus ... ... 173

dolichanihus . . . ... 172

xtilosuf! ... .. 172

Iceingata, Marginella 42,214,287

Lagena glohoia . . . 305, 308

he.vagonri, var. lata ... 308

o I'll ig nil a iia ... ... 307

pltimigera ... .. 307

.'iquamu.sa-inarginata 307

■Hriata 308

sulcata ... 305, 307

.9nlcat</, vai'. annu-
laris ... 307, 311
Lambrvs validnn ... ... 231

lamellosits, Copidognathus 163
lamello.sHs, Halacarus ... 163
lamiiiatK.9, Trophon 214, 288

Lampusia )iodocoxtata ... 219
lata var., Lagena he.vagona 308
Lates calcarifer ... ... 62

late.iulfata, Cuspidaria ... 286
Latreillop.sis ^yf/'/e/v/t ... 353

Latrodectus 28

hasseltii ... ... 28

.^celio ... ... ... 28

laureiancB, Terebra 214, 222

leachi, H.t:5IAphysalis ... 165
leachi, Rhipidostoma ... 1H5
leachi, Rhipistoma... ... 165

li^.JjK fortis 362

inopinata ... ... 214

miliacea ... 42, 214, 287

jmla 361

ra»isai/i ... ... 214

Ifigraiidi, Dkillia ... ... 298

Leiostraca ladder e ... 42

Leisoma, !-p . .. ... ... 176

lenticiilaris, Aracan.\ ... 82

lenticidaris, Ostracion ... 82

435

PAGE

liEVl'DOGASTJiR pnniceiif,- ... 205
IjEvtofa^'SVs di-^cus... ... 'lT2

lepturus, Ph,t:tox ... ... 343

Leptus larvK ... 158,159

lencocephaliis,Cj.Ai>0'RuyyciiVS 343

Letjcotixa micra

42

levifoliala, ScALA ...

288

290

Lewin, John William

121

LlACARr.^, sp.

17fi

UcinH.'i, MruEX

214,

219

ligata, OsciT.i.A

42

Lima h(issi

287

h„ll„l„

-12,

287

miifi'ffi'i

223

LiMACTNA iiijlala

287

limncinii, AcARUS

150

limartim, EltYNETES...

150

limhaia, Spikillixa

309

Hmhata, Tar. deiiticidala.

Spikillixa

309

Hmhafa, Spikolocui-ixa

306

limhaiHm, Amblyomma

170

LiMEA ace/ ill is-

46

223

iH'irrn//i 214,

223.

287

LiMOPsiS Ijrrizinri ...

287

erect us

214

224

ieiiisoni 42,

214

287

linea, Modiola

287

300

lineata, Dampekia ...

63

lineaivs, Ciculops . . .

63

linfolatii.i,JvJAS

70

lineolaiua, Oputhalmolkpis

70

linneaiia, Globigerixa

309

LiNTPiiiA melunozanthct

331

nitens...

331

quiiidecim-punctata ...

33 L

suhlutea

33i

LINYPHim.E

330

LlOTHYRIS uva

43

LiOTiA alazon

49

annulata

42

capHatn

357

voinpacta

42

287

iiniiuna ... 42, 287

la.imaivica ... ... 42

fa-imaiiica, var. .scahrru 287
LiPPiSTES iorcularis ... 287

liichkedlirr, CORALLIOPHXLA

219. 285
lischkeaiia, Rapana... 213, 219

LISTROPIIORID.E ... 187

litora/i-i, Piroi.crs 22

liren.s\ ANCOC.T.LUS ... ... 28

lobatala, Teu.ncatuli>A ... 3(i9
lobulatiis, AI.I.OPTES ... J So

Iodder(F, Leiostraca ... 42

PAGE

longicornis, Hj!MAPHYSALIS 165
loiiffiro-stris, Cavolinia ... 213
longirostris. var. angulata,

Cavolinia 285

longiro.stris, Tar. eg'^a'jPsOROP-

tes 191

longirostris, var. strangidaia,

Cavolikia 285, 29»

LoTORirM nodocosiatuin ... 219
louisinden.six Gyjixodactylus 13
luhricatum, DENTALirii ... 286
LuciNA induia ... ... 363

lunula, Protolichvs ... 183

lunula, Pterolichvs ... 183

lupata, Teteagnatha .. 332

Maria, Mangelia ... 287, 296

Lutiant'S clii gaotcRiiia. ... 62

Lt'TJANUS haul a ... ... 63

hduherculata, Tetragnatha 332
Lyoxsiella quad rata 287, 302

M

ilAceOYEJ.LA cur/iien\i.s ... 320
miicciillochi, Ch^todermis 8!

maccullochi, Eylais ... 159

mace/ /a, PoXYSTOJiELiA 306, 310
WxCROQAST^n pla/l/pu.s ... 193-
Macropodus viridiauratus 1

'Macuovb.vs denticulattis ... 846
nigToniactilatus ... 346

macniru.i, Charcharias ... 226
MACRURrs/«.vc'('r/^/.y ... 3-18

Mactra trigonal is ... ... 326

macu/aia, Chlamyduuera... 340
maculata, Kephila ... ... 336

maculatuSjlLATMCVii ...75,77

macu/o-ms, Chironemus ... 63
wjac«/os?«.s, Threptehius ... 63
magniro.strix, JMhLiTHREPTUS 20
Wf//ti/-, Alloptes ... ... 186

Maxgelia eniimi ... 53, 214, 287
graiiu/iiHissiina ... 287

iutarui ... 287,296

spic% 287,297

wat.soni ... ... 214

manicatits, Pterodectes 186

marathiivensi.i, Ichthyouectes 8
ma>-garitucea, T^iOOi^iA ... 288
margaritariux, Argyrodes 25

marguritata, TetrA'-xatha 332
MaRGIKELLA agujielu ... 214

a/lfjorti ...214,287,295

anga.si ... .. 42

bi-'azien ... 214,287

436

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

PAGK

Marginella crateHcula ... 214

kemhhnsis ... ... 295

lairiqatn ... 42, 214,287

midtiplicata ... ... 287

must el linn ... ... 42

ochracen ... 42, 214, 287

■sim^oni ... ... 287

xtanislato! ... ... 287

Hilla ...42,214,287

strangei ... 214, 287

tchan'i ... 42, 287

marmorata, Pentaroge ... 201
marmorai".i, ArisTUS ... 201

mars, Stephanocircus ... 108
martins, Pandalus ... 355

Wrtr/iw.y, Plesionika 355

Mathilda de<-oratn . . 42, 214, 287
ma.rilla, 'Vh'ECI'DEA ... ... 45

meandriiia, Thoijecta ... 120

meaiidrini/'ormis, rar. HiP-

FOSVOyCilA equina ... 120

Megalatractus aritauus ... 98
meqaloiinis, MOXACANI HTS... 79
M.MGKH'LIX irilhmOPsi ... 43

MelANELLA cuinmcnsalis ... 42
melania, Iu'Eika ... ... 335

melania, Meta ... 335

melania, .SiNGOTiPKA ... 335

mehinoptiqia, Epeira ... 335

melanopqi/ia, SiXGOTYPNA ... 335
mela)iozanlha, hi'XXVB.ix ... 33 l
Melithreptus brnvirosfri-f.

iiisiilnr form of ... 20
magnirostris ... ... 20

menardii, Pulvixulina ... 309
meridionalis, CoccuLiXA ... 215
meridionnlis, Omalaxis ... 287
Mesolite, Ben Lomond, N. S.

Wales 419

Mesoprion chriisotcenia ... 62

Meta ffraeffe I. 335

melania ... ... 335

ornnfa ... ... 334

zeliriva ... ... 335

MiCH^LiA capui-medus(B ... 182
michelinia)ia, PuLViNULlNA 309
micra, Caxcellaria ... 361

micra, Levcotina ... ... 42

microlepis, Hypsipops ... 67
microlepis, Parma ... ...68, 69

Micromerts ... ... 23

gracilis ... ... 23

micron, Ctclostrema ... 42

micropola, HjJMAPitYSALlS 166
nnlia>e(t, Leda .. •J2, 214, 287

MiLIOLiNA alveoliformis
bicornis

PAGE

306
306
separans ... ... 306

trigonula ... ... 306

milviilina, var. Psefdallop-

TES aquilin'us ... 184
milviilina, var. Pterolichus

aquilinus ... ... 184

Mimetite, Zeehan, Tasmania 139
miner va, StephANOCIRCCS ... 108
miniaceum, POLYTREMA ... 310
minor var., Eupterolichus

phifUoproctus ... 183
minor var., Pterolichus

phylloproctus ... 183

minor, Sarcoptes 188

minuta, Pronucula 288

minutula, AcRlLLA ... ... 52

minutala, ScALA ... ...42, 52

minutula, ScALARiA... ... 52

miranda, VuLPECULA ... 215

'M.i^OCA\,lVS, paUio'atns ... 342

MiTRA scalariformis ... 287

strangei .. 42,287

tasmanica ... ... 287

MiTROMORPHA «//;«.. . 287,298

flindersi 298

MoDioLA australis ... ... 287

dnnlopensis ... ... 322

linea 287,300

^iomo^.A'B.iA splendida ... 287

MoxACANTHrs chinensis ... 79

meqalourus ... 79
Monazifce, The Gulf, N. S.

Wales 414

M.O'SiiMA arata ... 214,287

oleacea ... ... 214

oleata ... ... 215

philippensis 214,287

MONOCENTRIS gloria-maris 60

'M.O'ST ACVT A semiradiata ... 301

montanus, Rhyxcholophus 155

moorei, Cyprina ... ... 326

moorei, Cytherea ... ... 326

morchii, Scala ... ... 214

morelicB, Amblyomma ... 170

mucosus, GoBius 200

muelleri, Paralichthys ... 73

muelleri, Pseudochromis ... 62

muelleri, PsEUDORiiojiBUS ... 73

multifasciatus,'EiViiivws ... 6i

multifasciatus, Scatophagus 66

midtilirata, Drillia ... 286

multiplicata, Marginella... 287

multipuHctatus, Diaprocorus 26

MUNIA castaneothorax ... 342

INDEX.

437

I'AGE

MriJEX acauthopterus ... 287

ff'igas ... ... ... 99

licinti.s ... ... 219

vtiirrai/i, Lima ... ... 223

mnrrfii/i, Luiea ...214, 223, 287

mu.icuii, Ctenopsillus ... 109

Mvs, rattus 312

iompsoni ... ... 312

variabilis ... ... 312

mii.stellina, Marginella ... 42

mtttan.i, Cnemidocoptes ... 190

mutana, Sarcoptes ... ... 190

Mtodora alhida ... 287, 301

corriigata ... ... 301

mi/ups-, Salmo ... ... 58

Dll/op.l, TRACHINOCEPHALrS 58

]\rTXt>: plo)igatus ... ... 60

N

NACELLA /r?.9W?<7«!'C(7 ... ... 215

Nassa 3.59

jacksoiiensis ...214, 287, 359
"N ASSAniA. kfitnpi/ la .. ... 219

naticoichs, Crossea... 286, 290

Natrolite, Inverell, N.S. Wales 420

11

64

65

.. 75

.. 75

42, 286

.. 330

.. 3.36

.. 337

. . 336

. 335

..76,77

58

58

74

331

347

230

63

346

... 331

... 309

... 217

... 217

... 216

... 216

214, 216

... 152

... 219

nai-us, CEcOBir
Neattptjs

obliqnu.9
nehulosu.t, Parapercis
nebulo.'ni.f, Percis
nenia,J)'B.lJAAA.
Nepiiila edwanhi ...

maculata

ventricosa
Nephilengts rainboivi
NEPHILIN.E

NEOPATJiCrS...

neopilchardus, Clcpanodon
7ieopilchardu.i, Clupea
Neosebastes jB««c?a...
Neriene analis

Nezumia ...

nigra var , Gotra coronaia
yiigricans, Chilodactylus ...
11 iaroniaculatu-f, MACROTTErs
nifpn-i, LlNYPHiA
nifida, Candeina ...
tiiiidida, OBELiSCrs...
nifidtda, Odostomia
7iifidula, Pyramidella
nitidula, Syrnola ...

7lltidula, TiBERIA ...

nobtlis, Bryobia
nodocostafa, Lajipusia

page.

liodoco-slalinii, LoTOKl'lM ... 219

NoBOSAKiAjiliformis ... 308

scalaris ... ... 308

vertebral is 308

sp 308

nodosa, Vermicularia L89, 292
notabilis, PHREoDRiLOiDErs 260
NOTEDRUS ^rt/i .. ... 188-

Notoedres cati ... ... 188^

notoedres, var. cdi. Saecopte.s 188
Notophyi.lia rec-i'rt'... ... 272

novariensis, RissOA... ... 288

NvcvhA dilecla ... ... 362

ohlirj!,a ... 287,362-

Obeliscus nitidula... ... 217

obliqua^ NvcvhA ... 287,362

obliquiloctilata, Pullenia ... 309^

obliqmis, Neatypus... ... 65

oblongus. Halacarus ... 162

oholella, Sarepta ... . . 288'

obtusata, Sphyr.ena ... 60
ochracen, Marginella 42, 214,287

OvAX pulliis ... ... ... 71

richardsonii ... ... 71

odontognatlius, Hydrachna 160'

Odontostomta cretacea ... 329

Odostomia nitidula ... 217

simpler ... ... 287

(EcoBius navus ... ... 11

CEDiCNEMUS_9w//«ri,«*, egfgsof 315

oleacea, MoNiLEA ... ... 214

oleata, Monilea ... ... 215

Olisthops cganomelas ... 71

olivacea RissoA ... 42, 288

olivii, Gymnodacttltis ... 14

Omalaxis meridionalis ... 287
Opal pseudomorphs White

Cliffs 81

opercularis, Polyacanthus,

breeding habits of 1

Operculina ammonoides ... SIC'

Ophioclinus ... ... 209

devist 209^

gabrieli ... ... 20&

gracilis ... ... 207

Ophthalmolepis lineolatus 70

Opthalmidium inconstans... 307

Optonurus denticidatus ... 346

opulenta, TuRRiTELLA 288, 292

orbicularis, Cristellabia ... 308

orhigngana, Lagena ... 307

Orbitolites complanata ... 306-

438

RECORDS OF THE AUSTUALIAN MUSEUM

Orbvliha jjorosa ...

universa
Ofdinaria, ("tlichna
OElBATlDiE

PAGE

309
309
213
176

ORIBATOIDEA ... 149,175

or, lata, Meta 334

ornatus, Eupterolichus ... 183

oriiatus, Pterolichus ... 183

ornithorhynchi, Ixodes ... 167
Orthoclase, Bolivia, N, S.

Wales 270

Cockbura Creek, N. S.

Wales 265

Inverell, N. S. Wales 270

Oban, N. S. Wales ... 266

Uralla, N. S. Wales 269

Oacii^ijk. ligata ... ... 42

oscitans, Philine ... ... 361

OsTEACiON aiiHtus ... ... 82

lenticularis ... ... 82

■ovale, CoLLOZOTJM 277

ovis, Chorioptes ... ... 191

ot'i.9 var. Chorioptes .siim-

hiotes ... ... 191

ovoidea, Chilostomella ... 307
OxTGTRUS, keraudrenii 287, 299

OxTTOMA rocJcwooden.sis ... 321

Pachydomella ... ... 825

vhutus... ... ... 325

pagodoides. Columbaeium 213, 285

pala, Leda ... ... ... 361

palliolatm, Misoc alius ... 342

Pandalus martins ... ... 355

panda, Neosebastes ... 74

panda, Scorp^na ... ... 74

pandora, Rhaphidozoum ... 280

panopce, Halacarus ... 162

panopityVoijiM'EijA. ... ... 162

panopce, var squamifera,

Halacarus ... 162

papiiana, HiEMAPHYSALis ... 165

papiianum, Trombidium ... 158

papyracea, Pseudavicula... 319

paradisiacus, Pterodectes 186

Paralichthys mueUeri ... 73

Parapercis nehutosus ... 75
Parascyllium collare, Pgg-

case 229

parasiticus, Dunoctathus... 272

parisiensis, DiscoRBiNA ... 309

Paema ... ... ... 69

PAGE

Parma microlepis ... ...68,69

squamipinnis .. ...68,69

particula,CvN&. ... 42,286

parca, var. tasmanica. ACMiEA 215
parvipinni-t Diplocrepis 202,205
PatJ'JCUs ... ... ... 77

armatus ... ...76,77

fronto... ... 75,76,77

maciilatus ... ...75,77

suhoceUatns ... ...76,77

vincentii ... 77

waterhousii ... 76

pectinata, Philobrya 288

Pediculoides ala.'storis ... 177
Pedicularia .v/(//'rt.s/erw ,. 42
pelagica, Hastigkrina ... 309
j(je//((c(V/a, EuPHAUSiA 119

Peltorhamphus hasaeii^is... 198
'Ps.i^Mva semisn'cafa-i ... 119

peniciliigerus. Balistes ... 80
penicilligerus, Ch^todermis 80
Pentackropsis recurr iro.it ris 62
pentagonalis. Drillia 286, 298
Pentaroge warmo/'rt/ff ... 201
FEKCAfasciata ... 61

percoides, Helicolends 350

percoides. Scoep.ENA ... 350

percoides, Sebastes... ... 350

Percis nebulosKS ... ... 75

persicus, AnGAS ... ... 164

peroer.sidens, Bathyarca 41, 285
Petrobia .<rpectos« ... .. 152

ji^e^^ez-c^i, Latreillopsis ... 353
Petterdit-^, Britannia Mine,

Zeehan, Tasoiania 137
Photon Jepturus ... ... 343

Philemon citreogidaris ... 341
Philine oscitans ... ... 361

to-e.9 288

trapezia ... ... 361

trapezina ... .. 288

philippen.sis, Monilea 214, 287
phiHppensis,'[!vB.B.iTE.hi,.\. ... 214

phiIippe)isis,'i'YPHis ... 289

Philobrya inornata ... 288

pectinata ... ... 288

tatei 288

Pholcus 22

litoralis ... ... 22

Phonognatha ^rrt^ei ... 335
Pheeodriloides ... ... 260

notuhilis ... ... 260

Phylaechus 26

splendens ... ... 26

phylloproctus, var. minor,

Eupteeolichu.s ... 183

439

PAGK

phifUopioctus, vi. r. minor,

I TEBOLICHUS ... 183

Phytophus «rtV/n«« ... 192

aronia ... ... 192

cotoneantri ... ... 192

pyri 192

■■iorhi 192

pkta, Entomophila. ... 340

piri^ Eriophyes ... ... 192

Planispirjna, sp. ... ... 306

exigiia ... ... 30(5

Planorbulina >-p. ... ... 309

Platyotrochi's roi)iprt^ssu.>! 272

platypus, Mackogaster ... 193

Plectropoma f/e;;/ex ... 61

■lerraium ... ... 61

Plesionika martins ... 355

PleuronecTes victorire ... 197

ph-urotheca, Branchiuea ... 250
Pleukotoma caseiirin 214,220

PLEUROTOMELLA/rt.y/0M 28H, 295

vepratica ... ... 288

/(/e.ra, CoLUMBELLA... ... 285

p/umifferti, Lagena ... ... 307

POLINICES lieddomei ... 288

stihcostatu.'i ... 21 i, 288

umbilicata ... ... 288

PoLYACANTHUs opercularis,

luteding Imbits of 1

PoLYMEiA chevreu.ri ... 162

hispirliis ... ... 162

pinwjxT ... ... 162

panopce VAr.,s-qu'imi^'era 162
Polymorph iNA alveolinifor-

mis 305,308

po^yommatii, Pterygotrigla 74

polt^ommatii,'['RjaLA ... 74

POLYiiTOMEl,l,\ crispd ... 310

macella ... 306,310

snhimdusa ... ... 310

POLYTEEMA »«ir/iV/ceKW2 ... 310

POMADASIS A,f«<if ... ... 63

PoBOCiDARis elegans 271, 345

PoROLEDA en.sicuhts... 214, 288

POROMYA /rerj.s- ... 288,302

undusa ... 21 l. 22!.

porosa, Orculin.\ ... ... 30(3

/(oro-^w", Upeneus ... ... 64

PORTHEUS rtM*/r«/l>... ... 7

postoLvhitum. Amblyomma 170

pracincta. 'I'runcatulina... 309

praiiosa, Pryubia ... ... 152

pransa, Atys .. ... 285

profiuidior, RissoA ... ... 358

Peonucula decorusa ... 288

mitiuta 288

PAGK

Proialges tiustralis ... IfSo

cartus ... ... ... 185

joro^e»*rt, Tetragnatha ... 332

Protolichus 'j^";a> ... 184

brachiatus var. crassior 183

chinu/ricu.i ... ... 183

falcxdiger ... ... 184

favettei ... ... 184

lunula 183

velifer 184

'protumid.i, Cylichna 42, 213, 286

priuwrtim, Glyciphagus ... 181

Psammosph^ra/;/*m ... 307

PSEUDALLOPTES cqililinuS,

VHP. milvulina ... 184

cultrirentris ... ... 185

spothiiliger ... ... 184

FSEtTDAPHRITIS bllrsintlS ... 39

nrinllii ... ... 38

PSEUDAVICULA ... ... 319

anomala ... ... 319

papi/rccea ... ... 319

PsEUDOCHROMis muelleri ... 62

Vr^vvolabrvs ffveni/ieri ... 70

punctnlatus ... ... 69

tetricus ... ... 70

PSEUDOMONACANTHUS brOimH 80

gala ... ... ... 79

granulatas ... 80, 210

hipjiocrepi.i ... ... 80

PsEUDORHOMBus muelleri ... 73

PsEUDORissoiNA elegans ... 51

erigaa ... ... 42

PsiLOCHORUS spharoides ... 23

PSOROPTES equi ... ... 191

communis, var. equi... I'.'l

loiigtrostris, var. equi 191

Pterocolus caiidacutiis ... 186

manicatus ... ... 186

PtERODECTES /'ff»-rtfi?i,v/''f«.v ... 186

Pterolichus (ijfii>is 183, 184

aqniHiias, var, iiiilvulina 184

brachiatus, var. crassior 183

chiragricus ... ... 183

citltriveiitris ... ... 185

falcnligcr ... ... 184

facvttei 184

lunula 183

ornattts ... ... 183

phylloproctiis var. minor l§i8

spathuUf/er ... ... 184

velifer ... ... 184

1'terygotb.IGLA poli/omniata 74

Ptilotis rersicolor ... ... 29

Versicolor, eg^s of ... 30

versicolor, nest of ... 29

440

RECOKDS OF THK AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

PAGE

213, 285
... 163

pulchellnm, Caedium
pulcher, Copidogn/Vthvs
pulcher, HALACAsrs
VvijY.^fasciatus
PULLENIA obliquilocnlata ..

qitinqiielobaia
pullus, Odax
PuLTEA discoidalis ...

PULYINULINA »/!enaJT/u

■micheliniana ...
pi(nctatofa.spiaftis, Gtmno

THOEAX...

punctulata, Labeichthys ..
punctulatus, Pseudolabeus
PUNCTUEELLA demissa
ptiniceus, Diploceepis
punicens, Lepidogastee
PuRPlfEA sertata
pnrpurif:satu.s, AuLOPrs
pygmcBa, BoLiviNA ...
pygmcea, UviGEEiNA
pyramidata, Clio ...
pyramidatu.^, Amphithalmtjs 285
Pyeamidella nitidida . . . 216

163
103
309
309
71
180
309
309

68
69
69
288, 289
.. 205
.. 205
42, 219
.. 59
.. 307
.. 309
213, 285

Pyrene babylonica
pyri, Eeiophes
pyri, Phytophus
pyrtim, Cassidea

358
192
192
213

quadrata, Lyonsiella 288, 302
quadridentata, Cavolinia 213, 285
quadriqemimim, Sph^eozoum 280
qt(een.9landieus, Tyeoglyphus 180
quindpcim-punctata, LiNYPHiA 331
quinquelobnla, PuLLENIA ... 309

radially, Basilissa ...
radiata, Bornia
radiila, TEEEBRATrtlNA
rainbowi, Nephiligenys
ramsayi. Led A
Rapana iischkeaua ...
rapax, Berlesia
rattus, Mus ..
recta, NoTOP>rYLLiA

.. 285
. 48
43, 288
.. 336
.. 214
213,219
173
312
272

recur irirostris, HlSTlOPTEBUS
rectirvirostris, Pentaceeopsis
reflexiis, A.'ROrkS,

reticulata, Aeca ... 41,

reticulata, Tbuxcatulina ...
RiiAPHiDOZOrM brandtii ...

pandora

RHIPICEPHAL^

Rhipicephalus anmdatus...

aniiulatus,Ya,v. australis

calcaratus

ellipticus
Rhipidostoma leachi
Rhipistoma ellipiicum

leachi ..
rhomboidea, Verticordia ...
rhomboidea, Veeticordia ...
RlIOMBOSOLEA J«**e«.m

Jlesoides

victori(B
RHYNCHOLOPHID^ ...
Rhyncholophus celeripes ...

monianus
Rhynchopeion columbx ...
ribis, Bryobia
richardsonii, Odax ...

richei, Sph.eroides

rt'cAei, Tetraodon ...
ringens, BiLOCTLlNA
RissoA bicolor

filocincta 214, 217,

integella

novarieiisis ...

olivacea ... 42,

profuiidior
'RiSSOl^Xelegantula...
rockwooden.tis, OxYTOMA ...
robust us, Spratelloides ...
robust us, Stolephorus
RoCHEFORTiA acuminata 214,

angasi

lactea... ... 214,

rosarum, Tetranychus
rosea, Acteon
rosea, Atlanta
rosea, H.?5Maphysalis
rotctformis, Deltocyathfs
ROTALIA calcar

SP

rothschildi, Ceratophyllus
rubra, Sci-^NA
ruhriventris, Teteagnatha
rubrum, Holocextrum
rujtpes, Theridion ...
rufus, Cheilobranchtjs
rnfu9, Chilobranchtts

age
62
62
163
285
309
280
280
165
166
167
166
165
165
165
165
215
303
198
197
197
154
155
155
163
152
71
210
210
306
288
288
288
288
288
358
288
321
195
195
288
288
288
154
285
285
165
272
310
310
103
60
332
60
27
195
195

INDEX

PAGE

isugeneua, Synodi'S ...

58 1

sagittula, Textulabia

... 307 1

Salmo miio2}-i

58

lumhil

58

■sarcinula, Eathytoma

53

Sarcoptes auacantliex

. . . 19U

canis ...

... 189

cati . .

.. 188

communis

... 189

equi

189,191

hominix

... 189

minor... ... ... 188

mntaiin ... ... 190

notoedres, \;ir. cati ... 188

scabiei ... ... 189

scahiei, Yav. f'/iii ... 189

scabiei, var. hominis . . . 189

■scabiei, var. wombati 190

squamiferuK ... ... 189

wombati ... ... 190

SARCOPTID.E 187

SARCOPTOIDE.'V 149

Sarevta obolef/a ... ... 288

SatjRIDA tumhil ... . 58

nanrus, Elop.*: ... ... 58

■scabiei, AcARUS ... ... 189

■scabiei, Sarcoptes ... ... 189

■scabiei, vav. equi, Sarcoptes 189
■scabiei, var. homini.s, .Sarcop-
tes 189

scabiei, var. wombati, Sar-
coptes ... 190

scabra, BvLLlNA 213

■scrabriKScnl u^s,'EvCHKi,VS ... 28K

SCALA 360

ilisliuclx 288

julcesiauK ... ... 288

'leirifulirita ... 288,290

iniiiuhihi 42,52

uiorclni 214

fran-stucida ... 288,290

tuvri^spha'ii ... ... 52

SCAI-AKIA ... .. ... 360

miiuUiilii ... ... 52

scalarifonnis, Mitra ... 287
■scalari.s var., Liotia fa^s-

nuinica .. ... 287

■sca/aris, NoDOSARI* ... 308

Scatopiiagt'S multifasciafiis 66

.y^-f/.'/'fl/^.v, SPHJ5R0IDES .. 82

■see/era fn^s, Tetraoijon ... 82

■srp/tci, Latkodectcs . 28
Sclieolite, Hillgrove, N. S.

Wales ... 414

Sc)ieelite, Arouiit Ramsav,

Tasmaiii.'i ,. ... 415

441

page
SfHisMOPE atkiiisoni 42, 288

Scr.iJNA antarctica ... ... 63

annata ... ... 71

rubra ... ... ... 60

SCISSrRELLA rt^.s/rff/w- ... 288

SClYw/rt, TURRITELLA... ... 42

SCLEROPTERYX ... ... 209

devisi 209

■scobina, Cancellaria

213, 222, 285, 36a
Scolecile, Werris Creek, N. S.

Wales 421

ScoLOPsis bimaculatus ... 63

Scomber ,v/;ec»o.s«.v ... ... 71

ScORPJf.XA horrida ... ... 74

l)niida... ... ... 74

percoides ... ... 350

paigensi^s ... ... 61

ScoHVia ffeorffirniu-s ... 64

■scuiptior, Clathurella . 298^
■sciilptior, Daphnella 286, 298^

scutatus, Cextriscus ... 59

ScYLLARUs .vieAo/ai 231

ScYLLiORHixrs analis ... 228

SCYLLIUM anale ... ... 228

Sebastes jupyco(f/e.y ,., ... 350
securiforme, Lrassateli.ites

42, 286, 301

.vec«>-i^e;-, Alloptes... ... 185

^^iva acanthurvs ... ... 173-

■semiradiata, MoNTACUTA ... 301

■semiradiatus, CoBiARlUS ... 286-

■semis ulcat us. PEXJiUS ... IIQ'

separans, MiLlOLlNA ... 306-

serratum, Plectropoma ... 61

serratus, AcAXTHiSTius ... 61

serricatum, Trombidium ... 158

sertaia. Purpura ... 42, 219

setosa, Verticordia .. 303

sextubeiculata. Ulesanis ... 27

•v/e6o/(/(, SCVLEARUS... ... 231

SilIQUARIA «'e/r//i' . ... 42

■siiiiple.r, OuosTu.MiA ... 287

simplex, Tkophon ... 214, 288

■sifiisoni, Marginella ... 287
■simsoHi, Stephaxocircus ... 108-

SiXGOTY'PXA me/a Ilia ... 335

melanopi/gi'i ... ... 335'

sinuatii, TuujtixKLLA ... 214

SlRiUS /;«f//((.v ... 42,288

siro, AcAKUS 180, 189

.yt^-o, Tyroglypuus ... ... 180-

Smaridia extraiiea ... ... 155

smitliiana, TuRRlTELl-A ... 288

sucialis, Amaurobius .. 9

.yrv/y/ziV, TURRITELLA .. 289

41:2

HECORIXS OF TlIK AUSTRALIAN MUSKUM

PAGE

sorhi, Phytophts 192

.spathuiiqer, PsEUDALr.oPTES 184-
spathuliqer, PTEROLrCHtTS ... 184
spnlnla, Crepidogaster ... 201
^pecwi'i, Bryobia .. ... 152

^peciosa, Petrobia ... .. 152

speciosux, Achorutes ... 314-

.vyoepto^M.v. Car.anx ... ... 71

.speeiosux, Scomber ... ... 71

Spn.TiROiDE.s hamiltoni ... 210

richei 210

.seeleriitu-t ... 82

Sph^erozoum fiJreolatum .. 281

(jemiantnm ... ... 281

qiKidriqeminiim 280

.^phiBiuiden, PsiLOCHORor.s... 23
Sphyk.ena obtuxata ... 60

^joica, Mangelia ... 287,297
spinulipes, Uropoda ... 175

Spibillina limhala... ... 309

limhafa,vai\ denticidata 309

Spieoloculixa arenaria ... 306

excavata ... ... 306

fragilissima ... ... 306

impressa ... ... 306

limbata ... ... 306

tenuiseptata ... ... 306

sp 306

Spibui^a ... 318

gregaria ... ... 318

^plendens, Phylarchus ... 26
splendida, Modiolaria ... 287
Spbatelloides rohu.stiis ... 195
.ipreius, Cadultjs ... 213, 285
squamea, Adacnabca 45, 213, 285
.squamifera var., Halaca-

nvs panopce ... ... 162

squajtiifoa var., Polymela

panopfB ... ... ... 162

.squamiferus, Sabcoptes ... 189
squamipinnis , Pabma ...68, 69

squamosa-marginata, LaGENA 307
Stanislaus, Mabginella ... 287
Stephanociecus dasguri ... 107
mars ... ... ... 108

minerva ... ... 108

sim-ooni ... ... 108

thoma.ii ... ... 108

stephensii, HoPLOCEPHALUS,

Climbing habits of ... 38
Stilbite, Jamberoo, N.S.Wales 422
stiUa, Mabginella 42, 214, 287
stilosus, L.s:laps ... ... 173

5<t»iM/«<*, Teophon... 288,293
Stiv A ferrugi Ilea ... ... 288

Stolephobus rohustus ... 195

page

stningei, Marginella 214, 287

straiigei, M.ITRK ... 42,287

■itrnnq lata var, C'AVoLrMA

loiunro-Hns . . 285, 299

striata, lukdi^fi A . 308

strirta, A DMETE . . . 285, 295

.<ttrictus, var. aiistralis, Sv.M-

PHURUS ... ... .. 349

strigatiis, ^EoLiscr.'^ .. 59

sluarli, Vanikorop?;is 327

stm-li, Delphinula ... 327

stghi.sferis, Pedici'LARIA .. 4'4
snbcostatus, PoLiNiCES 214, 288
siib/'itea,'Li'SYFai.K... 331

SllbinidoSft, POLTSTOMELLA .. 310

suhocellatus, PaTjECTS .76,77

subrotnnd'ita, GrAUDRYiNA ... 307
subsqitamosa, Turrttella ... 289

.vHA«/ff, Clio 213,285

sulcata, IjKQE^ A. ... 305,307

sulcata, var. annularis, La-

GENA 307,311

superba, Emargi>TLA 214,216,286
super-concha, Corbula ... 324

snssmilchi, GrANORHYNCHLT.S 129

sgnihiotes, var. ovis, Choriop-

TES ... ... .. 191

Symphurus strictus,x-AV ans-

tralis 349

Synancidium AorrK//<w ... 74

Synodfs sageneus ... ... 58

sfiringianuSfTYvniii ... 289

HYRyOLA. nitidula ... ... 216

tabida, lEvTURiA ... 214,286

tarandus, EuFREYANA ... 182

taraiidus, Frey'ANA .. 182

TARSOXEMID.E 176

Taesonemus ana" us ... 178

anascB... ... ... 178

baneroffi ... ... 177

fasmanianns, Blexnits .. 205
tasmanica, var., AcM.EA

paroa ... ... ... 210

tasmanica, CoccuLiNA 213, 215

tasmanica, Daphxella ... 286

tasmanica, Hydatina ... 286

tasmanica, JjIOTIA .. ... 42

tasmanica, Mitra ... ... 287

tasmanica, 'NaceJjLA ... 215
tasmanica, var. scalaris, LlO-

TIA

443

PAGE

t'txmtinica, VuLPECUlA ... 215

tatmaiii, Ixodes .. ... 167

ia^ei, Philobrya ... ... 288

^'zCe/, Xexophoka ... 215,289

ielaritis, Acarus ... 153
telariu-i, var. cinnahariiius',

Tetranychus ... 158

telarius, Tetranychus ... 153

Tellina tennilirata ... 289

tenisoni, LiMOPSis ... 42, 214, 287

tennilirata, Tellika ... 288

tenuiroxtre, Edoliisom.\ .. 340

teniiix, CoNOPORA ... ... 41

tenuis, Cyliohna ... ... 54

tenuiseptata, SpiroloCVLINA 306

tephi-fBopx, Crenidexs ... 63

Tephr.eops fephvfeops ... 63

tephrceops, Tephr.eops ... 63

■tepidariorum, Theridion ... 27

Terapon humeralis... ... 62

Tekebra lauretana... 214,222

Terehratulixa radula 43, 288

lere.^-, Philine ... 288

ierrareginennis, Cancellaria 827

tetracentni.'i. A'SA'LGES ... 185

'VETUAGyxTiiA concinna ... 332
cylindrica ... 332,333

demisaa ... ... 332

ferox ... ... ... 332

gemmata ... ... 332

'lupaia 332

Jiituhercnlata ... 332

margarttata ... ... 332

protenna ... ... 332

ruhriventrix ... 332

vaUda 332

TETRAaNATHIN.E .. 332

TETRANYCHID.E ... 151

TETRANYCHrs cucumeH.i ... 154

rosarum ... ... 154

telarius ... ... 153

telariun, var. cinnaha-

riiiu.i ... ... 153

Tetraodon hi.spidus ... 210

richei... ... ... 210

.sceleratus ... ... 82

Iftricu.s,'L\^u\JS ... 70

li'tricli.'!, PSEUDOLABRI'S ... 70

T^XT-Ci^.^JiiK agglutinans ... 307

sagittula ... 307

trochv.f 307

fertularoidex, BoLiviNA ... 307

Thalassogeron caritus ... 344

Thecidea waxtV/ft ... ... 45

Theridion troglodiitex ... 338

Therapon Jnniicrali.t 62

page
Tkkridiox .. ... ... 27

a/hi-.<ifriaiiim... ... 27

rujipes ... ... 27

tepid ariort(m... ... 27

/hrfidis, Amusu-m 41, 213, 223, 285

//r /(V/i.?, Ctlichxa 213

th'.tna.n, Stephanocircus . 108
^riiomsonite, IriTerell, N. S.

Wales 420

Tnon^CTK mean drina 120

Thraciopsis areno.ia 42, 288

THPEPTEBirs »nffc"?'/o.s«.s- . 63
Thyasira alhigetia ... 363

TiBERiA «jYiV/«/« .. 214,216

tompsoni. Mrs .. 312

Topaz, Eiinnaville, N. S Wales 83
Topaz, Oban, N.S. Wales ... 85
Topaz, Bell Moimt, Middle-
sex, Tasmania ... ... 88

Topaz, Flinder's Island, Tas-
mania . . . . ... 87

Topaz, Mt. Cameron, Tasmania 85
torciilari.t, LlPPlSTK.^
ToTANUS iricaiiu.s-
Trachichthys intermediui

TRACHINOCEPHALrS milOpst

Trachixotus haillonii
trapezia, Philixe ..
trapezina. Philixe ...
tran-vlncida, ScALA ...
Teematotrochus sp.

rerconis
trieariiiata, Drillia
tridentata, Cavolixia
Trigla Icunni

poJgommafa ...
triqona, Allomokphixa
triqoHalis, Mactra ...
TrIGONIA riiirlnfa ...
margnritacea

frigomda, Allomorchixa

trinonnla, MiLiOLiXA
trigidtatum, Amblyomma

trilohar, var., Globigerixa
hulloide.i

trimaculatuin, ApoxoMMA

triiiiariilafn.'i, IXODES

fri-ipi^o.ta, Cavolixia

Trivia avellanoide-t

trorhus, Textt'laria

troilodgtica, IsoTOMA

troglodute.i, Ectatostica

tronlodiilp", Theridiox

TROMBIDTID.E .

Trombidiuji papuatutm
.<terricatu7n

287

343

.V

349

58

71

361

288

288

290

272

272

213

286

213

285

75

74

307

326

322

288

306

306

170

XA

309

168

168

213

,285

288

, 293

307

313

338

338

156

158

158

444 RECORDS

OF

THK AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

fAGE

L'AGE

TROMBOIDEA ...

149

150

iniiver.ta, OaBrLi^A

309

Trophon cardueli.s . .

214

Upeneus poro.sK.^

64

goldsteini

288

Uropoda .<ipinuiipe.<<

175

laminatm

214

288

UROPODID.E

175

simplex

214

288

nrri/lii, Pseudaphritis

38

■stimuleus

288

293

Utricularia killing fish-fry

3

Tbouessartia caudacuta

186

nrn, LlOTHYRIS

43

triiHcata, Cuspidaria

47

UviGERiNA canariemi-i

309

Truncatulina ecJdnata

309

pi/gm<ea

309

lohatala

309

sp

309

prcBcincta

309

reticulata

309

sp. ...

309

wueJlenstorfii

309

truucatus, Ch,?5TODON

67

V

truncatus, Chelmoxops

67

TuBiFEX davidis

252

rado-sa, Vekticordta

289

303

tumhil, Salmo

58

raqan.i, Hyperammina

307

iiimhil, Saurida

58

raiyen.si.s, Centrogenys

61

TrRBONiLLA conxtricta

214

vaigeii.<fi.s, Scorp.s:na

61

varicifer

42

vniida, TeteagnATHA

332

TURNIX velox

342

rafidtt.t, Lambrus ..

231

Tfrquetia Integra

364

Vanikoropsis i'tuarti

327

tiirrisphari, SciLA ...

52

rarani, IXODES

168

turrita, Et'LiMELi.A.

42

rariabilis, Mus

312

TURRITELLA curialvi

357

varicifer, Tfrbonilla

42

ffodejfrofiana . . .

214

velifer, Protolichus

184

inci-sa ..

214

velifer, Pterolichus

184

opulenta

288

292

velox, TuRNiX

342

philippensis ...

214

Venericardia cavatica

215

289

■scituln

42

dilecia

289

■linuata

214

venlricosa, Nephila

336

smithiana

288

repratica, Pleitrotomella

288

.luphim

289

rerconix, Trematotrochus

272

■suh.squamo-m ...

289

Termetus iraitei

42

Ty I'Kis .si/ringiann.^.. .

289

Vermicularia nodosa

289

292

philijipen.'ii.'S ...

289

waifei

289

ttiiiicn-s, Fascinus ..

286

versicolor, Ptilotis ..

29

TYROGLYPHID.E

178

rersicolor, PxiLOTrs, eggs

of

30

Ti'ROGLYPiirs enfomopha

qii.s

180

versicolor, Ptilotis, nest of

29

qiiePilxhllldicK.v

180

certehralis, NoDO.SARiA

308

.s-iro

180

VertiCORDIA aH.\tr.-iliens

:.v

303

u

Ulesanis .. ... 27

sexlu'ifrculata ... 27

K.nlnlicnta, iu r.VOPj.[s ... 26

niii'inticafa, PoLixiCEs ... 288

niid'ita, Aspella 285, 294

/(/;(/(yV«, POROMYA ... 214,224

lunlnlata, YOJAJTK ... 215,289

««i/b)-i.v, Collosph.kra .. 282

rhoniholdpd ... 215,303

■s-eto-m 303

vado.m . . 289, 303

vexictilaris, DlscORBlXA ... 309
restalis, Daphxella 213, 286

Tesuvianite, Barraba, X. S.

Wales 415

('/ Yci)-i>, Pleuhoxectes ... 197
Victoria', Rhombosolea ... 197
vinceiitti, I'at.t-xts . ... 77

rirffii I a, Clio ... 213,285

riridiauratiix. MACRO PODUS 1

ritreiis, CouiARKYS ... 286,301

vivipartfs, Kxemidokoptes 190-

YoLVTA. itiif/ulati
VrLPECULA miratida

tasmanica
vulpiiia,liAh¥E
vu/pinns, CossYPHUS

w

PAGE

215,289
... 215
... 215

... 70
70

waiiei, Vermetis ...

42

iyrti^eii, Vermicilaria

. 289

watei-honsii, PAT.ECrs

7r,

(6'r7/.9o«i', Mangelia ...

214

(ceWii, Cirsonella . 41,285

«'eWu'. SiLigrARiA .

42

wehurdi, Bathypuantes

331

whani, IIargineela 4

2 287

willemoesi, Megerlia

43

wollitinhillae/isix, Astarte

327

womhali, Sakcoptes

190

woinhati, var., Sarcoptes

scahiei ...

190

x^oudsi, Drillia

213

woodirardi, Broiichtiiys

72

Workshops, Aboriginal, N S

Wales

233

Belambi Beacli

236

Boiidi ..

235

Cronulla Beach

235

445

PAGE

Maroubra 234

Adzes 249

Anvils 23(3

Grouges ... 249

CxraTers .. ... 243

Grindstones . ... 23(j

Knives, chipped-baek 238

Nose-sty]e .. .. 249

Easps .' 249

Scrapers .. 241,249

Shell deposits ... 237

Spear-baib Hakes ... 244

wiiellensstorfii, Trt-XCAI VLIXA 3<)9

X

XenopHORA fatei

2 1 5, 289

zelicira, Deliochus ... 335

zelivira, Meta ... ... 335

Zeolites ... .. ... 41G

Zircon, Glen Innes, N S.\\'alcs 95

Zircon, Inrerell, N S. Wales 96

Zircon, Boat Harbour, Tas- 96

mania ... ... ... 96

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

ICHTHYODECTES MARATHONENSIS, Efll. fit.

Skxill seen slightly obliquely from below.

m. Eight maxilla.
de. „ and left dentaries.
ar. „ ,, articulars.

efh. Sff. ? Ethmoid or frontal (?)

~ — - Hvomandibular or preoperculum.

pr.

hi/. Hyoid bones.

op. Operculum.

r. Ribs.

r. Vertebrae.

f. Displaced fin rays.

Plate I.

REG. AUSTR. MU>:., VOL. VI

.Je.

F. H. LEGGATT. del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 11.

ICHTHTODESTES MARATHONENSIS, Eth. fil.

Skull seen from below.

[For lettering see Explanation of Plate i.]

REC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL YI

Plate II.

_-'Ofe'.

F t( LEOGATT del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Portion of web of Amaurobius socialis, Rainb.

EEC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. VI.

Plate TH

H tlAHNt5. Junr.. photo..
Austr. Mu.s.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Halicore dugong, Gmelin, sp.

Fig. 1. Portion of a rib showing cuts and chipping of the surface.

, 2. Largest rib-portion with traces of numerous cuts contiguous
to the concave edge

„ 3. Third rib-portion similar to fig. 1.

(The figures are seven-tenths the natural size).

REC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. IV.

Plate IV.

H. BARNES. Junr.. ohoto.,
Asistr Mus

EXPLANATION" OP PLATE V

Pior. 1. Portion of a skin of MeUthreptiis brepirosfr}s-,Y\gorfi and Horsfield,
Short-billeil Honey-eater.

,, 2. Portion of a skin of Melithreptus mrri/iiu-oxfrix, Nortli.
Larjje-billed Honey-eater,

„ 3. Nest and eggs of Ptilotis versicolor, Gonld.
Varied Honey-eater.
(Pigs. 1 and 2. Natural size. Fig. 3. About two-tliirds natural size).

REO. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. VI.

Plate V.

H. BARNES. Junr., photo.
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OP PLATE VI.

Opal Pseudomorphs, White Cliffs, N. S. Wales.

Fiij. 1. To the left of the central depression a crystal shows distinct
cleavage traces on the edge.

,, 2. Several crystals show pronounced cleavage traces.

REC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL.iVJ.

Platl Y1.

H. Barnes. Junr,, Photo.
Auslr. Mus,

EXPLA.NATION OF PLATE VII.

(iLADBERITE CRYSTALS AND OpAL PsEUDOMORPHS, WhITE ClIFFS,

N. S. Wales.

Forms:— r (001), -t (111). » (111).
Fig. 1. Projection on (001) of a glauberite crystal showing the forms s
(111) andw (111).
,, 2. The same, with oscillation of (131) on v and of c on ».

„ '.^, Freehand drawing of a pseudomorphic opal crystal in similar
position and showing the trace of the basal cleavage on »
and striations supposed to be due to oscillatory combination
of s with (131).

i. Projection of a glauberite crystal on a plane perpendicular to

the zone axis s.s'.
5. The same with traces of basal cleavage and (131) oscillating with v

3. Freehand drawing of pseudomorphic opal crystal in similar posi-
tion showing cleavage traces.

7. Projection of glauberite crystal on (010).

S. The same with oscillation of (131) on » and of c on ?i.

3. Freehand drawing of pseudomorphic opal crystal in similar
position showing striations on -t and cleavage traces on n.

Note. — »' in the right hand half of fig. 4 should read »", and in the left
hand half n".

EEC. A.USTR. MUS , VOL. VI.

Plate Vl I

C. Anderson, del..
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OP PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1. Synodits sageneus, Waite.
,, 2. Cynofflos.wsbroadhnr-iti, Wa,\te.
(Both two- thirds natural size.)

REC. AU8TR. :S[US., VOL. VI.

Pj.ate VIII.

A. \i. McClJLlOrH, del
Auslr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Terapon humeralis, Ogilby.
(Natural size.)

REC. AUSTll. Mrs., VOL. VI.

Plate IX.

A. H. Mcculloch, del.,

Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Neatiipus obliquus, Waite.
(Natural size.)

REC. AUSTR. .MUS., \'()L. VI.

Platk X.

A. R. Mcculloch, dci.,

Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Fig. 1. Chmtodon asuarins, Waite.
., 2. Dipulits ctecnf!, Waite.
(Both natural size.)

EEC. AUSTK, :\[U8., NUL. \ I.

Plate XI.

A- R. Mcculloch, deL.

Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Hypsifpops microlepis, Giintlier.

Fig. 1. Young, bwice natural size.
„ 2. „ enlarged one-seventh.
„ 3. Adult) five-eighths natural size.

:fx'. atstk. Mi/s., VOL. vi.

Plate XII.

U. M(( ULl OCII.dol.
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

Pseudolahrtts punctulatus, Giinther.
(Seven-tenths natural size,)

REC. AUSTPv. Mils.. VOL V\.

Plate XT II.

A. R Mcculloch dei.

Austr. Mtis

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Bramichthys woodwardi, Waite.
(Slightly reduced.)

REC. AUSTR. :\riI.S., VOL. YT.

Plate XIV

A R. McCLLLOCH.del.
Austr. Miis.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.

PatrBcus maculatus, Giinther,
(Natural size.)

EEC. AU8TR. MUS., VOL. VT

Plate XV

A R Mcculloch. deL

Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

Pseudomonacanthus galii, Waite.
(Five-eighths natural size.)

REC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. VI.

Plate XVI.

A R. Mcculloch, del.,

Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLlTE XVH.

0 hat ode !• mis niaccuilochi, Waitf .
(Fiva-sixths natural size.)

REC. AU8TR. :MUS., VOL VT.

Plate XYIl.

-A. R. MtCULLOCH.del.
Austr. Mu.s.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Topaz.

Fitr. 1. Emmaville, New South Wales.
Fig. 2. Oban, New South Wales.
Figs. 3, 4. Moiinfc Cameron, Tasmania.
Figr. .5. Flinders Island, Tasmania.
Fig. 6. Bell Mount, Tasmania.

Forms:—? (001), h (010), m (110), M (230;, / (120), tt (250),^ (130),
d (201), h (203), X (043),/ (021), y (041), o (221), « {Ul),'i (223).
X (243).

REC. AU8TU. MUS., VOL. VT.

Plate XVlII.

nf

C. ANDERSON, del
Austr Mus

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.

Topaz.

Fig. 1. Emmaville, New South Wales. Stereogram showing all the
recognized forms and the i^rinoipal zones.

Earite.
Fiy. 2. St, Peter's, near Sydney, New South Wales.

Forms and indices as in Aiiglesite below.

Anglesite.
Fig. 3. Maestrie's Mine, Dundas, Tasmania.
Fig. 4. Mine Meretrice, New Caledonia.
Figs. 5, 6. Lewis Ponds, New South Wales.

Forms:— (• (001), h (010), a (100), w/ (110), d (102), o (01J),c (111),
,f (122).

KEC. AU8TR. :\IUS., VOL. VI.

Plate XIX.

h

■?

f^

:*!"'
^

.M'

-ni^

\

f^

—X/p'

\

>

f
1 /

\

\^'

r

-A

r

r

^

\\

u

v^

f n

\ J

Jj

\ y

l"^ '

'^--fWrL

\

x^

-^

/ /

\^

4aV

h '•

/" p

±^

y

' /

W

/

>.

^

L

>m

C. ANDEUSON. del.
Austr. Miis.

EXPLANA'l'ION OF PLATE XX.

Cerussite.

Fit(s. 1, 2, 3. Magnet Mine, Tasmania. The crystals are trillings on
VI. (110). Fig. 3 is a stereGiJ:ram shewing the distribu-
tion of the faces and the chief zones.

Forms:— r (001). a (100), h (010), m (110), r (130), i (021), k (Oil).
.r(012),y; (111 .

ZiRroN

Fig. 4 Glen limes, Xew South Wales.

Fig. 5 Invereli, New South Wales.

Fig. 5. Boat Harbour, Tasmania.

Forms —a (100), m (110). y> (111), r (221), « (331), x (131).

gREC. AUSTPv. .ML7S., VOL. YI.

Plate XX

C ANDERSON. Jel.,
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXL

Megalatractus aruanuh, L.
Torres Strait, about a quarter tlie uatural size.

REC. AUSTPx. Mrs., VOL. VI.

Pla'ie XXI.

r. WHITBLEGGE. Photo
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII

Megalatbactus aruanus.

Wellealy Islands, Gulf of Carpentaria, fashioned by natives to carry
water, about a quarter the natural size.

REC. AUSTH. .Mils.. VOL. VI.

Plate XXII.

T. WHITELEGGE, Photo-
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI [L

ECHIDNOPHAGA AMBXJLANS, Oliff.

Fig 1 Showing posterior abdominal segments rounded.
„ 2. ,, „ „ ,, excavated.

REC. ArsTK. Mrs., VOL. Vf.

Plati; XX [II.

T. WHITELFGGE. Photo.

.Au>tr. Wus.

EXPLANATION OP PLA.TE XXIV

Carettochelts insculpta, Ramsaji.

Fig. 1. Carapace.
„ 2. Plastron.

REC. AUSTIN. Mrs., VOL. VT

'^LATK XXIY

EDGAR W. WAITE. Photo.
Austr. Mus.

X-5*»*

EXPLAISlATlOiN' OF PLATE XXV.

CaRKTTOCHELYS INSCULPTA, lidiliSa

Fig. 1. Head — Upppr vifw.
„ 2. ,, Lower ,,
„ 3. ,, Lateral „

REC. AU.STK. ^LUS., VOL. VI.

Platk XXV

EDGAR R. WAITE. Photo.
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI.

Carettochelys insculpta, Ramsay.

Fig. 1. Skull — Upper view
,, 2. „ Lower „
,, 3. ,, Lateral „

EEC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. \'T

Platk XXVI.

EDGAR W. WAITE, Photo..
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OP PLATE XXVIL

Carettochelts insculpta, Ramsay.

Fi^. 1. First Cervical Vertebra.

,, 2. Second „ „

„ 3. Third

„ 4. Eighth „

„ 5. First Dorsal Vertebra and portion of Carapace.

a. Lateral ; h. Dorsal ; c. Ventral ; d. Anterior ; and e. Posterior aspects.

KEC. AUSTIJ. :MU8., VOL. VI.

Flatk. XXVTT

EDGAR U. \\ \H r, del

Ausu. A\us.

H

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII.

Miiriil Tablet in S. James Clmrcli, Svdner, erected in memory of John
Gilbert, Ornithologist.

EEC. AUSTR MUS., VOL. VL

Plate XXVIL

H. BARNES, Junr., photo.,
Ajstr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIII.

Ganorhtnchus sussmilchi, Eth. jil.

Fig. 1. Buckler seen from above.
„ 2. „ „ „ the side.

,, 3. Snout seen from in front.
„ 4. ,, ,, ,, below.

„ 5. Portion of granulated plate on the same matrix.

REC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. YI.

Platk XXVIII.

H BARNES. Junr., photo.,
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIX.

AXINITK.

Bowling Alley Point, Xiuidle, New Soiitli Wales.

Fig. 1. Clinograpliic drawing of ideal ervstal (the unlettered face i* /•).

„ 2. Plan of tig. 1.
Figs. 3, 4. Clinographie drawings of natural crystals.
Fig. 5. Stereogram.

Forms:— r (001), h (010); m (HO), 31 (110), ir (130); /(OH), ii (021),
.V (201) ; ,r (]11), r (HI), z (112), h (131), o (132), 1' (131), d (241).

UEC. AUSTR. MUS. VOL. VI

Plate XXIX.

C ANDERSON, del.;
Austr, Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATK XXX.

AXINITE.

Colebi'ook Mine, Dundas, Tasmaiua.

Fig. 1. Clinograpliic drawing of ideal crystal.
„ 2. Plan of fig. 1.

Forms :—a (100), X (021), § (132), q (151). [Other forms as in Explanation
to PI. xxix.].

KEC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. VI.

Plate XXX.

C ANDERSON, del.,
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATP] XW'I.

AXIXITE.

Figs. 1,2. Moonbi, New South Wales.

Fig. 3. Colebrook Mine, Dundas, Tasmania.

[For lettering see Explanation to Plates sxix. and xxx.].

Petterdite {= Mimetite).

Fig. 4. Britannia Mine, Zeelian, Tasmania.

Forms :— c (0001), m (1010), x (1011), s (1121).

Crocoite.
F'ig. 5. Magnet Mine, Tasmania.
Forms -. — h (010), m (110), / (111), v (ill), k ("lOl).

REC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. VI.

Plate XXXL

C.ANDERSON, del ,

Austr. A'us.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIL

Petterdite (= Mimetite).

JJritannia Mine, Zeolian, Tas-mania, enlarged aliout one-liait.

(Bv peni.ission of Mr. W. F. Petten!).

REC. AUSTK. MU8., VOL. VI.

Plate XXXII.

/^>^%r^

H. BARNES. Junr., ph jto ,
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII.

Datolite.

Colebrook Mine, Dundas, Tasmania.

Fig. 1. Clinograpliic drawing of ideal crystal.

2. Plan of fig. 1.

3. Clinographic drawing of natural crystal.

4. Plan of fig. 3.

5. Stereogram.

Forms :—c (001). n (100) ; w (110) ; w, (Oil), ;" (013), .r (102) ; n (111), k
(ll.-,),/x ("lU), A (~113), £ (112), t (212), TT ("231).

EEC. AU.STR. MU8., VOL. VT.

Pi ATE XXX TTI,

C ANDERSON, del.,
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIV.

I'ellorhamphus ba.ixe)i.sis-, Castolnau.
(Five-sixths natural :-ize).

EEC. AUSTR. MU8., VOL. VI.

Plate XXXIV.

A. R. Mcculloch, ce'..,

Ai.;,:r. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV.

Hhomhosolea flesoides, Giinther.
(Four-fifths natural size).

REC. AU-STR. MUS., VOL. VI.

Plate XXXV

A. R. McCULLOCH, del.
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVI.

Fig. 1. Cheilohranchns rufus, Mafleay.

2. Crepidogaster spatida, Giiiitlier.

8. Diplocrepis parcipimils, AVaite.
4. ,, cardinalin, Ramsay.

.5. Blennius tasmaniaiiux, Rifliardson.

6. OphiooHnus gnhrieli, Waite.

7. ,, (/rcicili-i, Waite.

(All tlie figures enlai'ged).

KEC. AU.STK. :\[U.S., VOL. VI.

Plate XXXVI.

fi.

A. R. Mcculloch, del.

Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVII.

Eig. 1. Monilea ole.dcea, HeLlley and Petterd.

2. Ilissoa filocincfa, Hedley and Petterd.

3. Baihytoma aganta, Hedley and Petterd.
4-. Ceritliiopsis cacaminatus, Hedlev and Petterd.

5. Fleurotoma casearia, Hedley and Petterd.

6. Murex licinus, Hedley and Petterd.

7. 8. Emarginala siiperho, Hedley and Petterd.
i). Terehra lauretana;. Ten. Woods.

REC. AUSTE. MUS., VOL. VI.

Plate XXXV TT.

C. HEDLEY, del.,
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATIOX OF PLATE XXXVIII.

Fig. 10. BitiiiimfuscocapitKhim, HecUey and Petterd.

11.

iipex.

12. Cancellaria scohina, Hedley and Petterd.

13. Tiberia nitidula, A. Adams.

14. Limopsis erectus. Hedley and Petterd.

15. ,, „ „ „ liinge.

16. Poromya undosa, Hedley and Petterd.

17. „ „ „ „ sculpture.
IS. Amusium thetidis, Hedley — interior of left valve.
19- „ „ ., exterior of left valve.

REC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. YI.

Plate XXXYJII.

C. HEDLEY. del.
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIX.

Carcharias hrachijurus, Griintlier.
(Two-ninths natural size).

REC AUSTR. MUS, VOL. VI.

Plate XXXTX,

A. R, Mc-CUI. LOCH, del.,
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XL.

CatuJus analis, Ogilhy — egg-ease.
( Xatiiral >ize).

RKC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. VT.

Platk XL,

4 •

f..r

-•i^^

H. BARNES. Junr., pluto,,
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLI.

VarascijUium collare, Raiusav & Ogilby — egg-case.
(Natural size).

REC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. VI.

Plate XLI.

H. BARNES. Jun;..photc.,
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATK XLTI.

Groxip 1 — Figs, 1-5 and 7-9. Variously shaped knives.
1 — Fig. 6, Nose ornament.
1 — Figs. 10-11. Gritty sandstone rasps.
2 — Six rows of ehipped-back surgical knives.
3 — Two rows of minute, straight, slender points.
4^ — Eight rows of spear-heads or knives.

REC. AUSTK MU.s. \()!,. \|.

Platk XLTl.

Grinip

Group

Itf

♦

(Jrouji

Croup

« t ♦ ( 4 • fit!

i it i ( I ^l <

A ( 4. A < « « { i <

< * * i 4 t t ''4 4

6 # t ft r ( / ,^>

Ctnlimttr

H. BARNES, Jurir., rlioto.
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLllL

Grou]3 1 — Nine rows of gravers.

„ 2 — Five rows of adze-like pieces- possibly gouges.

REC. AU8T11. MU.S., VOL. VI.

PL.vnc XLTTT.

Group
1. "

( ; I'd up

A 4 ^ 6 a r f

l«»f f [rr I

t i^ i i f f ( I ( I

( t M f f i ( * R r
t • i I r <> i • c I

»• *► f^ ^ 0^ttt;'#

H. BARNES. Junr., photo.
Austr, Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIV.

Group 1 — Two rows of smooth scrapers.
„ 2 — Seven rows of death-spear points.
,, 3 — Four rows of irreguiai-lj -shaped knives.
,, 4 — Two rows of cores.
,, 5 — Four rows of worked scrapers.

HEC. AUSTR. Mrs.. VOT.. VT.

- Plate XLIV.

Gi

Group

^4. ♦ «. • -

i ^

Group
3.

Groii]

Group

W ^ W #^ <^ ' J^ Hk ^^

H. BARNES, Junr., photo.
Austr. MuS.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLV.

No. 1 — View of the principal saiidliill at Bellaiubi looking towards the nortli
east.

., 2- Sunnnit of the same looking north.

,. 3 — „ „ „ ,, „ south.

REC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. VI.

Plate XLV.

?-3^

-* :^

r'

'r

^^

^

^^^:

■•>• ."^

T. WHITELEGGE, photo.
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVI.

Tuhifex davidis, Benliam.

Fig. 1. A dorsal bundle of chsetae from segment tI.

„ 2. The outer moiety of a dorsal cliseta from one of the anterior
segments, showing intermediate teeth. (Camera x 480).

„ 3. A Tentral chaeta from the posterior region. (Camera x 480).

,, 4. A copulatory chaeta from the tenth segment. (Camera x 480).

,, 5. The male apparatus of the right side, from a bisected specimen.
At. atrium; _/. sperm-funnel ; o. the male pore; p. penis ; pr.
prostate ; sp. sperm duct.

,, 6. Tlie spermatheca of the right side and tlie copulatory ehseta (cop.)
in situ.

Branchiura pleurotheca, Benliam.

„ 7. A Tentral chaeta. (Camera X 480).

,, 8. The male apparatus (without the sperm duct), seen in longitudinal
section, somewhat diagrammatically drawn. At. atrium, lined
by tall glandular cells ; d. duct, lined by cuticulated epithelium
continuous with the epidermis ; m. muscular coat ; «. neck, lined
by cubical cells ; o. tlie male pore ; pr. prostate cells ; sp. sperm
duct entering the atrium.

„ 9. Tlie spermatheca of the left side.

,, 10. A transA"erse section of the body (camera outline x 80), showing on
the right side the spermathecal pore, and on the left the chaetse,
which occur in the neighbouring section. D. dorsal chaetse ; d.
muscidar duct of the spermatheca; int. intestine, above it is the
dorsal blood trunk, below it the ventral ; nc. nerve cord ; spth.
spermatheca, the contained spermatozoa are omitted ; t. testis;
the eoelom is filled with developing spermatozoa.

,, 11. The bunch of copulatory chaetse from segment xi. with their
muscles.

;, 12, Integumental network of bloodvessels and its connection with the
dorsal and ventral trunks through the parietal vessels (jJv) ; Dv.
dorsal blood trunk ; Vr. ventral blood trunk.

REC. AUSTR. MU8, VOL. VI.

Plate XLVI.

W B BENHAM, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVII.

Fhreodriloides nofabilu, Benliani.

„ 13, A ventral chata.

„ 14. View of part of the male apjjaratus of the left side as seen in a
stained sjjecimen mounted entire ; the sperm duet and funnel
are omitted. A. the great muscular sac; S. the spherical,
glandular sac, into which the sac A. opens on its mesial face;
m. muscles ; o. the male pore.

„ 15. Diagranniiatic reconstruction of the male apparatus, as seen in longi-
tudinal section. A. the muscular sac ; B. the glandular sac ; ce.
nucleus of coelomic epithelium ; cm. circidar muscles in wall of
A. ; ep nucleus of epithelium lining A. ;f. sperm funnel ; c/l. ep.
glandular ej^itlielium of B. ; m. muscles around B. ; o. male
pore ; s. septum xi./xii. ; *p. sperm duct.

„ 16. Obliquely transverse sections through the muscular sac (A) at the
level of the entrance of the sperm duct. (Camera outline x
480, slide ii., row 2, sect. 2, right side). r. ep. nucleus of
coelomic epithelium ; cm circidar muscle fibres ; ep. nucleus
of epitheliimi lining the muscular sac A ; ep. two cells bounding
the entrance of the sperm duct into the muscular sac ; sp.
spermatozoa filling the musciUar sac ; ipd, the sperm duct in
section.

„ 17. Obliquely longitudinal section through the glandular sac (5), near
the entrance into it of the muscular sac (A). (Camera outline
X 480, slide ii., row 2, section 15, right side). On this
side of the body the lower end of the muscular sac, filled with
spermatozoa, pushes the lining epithelium of the glandular sac
outwards, and the eonnnunication between the two is found a
few sections furtlier on, at the level .r. of the figure ; ep.
epidermis and epithelium of non-glandidar portion of the
glandidar sac ; (^l. ep. glandidar epithelium ; m. muscles ; tic.
portion of nerve cord ; o. male pore.

REC. AUSTR. MU8., VOL. VI.

Plate XLVII.

W B. eENHAM. d< I

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVTII.

" Orthoclask.

In this and succeeding ulates segments in twin position are lettered to coi-re-
spond with a normally jjlaced crystal turned through 180°.

1. Adidaria habit. Cockburn Creek, near Tam worth.

2. Baveno doublet. Oban.

3. Baveno triplet or (as lettered) combined Baveno and Manebac-h
twin. Oban.

4. Carlsbad twin. Oban.

5. Manebacli twin. Bolivia.

6. Carlsbad twin. Inverell.

Forms:— f (001), a (lOO), 6 (OiO), in (110),-! (130), x lloi), «/ (201), »
(021), o iTll).

REC. AUSTK. :\[US., VOL. YI.

Platk XLVIII.

7n

m

X

C ANDERSON, del.
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIX.

Orthoclase.

Fig. 1. liaveno twin. Obuii.

Fig. 2. Baveno triplet or combined Baveno and Manebach twin. Oban (?).
Fig-!. 1 and 2, -which are about four times natural size, are bounded by
the faces c and h, whicli are placed perpendicular to tlie plane
of the paper.

Fig. 3. Grroup of orthoclase and quartz crystals, about twice natural size ;
the largest Carlsbad twin consists of the forms e, h, m, x, o ; the
Manebach twin is separately drawn in PI. xlviii., fig. 5.
Bolivia.

Fig. 4. Right-handed Carlsbad tw in ; about twice natural size. Bolivia.

Fig. 5. Left-handed Carlsbad twin ; about four times natin-al size. Uralla.

Figs. 4 and .5 have the forms c, b, m, x, if, o.

(For indices see Explanation to Plate xlviii).

REC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. VT.

Plate XLIX.

C. ANDERSON, del
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE L.

Orthoclase.

Fig, 1. Two "partial" crystals with c, h, m, x, //, penetrated by quartz
with principal axes parallel to one direction ; slightly enlarged.
Oban.

Fig. 2. Baveno group; natural size. Oban.

REC. AUSTR. MU8., VOL. VT.

Platk L

\:i

^^feiSL^*

^

H. BARNES, Junr., phm
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LI.

OUTHOCLASE.

Crystal of smoky quartz penetrated by Baveno twin ; natural size. Oban.

REC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. VI.

Platk LT.

H BARNES, Junr., rhoto.
Austi. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LII.

Orthoclase.

Decomposed ui'ystals carrying pericline twins of albite ; natural size.

Oban.

REC. AUSTR. MU8., VOL. VI.

Plate LII.

^r

H. BARNES .luni., photo.
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIIL

Lettering — g, granules ; n, nuclei ; o, oil-globules ; v, spicules ;
X, Xanthellse.

GoUozoum annatum, Haswell. A single zooid in optical section, x
450.

CoUozoum alpha. A portion of the colony she\A"ing one of the
ordinary zooids and one of the masses of granule^like bodies
supposed to be niici-ospores. x 450.

CoUozoum ovale, Haswell. A single zooid. x 300.

GoUozoum arcuatum, Haswell. A single zooid with the peculiarly
modified XantheUre. The oil-globule has been here rendered
black. The amorphous pigmented masses within the capsule are
not represented, x 450,

Eigs. 4a, 4b, 4c. XantheUce of CoUozoum arcuatum. x 900.

Fig. 5. CoUozoum beta, A single zooid in optical section, showhig the layer
of minute bodies superficial to the capsular-membrane. x 300.

Fig. 6. CoUofsphcera hedleyi, Haswell. Test of a zooid. x 300.

Fig. 7. CoUosphara uiiiforis, Haswell. Test, x 300.

Fig.

1.

Fig.

2.

Fig.

3.

Fig.

4.

REC. AU8TR. MUS.. VOL. VI.

Plate LITI.

' O

W. A HASWELL, del.

REC. AUSTR. MU8., VOL. VI

Plate LI IT.

W. A. HASWELL, del.

EXPLANANATION OF PLATE LIV.

Fig. 1. Cocculina coerciiajHedlej. From tlio side.

2. „ „ „ From above

3. Punctui'rlla deinissa.'Hedley. Froni the side.

4. „ „ „ From above.

5. „ „ „ Sculpture, magnified.

6. Crossea naticoides, Hedley. From the side.

7. „ „ „ From beneath.

8. Vermicularia nodosa, Hedley,

9. TurriteUa opidenta, Hedley.

10. Admete stricta, Hedley.

11. Mangelia lutaria, Hedley.

12. „ „ „ Apex, from above.

13. Cavolina longirostris var strangulaia, Hedley.

REC. AU8'JR. MUS., VOl. VI.

Platk LIV.

C. HEDLEY, del.
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LV.

14. Enlimafrivata, Hedley.

15. Aspella itndata, Hedley.

16. Cithna angulata, Hedley.

17. Trivia avellanoides, M'Coy. From above.

, o' m " , " " From bcneatli

ly. Trophon stimuleus, Hedley.

20. Mangelia spica, Hedley.

21. Pleurotomella fastosa, Hedley.

22. BrilUa kasicelU, Hedley.

KEC. AUSTK. MU8., \'()i>. VI.

Plate LV.

19

^ /" fi

C. HEDLEY. del.
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVI.

Fig. 23. Modiola litiea, Hedley. From without.

,> 24. ,, „ „ From above.

,, 25. „ ,, ,, From witlun.

;, 26 Crassatellites discus, Heclley. From above.

„ 27. „ „ „ From tlie bide.

,, 28. Coriareus vitretis, Hedley. Fi'ora the side.

,. 29, 30. „ „ ,", Hinge.

„ 31. Li/oHsiella qtiadrata, Hedlej. From tlie side.

» 32. „ „ „ From above.

,1 33. ,, ,, ,, From within.

„ 34. Verdcordia vadosa, Hedle}-. From the side.

„ 35. „ „ „ From above.

,, 36, 37 „ „ „ Hinge.

„ 38. ,, ausiralietixix, Smitli. From above.

I, 39. ,. ,, From Avithin.

UEC. AUSTH. MUS., VOL. VI.

PL.vrE LVL

38

C. HEDLEY. del.
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVIL

Slab of calcareous sliale covered vvitli Spirulcea gregaria, Eth. fil.

REC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. YI.

Plate LVII.

H. BARNES, Junr., photo.
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVIII.

Group of AuceUa hughendeiien.six, Etli.

REC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. VI.

Plate LVIII.

H. BARNES, Junr., photo.,
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIX.

Slab of Pacliydomella calcareous shale exhibiting tlie profusion in vvluch
PachydomeUa chvtus, Eth. fil , occurs.

REC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. VI.

Platk LTX.

^lA^

\''

WSfi • fit

-t-^^

} -4

»#^

\

^■>...^. '•«»'■

^m^

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LX.

SPIRrLjEA CRETACEA, IE til. fil .

Fi". 1. Two tubes in contiguitj, one extended — X 2.
„ 2. Another example, concave aspect — X 2.

„ 3. A third specimen, concave aspect, witli the free tube fractured, and a
telescopic umbilicus — X 2.

CoPROLirES,

„ 4. Fusiform body with a more or less spiral end.

„ 5. Another example witli the termination more acute.

MODIOLA DUNLOPENSIS, Eth. fll.

,, C. Rather more than the posterior third of the conjoined valves.

G-EAMMATODON (?) DAINTEEEI, Etk.Jil.

,, 7. The two valves, one testaceous, the other an internal cast — X 3.
,, 8. Interior of the valve removed from the cast in Fig 7 — X 3.

Teigonia cinctfta, Eth. fil.

,, 9. Cast of portion of the exterior of a right valve taken from an impres-
sion in calcareous shale.

OdONTOSTOMIA (.') CRETACEA, Eth. fll.

„ 10. Three whorls and a heterostrophic apex ; the delicate decu>sLite

sculpture on the body whorl is faintly visible — X 4.
,, 10a. The lietei'ostrophic apex, much enlarged.

CaXCELLARIA (?) TERRAREGINENSIS, Eth.fi/.

„ 11. Four whorls, the body whorl with transverse keels and costae -X 5,

REC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. VI.

Plate LX.

F. R. LEGGATT, del.

EXPLANATIO^^ OF PLATE LXI.

Maccoyella COEBIEKSI!?, Moore, *^>. (/).

Fig. 1. Articulus of the left valve.

„ 2. Portion of a left valve with posterior auricle.

„ 3. Left valve, one of the largest specimens, with costsp.

„ 4. A similar left valve.

„ 5. A mucli broader example of a left valve, with posterior alation

approaching Oxi/loma rockicoodeiisis, Etli. fil., in outline.

„ (i. Longitudinally elongated individual witli well preserved sculpture.

ArCELLA HUGHENDENENSIS, Et/ieridffe.

,, 7. Portion of the united valves. The auricle of the right valve and the

anterior dorsal margin of the latter are seen to be crenidated -

X 2.
„ 8. Left valve of a typical specimen.
„ 9. G-roup of young individuals on the weathered surface of a piece of

impure limestone.
,. 10. The valves in apposition showing the auricle of tlie right valve

received in an anterior inflection of the cardinal margin — X 2.
„ 11. Portion of valves in apposition but exhibiting the area of tlie left

valve— X 3.
,, 12. The specimen of which Fig. 11 is a partial enlargement — X 2.

AnISOMTON (?) HEPHES.SU8, Eth. Jil.

„ 13. Lateral view.
., 11. Apical view.

REC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. VI.

Platk LXI.

J3.

72

F. R. LEGGATT, del.

10.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXIL

CYTHEEEA (?) MOOREI, Eth.fil.

Y'w 1. A left valve — X 2. . .

° 2. Portion of the anterior end of another specimen exhibiting the

3. A right valve with an epiostracum and characteristic sculpture —

X 2

Pachydomella CHUTUs, -E/;^..^/.

■i A left valve, a characteristic specimen— X 3.

" 5'. Another left valve with well marked epiostracum— X 3.

6 A similar specimen to Fig. 5 — X 3.

"7 An internal cast of the valves in apposition— X 3.

',' 8. A testaceous example with the valves in apposition— X 3.

VaXIKOROPSIS (?) STtlARTI, Eth. JiL
9 A specimen with a limited number of oblique costse, the intersection
" ' of the latter and the spiral lines nodose— X 2.

10 An example in which the sculpture is very regular, but tlie depres-
" ■ sions caused by the wearing off of the nodes commencing to show

below the suture on the body-whorl — X 3.
„ 11. Portion of the characteristic sculpture highly magnifaed.
,, 12. A specimen resembling Fig. 10 — X 2.
13. Portion of the mouth, imperfect— X 2.

PvEC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. VI

Plate LXII.

#^

#

K

12.

JO.

''^.'

J3.

^

F. R. LEGGATT, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXIIf.

Fig. L Macronnts iii(/ro>iifirHf(ifiix, sp. nov.
, la. ,, „ top view of lietul

,, 2. CcPJorhiiiivhiix iiiiiofaltili-i, sp. nov.
,, 2a. ,, ,, top view ol' head.

(All the fiouros are of tlie natural size).

REC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. VI.

Platl: LXIII,

A. R. McCULLOCH, del.,
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXIY

Hoplichth IIS haxii-flli^ sp. nov.
(Reduced).

EEC. AUSTR. MU8., VOL \^I.

Plate LXIV.

'a. r. Mcculloch, jei.

Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXV.

Latrcillopsis petterdi, G-rant.
(Reduced).

REC. AUSTR. MUS. VOL. VI.

Plate LXV

A. R. McCULLOCH, del
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXVI.

Fig. 1. Leda pala, Hedley.

„ 2, 3. Leda fortis, Hedley — hinge and extei-ior.

,, 4, 5. Thyasira alhigena, Hedley— liinge and exterior.

,, 6. Cuspidaria alceata, Hedley.

„ 7, 8, 9, 10. Tnrqtteiia integra, Hedley — hinge, profile, exterior and

interior.

,, 11,12. Luci)ia iiidufa, Hedley — hinge and exterior.

REC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. VI.

Plate LXYI.

C. HEDLEY. del.
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION" OF PLATE LXVIL

Fig. 13, 14. Liotia capitata, Hedley.

15. Risxoa profundior, Hedley.

16. Pyrene hahylonica, Hedley.

17. Philine oicitans, Hedley.

18. Epitonium hellicosum, Hedley.

19. TurvileUa curialis, Hedley.

20. Immature example of Tiberia nitidida, A Adams, inadvertently
included in this plate.

21. Arcularin dipuricoides, Hedley.

REC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. VI.
13

Plate LXVII.

C. HEDLEY, dsl.,
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXVIIL

Fi(f. 1. Corp=e with the head envelopei in a clilly bag, shing on a pole sup-
V ported by two forked iipriglits — Margaret Bay, Cape York Penin-

sula.

„ 2. Mourner wrapt up in fishing nets belonging to his deceased father
for whom he mourns. Me Ivor River, Norih of Cape Bedford.

REC. AUSTR. MUS, VOL. VI.

Plate LXVIir.

Ci. PYM, photo, (fig. I).
W. E. ROTH, photo, (tig. 2j.

I

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXIX.

Vis 1 Decorated fibuk-pau-to or pau-uto-carried about slung eithei f i om

■ ■iround the forehead so as to hang over the nape ot the neck, or

else over the forearm, by the near relatives of a deceased person.

The ends of tbe bone are encased in gum-cement and the latter

wrapped with bark-string and Dendrobium lashing; the shaft is

encased in a wrapping of Emu feathers bound with bark- string.

Nffo-erikudi Tribe, Pennefather and Batavia Rivers, Cape iorU

Peninsula,

2 Another example of the same, the extremities of the bone not en-

" ■ ca.ed in gum-cement and the Emu feather wrapping secured «ith

Imman hair-string; the suspending string is a piece of fabric.

REC. AUSTR. MILS., VOL. YI.

Plate LXIX.

J':^

V ('

I

VJ

VH^ tag

H. BARNES, Jnnr., photo.,
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXX.

Figs 1 and 2. Ornaments said to contain portions of a deceased person'*
ftesli worn by tlie avenging relatives in similar positions to the ])au-to (Plate
Ixix.). These are composed outwardly of a mass of gum-cement covered in
the upper position with soft yellow fur (/ Phalanger), and below studded with
Abrus precatorius seeds. Tliey are the lin-ji-ila of the Middle Palmer River
natives.

REC AUSTE. MU»S., VOL. YT.

Plate LXX.

H. BARNES, Junr., photo.
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATIOX OF PLATE LXXI.

i'igs. 1 — 3. Stages in dessic-ation on the Russell River Goldfield, Oairns
Pistrict.

EEC. AUSTE. MU8., VOL. YT.

Plate L^XI.

H. SALTMARSH, photc.

EXPLANATION OF PLITE LXXH.

Fifs. 1— 3. St; ge? in dessication on tlie Roscwcll River Cloldfiekl, Cairns
Distric-t.

REC. AU!STR. MUS. VOL. VI.

Plate LXXlL

H. SALTAURSH, photo.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXIII.

Fig. 1. Women mourners — parta-maro, or plaster possessors — witli tlieir
heads plastered with blobs of part a or burnt gjpsum, causing the
whole head of hair at a distance to appear one mass of white.
Boulia District. (Reproduced from the " Queenslander," Nov. 2.
I'.KIl, liT l,iii(l |M;rniissioii i<\' \]u' Fldihu-).

.. L'. TIn iH.i f.ii-Kril ii|)ri'.;liU iix-d to -ii|i]Mirt ihc |),,lf on » liicli 1 In-
l.oilic- of vduii'^' irieii pl.-icrd in >hccl,« of b;irk .-ir'i- slung ]iyf\ \o\\~ In
LTtMn.-itl.in : tlirse li| irii;lil > i .I'tcn i;i \ c I lif >'n\\ clue tu I lir <-|i;i |-|-ril
rcni:iin> sc;ill('j'e>l iiliiHjt. rmni'lMlbn- i;i\iT, ('.-iih' ^llrl^ I'cnln-
-nhi.

REC. AUSTR. MU8., VOL. YI.

Plate LXXTTL

»t^%

^f-m \

V^

/ t-

G WOOD, Boulia, photo, (fig. i).
W. E. ROTH, photo, (fig. 2).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXIV.

Aperture in a liollow tree-butt, ;it a lieight of from four to six feet from the
■^rouiiil. tliiMiiuli wliii'li llir liuiirs ul' ;i ilcrc;i-ci I pcr-.m. .-iflcr ilisinicriiiriil .
\v<Tc |>;i>-c<l r.M' liruil ~.'|iiilclirc. ('c.;i~t line- rroiii .\l;ick;i\ ..ri I lu- nm-llit..

REC. AUSTR MUS., VOL. VI.

Plate LXXTV.

H. BARNES, Junr., photo.
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXV

Cassiterite.

Fis;. 1. Emmaville, N. S. Wales.

., 2 Elsmore. N. S Wales. Doublet on e (101).

., 'A. Elsiiiore. Fiveling on e in orthographic projection.

4. Stantliorpe, Queensland. Doublet on e.

,, 5. Tlie Glen, New England, N. S. Wales. Fourling on p.

,, 6. Ilogue's Creek, N. S. Wales.

Forms -.—a (100), m (110), r (230), h (120), e (101), s (HI), z (231).

REC. AU8TR. MUS., VOL. VI.

Plate LXXV.

'f

s'"

s

C. ANDERSON, del.
Ausir. Mus.

EXPLANATIOX OF PLATE LXXVI.

CERUf<8ITE.

Fiati. 1 2. Broken Hill, X. S. Wales. In ortliogmphic and clinograpiiie

projection.
Fig. o Broken Hill. Twin on r (180).

,r -1-. Washington Extended Mine, Wiiyte River, Tasmania.

,, 5. Comet Mine, Dundas, Tasmania. Trilling on m (110).

Forms:— f (001), h (010), a (100), x (012), k (Oil), i (021), v (031), S{032),
z (041), n (051), .y (102), .y (121),^ (111), o (112).

REC. AIJSTR. MUS., VOL. VI.

Plate LXXVI.

Fi^Y'

C. ANDERSON, del.
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXVIL

Ckrussitk.

Figs. 1, 2. Broken Hill, N. S. Wales. Arrowliead twin on r (1:^0) in ortho-
graphic and clinographic projection.

Fig. 3. Broken Hill. Stereogram (tlie form *( 121) is inadyertently omitted).
,, 4. Zeehan, Tasmania. Segments subscribed 1 and 2 are twinned to each
other on m (110), as are those subscribed 3 and 4.

(For lettering and indices see Explanation of Plate Ixxvi.).

REC. AU8TR. MUS., VOL. VI.

Plate LXXVII.

« 3

C- ANDERSON, del.,
Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXVIII.

Fig. 1. Barite. Commonwealth Mine, Wellington, N. S. Wales.
Forms:— f (001), m (110), 1/(320), o (Oil), d (102), u (101),/ (113), z (111),
.'/ (122).

Fig. 2. Monazite. The Grulf, N. S. Wales. Twin on a (100) projected on

(010).

Forms -.--(I (100), m (110), w (101), .«■ (lOl), n (021), » (111), z (311).

Fig. 3. Sfheelile. Hillgrove, N. S. Wales.
Forms -.—e (101), p (111), .v (131).

Fig. 4. Sclieelite. Mount Ramsay, Tasmania.

Figs. 5, 6. Vesuvianite. Barraba, N. S. Wales. Orthographic and clino-
graphic projections.

Forms:— c rOOl), a (100), m (110), e {101), p (111), t (331), -y (311), i (312).

Fig. 7. Heulandite. Werris Creek, N. S. Wales.

Forms -.—b (010), m (110), .c (021), t (201), * (201), « (111).

REC. AUSTR. MUS, \"0L. VI.

Plate LXXVIII.

C. ANDERSON, del.
Austr, Mus.

explajS'Ation of plate lxxix.

Chabazite.

Fig 1. Ben Lomond, N. S. \Vaies. Penetration twin on vertical axis.

,, 2. Ben Lomond. Apex of cr_ystal in plan ; both segments of the twin
uonisist of three parts in parallel position.

„ 3. Middlesex, Tasmania. Penetration twin on vertical axis.
Forms:— rt (1120), r (1011), e (0112), s (0221), f (1123).

REC. AUSTR. MUS., VOL. VT.

Plate LXXTX.

C. ANDERSON, del.
Austr. Mus.

EXPLAAATIOX OF PLATE LXXX.

Chabazite.
In basalt, Ben Lomond, X. S Wales.

REC. AU8TR. MUS., VOL. VI.

Plate LXXX.

;i"!?llMfe--

H BARNES, Junr., photo..
Austr. Mus.

k

3 2044 072 191 042